W ELLCOM B'S V O v" ;/ ' - O. O y--, O TV' ■ <" O j -r Zz ■<-* < y i- <> i* K. - A C< ip* 5-< V- - '-** V.-' THIS BOOK BELONGS TO IF FOUND, PLEASE RETURN IMMEDIATELY SECTION A L INDEX PAGE Calendars 2 60 Depots 7 Diet Tables 22 3 General Index 2 Index of Diseases and Treatment 14-5 Infectious Diseases 2 5 2 Materia Medica Farm, 'Wellcome' 267 Metric System 2 54 Obstetric Table 2 5 9 Organo- Therapy 9 6 Poisoning : Symptoms and Treatment 20 7 Posological Tables 1 9 7 Price List of Products 2 7 7 Technique of Injections 1 9 3 Test Types at End Therapeutic Notes 9 ' W ellcom e' BRAND Products 269 Goddess of Healing and Protectress of Health Bona Dea INDEX TAGE Acetylsalicylic Acid 45 ' Alaxa ' to Ammonium Chloride Inhaler, ' Vaporole ' 13 Atropine i 18 Bandages and Dressings, ' Tabloid ' Brand 300 Benzamine (see Eucaine) Bismuth 2t 'Bicreol' Brand Bismuth Cream 21 ' Bivo ' Beef and Iron Wine... 24 Boric Acid 25 Calendars 260 Calomel 29 Carbolic Acid 32 Cases ' Tabloid ' and 'Soloid' Brands 279 Chemicals, 'Wellcome' Brand 269 Chenopodium Oil 35 Chloroform, 'We 11 come' Brand 36 Diet Tables 223 Diseases and Treatment ... 145 'Elixoid' Brand Products ... 44 Emetine 44 ' Empirin ' 45 ' Enule ' Suppositories 46 ' Epinine ' 46, 47 Equipments 261 and 279 ' Ergamine ' 48 Ergotoxine 49 'Ernutin' 50 Ether, ' Wellcome' Brand ... 51 ' Ethidol ' 51 Ethyl Chloride, 'Wellcome' Brand 51 Ethyl Iodide 51 First-Aid, 'Tabloid' Brand 293 Glycerophosphates 56 Hypodermic Medication ... 62 ' Hypoloid ' Brand Products 63 Infectious Diseases 252 ' Infundin ' Brand Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract ... 65 ' Kepler' Cod Liver Oil ... 39 ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract 39 'Kepler' Malt Exiract ... 78 PAGE Lanoline, ' Wellcome' Brand 74 ' Lubafax ' 77 Malt Extract, ' Kepler ' ... 78 Materia Medica Farm, 'Wellcome' 267 ' Menthofax ' 82 Metric System 254 Mixed Glands 1 to ' Moogrol ' 88 ' Neostam' 92 Nucleo-Lecithin Compound 93 Obstetric Table 259 Ophthalmic Medication ... 95 Organo-Therapy 96 Parathyroid Gland 102 ' Paroleine ' 102 ' Pepana' 104 Photograph ic Chemicals, 'Tabloid'and 'Soloid' Brands 321 Photographic Exposure Calculator, 'Wellcome' ... 324 Pluri-glandular Pi oducts ... 109 Poisoning: Symptoms and Treatment 207 Posological Tables 197 Pregnancy Table 259 Price List of Products 277 Quinidine Sulphate 113 Saline Solutions tip Scopolamine 121 'Sketofax' 122 Sodium Antimony Tartrate 124 ' Soloid ' Brand Products ... 129 Syringes , 304 'Tabloid' Brand Products... 135 Test Types at End Thyro-Varium no Urinalysis 231 ' Vaporole ' Brand Products 142 Wassermann Reaction Pro- ducts 351 Weights and Heights Tables 257 ' W E L I. C O M E ' BRAND Products 269 See also Therapeutic Notes, pages 9-144 ABBREVIATION IS DANGEROUS When you write the whole word 'TABLOID' it has a definite and unmistakable significance. Its use ensures the supply of medicaments of exceptional quality, accuracy and reliability. If you abbreviate the word you deprive yourself and your patients of the protection which the word 'TABLOID' affords. Bona Dea. an indigenous Italian earth goddess and deity of healing, represented with one of her attributes, a Horn of Plenty. Bona Dea The marble statue reproduced above is attributed to the second century of our era ; the head, however, is not the original one, and is assigned to the third century. Bona Dea BONA Dea, worshipped in Rome from the earliest times, was a native goddess of healing and protectress of health, the bringer of fruitfulness to earth and to woman. The real name of the Good Goddess was never known ; perhaps she had no other appellation than this vaguely descriptive one. Like most Italian goddesses she has assimilations with numerous other divinities. Thus she shares her attribute, the cornucopia, with her fellow Earth Goddesses-Ceres, Cybele and Fortuna; her sacrificial pig is common also to Ceres, Proserpina, Tellus ; the sucking or swaddled infant associates her with Juno Lucina. Her worship was confined strictly to women ; no men were allowed inside her temple or to take part in her festivals. Ovid records the tradition of the dedication of a temple to Bona Dea, at an unknown date, under a sacred rock on the Aventine: "There the fathers set up on the gently sloping ridge the temple that loathes the eyes of a man." This exclusion of men, and indeed of all male creatures and even pictures of them, arose out of the fact that Bona Dea symbolised the female generative principle of the earth. Each year one of her festivals took place, not in the temple, but, as a state sacrifice, in the house of a consul or praetor, the magistrate quitting his abode for the period. We read that Cicero, unable to enter his own house on account of the celebration there of the Bona Dea rites, was obliged to use that of a friend for the deliberations upon the Catiline conspiracy. Men, however, were by no means deprived of the services of the goddess as a healing deity, as is proved by many inscriptions recording their gratitude to her for cure. To the temple of Bona Dea was attached a herbarium, in which healing plants were stored and sold to patients; these were much sought after by the poor, to whom they were probably dispensed free of charge. Serpents were kept in the temple as an attribute of the goddess in her aspect as an Earth Spirit and as the symbol of the medical art. Notes of Particular and Topical Interest Bismuth Metal ... ... page 2 1 ' Neostam ' ... ... ,, 9 2 ' Bicreol ' Bismuth Cream ,, 2 2 Methenamine and Methylene Blue ., 8 7 Digitalis Leaf ... ... 43 Quinidine Sulphate ... ,, 113 'Moogrol' ... ... 8 8 Sodium Antimony Tartrate ,, 124 Chenopodium Oil ... . 3 5 'Infundin ' ... ... ,, 65 ' Menthofax ' ... ... „ • 8 2 Thyro-Varium ... ... 110 Thyroid Gland ... ... ',,13 7 Parathyroid Gland ... „ 102 Nucleo-Lecithin Compound „ 9 3 Mixed Glands ... ... ,, 109 ' Ethidol ' ... ... ... 5 1 ' lodicin ' ... ... ... ,. 6 7 'lodicin' (Chocolate Base) „ 6 7 ' Empirin ' Compound ... 4 6 ' Epinine '... ... ... ,, 4 6 ' Ernutin... ... „ 5 0 Emetine Bismuthous Iodide „ 4 4 ' Sketofax ' ... ... „ 122 U.S.A. Edition For the Medical Profession only WELLCOME'S EXCERPTA TH ERAP EUTICA BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. (U.S.A.) INC. 9 & 11, East Forty-first Street New York city Associated Houses: London Montreal Sydney Cape Town Milan Bombay Shanghai Buenos Aires Printed in England ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Printed and bound in England The chapter and other decorations in this book are based upon Graeco-Roman designs Special depots Abroad FOR Burroughs Wellcome & Co. Products Amsterdam- Pharmaceutische Handels-Afdeeling Kerkhoff & Co. Bangkok- The British Dispensary Barcelona- C. A. Vicente Ferrer Farmacia de la Estrella Fernando, 7 Basle- Doetsch, Grether & Co., Ltd. Cairo, Alexandria and Port Said- Societe Anonyme des Drogueries d'Egypte Calcutta- Smith, Stanistreet & Co. Colombo (Ceylon)- Miller & Co., Ltd. Constantinople- Droguerie Centrale d'Orient, Ltd., Stamboul Demerara- Booker's Pharmacy Dibrugarh (Assam)- The Planters' Stores, and Agency Co., Ltd. Dutch East Indies- Hagemeyer & Co.'s Handel My, Soerabaya, Batavia, Semarang Geneva and Zurich- F. Uhlmann Eyraud, A. G. Gibraltar- Farmacia Lagares Guayaquil- Pedro Holst Habana-- Dr. Ernesto Sarra Hamilton (Bermuda)-- Bermuda Drug. Co. Khartoum- G. N. Morhig (The English Pharmacy) Kingston (Jamaica)- Chemical Hall, Ltd. Lima-F. Gallese Lisbon- Freire d'Andrade & Irmao Pharmacia Barral Madras- Spencer & Co. Ltd. (W. E. Smith & Co. Dept.) Mount Road Madrid- Francisco Gayoso E. Duran, S. en C. Juan Martin Vicente Marseilles- Louis Manuel Mexico City- Sanborn Bros. (Inc.) (The American Pharmacy) Montf. Video- Beisso & Co. Nairobi (Kenya, Uganda, Tanganyika) Howse & McGeorge, Ltd. Nice-Reilly & Co. Oslo- Baerums Droge & Kemikalie Forretning Paris- Pharmacie Anglaise des Champs-Elysees Rangoon- E. M. de Souza & Co. Rio de Janeiro-■ Araujo Frietas& Co. Simla-F. Bliss & Co. Stockholm- Apoteket Vasens Apoteksvarucentral Vitrum Tangier-E. F. Bonich Valparaiso- H. V. Prentice & Co. Leading Pharmacists and Druggists in all countries stock Burroughs Wellcome & Co. products For General Price List, see End Section, page 277 BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. (U.S.A.) INC 9 & 11, East Forty-first Street, New York City Telephone--" Vanderbilt 2070" Cable Address-"Tabloid,New York" (to which all orders and communications should be addressed} 8 a.m. to 5 P.M. Nours of Business in New }'orh: Saturdays, 8 a. m. to 1 p.m Associated Houses: BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. SNOW HILL BUILDINGS, LONDON, E. C. 1 England Telephone Number-"City Six Thousand " (9 lines) Address for Cables and Radiotelegrams-" Tabloid, London" Canada BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. 101-110, CORISTINE BUILDING ST. NICHOLAS & ST. PAUL STS., MONTREAL G.P.O. Box-" 159" Telephone Numbers-" Main 0093 and0094 " Cable Address-" Tabloid, Montreal " BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. (AUSTRALIA) LTD. 481, KENT STREET, SYDNEY, N.S.W. Australasia Telephone Number-"City 9720" (3 lines) G.P.O. Box-" 1485 dd " Cable Address-"Tabloid, Sydney" South Africa BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. (SOUTH AFRICA) LTD. 5, LOOP STREET, CAPE TOWN G.P.O. Box-"1013" Telephone Number-"698" Telegraphic Address-" Tabloid, Cape Town '' S. A. I. BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. Prodotti Farmaceutici 2 6, VIA LEGNANO, MILAN Italy Telegraphic Address-" Tabloid, Milan " Telephone Number- "83-068 " India BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO- COOK'S BUILDING, HORNBY ROAD, BOMBAY P.O. Box-"290" Telephone Number-"22300" '1'elegraphic and Cable Address-"Tabloid, Bombay" BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO- 5, HONGKONG ROAD, SHANGHAI China P.O. Box-"282 Chinese Post Office" Telephone-"Central 892" Cable Address-" Tabloid, Shanghai " BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. (SOUTH AMERICA) LTD. CALLE VIAMONTE 78 4, BUENOS AIRES A rgentina Telephone Nuniber-"Union Telefonica (31) Retiro 0181" Telegraphic Address-"Tabloid, Buenos Aires" Therapeutic Notes Acetanilid (see Antifebrin, page 15) Acetphenetidin Used, alone or with caffeine, in headache, neuralgia, (especially of the fifth nerve), the pains of progressive nervous diseases and of inoperable cancer, acute articular rheumatism, and the early stages of influenza. ' Tabloid ' Acetphenetidini, gr. 5 [ofagm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, powdered, and taken, for preference, in a hot fluid, and repeated if necessary. ' Tabloid' Acetphenetidini Comp. [®B. W. & Co.] 1$ Acetphenetidini, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] Caffeinae, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Direction.-One to three, repeated after an interval, if necessary. 'Tabloid' Acetphenetidini et Quininze Comp. B. W. & Co.] H Acetphenetidini, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Quininae Hydrobroinidi, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Caffeinae, gr. 2/3 [0-043 gm.] Direction.-One to three, repeated after an interval, if necessary. 'Tabloid' Acetphenetidini et Phenylis Salicylatis B. W. & Co.] Acetphenet'dini gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Phenylis Salicylatis gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Direction.-One to three, powdered, and given in milk or water. Preparations Acetylsalicylic Acid Aconite (see 'EMPIRlN,'/fl^ 45J Given internally in early stages of catarrhal inflammations and in febrile conditions. 'Tabloid' Aconiti, each containing the solid ingredients of Tinct. Aconiti, min. i [o-os c.c.i; and min. s [0-3 c.c.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One of the min. 1 strength, dissolved in a little water, every ten minutes until slowing of the pulse is observed ; or one of the min. 5 strength every two, three or four hours. 'Tabloid' Quinine et Camphors et Aconiti (see Quinine, page 115Q Preparations Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 10 T H l£ R A P E U T I C NOTES Aconitine The active principle of aconite; prescribed in neuralgia, asthma, rheumatism, gout and acute inflammations. 'Tabloid' products are prepared from a pure salt of the alkaloid. Preparation 'Tabloid' Hypod. Aconitine Nitratis, gr. [ooooi gm.j [^B. W. & Co.] Direction-One, dissolved in warm water. The injection may be repeated, with caution, after not less than two hours. 'Alaxa' brand Aromatic Elixir of Cascara Sagrada [s?B. W. & Co.] Presents, in a pleasant, acceptable condition, the tonic laxative properties of cascara sagrada, in combination with stomachic and carminative principles. Each fluidrachm contains the equivalent of twenty-four minims of Fluidextract of Cascara Sagrada. Dose.-One to two fluidrachms. Aloe Hepatic stimulant and cathartic, acting principally on large intestine and rectum. Small doses used as stomachic tonic ; large doses as emmenagogue. Administered with iron in chlorosis accompanied by constipation. 'Tabloid' Aloes et Ferri. Each represents one of the Pil. Aloes et Ferri, U.S.P. VIII [® B. W. & Co.] Preparations ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to two, after food, or al bedtime, repeated as may be necessary. 'Tabloid' Aloes et Myrrhte. Each represents one of the Pil. Aloes et Myrrhse, U.S.P. VIII B. W. & Co.] (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to two, after food, or at bedtime, repeated as may be necessary. ' Tabloid ' Colocynthidis Comp, (see Colocynth, page 40) Aloin The active principle of aloe. Preparations { Tabloid Aloini, gr. [0-0065 gm.]; and gr. j [0-032 gm.] (Gr. 1/2 is sugar-coated) O' B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Aloin is commonly prescribed in doses of gr. A several times daily; or in larger doses-up to two grains-before, with or after the last meal of the day Pharntacopaeial preparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 11 A loin (continued) ' Tabloid ' Aloini Comp, [® B. W. & Co.] $ Aloini, gr. r/5 [0-013 gm.] Strj'chninaa Sulphatis, gr. r/60 [o-ooio8gm. ] Ext. Belladonnas, gr. 1/8 [o-oo8gm.] Pulv. Ipecacuanhas, gr. 1/16 [0004 gm.] (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to two, after food, or one to three, at bedtime, in habitual constipation. ' Tabloid ' Nucis Vomic/e Comp. (see Nux Vomica, page 94 J 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Aloini (see Iron,page 71) 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) Comp, (see Iron, page 72J Alum Astringent and haemostatic ; used as lotion, gargle, spray, mouth-wash and eye application. ' Tabloid ' Ophthal. (T) Aluminis, gr. [0 00026 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, applied to the surface of the conjunctiva, in any case where the local application of alum is indicated. 'Soloid' Aluminis, gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] [® b. W. & Co.] Directions.- As an injection-one dissolved in one to three fiuidounces of water ; as an eye-wash-one in two to three fluidounces of warm (boiled) water; and, as a gargle or mouth-wash-one in one fluidounce of water. 'Soloid' Aluminis et Zinci Sulphates p"B. W.&Co.] Aluminis, gr. 15 [0-972 gm.] Zinci Sulphatis, gr. 15 [0-972 gm.] Direction. - As a lotion or injection-One to four, dissolved in a pint of warm water. ' Soloid' Aluminis et Zinci. Comp. (Fort.) ["? B. W. & Co.] Aluminis, gr. 30 [1-944 gm.] Zinci Sulphatis, gr. 15 [0-972 gin.] Direction.-As a douche or injection-One to three, dissolved in a pint of warm water. 'Soloid' Potassii Permanganatis et At.uminis (see Potassium Permanganate, page 113) Preparations Ammonia, Aromatic For use as " Smelling Salts." 'Vaporole' Aromatic Ammonia B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The delicate gla^s capsule (surrounded by absorbent material and silken netting) should be broken, and the vapour inhaled, bearing in mind that it is fresh and therefore more powerful than ordinary smelling salts. (See ' Vaporole ' Products, page 142) Preparation Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 12 THERAI'UETIC NOTES Ammoniated Quinine (see Qu 1 n in e, page 114J Ammonium Bromide Nerve sedative and indirect hypnotic. Preparations ' Tabloid' Ammonii Bromidi, gr. 5 [o^gm.] [si B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Five to thirty grains, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, after food, or at bedtime. 'Tabloid' Sodii Bromidi Comp, (see Sodium Bromide, page 126 J 'Tabloid' Tri-Bromid. Effervesc. [si B. W. & Co.] 1$ Potassii Bromidi, 0-4 gramme [gr. 6-1/4 approx.] Sodii Bromidi, 0-4 gramme [gr. 6-1/4 approx.] Ammonii Bromidi, 0-2 gramme [gr. 3 approx.] Salis Effervcscentis, q.s. Direction.-One to two, dissolved in half a tumblerful of water, after food. Ammonium Carbonate General stimulant; expectorant in small doses, emetic in doses of fifteen to thirty grains. 'Tabloid' Ammonii Carbonatis, gr. 3 [0-194gm.j [S? B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in a wineglassful of water, every two to three hours. 'Tabloid' 'Coffee-Mint' (see ' Coffee-Mint,' page 40 J 'Tabloid' 'Gingament' (see 'Gingament,'page 55? 'Tabloid' Quinine Ammoniate (see Quinine,/^ 114J 'Tabloid' Quinin^e Ammoniatte cum Cinnamomo (CAPSULA) (see Quinine, page 114J 'Tabloid' Soda-Mint (see Soda-Mint, page 124J Preparations Ammonium Chloride Stimulates mucous membranes and increases secretion of mucus. Used in subacute gastric and intestinal catarrh- especially in children ; chronic bronchitis with thick tenacious mucus; painful dyspepsia due to excessive acidity; and, com- bined with borax or cubeb, in sore throat. 'Tabloid' Ammonii Chloridi, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] pi? B. W. &Co.] Direction.-One or more, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, thrice daily, after food ; or (in catarrhal sore throat) allowed to dissolve slowly in the mouth as often as may be necessary. The average dose is 5 grains. Preparations Pharmacopoeia! preparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 13 Ammonium Chloride (continued) ' Tabloid' Ammonii Chloridi Comp. [a? B. W. & Co.] Ammonii Chloridi, gr. i [0-065 gm.] Potas-»ii Chloratis, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Acidi Benzoici, gr. 1/4 [00 1 6 gm. ] Pulv. Cubebae, gr. 1/4 [o-or6gm.] Ext. Glycyrrhizae, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved slowly in the mouth, as often as may be necessary, to relieve irritability of the pharynx or larynx. 'Tabloid' Ammonii Chloridi et Glycyrrhiz^ B. W. & Co.] Ammonii Chloridi, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Ext. Glycyrrhizae, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved slowly in the mouth, as often as may be necessary, in catarrhal sore throat. 'Tabloid' Cubeb/e Comp, (see Cubeb,41J InsUFFLATIo Mentholis Comp. (Compound Menthol Snuff, B. W. & Co.) (see Menthol, page 83 J Ammonium Chloride Vapour Useful in catarrhal affections of respiratory passages. Only neutral vapour should be inhaled. Readily provided by 'Vaporole' Ammonium Chloride Inhaler (see Price List at end). Should be used for a few minutes about four times daily. Ammonium Valerate (see Valerates, page 141J Amyl Nitrite Powerful dilator of peripheral vessels ; employed in angina pectoris, conditions due to heightened arterial tension, e.g., thoracic aneurism, haemoptysis, menorrhagia and other haemorr- hages, neuralgia, asthma, cocaine and strychnine poisoning, and to check excessive sweating. Preparations 'Vaporole' Amyl Nitritis, min. 3 fo-i8c.c.]; and min. 5 [0-3 c.c.J [&" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The delicate glass capsule (surrounded by absorbent material and silken netting) should be broken, and the vapour inhaled. (See 'Vaporole' Brand Products, page 142J Anaesthesia (Local) Hypodermic injections of cocaine and morphine, or of eucaine, in saline solution, are used to produce local anatsthesia. Addition of 'Epinine' aids action of a local anaesthetic by causing constriction of vessels-thus lessening haemorrhage ; absorption into the general circulation is also reduced to a minimum, so that toxic effects are less likely to be produced. Pharntacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 14 THERAPEUTIC NOTES An ses t he s i a (Local) (continued) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Anesthetic. Comp. (A) B. W. &Co.] Cocainae Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.] Morphinae Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm,] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 9/10 [0-058 gm,J Direction.-One, dissolved in 105 minims of sterile ■ water, and injected hypodermically. ' Tabloid' Hypod. Anesthetic. Comp.'(B) [® B. W. & Co.] Cocainae Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/5 [0-013 gm.] Morphinae Hydrochloridi, gr, 1/50 [0-0013 gm,] Sodii Chloridi, gr, 9/10 [0-058 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved in 105 minims of sterile water, and injected hypodermically. ' Tabloid ' Hypod. Anesthetic. Comp. (C) B. W. & Co.] 1] Eucainte Lactatis, gr, 7/16 [0*028 gm,] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 3*i5/i6[o*255 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved in one fluidounce of sterile water, yields a solution containing 1 in tooo Eucaine Lactate and 9 in 1000 Sodium Chloride. (See also Cocaine, page y] ; ' Epinine,' page 46 ; Ethyl Chloride, page 51 ; and Eucaine, page 52) Preparations Animal Substances (Medicinal) [® B. W. & Co. ] Burroughs Wellcome & Co. were the first chemical and pharmaceutical workers in the field of organo-therapy. The glands and other substances employed are carefully selected, and large numbers, in some cases many thousands, of glands are worked in one batch, so that an average percentage of the active constituents is obtained, and uniformity of therapeutic effect secured. Each 'Tabloid' product contains the complete activity of the substance from which it is prepared and represents a stated weight of fresh gland substance. (See also Organo-Therapy, page 96J See Therapeutic Notes : Bone Medulla, -page 25 ; Cerebrin, page 34; Didymin, page 42; 'Infundin,' page 65; Kidney Substance, pa^e 74 ; Lymphatic Gland, page 77 ; ' Mamos,' page 81; Mixed Glands, page no; Ox Bile, page 101 ; Parathyroid Gland, page 102 ; Pig Bile, page 106 ; Pituitary Gland, page 108 ; Pluri-glandular Products, page 109 ; Residuum Rubrum, paye 117; Spleen Substance, page 130; Suprarenal Gland, page 134; Three Glands, page no; Thymus Gland, page 137 ; Thyroid Gland, page 137 ; Thyro-Varium,.^?^? no ; ' Varium,' page 101 ; and also 'Tabloid' Brand Products, in Price List at end. Preparations Pharmacopoeial preparations are U. S. P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 15 Antifebrin (Acetanilid) Used in headache, neuralgia, acute rheumatism, acute catarrh and follicular tonsillitis. Combined with caffeine citrate and camphor monobromate, is of great value in obstinate vomiting and in sea-sickness. Antifebrin should be used with great caution. 'Tabloid' Antifebrini (Acetanilidi), gr. 5 [0-324gm.] [aiB. W. & Co.] Direction.-The U. S. P. average dose is three grains. 'Tabloid' Antifebrini Comp, [a? B. W. & Co.] Antifebrini (Acetanilidi), gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Caniphorze Monobromatie, gr. 1 [0-065 &ni.] Caffeinae Citratis, gr. 1 [0 065 gm.] Direction.--One, taken with a little water, or allowed to dissolve in the mouth, and repeated as may be necessary. 'Tabloid' Quinin.e Comp, (see Quinine, page 114J Preparations Antimony Diaphoretic, expectorant, alterative ; in larger doses, emetic. Administer with caution. 'Tabloid' Antimonii et Potassii Tartratis, gr. oTE [00013 gm.] [wf B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, repeated as may be necessary, to produce free expectoration or diaphoresis. 'Tabloid' Ipecacuanha cum Antimonii et Potassii Tartratis (see Ipecac, page 69) 'Tabloid' Antimonii Comp. (Plummer Pill), N.F., gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] [Sf B. W. & Co.] Each contains approximately: Sulphurated Antimony, gr. 1 [0-065 gm-l I Mild Mercurous Chloride, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] land Guaiac, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Direction.-One to two, at bed-time, as an alterative and mild aperient. For preparations for intravenous injection in Bilharziasis, etc., see ' Soloid' Sodium Antimony Tartrate, page 124. Preparations Antipyrine (Phenazone) Depresses circulation, reduces temperature, lessens pain ; relieves-most conspicuously when combined with caffeine-■ many forms of headache, especially those of migraine and gout. 'Tabloid' Antipyrin2e, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.j [an B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, taken with a little water. 'Tabloid' Antipyrin?e Comp. [si B. W. & Co.] R Antipyrinte (Phenazoni), gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Caffeinat, gr. 1 [0-065 g'"-l Direction.-One to four, repeated, after an interval, if necessary. Preparations P harwacOpoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 16 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Apomorphine Hydrochloride Administered hypodermically, produces prompt emesis without irritating the stomach. As emetic in all cases of alkaloid poisoning. Used internally as an expectorant in small doses, alone or in combination, in bronchitis and pertussis. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Apomorphinaj Hydrochloridi, gr. At [->-0065 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, injected hypodermically. ' Hypoloid' Apomorphin/e Hydrochloridi, 0-005 gramme [gr. Ar approx.], in 1 c.c. [Sf B. W. & Co.] Direction-One c.c., injected hypodermically, to produce emesis. Preparations Argyrol An organic silver compound, strongly antiseptic, non-irritating and non-toxic in the strengths usually employed. Five to fifty per cent, solutions used in gonorrhoeal ophthalmia; twenty-five per cent, solution as a preventive of ophthalmia neonatorum ; five per cent, solution, gradually increasing in strength, in acute gonorrhoea. Rectal injections of one to five pints of a one per cent, solution employed in mucous and ulcerative colitis. Preparations 'Soloid' Argyrol, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.and gr. 5'45 [°'353Rm-l [a? B. W. & Co. ] Direction.--One product of the gr. 1 strength, dissolved in eleven minims, or one of the gr. 5-45 strength, dissolved in one fluidrachm, of distilled water, yields approximately a ten per cent, solution. Owing to the hygroscopic nature of Argyrol, the containers should be securely corked after use. Arsenic Trioxide (Arsenous Acid) Nerve tonic, anti-periodic ; stimulates production of red corpuscles. Used (chiefly in organic preparations*) in malaria, trypanosomiasis, syphilis, antemia and lymphadenoma. Arsenic Trioxide is also used in diabetes, chorea, myocardial disease, chronic gastritis, and in psoriasis, pemphigus and other subacute or chronic skin disorders. Combined with iron, prescribed in anaemia and chlorosis. Used with thyroid preparations it diminishes liability to thyroidism. Preparations 'Tabloid' Arseni Trioxidi, gr. o-ooo65gm.]; gr. Ar [O-OOI3 gm.]; and gr. [0-0032 gm ] ["! B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Gr. Ynn to gr. taken with a little water. If local action on the stomach be desired, the drug should be taken before meals ; if a general action, after meals. *For organic preparations of Arsenic, see ' Soamin,' page 123; and Sodium Cacodylate, page 126. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 17 Arsenic Trioxide (Arsenous Acid) (continued) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Arseni Trioxidi et Ferri Citratis [ill B. W. & Co.] Arseni Trioxidi, gr. 1/30 [0*0022 gm.] Ferri Citratis gr. 1/2 [0*032 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved in sterile water, and injected intramuscularly. 'Tabloid' Arsenicalis Comp. B. W. & Co.] Arseni Trioxidi, gr, 1/100 [0*00065 gm.J Ferri Sulphatis Exsiccati, gr, 1 [0*065 gm.] Calcii Sulphidi, gr. 1/4 [0*016 gm.] Ext, Gentians, gr. 2 [0*13 gm.] ( Su gar-coated) Direction.-One to two, twice or thrice daily, after food. Used in acne and other skin affections. 'Tabloid' Ferri et Arsen. Comp, (see Iron, page 69 J 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Arsen, (see Xrow^page 71) 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Arsen, et Strych. (see Iron, page 72J 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) Comp, (see Iron, page pi) ' Tabloid ' Ferri et Arseni Trioxidi et Digitalini (see Iron, page 69) 'Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis et Ferri et Arseni Trioxidi (see Valerates, page 141) 'Tabloid' Quinine et Arseni Trioxidi et Strychnine: (see Quinine, page 115 J 'Tabloid' Sumbul Comp, (see Sumbul, page 134J ' Hypoloid ' Ferri et Arsen, (see Iron, page p^) Arsenous Iodide A soluble salt, exerting the combined therapeutic properties of arsenic and iodine. Preparation 'Tabloid' Arseni et Hydrargyri Iodidi (Donovan Solution), min. 5 (0-3 c.c.; [ill B. W. & Co.] Each contains Arsenous Iodide and Mercuric Iodide, of eacli gr. A (approx.), and represents min. 5 [0'3 c.c.] of Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri Iodidi. Direction.-One to four, dissolved in a wineglassfu! of water. A rylarson ates (see ' S O A M I N,' page 123J Asafetida Anti-spasmodic, stimulant and carminative ; useful in hysteria and in malingering, particularly if combined with valerates, and in the nervous derangements of the menopause. Pharmacop mi al preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 18 A s a f e t i d a (continued) Preparations 'Tabloid' Asafcetid^ et Opii Comp. [3? B. W. & Co.] Asafoetidae, gr. i [0-065 gm.] Camphorce. gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Pulv. Opii, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.J Pulv. Piperis Nigri, gr. 1 [0-065 Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, when required. In India, this product is used in cases of cholera. 'Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis et Asafcetidze Comp, (see Valerates, page 141J Atomisation (see 'Paroleine' Spray Compound, page 103J Atropine Atropine lessens all secretions of the body, except urine. Dilates the pupil and paralyses the accommodation, allowing examination of the fundus of the eye and estimation of refraction. Paralyses ending of the vagus in the heart, and is therefore often administered before chloroform anaesthesia to check excessive inhibition of the heart and to diminish secretion of saliva and mucus generally. Antagonises depressant effects of morphine on respiratory centre. Given previous to general anaesthesia, either alone or with morphine, or in combination with morphine and hyoscine, as in 'Tabloid' Hypod. Hyoscinae Comp. 'Wellcome' Brand Atropine, from which 'Tabloid' products are prepared, is free from hyoscyamus and hyoscine, and is optically inactive. (See also ' Wellcome ' Brand Products, page 2701 „ Preparations For Internal Use ' Tabloid ' Atropine Sulphatis, 0-0005 gramme [gr. approx.] [3? B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, increased if necessary, may be taken at bedtime to prevent sweating in phthisis. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Atropine Sulphatis, gr. [0 00032 gm.] gr. [O-OOOI3 gm.]; gr. y-J-^ [0-00054 gin.] ; gr. [0-00065 gm.] and gr. [000108gm.] [31 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, if required, dissolved in water, injected hypodermically. The full dose has been commonly held to be about gr. sg. The official average dose is rJ0. ' Tabloid ' Hypod. Atropine Sulphatis, gr. [0-00032 gm.] et Strychnin^ Sulphatis, gr. [0-00065 gm.] [3* B. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid' Hypod. Atropince Sulphatis, gr. [000043 gm.j et Strychnin^ Sulphatis, gr. ^[oooosi gm.1 [3f B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, of either strength, dissolved in water, injected hypodermically. Used in cases of inebriety. For Hypodermic Use P harmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NO T E S 19 Atropine (continued) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Hyoscin.t? Comp. (A) and (B) (see Hyoscine, page 61J 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphin/e Hydrochloridi et Atropine Sulphatis (see Morphine Hydrochloride, page 89; 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphine Sulphatis et Atropina: (^Sulphatis see Morphine Sulphate, page 92 ) For Ophthalmic Use 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (X) Atropine Sulphatis, gr. [o-oooixgm ]; and (A) gr. [000032gm pt B. W. & Co.] Used for rapid dilatation to prevent adhesion of the iris in cases of corneal ulcer. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (B) Atropin/e Hydrobromidi, gr. too [gm. 0-00032], et Cocaine Hydrochloridi, gr. Tiny [gm. 0-00032] [uM B. W. & Co.] The Cocaine increases the mydriatic effect of the Atropine. In estimating refraction in patients under fifteen, 1 Tabloid ' Ophthalmic (B) should be placed on the inner surface of each lower lid twice every day for three to five days previous to the examination. In patients between the ages of fifteen and twenty-five, ' Tabloid ' Ophthalmic (B) need be used only two or three times about twenty-four hours before the examination ; but as the effect takes some days to pass off, in cases where it is desired to avoid this inconvenience, one 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic (W) (see page 59J, may be used instead, and repeated in twenty minutes. One hour after the first application the effect will be sufficiently developed for the eyes to be examined. In patients over twenty-five years of age, one ' Tabloid ' Ophthalmic (W) should be administered one hour before the examination. 'Soloid' Atropinte Sulphatis, gr. 0-54; [0-0353 gm.] pl B. W. & Co.] Direction.--One, dissolved in one fluidrachm of distilled water, yields approximately a one per cent, solution. Bacteriological Case, No. 505 'S o 1 o i d' Brand (See Chests and Cases, in Price List at end) Bandages, Pleated, Compressed 'Tabloid' Brand (See Dressings, in Price List at end) Beef and Iron Wine, ' B i v o ' (see ' B I V O,' page 24 J P harmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 20 Belladonna Used in enuresis of children, epilepsy, early stages of catarrh, and as an anti-spasmodic, anodyne and narcotic. Of especial value in bronchitis and whooping cough in children. Preparations 'Tabloid' Ext. Belladonna, each containing the solid ingredients of Tinct. Belladonna, min. 5 [o-3 c.c.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The dose ranges from one to fifteen minims, once, twice or thrice daily, always beginning with a small dose. 'Tabloid' Quinina et Belladonna et Camphora (see Quinine, page 117 J ' Tabloid ' Morphina et Strychnina et Belladonna (see Morphine, page 90) 'Tabloid' Cubeba et Belladonna (Effervescentis) (see Cubeb, page 41) 'Tabloid' Aloini Comp, (see Aloin, page 11) 'Tabloid' Cascara Sagrada et Belladonna (see page 33J 'Tabloid' Cascar.e Sagrada et GentianaComp. (page 3^) 'Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis Comp, (see page 141) Benedict Test - For Qualitative Estimation of Sugar in Urine (see Urine, page 140; also Urinalysis, pages 231-237J Benzamine (see E u c a i n e , page 52 J Benzoic Acid Externally-stimulant, antiseptic ; internally-stimulant, expectorant, antiseptic, antipyretic and diuretic. Also administered in cystitis and renders urine acid. Preparations 'Tabloid' Acidi Benzoici, gr. 5 [0324 gm.] B. W. &Co.] Direction.-One to three, taken with a wineglassful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. The official average dose is 15 grains. 'Tabloid' Codeina et Acidi Benzoici Comp., sine Cocaina (see Codeine, page 38J 'Tabloid' Ammon.ii Chloridi Comp. (see Ammonium Chloride, page 13 J 'Tabloid' 'Epinine' Comp, sine Acetomorphina Hydrochlor, (see 'Epinine,' page 47) Pharmacopteial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 21 Benzo-naphthol Antiseptic, diuretic; used in typhoid fever, fermentative dyspepsia and where an intestinal antiseptic is indicated. 'Tabloid' Benzo-naphtholis, gr. 5 [0-324gm] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Preparation Beta-naphthol Antiseptic and germicide; used in enteric fever, dilated stomach and fermentative dyspepsia, and as a vermifuge, especially for hookworm. Commonly given in these cases with charcoal and peppermint, as in 'Tabloid' Beta-naphthol Compound. Contra-indicated in Bright's disease. 'Tabloid' Beta-naphtholis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, after food. 'Tabloid' Beta-naphtholis Comp. B. W & Co.] R Beta-naphtholis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Car bonis Ligni, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] Ol. Menthae Piperitse, min. 1/2 [0-03 c.c.] ( Gelatin-coated) Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, after food. Preparations 'Bicreol' brand Bismuth Cream (see Bismuth, below) Bile (see Ox Bile, page 101 ; and Pig Bile, page 106) Bismuth Astringent, sedative. Used in gastric catarrh and ulcer for its protective action on the mucous membrane, and, for the same reason, in diarrhoea and inflammatory conditions of the intestine. Intramuscularly, bismuth is used in the treatment of syphilis. Also for injection into sinuses and cavities before X-raying. (See also ' Wellcome ' Brand. Products, page 270) Bismuth Metal is highly specific in all stages of syphilis, 'Hypoloid' brand Bismuth Metal and 'Bicreol' brand Bismuth Cream are suspensions of finely-divided Bismuth Metal, specially suitable for intramuscular injection, the method ot administration giving most satisfactory results. 'Hypoloid' brand Bismuth Metal, 0-2 gm. [gr. 3 approx.] in 1 c.c. Suspended in a Sterile Isotonic Glucose Solution. B. W. & Co.] Direction.-For use, by intramuscular injection, in syphilis, etc. Preparations Pharmacopeeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 22 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Bismuth (continued) 'Bicreol' brand Bismuth Cream [®B. W. &Co.] Contains 0-15 gm. metallic Bismuth per c.c. in a creo-camph basis. Direction.-For use, by intramuscular injection, in syphilis, etc. 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subcarbonatis, gr. 5 [0324gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Calcii Carbonatis Comp. (see Calcium Carbonate, page 28 J 'Tabloid' Pepsini et Bismuthi et Carbonis Ligni (see Pepsin, page 104J 'Tabloid' Pepsini et Bismuthi et Strychnin/e (see Pepsin, page 104J 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subsalicyi.atis, gr. 5[O-324gmj [St B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. ' Tabloid' Bismuth Subsalicylate is prepared with physiologically pure Bismuth Salicylate. 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subgallatis, gr. qio^gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction. -One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Enule' Bismuthi Subgallatis, gr. 10 [0-648gm.] [si B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Remove the sheath. One, administered three or four times daily as required. (See note on 'Enule' Rectal Suppositories, page 46) 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subnitratis, gr. 5 and gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] B. W. & Co. ] Direction.-One to four of the gr. 5 strength, or one or two of the gr. 10 strength, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subnitratis et Sodii Bicarbonatis [a? B. W. & Co.] R Bismuthi Subnitratis, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Direction.-One to four, or more, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. This combination acts powerfully in gastric catarrh following the abuse of alcohol. 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subnitratis et Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis [® B. W. & Co.] R Bismuthi Subnitratis, gr. 3 [0*194 gm.] Pulv. Rhei, gr. 1 [0*065 Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 2 [0*13 gm.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 23 Bismuth (continued) ' Tabloid' Bismuthi et Pulv. Ipecacuanha et Opii [si B. W. & Co. ] B Bismuthi Subnitratis, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.1 Pulv. Ipecacuanhas et Opii, gr. 2-1/2 [0*162 gm. J Direction.-One to six. In diarrhoea and dysentery, good results are often obtained by the frequent administration of small doses of these combined drugs. 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Beta-naphtholatis Comp. [® B. W. & Co.] Bi Bismuthi Beta-naphtholatis, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm.] Bismuthi Subnitratis, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Pulv. Ipecacuanh.-e et Opii, gr. 1 [0-065 gm. | Direction.-One or more, taken with water. 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subsantonatis Comp, (see Bismuth Subsantonate, below) Bismuth Gauze, 'Tabloid' Brand [ill B. W. & Co.] Used with success in place of iodoform gauze. Ilas the advan- tages of being odourless and non-toxic. Has given very good results in operative work (especially in nasal and aural surgery), as a dressing for wounds, burns, etc., and as a packing for the uterus. {See also Dressings, in Price List at end} Bismuth Metal (see B1 smuth, page 21) Bismuth Subsantonate A useful, safe and effective form of prescribing santonin, especially for children. Does not cause nausea or sickness, which often follow administration of ordinary preparations of santonin. „ Preparation 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subsantonatis Comp, [si B. W. & Co.] 1$ Bismuthi Subsantonatis, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] Phenolphthaleini, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 fChocolate basis) Direction.-For children, one to two, taken whole, chewed or sucked, at bedtime. For adults, correspondingly larger doses may be given. Bismuth Tartrate (Soluble) A scale preparation of bismuth, readily soluble in water. Slightly acid, and therefore both chemically and physiologically compatible with pepsin, with which it is frequently prescribed. Preparation Bismuth Tartrate (Soluble), 'Wellcome' brand (see ' Wellcome ' Chemicals List) Dose.-Gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] to gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] P harmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless othenvise stated 24 THERAPEUTIC NOTES 'Bivo' Beef and Iron Wine B. W. & Co.] Restorative and stimulant. The iron salt is dissolved in a pure detannated wine, thus avoiding the precipitation of albuminous bodies; to this solution the soluble and non- coagulable nitrogenous constituents of beef are added. Taken alone or with other foods, it is an excellent general tonic, improving appetite and increasing strength in convalescence. Each Imperial fluidounce represents two ounces of lean beef and one grain of metallic iron in a readily assimilable form. Direction.-From one teaspoonful for children to one tablespoonful or more for adults, twice or thrice daily. Black Wash (see L ot io N ig ra , page 777 Bland Pill (see I r 0N, pages 71 and pi) Blood Test Case, 'Soloid' Brand (see Chests and Cases, in Price List at endJ Blue Pill Alterative, purgative. (See also Mercury, pages 83-86J Preparations 'Tabloid' Pil. Hydrargyri, gr. 4 [0-259gm.] B. W. & Co.] Each contains gr. 1-1/3 [0-086 gm.] of pure Metallic Mercury. Direction.-One two two, after food, or (preferably) at bedtime. 'Tabloid' Pil. PIydrargyri et Rhei Comp, [a? B. W. & Co.] 1$ Pil. Hydrargyri, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Pil. Rhei Comp., gr. 2-T/2 [0-162 gm.] Direction.-One or two at bedtime, as a laxative or mild purgative. 'Tabloid' Pil. Hydrargyri et Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami [as B. W. & Co.] R Pil. Hydrargyri, gr. 2 [0-13 gm. 1 Pil. Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami, gr. 4 [0-259 gm. J Direction.-One or two at bedtime, as a purgative. 'Tabloid' Pil. Hydrargyri et Scill/e et Digitalis B. W. & Co.] R Pil. Hydrargyri, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Pulv. Scilke, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm l Pulv. Digitalis, gr. x [0-065 gm.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, after food, twice or thrice daily, or one or two at bedtime. Pharmacopoeia! preparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 25 Bone Medulla Used in chlorosis, pernicious anaemia, lymphadenoma, leukaemia, leucocythaemia and rickets ; in various cachexias, inflammations of bone and osteo-arthritis. Preparations 'Tabloid' Medulla(Capsula),gr. 510-324gm.] (sB.W.&Co.] Direction.--One, or more, taken with a little water, after food. ' Valule ' Medulla B. W. & Co.] Each represents gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] of fresh substance. Direction.-One, or more, taken with a little water, after food. Borax (Sodii Boras) An antiseptic, used for mouth-washes, lotions and gargles. Also given internally in epilepsy. ' Tabloid' Boracis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Directions.-For internal ad ministration-one to three or more, twice or thrice daily, always after food. The initial dose should be small. Where a local effect is desired-'Tabloid ' Borax is preferable to a gargle, as it may be dissolved slowly in the mouth, a concentrated solution of the drug being thus brought into prolonged contact with the mucous membrane of the throat. 'Tabloid' Potassii Chloratis et Boracis (see Potassium Chlorate, page 111) (See also Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal Products, pages 91 and 92) Preparations Boric Acid Internally, stomachic, intestinal and urinary antiseptic ; externally, largely used in general surgery. A saturated solution in 'Hazeline' relieves irritation of many skin conditions, especially pruritus ani and pruritus vulvae. Used in urethral surgery in strength of 10 grains to the ounce of warm water, to maintain aseptic condition of bladder when repeated catheterisation is needed. Also used as powder insufflation in uterine and aural surgery, as lotion in con- junctivitis and catarrhal ophthalmia, and in various conditions of nose, throat and ear (chronic otorrhoea). ' Tabloid ' Acidi Borici, gr. 5 [mgm] [» B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, three to four times daily, after food. ' Soloid ' Acidi Borici, gr. 6 [o^gm] B. W. & Co.] (Scented with Otto of Rose) Preparations Phamracopceial preparations are U. S. P. -unless otherwise stated 26 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Boric A c i d f continued) 'SOLOID' ACIDI BORICI, gr. 15 [0-972 gm] B. W. & Co.] ( Unscewted) Directions.-As a collyrium-'Soloid' Boric Acid, gr. 6. powdered, and dissolved in one fluidounce of warm (boiled) water, may be applied frequently. For injection into the rectum-a solution of 'Soloid' Boric Acid, gr. 15, in five fluidounces of water may be employed. To mucous surfaces generally--solutions of 'Soloid' Boric Acid, gr. 15, may be applied, varying in strength from one to three products in five fluidounces, or 150 c.c., of water. 'Soloid' Acidi Borici et Zinci Sulphatis B. W. & Co.] (Scented with Otto of Rose ) Acini Borici, gr. 6 (0-389 gni.] Zinci Sulphatis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.J Direction.-One, dissolved in one fluidounce of warm (Foiled) water, to make a lotion or injection, or as an astringent antispetic application to the eye. 'Soloid' Naso-Pharyngeal Compound (see Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal Products, page 92) 'Soloid' OphthAl. (AF) Zinci Sulphatis Comp, (see Zinc, page 144^1 Pleated, Compressed Boric Cotton, 'Tabloid' brand Pleated, Compressed Boric Gauze, 'Tabloid' brand Pleated, Compressed Boric Lint, 'Tabloid' brand (see Dressings, in Price List at end) * Bor of ax' brand Boric Acid Ointment [at B. W. & Co.] Antiseptic, emollient, sedative ; superior to the ointment or glycerin of boric acid. Contains ten per cent, boric acid. Uniform in consistence and composition; never becomes rancid. Direction.-To be applied alone, or on lint. Butyl-Chloral Hydrate Prescribed in migraine, tic douloureux, headache due to eye-strain, whooping cough, incontinence of urine, and as a hypnotic in simple insomnia. Its usefulness is believed to be enhanced, especially in trigeminal neuralgia, when combined with gelsemium or gelsemine hydrochloride. Preparation 'Tabloid' Butyl-Chloral Hydratis et Gelseminae B. W. & Co.] 1$ Butyl-Chloral Hydratis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Gelsenunce Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/200 [o-ooojs gm.] Direction.- One. taken with a little water, and repeated, with caution, as may be necessary. Pharhiacopaeial preparations are U.S.P. zmless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NO T E S 27 Caffeine Cardiac tonic, diuretic; used in opium poisoning, migraine and cardiac dropsy. Especially when combined with acetphenetidin or antipyrine, it relieves some forms of headache and the pain of dysmendrrhcea. Caffeine sodio-salicylate and sodio-benzoate are used hypodermically in nervous or migrainous headache, and in rheumatism and neuralgia. Preparations ' Tabloid ' Caffeine Citratze, gr. 2 [013 gm] [si B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, repeated after an interval, if necessary. The official average dose is two grains. ' Tabloid' Antipyrinze Comp, (see Antipyrine, page 15J ' Tabloid ' Antifebrini Comp. (see Antifebrin, page 15) ' Tabloid ' Acetphenetidini Comp, (see Acetphenetidin, page 9 J 'Tabloid' Acetphenetidini et Quinine Comp. (see Acetphenetidin, page 9) ' Tabloid' ' Empirin ' Comp, (see ' Empirin,'page 46J 'Tabloid' Hypod, Caffeinze Sodio-salicylatis, gr. 1003'gm ] [ai B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, repeated, if necessary, for the relief of pain. The full hypodermic dose is gr. 4 [0 259 gm.J. 'Hypoloid' Caffeinze Sodio-benzoatis, 0-25 gramme [gr. 3f approx.], in 1 c.c. [ai B. W. .& Co.] Direction.-One c.c., injected hypodermically. Cajuput Oil A powerful general stimulant, anti-spasmodic and carminative; used in flatulence and colic, especially of the aged. Externally, it has a counter-irritant effect, and is thus used for rubbing in chronic rheumatism and myalgia. 'Tabloid' Phenolis et Mentholis Comp. (Capsula) (see Carbolic Acid, page 32) ' Menthofax ' (see page 82) Preparation Calcium Carbonate Used in acid dyspepsia, heartburn and rickets, the therapeutic effect being enhanced by addition of magnesium carbonate. Also used as astringent in certain forms of diarrhoea and dysentery, generally along with aromatics and an anodyne. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 28 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Calcium Carbonate (continued) Preparation 'Tabloid' Calcii Carbonatis Comp. B. W. & Co.] R Calcii Carbonatis Praecipitati, gr. 3-1/2 [0-227 gm. J Magnesii Carbonatis Ponderosi, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.) Bismuth! Subcarbonatis, gr. 2' [0-13 gm.l Direction.--One to four, taken with a little water, a quarter of an hour before meals, or one dissolved in the mouth occasionally. 'Tabloid' Calcium Carbonate Compound was formerly known as 'Tabloid' Antacid. Calcium Chloride Used with sodium chloride in the preparation of hypertonic saline solutions for intravenous injection in cholera. Haemostatic. Preparation ' Sol®ii> ' Calcii Chloridi Comp. [® B. W. & Co.] H Sodii Chloridi, gr. 30 [r-944 gm. I Calcii Chloridi. gr. r [0-065 gm. | Direction.-Four, dissolved in one pint of sterile water, make a hyper- tonic saline solution. Calcium Formate (see Formates, page 54J Calcium Glycerophosphate (See Glycerophosphates, pages 56 and $1 : also Price List at end) Calcium Iodo-ricinoleate (See ' IO D1 CI N,' page 67) Calcium Lactate Administered to increase blood coagulability. Has been given for this reason in hemoptysis and certain other affections. Less irritating than the chloride ; non-deliquescent. Successfully used in urticaria, chilblains, some forms of albuminuria, in pneumonia and serum rashes. Also used in aneurism and various conditions of hemorrhage, including hemorrhagic forms of infectious diseases ; in hemophilia, purpura, uterine hemorrhages, and preliminary to surgical procedure where undue hemorrhage is feared, as with jaundiced patients. Gives good results associated with ' Tabloid ' Parathyroid Gland in the treatment of sprue. Preparation 'Tabloid' Calcii Lactatis. gr. 5 [0-3=4 gm.j [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six, powdered, and dissolved in a large wine- glassful of water, twice or thrice daily, one hour before food. Calcium Sulphide (Calx Sulphurata) Used for boils, suppurating glands, scrofulous sores and acne. Commercial calcium sulphide is often impure, but confidence may be placed in the purity of 'Tabloid' Calcium Sulphide. PJiarmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 29 Calcium Sulphide (Calx Sulphurata) (continued) Preparations ' Tabloid' CaIcii Sulphidi, gr. [0-0065 gm-] ; gr. | [o-oi6gm.] ; gr. j [0-032gm.] ; and gr. 1 [0-065 gmJ [ Ml B. W. & Co.] (Sugar-coated) Direction.-One-tenth grain to one grain, three to four times daily, one hour after food. ' Tabloid ' Arsenicalis Comp. (see Arsenic Trioxide,page 17) Calomel (Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite) Alterative, cholagogue, purgative and anti-syphilitic. Externally, anti-pruritic in piles. The 'Tabloid' products are prepared with pure sublimed mercurous chloride. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, gr. TlD [o-oossgm.]; gr. 6 [o-on gm.]; gr. ] [o-oi6gm.]; gr. i [0-032gm.]; gr. 1 [0-065 gm.J; gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ; gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] ; and gr. 5 [0-324gm.l [Ml B. W. & Co.] Direction.--The smaller doses as alteratives, the larger as purgatives. A small dose of Calomel, say gr. repeated every half-hour or hour, is often found to have a more marked effect than one large dose. In certain conditions, especially following head injuries, doses of ten grains and more are given with great advantage. ' Tabloid ' Calomel, gr. 5, is exceedingly useful in tropical countries, where large doses are more commonly used. It should be noted that children and infants tolerate comparatively large doses of Calomel. 'Tabloid' Antimonii Comp. (Plummer Pill), (seepage 157 'Tabloid' PIydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Rhei et Colocynthidis Comp. [mi B. W, &Co.] Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Pil. Rhei Comp., gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Pil. Colocynth, Comp., N.F., gr. 2 [0-13 gm.J (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One, at bedtime, as a purgative. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Rhei et Colocynthidis Comp. [mi B. W. &Co.] (Half Strength) Direction.-One, or two, at bedtime, as a purgative. 'Tabloid' PIydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Creosoti [mi B.W.&Co.] R Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, gr. r/6 [o-oti gm.] Creosoti, min. r [o-o6 c.c.] Direction.-One to five, taken with a little water, after food. Used in pulmonary phthisis, and in lupus and other skin diseases. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Jalapa [Ml B. W. &Co.] R Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, gr. i [0-065 gm. ] Pulv. Jalapai, gr. 2 [0-13 gm. ] Direction.-One, or more if necessary, at bedtime, as a purgative. Preparations Phamiacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 30 Calomel (continued) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Piperin/e [ft B.W.&Co.] R Hydrarg-yri Chloridi Mitis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gin.] Piperinie, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Direction.-One, or more, taken with water. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Sodii Bicarbonatis [iff B. W. & Co.] B Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, gr. t/io [0*0065 gm.] Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Direction.-One, or more, taken with water. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Sodii Bicarbonatis B. W. & Co.] Be Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis gr. 1/4 [o-oi6gm.| Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Direction.-One, or more, taken with water. ' Tabloid ' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Sodii Bicarbonatis [sr B. W. & Co.] B- Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gin.] Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Direction.-One, or more, taken with water. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Sodii Bicarbonatis [® B. W. & Co.] Be Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis,. gr 1 [0-065 gm. ] Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm ] Direction.-Ona, or more, taken with water. ' Tabloid' Santonini et Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis (see Santonin, page 120) 'Tabloid' Cathartic. Comp, (see page 34) 'Tabloid' Quinin.® et Rhei Comp, (see Quinine, page 115) ' Soloid ' Mercurial Comp. (Black Lotion) (see Lotio Nigra, page 77) ' Hypoloid ' Calomel, 0-05 gramme [gr. f approx.], in 1 c.c. [Si B. W. & Co.] A sterile suspension of Calomel in a neutral fatty basis with Creosote and Camphor ; for use in the treatment of syphilis. Direction.-One c.c., injected intramuscularly. Calomel Cream, 'Wellcome' brand, 2 oz. bottles [® B. W. & Co.] Contains 5 per cent, of Calomel; for use in the treatment of syphilis. Direction.-Min. 16, injected intramuscularly. Camb Ogi a (see Gamboge, page 54) Camphor Diaphoretic, mild expectorant, gastric stimulant, carminative, general sedative. 'Tabloid' Quinin.® et Belladonna et Camphor.® (see Quinine, page 117) Preparations Pharmacopanalpreparations are U. S. P. unless otherwise stated. THERAPEUTIC NOTES 31 Camphor fcontinued) 'Tabloid' Quinine et Camphore (see Quinine, page 115J 'Tabloid' Quinine et Camphore et Aconiti (see Quinine, page 115J 'Tabloid' Asafi^tide et Opii Comp, (see Asafetida, page iS) 'Hypoloid' Camphor, o-i gramme [gr. i^ approx.], in 1 c.c. ; and 0 2 gramme [gr. 3 approx.], in 1 c.c. [St B. W. &Co.] A sterile solution in Olive Oil for use in cardiac failure during anaesthesia, and as a general stimulant. Direction.-One c.c., injected hypodermically. Insufflatio Mentholis Comp. (Compound Menthol Snuff, B. W. & Co.) (see Menthol, page 83J Camphor, Monobromated Sedative, hypnotic. Preparations 'Tabloid' Antifebrini Comp, (see Antifebrin, page 15J 'Tabloid' Quinine Comp, (see Quinine, page 114J Cannabine Tannate Employed with hydrastine and ergot extract in uterine haemorrhages and dysmenorrhcea. 'Tabloid' Hydrastine Comp. (see Hydrastine Hydrochloride, page 60) Preparation Capsicum Stimulant of mucous membranes, stomachic and carminative ; used in relaxed sore throat, and in anorexia, flatulence, spasm, and in dypsomania. 'Tabloid' Capsici, each containing the solid ingredients of Tinct. Capsici, min. 5 [o-3 c.c.j [ffl B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, dissolved in water, between or after meals. The official average dose is eight minims. 'Tabloid' Ferrugin, (Blaud) Comp, (see Iron, page 72J Preparations Capsules (see ' Tabloid ' brand Capsules, page 135) Pharniacopadai preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 32 Carbolic Acid (Phenol) Local antiseptic and antesthetic for mouth and throat ; internally, prescribed in flatulent distension, typhoid fever, diarrhoea and vomiting. For immediate preparation of antiseptic solutions, ' Soloid' Carbolic Acid is convenient. Preparations 'Tabloid' Acidi Carbolici (Phenolis), gr. J [o-oi6gm ; and gr. J [0-032 gm.] B. W. & Co.] (Prepared with a demulcent base) Direction.-One to two, of the required strength, taken with a little water, or slowly sucked, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Acidi Carbolici (Phenolis) (Capsula), gr. 1 [0-065gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Acidi Carbolici (Phenolis) et Ulmi Fulwe (Slippery ElnI) B. W. & Co.] (Prepared with a demulcent base) Each contains Carbolic Acid, gr. J [0-032 gm.]. Direction.-One, slowly dissolved in the mouth ; or one to two, taken with water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Soloid' Acidi Carbolici (Phenolis), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.]; gr. 20 [1-296gm.] ; and gr. 60 [3-89gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Twenty grains, dissolved in five fluidounces of (preferably soft) water, yield, approximately, a one per cent, solution. Five grains dissolved in five fluidounces, or twenty grains dissolved in a pint and a quarter (20 fluidounces) of water, make a solution suitable for use as a mild disinfectant, or as an antiseptic spray for the mucous membranes of the mouth, nose and throat. Sixty grains, dissolved in 2f fluidounces of water, form a 1 in 20 solution. Care should be taken to ensure that solution is complete, and that no undissolved acid remains at the bottom of the vessel. •Soloid' (Nasal) Antiseptic and Alkaline Compound (see Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal Products, page 91 ) 'Soloid' (Nasal) Phenol Compound (see Nasal and Naso- Pharyngeal Products, page 92) 'Tabloid' Phenolis et Mentholis Comp. (Capsula B. W. & Co.] Phenolis, gr. 1/4 [0 016 gm.] Mentholis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm. J 01. Cajuputi, min. 1 [o-o6c.c.] Direction.-One to two, taken whole, with a little water, after food. 4 PHENOFAX' brand Carbolic Acid Ointment (see ' Phenofax,' page 105) Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 33 Carlsbad Mineral Water Salt Useful in gout, constipation, congestion of abdominal and pelvic organs, diabetes and obesity. Preparation 'Tabloid' Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent, Artificial, N.F. [JH B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in two fluidounces of water, represents an equal volume of Carlsbad-Sprudel water in all its essential constituents. One, two or three, as required, should be dissolved in a tumblerful of hot water, and sipped slowly whilst dressing : or they may be placed in cold water, and taken when the effervescence has subsided. Cascara Sagrada Probably the most valuable of all drugsin habitual constipation. Dose should begin with two grains of extract, after food, once daily, and be increased, if necessary, until six grains are taken thrice daily. This quantity should be maintained until habit of regular action is established, when the dose should be gradually reduced and eventually discontinued. 'Tabloid' Cascara Sagrada produces the full physio- logical effects of the true drug, and is preferred by the profession because of its uniform reliability. 'Tabloid' Cascara Sagrada should therefore be specified in pre- scribing. (See also ' Wellcome ' Brand Products, pages 270 and 271). Preparations 'Tabloid' Cascara: Sagrada: (Dry Extract), gr. i 10065 gm.] gr. 2 [0-13 gm.]; gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] ; gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] ; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] (Plain o> sugar-coated) B. W. A Co. ] Direction.-Cascara Sagrada is best taken in the way indicated above. The official average dose is four grains. 'Tabloid' Cascara Sagrada Comp. B. W. & Co.] R Ext. Cascane Sagradas, gr. i [0-065 gm.] Ext Euonymi, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Iridini, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gin.] Ext. Nucis Vomicae, gr. 1/16 [0-004 gm.] Ext. Hyoscyami gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to four, once, twice, or thrice daily, after food, or at bedtime. 'Tabloid' Cascara: Sagradas et Belladonnas B. W. & Co.] R Ext. Cascane Sagradrc, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Ext. Nucis Vomicae, gr. 1/4 [o-oi6gm. I Ext. Belladonnae, gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm. I Capsicini, gr. 1/5 [0-013 gm. J ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, or more, as required, at bedtime. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 34 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Cascara Sagrada (continued) 'Tabloid' Cascar/e Sagrada et Gentians Comp. B. W. & Co.] Ext. Cascarae Sagradae, gr. 2 [0-13 gm. ] Ext. Nucis Vomicae, gr. 1/5 [0-013 gm.] Ext. Belladonnae, gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.] Ext. Gentiance, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Capsicini, gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to three, once, twice, or thrice daily, after food or at bedtime. ' Tabloid ' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Cascar/e Sagrad/E (see Iron, -page 72.) 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Nucis Vomic?e et Cascar/e Sagrada (see Iron, page 72J 'Tabloid' Quinin/e Comp, (see Quinine, page 114J ' ALAXA ' brand Aromatic Elixir of Cascara Sagrada (see ' Alaxa, ' page I oj ' Valoid' Aromatic Cascara Sagrada [&" B. W. & Co.] One fluidounce of this preparation is equivalent to one ounce of carefully-selected true cascara bark. Dose.-Fifteen minims to one fluidrachm. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract with Cascara Sagrada (see Malt Extract, page 79) Castor Oil A mild, safe and speedy cathartic. 'Tabloid' Olei Ricini (Capsula), min. 5 ip-3 c.c.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The official average dose is four fluidrachms. Preparation Cathartic Compound An excellent cholagogue and purgative combination. 'Tabloid' Cathartic. Comp. 0" B. W. & Co.] 1$ Ext. Cotocynthidis Comp., [o-o8 gm.] Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, [o-o6 gm. I Resirue Jalapre, [0-02 gm.] Pulv. Cambogice, [0-015 gm. CPlain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to two, at bedtime, as a purgative. Preparation Cerebrin (Cerebral Substance) A preparation of brain substance ; used as a sedative in chorea, hysteria, melancholia, epilepsy and insanity. Preparations 'Tabloid' Cerebrini, gr. 5 [0-324gm.] [ffl B. W. & Co.] Each product represents the stated weight of cerebral substance. Direction.-One, gradually increased if necessary, three to four times daily, preferably after food. 'Tabloid' Glandul. Mixt. {see Pluri-glandular Products, page no) Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 35 Cerium Oxalate Used in sea-sickness, vomiting of pregnancy, inflammation and ulceration of the stomach, hyperchlorhydria, hunger pain, etc. Preparations ' Tabloid' Cerii Oxalatis, gr. 5 [0-324gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two. This drug is given in doses of two to ten grains, the larger doses often succeeding when small ones fail. ' Tabloid ' ' Coffee-Mint ' fee ' Coffee-Mint,' page 40) Charcoal Absorbent; used, alone or in combination, in flatulent dyspepsia and gastralgia. Is an antidote against most vegetable poisons, e. g., aconite, nux vomica and opium. Preparations ' Tabloid ' Carbonis Ligni, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, taken dry or with a little water. 'Tabloid'Beta-naphtholis Comp, fee Beta-naphthol, pagen} 'Tabloid' Pepsini et Bismuthi et Carbonis Ligni fee Pepsin, page 104) Chenopodium Oii An anthelmintic, valuable in the treatment of ankylostomiasis, round-worms, and certain other worm infections. It should be followed by a cathartic, e. g., magnesium sulphate after an interval of from one to two hours, or castor oil after an interval of not less than two hours. ' Wellcome ' brand Chenopodium Oil is an improved preparation presenting ascaridole, the principle upon which the anthelmintic action of the oil depends, freed as completely as possible from inactive and deleterious ingredients. It is, therefore, constant in composition and reliable in action. The doses given for ' Wellcome ' Brand Chenopodium Oil should not be exceeded. Chenopodium Oil, 'Wellcome' brand. In bottles containing 100 c.c. B. W. & Co.] Direction.-In hookworm infection. Adult dose-From min. 12 to min. 20 with maximum of min. 30. Total dose should be given in three portions at intervals of one hour, dor Children-Min. J to min. J for a child of two years, increasing by min. i for every year of age up to 12, then by min. 1 for each year until adult age. In round-worm infection.-Adult dose-Min. 6 to min. 10, given in 3 portions, dor children-As for hookworm infection. Preparation Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 36 TH E K A P E U TI C NO T E S C h 1 o r a 1 f o r m a m i d e (Chloralamide) Hypnotic in heart disease and nervous affections ; sedative in sea-sickness. 'Tabloid' Chloralformamidi, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.]P" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Three to nine, taken with a little water. Doses up to sixty grains are occasionally prescribed. Preparation Chloral Hydrate Hypnotic. Preparations 'Tabloid' Chlorali Hydrati, gr. 5 [0324 gm.]; and gr. 10 [0-648 gm.i B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Five to twenty grains, as required, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water. Chlorinated Lime, 'Tabloid' Brand (See ' Tabloid' Water Steriliser, in Price List at end) Chloroform It has been found that the small quantity of ethyl chloride often present in chloroform has a marked beneficial influence on its action as an anaesthetic. 'Wellcome' brand Chloroform is particularly charac- terised by containing a small but definite amount of ethyl chloride. In its production, great care is taken to ensure purity and freedom from irritating products of decomposition. Inhalations of chloroform have been used with good results in haemoptysis, and the vapour employed to relieve ear-ache. Preparations Chloroform, 'Wellcome' brand. In bottles containing 2 oz., ] lb., i lb. and 1 lb. In hermetically-sealed tubes of 15 c.c., 30 c. c., 60 c.c. and £ lb. (see ' Wellcome ' Chemicals List) ' VAPOROLE ' C1ILOROFORMI, Ulin. 3 [0-18 c.c.] [St B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, to be crushed in a small vessel and the vapour allowed to enter the ear. The product must not be put into the ear, and should not be used for a suppurating ear. For the relief of the paroxysmal cough of tuberculosis, asthma and spasmodic laryngitis, one may be crushed between the thumb and linger and the vapour inhaled. ' Vaporole' Chloroformi et Althylis Iodidi Comp. (see Ethyl Iodide,page 54) Pharmacopadal preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 37 Citric Acid Used in acute and chronic rheumatism, hepatic inactivity, catarrhal jaundice, and to decrease blood coagulability. Preparation ' Tabloid' Acidi Citrici, gr. 510-324 gm.i B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Two to four, powdered, and dissolved in a draught of water. Cocaine Local anaesthetic for ophthalmic, dental, nasal, laryngeal, urethral, rectal and general surgical practice. Unless kept under special precautions, solutions of cocaine hydrochloride lose their anaesthetic action (see note on 'Hypoloidd containers, page 62). In the absence of precautions, solutions should be freshly prepared with 'Soloid' Cocaine Hydrochloride. Preparations 'Soloid' Cocaine Hydrochloridi, gr. j [o-o32gm.]; gr. 1 [0-065 gm-l ; and gr. 5 [0-324gm.] [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One product of five grains in 100 minims, one grain in twenty minims, or half-grain in ten minims of water, forms, approximately, a five per cent, solution. 'Soloid' Naso-Pharyngeal Compound {see Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal Products, page 92) For Externa! and Local Use ' Tabloid ' Ophthalmic products dissolve immediately they are placed on the conjunctiva {see page 95). 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (AA) Cocaine Hydrochloridi, gr. tAj [0-0013 gm.]; and (C) gr. [0-0032 gm.] pl B. W. & Co.] Local anaesthetic and slight mydriatic. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (B) Atropine Hydrobromidi et Cocaine Hydrochloridi {see Atropine, page 19) 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (O) Homatropine Hydrochloridi et Cocaine Hydrochloridi {see Homatropine, 59) 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (M) Pilocarpine Nitratis et Cocaine Hydrochloridi {see Pilocarpine, page 107) 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (DD) Zinci Sulphatis et Cocaine Hydrochloridi {see Zinc Sulphate, page 144) 'Soloid' Homatropine Hydrobromidi et Cocaine Hydrochloridi {see Idomatropine, page 60) For Ophthalmic Use Pharmacopxialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 38 T H E R A P E U T I C NO T E S Cocaine (continued) ' Tabloid ' Hypod. Cocaine Hydrochloridi, gr. TV [0-0065 gm.]; gr. [0-011 gm.]; gr. J [0-016 gm.] ; and gr. ]> [0-032 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The hypodermic dose is gr. 1/10 to gr. 1/4, repeated with caution, when necessary. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Anaesthetic. Comp. (A) and (B) (see Anaesthesia [Local], page 14) Note.-Special glass is used for these ' Hypoloid' containers in order to preserve the. anaesthetic action of the Cocaine. For Hypodermic Use Codeine Given alone or with tar in bronchial irritation and cough, especially in the hacking cough of phthisis. Useful in ovarian pain and in cystitis. Preparations ' Tabloid ' Codein.-e, gr. J [o-oi6gm.l; and gr. o [0-032gm.1 [®B. W. &Co.] Direction.-One, gradually increased as may be necessary, taken after food, once, twice, or thrice daily, or at bedtime. The official average dose is gr. J. 'Tabloid' Codeine Sulphatis, gr. i [o-oo8gm.]; gr. £ [o-or6gm.]; and gr. T 0-032 gm.] [5" B. W. & Go.] Direction.-One, gradually increased as may be necessary, taken after food, once, twice, or thrice daily, or at bedtime. The official average dose is gr. |. 'Tabloid' Codeine et Nucis Vomica B. W. & Co.] B Codeime Phosphatis, gr. r [o-o6s gm.] Ext. Nucis Vomicae, gr. 1/4 [o-ot6 gm.] Direction.-One, after food, or at bedtime. ' Tabloid ' Codeine et Acidi Benzoici Comp, sine Cocaina [si B. W. & Co.] R Codeinte gr. i/io [0-0065 gm. 1 Acidi Benzoici, gr. 1/2 [0*032 gm.] Mentholis, gr. t/io [0*0065 gm.] Pulv. Ipecacuanha?, gr. 1/10 [0*0065 gm.J Ul. Mentha? Piperita?, min. 1/16 [0*004 c.c.] Gummi Rubri, g.s. Direction.-One, dissolved in the mouth, frequently, in irritable cough associated with pharyngitis. ' Tabloid' Picis et Codeine (see Pine Tar, page 108) ' Tabloid' Hypod. Codeine Phosphatis, gr. J [o-oi6gm.] [si B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Codeine Sulphatis, gr. | [o-oosgm.]; gr. [d-or6gm.] ; and gr. A- [0-032gm.] [St B. W. & Co.] Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated T HERA 1' E UT1C NOTES 39 Cod Liver Oil In prescribing cod liver oil, alone or in combination, the initial doses should always be small. If full doses be given at once, the oil may not "agree." Preparation ' Kepler' Cod Liver Oil B. W. & Co.] Note.-The assimilation of cod liver oil is greatly facilitated when it is administered as ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract (see below). Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract, 'Kepler,' and its Combinations 'Kepler'Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract presents the finest cod liver oil so incorporated in 'Kepler' Malt Extract that easy assimilation is ensured. It is so palatable that even fastidious patients and children take it readily. Physiological tests indicate that Vitamins A and B are present in active condition. Gives exceptional results in rickets, malnutrition, neurotic conditions and convalescence. The dose should be small at first, and only gradually increased. The value of 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract is quickly shown by the patient's increase in strength and weight. 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, after food, taken alone or spread on bread, or mixed with a little milk or water. 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract and Creosote B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains: Creosote, min. 4 [0-246 c.c.] Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract and Hypophosphites [® B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Calcium Hypophosphite, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] ; Potassium Hypophosphite, gr. 2 [013 gm.] : and Sodium Hypo- phosphite, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract and Iron Iodide B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Iron Iodide, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Direction.--One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, after food. Preparations Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 40 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract (continued) 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract and Phosphorus B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Pure Phosphorus, gr. 1/64 [0001 gm.] Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Coffee -Mint' Relieves flatulence and the resulting insomnia and palpitation ; given in nausea accompanying liver derangement. The presence of cerium oxalate makes it of special value in the vomiting of pregnancy. 'Tabloid' 'Coffee-Mint' [® B. W. & Co.] 1$ Sodii Bitarbonatis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Ammonii Bicarbonatis, gr. 1/16 [0-004 gm.J Ext. Coffem, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.J Cerii Oxalatis, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.J Ol. Menthae Piperitre, g.s. Direction.-One to four, or more, taken with a little water, or one dissolved slowly in the mouth, from time to time. Preparation C olchicine The active principle of colchicum corm. 'Tabloid' Colchicine Salicylatis, gr. ro-ooa ^..i [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water. 'Tabloid' ColChicine et Nucis Vomice Comp. B. W. & Co.] 1$ Colchicinre, gr. 1/70 [0*0009 gm.1 Ext. Nucis Vomicse, gr. 1/4 [o*oi6gm.] Ext. Hyoscyami, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm. | Ext. Gentiana?, q.s. Direction.-One, taken with a little water, every three or four hours. Preparations C olocy n th A drastic hydraeogue cathartic, usually prescribed with other aperients. 'Tabloid' Cologynthidis Comp. (N.F. Pill) [ifl B. W. & Co.] (Plain or sugar-coated) Each product is equal to one of the N.F. Pills. Direction.-One to two, at bedtime, as a purgative. 'Tabloid' Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami (N.F. Pill) (Plain or sugar-coated) ["t B. W. & Co.] Each product is equal to one of the N.F. Pills. Direction.-One to two, at bedtime, as a purgative. Preparations Pharniacopadal preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated T H E K A 1' E U T 1 C NOTES 41 Colocynth (continued) 'Tabloid' Laxative Vegetable (see page 75) 'Tabloid' Pil. Hydrargyri et Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami (see Blue Pill, page 24) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Rhei et Colocynthidis Comp, (see Calomel, page 29) 'Tabloid' Cathartic. Comp, (see Cathartic Compound, page 34) Corrosive Sublimate (see Mercury Perch lor i de, pages 84 and 85) Creosote, alone or combined with calomel, is used in phthisis as a deodorant, anti-putrescent and antiseptic, in fermentative dyspepsia and in lupus and other skin diseases. It is also useful in gastro-enteritis. Creosote Preparations 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Creosoti (see Calomel, page 29) ' Tabloid ' Hypophosphitum Comp, et Creosoti fsee Hypophosphites, page 63 J 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt extract and Creosote (see Cod Liver Oil, page 39) Creta Praeparata (see Calcium C a r b o n ate, page 27) Cubeb Employed in bronchorrhoea, relaxed or inflamed throat, and pharyngeal catarrh ; and as a diuretic, sedative and antiseptic in gonorrhoea and cystitis. Preparations 'Tabloid' Cubeba Comp. B. W. & Co.] 1$ Oleo-resinae Cububae, gr. r/4 [o-or6gm.] Annnonii Chloridi, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gnu] Glycyrrhizini Annnoniati, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gnu] Direction.-One, dissolved in the mouth frequently, in catarrhal sore throat and hoarseness. 'Tabloid' Cubeb/E et Belladonna (Effervescentis) [® B. W & Co.] 1$ Pulv. Cubebae, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gnu] Ext. Belladonnas, gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gnu] Direction.-One, dissolved in the mouth, three to six times daily. 'Tabloid' Ammonii Chloridi Comp, (see page 13) Pharmacopaial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 42 THERAPE UT 1 C NO T ES Culture Media, 'Soloid' Brand C u r a r a {see Price List at end} Paralyses the peripheral terminations of motor nerves, and has been employed to control the spasms in hydrophobia, tetanus and strychnine poisoning. Preparation ' Tabloid' Hypod. Curar®, gr. [0-0054 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, injected hypodermically. The maximum dose is gr. J. Didymin (Orchitic Substance) This substance has been used in premature senility, neurasthenia, locomotor ataxia, sterility, arrested growth, hypertrophy of the prostate, and various neuroses. Preparations ' Tabloid' Didymin, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Each product represents gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] of orchitic substance. Direction.-One, gradually increased to four, may be given three to four times daily, preferably after food. 'Tabloid' Glandul. Mixt. (see Blu ri-glandular Products, page 11o) Digitalin (Amorphous) Increases the force of the heart's action, and steadies and slows the pulse. Preparations 'Tabloid' Digitalini (Amorph.), gr. TJ0 [o-ooo6S gm.i B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, repeated if necessary. It is stated on reliable authority that the dose to be given by the mouth at one administration is from gr. to gr. s$, and that the total quantity given in twenty- four hours should not exceed gr. 'Tabloid' Ferri et Arseni Trioxidi et Digitalini f see Iron, page 69) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Digitalini (Amorph.), gr. [000065 gm.] [at B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two. The maximum dose is gr. ^0. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Digitalini et Strychnine; Sulphatis B. W. & Co.] Rt Digitalini (Amorph.), gr. 1/100 10-00065 gin.] Strychnin® Sulphatis, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm. | Direction.-One to two, repeated if necessary. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Digitalini et Strychnin.® Sulphatis et Trinitrini [st B. W. & Co.] Digitalini (Amorph.), gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Strychnin® Sulphatis, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Trinitrini, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Direction.-One to two. Pharmacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 43 Digitalin (Crystalline) Official in the French Codex. Much more potent than amorphous digitalin, and corresponds to the glucoside known as "digitoxin." The administration of this drug requires to be most carefully watched. 'Tabloid' Digitalini (Cryst.), gr. [0*00026 gm] [® E. W. & Co.] Direction.--One, repeated as may be necessary, with gi eat caution. 'Hypoloid' Digitalini (Cryst.), o*oooi gramme [gr. approx.], in 1 c.c. [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One c.c., injected hypodermically, repeated as may be necessary, with great caution. Preparations Digitalis Increases force and regularity, and lessens rate, of heart-beat. Diuretic action of special value in cardiac dropsy. ' Tabloid ' Digitalis, each containing the solid ingredients of Tinct. Digitalis, min. 5 [o*3 c.c.] p* B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, thrice daily. The 'Tabloid' product is prepared from physiologically-standardised Digitalis Tincture. Tabloid Digitalis Folii, gr. o [0*032 gm.]; and gr. 1 [0*065 gm.1 p'l B. W. & Co.] Direct ion.-One to two, of either strength, as required. This product is physiologically-standardised. 'Tabloid' Pil. Hydrargyri et Scill® et Digitalis (see Blue Pill, page 24) Preparations Digitoxin (see Digitalin [Crystalline], above} Dionin (see Ethyl-Morph in.® Hydrochloride, page 52) Donovan Solution (see As eno us Iodide, page 17) Dover Powder {see Ipecac, page 68) Easton Syrup {see Iron, page 70) Effervescent Products 'Tabloid' brand pt b. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid' Effervescent Products are accurate in dosage, portable, convenient and compact, offering a relatively small surface for deterioration. See Therapeutic Notes: Ammonium Bromide (Three Bromides, Effervescent), page 12 ; Lithium Citrate and Sodium Sulphate, page 77 ! Magnesium, page 78 ; Sodium Phosphate, page 127 ; Sodium Salicylate, page 128 ; Sodium Sulphate, page 128 ; and. also ' Tabloid ' Brand Products, in Price List at end. {See also Mineral Water Salts, Effervescent, page 88) Preparations Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 44 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Elaterin A crystalline product obtained from elaterium. A powerful hydragogue cathartic, used in renal and cardiac dropsies, especially those of the abdominal cavity due to hepatic cirrhosis. Should be given in small doses at first. 'Tabloid' Elaterini, gr. [o-ooie gm.] [Si B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four. Preparation 'Elixoid' brand Products B. W. & Co.] Fluid preparations of drugs agreeably flavoured, which will keep perfectly in any climate. See Therapeutic Noles: Formates, page 54 ; Glycero- phosphates, page Si 5 Iron, page 73 ; Pine Tar, page 108. Preparations Emetine Bismuthous Iodide There are two classes of cases of amoebic dysentery in which the oral administration of this salt promises more favourable results than those obtainable by the hypodermic injection of emetine hydrochloride :- 1. Patients who have undergone relapse after treatment and have become chronic " carriers." 2. Those who are apparently "contact carriers " without a previous history of dysentery or treatment. The original investigations with Emetine Bismuthous Iodide were carried out with material supplied by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. (See also Emetine Hydrochloride, below) 'Tabloid' Emetine et Bismuthi Iodidi, gr. i [0065gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, after meals. The average daily dose is three grains. Preparation Emetine Hydrobromide A salt of the essential alkaloid of ipecac (not the mixed alkaloids formerly known as emetine) ; expectorant and diaphoretic in small doses, emetic in large doses. (See also ' Wellcome ' Brand Products, page 270) ' Tabloid' Morphine et Emetine (see Morphine, page 90) Preparation Emetine Hydrochloride The salts of emetine, injected hypodermically, produce good results in amoebic dysentery, hepatitis and liver abscess. The hydrochloride is much more soluble than the hydrobromide, and Pharmacopoeia! preparations are U.S.P. unless othe^cvise stated T H E R A P E U T I C NOTES 45 Emetine Hydrochloride (continued) is therefore better suited to this purpose. Hypodermically, it does not produce nausea or vomiting, so that it is of particular value where ipecac cannot he tolerated. Has also been given intramuscularly and by the mouth. Emetine hydrochloride has proved of value in haemorrhages, e. g., tubercular haemoptysis, haematemesis, fever, epistaxis, etc. ; also in bronchitis, phthisis, pneumonia, pyorrhoea alveolaris, dysentery, amoebic dermatitis, liver abscess and sprue. Certain products issued as emetine hydrochloride have been found so variable in composition and toxicity as to constitute a serious danger.* 'Tabloid' Emetine products are prepared from ' Wellcome' Brand Emetine salts which contain less than 0-5 per cent, of the accompanying alkaloids of ipecac. {See also ' Wellcome ' Brand Products, page 270.) Preparations 'Tabloid' Emetine Hydrochloridi, gr. | [0-032 gm.] (Keratin-coated) [us, B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, by the mouth, the last thing at night, or from two to three hours after the last meal. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Emetine Hydrochloridi.gr.|[0-022gm.]; gr. 1 [0-032gm.]; and gr. I [0-065gm.] [®B. AV. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in water, and injected hypodermically. 'Hypoloid' Emetine Hydrochloridi, 0-02 gramme [gr. J approx.], in 1 c.c. ; 0-03 gramme [gr. approx.], in 1 c.c. ; and 0-065 gramme fer-1 approx.], in 1 c.c. [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The contents of one container, injected hypodermically. 'Empirin' ' Tabloid ' ' Empirin ' is manufactured from Acetylsalicylic Acid of the highest possible purity, which has the correct melt- ing point of the pure acid, and is absolutely free from Salicylic or Acetic Acids. Largely prescribed as an anti-rheumatic, anti- pyretic and analgesic ; practically insoluble in stomach ; causes no gastric disturbance. Disintegrates easily ; absorbed from intestine. The therapeutic effect of ' Empirin,' especially in. influenza and other febrile affections, and in painful conditions, is enhanced by combination with acetphenetidin and caffeine,, as in 'Tabloid' 'Empirin' Compound. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated * Journal of the American Medical Association, April 22, 1916 46 THERAPEUTIC NOTES 'Empirin' (continued) Preparations 'Tabloid' 'Empirin' Acetylsalicylic Acid, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.]; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, of either strength, taken with water, twice or thrice daily, after food. For the relief of pain, fifteen grains may be prescribed as a first dose, with further doses if necessary, of ten grains at intervals, until three or four doses in all have been taken. 'Tabloid' 'Empirin' Comp, [si B. W. & Co.] R ' Empirin,' gr. 3-1/2 [0 227 gm.] Acetphenetidini, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm. | Caffeinse, . gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm. J Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water. 'Empirin' Acetylsalicylic Acid [si B. W. & Co.] Cartons of I oz., 4 oz. and 16 oz. Enemata, Nutrient 'Enule' Rectal Suppositories of predigested food are invaluable where continued rectal feeding is necessary. These preparations keep indefinitely in all climates. When the patient is unable to swallow, three to six fluidounces of warm water should be injected and retained occasionally, to combat the thirst common in cases requiring rectal feeding. The rectum may be emptied periodically by the use of a Glycerin ' Enule ' Suppository. B. W. & Co.] 'End LE' Suppositories are encased in sheaths of pure tinfoil, easily stripped off at the moment of using ; they are easy to administer, cleanly and comfortable in use and are retained with certainty. Before introduction they preserve their shape and consistence, and are convenient to handle ; in the rectum the active constituents are liberated at the normal temperature and produce a continuous uniform effect. The lower bowel should be emptied before the insertion of nutrient or medicated suppositories. 'Enule' brand Rectal Suppositories See Therapeutic Notes: Bismuth, page 22; ' Epinine ' Hydrochloride,page dp] ; Glycerin, page 56 ; ' Hazeline,'page 59 ; Quassin, page 113; Quinine Bisulphate, page 115; Santonin, page 120 ; and Soap, page 123. For full list, see 'Enule' Rectal Suppositories, in Price List at end Preparations ' E p i n i n e ' 'Eptnine' is a synthetic substance (3 : 4-dihydroxyphenyl- 'ethylmethylamine) first isolated at the ' Wellcome ' Chemical Works, Dartford, England (Pyman, Journ. Chem. Soc. Trans., 1910, Vol. XCVIL, p. 266) ; it possesses in a marked degree the pharmacological and therapeutic properties of the natural suprarenal active principle. Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 47 'Epinine' (continued) The advantage of ' Epinine ' over natural suprarenal extracts is that its solutions (if similarly maintained in a slightly acid condition) are more stable and less liable to deterioration. Being a pure synthetic preparation, its composition and characters are constant. It should be noted that ' Epinine ' is incompatible with alkalis, and solutions will not remain permanent unless slightly acidified with either hydrochloric or sulphurous acid-preferably the latter. When stronger solutions than 1 in 100 are required, they may be prepared by means of ' Epinine ' Hydrochloride. Solutions thus prepared should be acidified, as already mentioned, with Sulphurous Acid (II2SO3), in the proportion of 3 to 6 drops of acid to each 100 c.c. 'Tabloid' 'Epinine' Compound is issued for controlling congestion of the pharynx and larynx, and for the relief of post-influenzal cough. This product will also be found particularly useful to singers and public speakers. ' Epinine ' Hydrochloridi. Tubes of i gramme [gr. 15I approx.] B. W. .& Co.] Direction.-For preparing solutions of ' Epinine ' ; for strengths used see ' Epinine,' 1 in 100, below. ' Epinine,' i in 100. Bottles of 10 c.c. and 25 c.c. [®B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The strengths used vary from 1 in 10,000 to 1 in 100. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (AC) 'Epinine' Hydrochloridi, 0-0075 gramme [gr- 1/9 approx.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One may be placed on the conjunctiva, where it is immediately dissolved ; or one in o-6 c.c. [10 minims] of water forms a solution of 1 in 100. Solutions of 1 in 100 to 1 in 1000, and even weaker, are suitable for general ophthalmic use. 'Tabloid' 'Epinine' Comp, sine Acetomorph in?e Hydrochloridi [® B. W. & Co.] R ' Epinine ' Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/1000 [0-000065 gm.] Pulv. Ipecacuanhce, gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm.] Acidi Benzoici, gr. 1/40 [0-0016 gin.] Ol. Gaultherke, min. 1/30 [0-002 c.c.] Direction.-One, dissolved in the mouth, every hour or two. ' Hypoloid ' 'Epinine,' i in 100 B. W. & Co. ] Directions.-For intravenous injection-one c.c. may be added to 50-250 c.c. of normal saline and 10-50 c.c. of the prepared dilution injected intravenously in collapse. For hypodermic injection-dilute with distilled water to strength required. ' Enule ' ' Epinine ' Hydrochloridi, o-oi gramme [gr. & approx.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Remove the sheath. One, repeated as may be necessary. ' Soloid ' Ophthal. (AF) Zinci Sulphates Comp. (see Zinc, page 144 J Insufflatio Mentholis Comp. (Compound Menthol Snuff, B. W. & Co.) (see Menthol, page 83J Preparations Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 48 THERAPEUTIC NOTES 'Ergamine' (Histamine=4-/3-amino- ethylgly ox aline) An organic base, occurring in ergot and its extracts ; can now also be prepared chemically pure by synthesis. Intense stimu- lant of plain muscle generally, especially of the uterus, which responds to mere traces. ' Ergamine ' may be given to produce prompt contraction of the uterus, e. g., in post-partum haemorrhage. Stated to produce a definite improvement in the cardiac conditions of cases of high blood-pressure ; to have a favourable action on kidneys, increasing urinary excretion ; and given in several cases of Raynaud's disease with marked benefit.* 'Tabloid' Hypod. ' Ergamine' Phosphatis Acidi, 0-003 gramme [gr. approx.] [Sf B. W. & Co.] Each product is approximately equivalent to ' Ergamine,' o'ooi gramme fer- 4 approx.]. Direction.-One, injected hypodermically or intramuscularly, to produce contraction of the uterus. The dose should be increased only with great caution. Preparation Ergot (see also ' ERNUTIN,' page 50) All products of ergot issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. are prepared from physiologically-tested ergot, which represents a definite uniform strength of the active therapeutic principles. Ergot is prescribed as a vaso-constrictor, ecbolic and uterine stimulant; employed in uterine haemorrhage, and to promote contraction of the uterus, especially after delivery, and sometimes as an anti-galactic. Preparations 'Tabloid' Ergotini [Ext. Ergots, P.B.. gr. 1 [o-cesgm.j; gr. 2 [0*13 gm.i; and gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] [S' B. W. & Co.l ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to four of the gr. 1 or gr. 2 strength, or one to two of the gr. 3 strength, according to the indication of the case, repeated as may be necessary. 'Tabloid' Ergotini et Strychnine [sB.W.&Co.] Ergotini [Ext. Ergot®, P.B.], gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Strychnin® Sulphatis, gr. 1/30 [0-0022 gm.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, repeated as may be necessary. 'Tabloid' Hydrastine Comp, (see Hydrastine, page 60J 'Valoid' Ergot B. W. & Co.] One fluidounce of this preparation is equivalent to one ounce of carefully-selected fresh Spanish ergot. Dose.-Ten to thirty minims. Pharmacopoeia I preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated * Prescriber, London (Eng.), May, June and July, 1917 THERAPEUTIC NOTES 49 Ergotinine Citrate Usedin headache, and, subcutaneously, in uterine haemorrhage and haemorrhages generally. Action enhanced by addition of strychnine; frequently prescribed with morphine. Preparations 'Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotinine Citratis, gr. [0-00032 gm.]; and gr. [0-00065gm.] & Co.] Direction.-One or more. The full dose is usually stated to be gr. ^j, but doses of gr. are frequently ordered. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotinine Citratis et Morphine Sulphatis [at B. W. & Co.] H Ergotinine Citratis, gr. i/ioo [0-00065 gm.] Morphine Sulphatis, gr. 1/6 [o-on gm. I Direction.-One, repeated if necessary. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotinine Citratis et Strychnine Sulphatis [sh B. W. & Co.] Ergotinine Citratis, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Strychnine Sulphatis, gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm. | Direction.-One, repeated if necessary. Ergotoxine The active alkaloid specific to ergot. Stimulates the uterus ; raises the blood-pressure by vaso-motor action. 'Tabloid' Hypodermic Ergotoxine is a chemically-pure, soluble product; chiefly used to prevent or check post-partum haemorrhage. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotoxine, gr. [o-oooesgm.] [a? B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, dissolved in water, and injected hypodermically or intramuscularly. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotoxine et Morphine Sulphates [at B. W. & Co.] Ergotoxine, gr. i/ioo [0-00065 gm.] Morphine Sulphatis. gr. 1/6 [o-on gm.] Direction.-One to two, dissolved in water and injected hypodermically or intramuscularly. 'Tabloid' Hypod.Ergotoxine et Strychnine Sulphatis [at B. W. & Co.] Ergotoxine, gr. 1/100 [0 00065 gin] Strychnine Sulphatis, gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved in water, and injected hypodermically or intramuscularly. Preparations Pharmacopaeialpreparations are U. S. P. unless otherwise stated b ■ a r4 i z> n ! tr i « ir>r\ r ri'/ z^ *- r h -- । । m 50 THERAPEUTIC NOTES 'Ernutin' 'Ernutin' is a chemically-standardised preparation pre- senting the active therapeutic principles of Ergot-Ergotoxine, 'Tyramine' and ' Ergamine'-in stable solution and in a state of chemical purity. This preparation contains Ergotoxine Phosphate, 0-033 Per cent. It is used orally or by injection whenever the employment of ergot is indicated. Its advantages over ergot preparations are that the purity of its constituents can be determined by chemical means so that physiological standardisation is unnecessary, that it is of unvarying strength and activity, and is free from those constituents of ergot which give negative or harmful effects. 'Ernutin' (Oral) is pleasant to take and, in this respect, also much superior to ergot. For hypodermic use, it is presented in sterile solution ready for immediate injection. N OTE.-' Ernutin ' preparations should be protected from light. Preparations * Ernutin' (Oral). In bottles of 30 c.c., 4 Imperial fl. oz., and 16 Imperial fl. oz. B. W. & Co.] Direction.-For oral administration, the dose is thirty to sixty minims. 'Hypoloid' 'Ernutin.' In hermetically-sealed containers of 0-6 c.c. (min. 10 approx.) of sterile solution. [a? B. W. & Co.] Direction.-For hypodermic or intramuscular injection 0-3 c.c. to o-6 c.c. Erythrol Tetranitrate (Tetranitrin) Reduces blood-pressure ; used in angina pectoris, arterio- sclerosis, aneurism, cardiac pains and headache. May be used where trinitrin is indicated ; the action of the latter is more powerful, though less prolonged. ' Tabloid ' Erythrol Tetranitratis, gr. J [o-oi6gm.i; gr. J [0-032 gm.] ; and gr. I [0-065 gm.] [K B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, cautiously repeated as may be necessary. The maximum dose is three grains, but the smallest dose should always be used at first. Preparations Eserine (see Physostigmine, page 106) Pharmacopa'ial/reparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 51 Ether Employed as a local anaesthetic in neuralgia and in minor surgery ; hypodermically or internally, as a cardiac stimulant and anti-spasmodic in fainting, palpitation, heart-failure and asthma; and by inhalation to produce general anaesthesia. 'Wellcome' brand Ether is prepared specially for anaesthesia. It is pure and reliable, its standard being higher than that required by the U.S.P. (See also ' Wellcome' Brand Products, page 270). Preparation Ether, ' Wellcome' brand (see ' Wellcome' Chemicals List) 'Ethidol' brand Ethyl Iodo-ricinoleate A product containing 20 per cent, of Iodine in organic combination. It may be heated to ioo° C. for sterilisation ; it does not stain or irritate, and is almost colourless. Used for inunction in neuritis, rheumatoid arthritis, sciatica, etc. Applied to skin in psoriasis, erysipelas, eczema, etc. Injected into tuberculous abscess cavities. Preparation ' Ethidol' brand Ethyl Iodo-ricinoleate. Bottles of 1 oz. and 4 oz. [SI B. W. &Co.] Direction.-Inunction.-Rub lightly into part until absorbed. For Injection.-One-half to 1 c.c. on alternate days. Ethyl Chloride Used as a spray to produce local anaesthesia by freezing. Has also been largely employed by inhalation for general anaesthesia. Civen alone when the anaesthesia required is of short duration ; for longer periods it is used with other general anaesthetics. (See also ' Wellcome ' Brand. Prodticts, page 270). Ethyl Chloride, 'Wellcome' brand (see ' Wellcome' Chemicals List) Preparation Ethyl Iodide Contains a large proportion of iodine. Useful for inhalation in bronchial catarrh and laryngitis. Combined with chloroform it is recommended for all forms of laryngeal spasm, e.g., in the dyspnoea of bronchitic asthma, in whooping cough, and in oedematous laryngitis. Preparation 'Vaporole' Cih.oroformi et ^Ethylis Iodidi Comp. [3f B. W. & Co.] Chloroformi, min. io [o*6 c.c.] /Ethylis Iodidi, min. 5 [0'3 c.c.] Mentholis, gr. 1/8 [0008 gm.] Direction.-One capsule to be crushed and the contents inhaled. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 52 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Ethyl I o d o - r i c i n o 1 e a t e (see ' Ethidol' page 51) Ethyl-Morphine Hydrochloride This derivative of morphine possesses properties very similar to those of codeine, though its action is said to be more pronounced and more lasting. In ophthalmic work it is employed as an anodyne in iritis, keratitis and glaucoma, and to promote the absorption of inflammatory products. It is contra-indicated in arterio-sclerosis of the aged. Preparations 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (AH) ^Ethylmorphine Hydro- chloridi, 0-0005 gramme [gr. approx.] ; and (AG) 0-005 gramme [gr. ^approx.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, of either strength, may be used, and repeated from time to time as found necessary. Eucaine Equal to cocaine as an anaesthetic. Solutions of the hydrochloride and the lactate may be sterilised by boiling, without undergoing decomposition. Two per cent, solutions used for ophthalmic purposes, laryngoscopy and rhinoscopy ; two to four per cent, for catheterisation and endoscopic examinations; four to eight per cent, for the nose, previous to the use of the galvano-cautery ; and six to eight per cent, for removal of tonsils. In dental work, two per cent, solutions are commonly used, though much stronger ones may be employed. In general surgery, Eucaine is used as a local anaesthetic by hypodermic injection of four per cent, solutions. The action of Eucaine is enhanced by association with ' Epinine.' 'Tabloid' Hypod. Eucaine Hydrochloridi, gr. J [o-o22 gm.] 5 and gr. I [0-065 gm.] [*" B. W. A Co.] ' Tabloid ' Hypod. Eucaine Lactatis, gr. J [0-022 gm.]; and gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One-third grain, dissolved in fourteen minims, or one grain in forty-two minims, of sterile water, forms, approximately a two-and-a-half per cent, solution for hypodermic injection, or for injection into the gums, to produce local aniesthesia. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Anesthetic. Comp. (C) [see Anaesthesia, (Local), page 14] Preparations Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 53 Eucaine (continued) 'Soloid' Eucain/e Hydrochloridi, gr. 1 [0*065 gm.]; and gr- 5 [0-324 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One grain dissolved in twenty minims, or gr. 5 in 100 minims, will form, approximately, a five per cent, solution. Eucaine Hydrochloride should be dissolved in hot water, which does not decompose it, or lessen its anaasthetic value. The most convenient method is to add the ' Soloid ' product to the water in a small test-tube, and dissolve and sterilise by boiling. 'Soloid' Eucaine Lactatis, gr. 1 [o-o6s gm.] 0" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in ten minims of water, will form, approxi- mately, a ten per cent, solution. Insufflatio Mentholis Comp. (Compound Menthol Snuff, B. W. & Co.) (see Menthol, page 83) E ucal y ptia' A pure volatile oil distilled from the fresh leaves of Eucalyptus. As a non-irritant antiseptic and germicide, ' Eucalyptia ' possesses three times the power of carbolic acid. Preparations ' Eucalyptia' [s? B. W. & Co.] Directions.- Externally-applied undiluted as an antiseptic and anaasthetic in inflammation, ulceration, wounds, bruises, etc. Inter- nally-as an anti-spasmodic, anti-periodic, stimulant or expectorant, half to three minims, thrice daily. ' Paroleine ' Spray Compound (see ' Paroleine,'/^ 104^ 'Eucalyptia' Compound (see Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal Products, page 91) Euphthalmine Hydrochloride A mandelic ester related to eucaine ; applied to the con- junctiva, rapidly produces full dilatation of the pupil with moderate or slight disturbance of accommodation, and no change in intra-ocular pressure. A 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic product causes, in twenty minutes, very effectual dilatation which passes off entirely in four hours. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (Y) Euphthalminh? Hydrochloridi, gr. tV [o-ooi6 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, applied to the conjunctiva, repeated in fifteen to twenty minutes if necessary. Preparation Eucalyptus Gum (see Red Gum, page 117) Euonymin Valuable hepatic stimulant. (See Cascara Sagrada, page 33) Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 54 T H HRAPEUTIC NO 'I' E S Extracts, 'Wellcome' Brand Fehling Sugar Test (See ' Wellcome' brand Products, page 270J In ' Soloid ' Fehling Test, the reagents are so provided in the dry state that a fresh and fully active solution may be prepared when required. (See 'Soloid' Products, in Price List at end) Ferrum (see I R o n , page 69) Fluorescein Used to diagnose corneal lesions. With weak solutions the normal cornea is not stained, but ulcers or parts without epithelium become green, and remain so for a few hours. Loss of substance in the conjunctiva is indicated by a yellow hue. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (Z) Fluoresceins, gr. irg-'o [o'Ooo26 gm.] [SI B. W. & Co.] All 1 Tabloid ' Ophthalmic products dissolve immediately they are placed on the conjunctiva. Preparation Formates Stated to produce a tonic and stimulating effect on nerve and muscle. Employed in muscular fatigue, cardiac weakness and dilatation, neurasthenia and diphtheria. Said to stimulate the appetite and improve nutrition in pneumonia and phthisis. Also given in gout and rheumatism. The 'Elixoid' product is a convenient and palatable means of administering the salts, and causes no gastric disturbance. ' Elixoid' Formatum Comp. [si B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Calcium Formate, gr. 12 [0 778 gm.] ; Sodium Formate, gr. 6 [0 389 gm.] ; and Magnesium Formate, gr. 6 [0-389 gm.]. Direction.-Two fluidrachms, thrice daily, in water, after food. Preparation Galls (see Tannic Acid, page 1357 Gamboge Powerful hydragogue cathartic. Employed in the treatment of dropsy associated with constipation. Should never be given to children or old persons. Preparation 'Tabloid' Cathartic. Comp, (see Cathartic Compound, page 34 J Pharmacop&ial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC N OT ES 55 Gauze, Pleated Compressed, 'Tabloid' Brand (See Dressings, in Price List at end) Gelsemium Used in neuralgia and spasmodic retention of urine. Gelsemine hydrochloride is used, especially with butyl-chloral hydrate, in neuralgia of the cranial nerves. Preparation 'Tabloid' Butyl-Chloral Hydratis et Gelsemine (see Butyl-Chloral Hydrate, page 26 J Gentian Bitter tonic and stomachic, commonly prescribed with sodium bicarbonate and rhubarb. Preparations ' Tabloid ' Arsenicalis Comp. (^Arsenic Trioxide,page 17J ' Tabloid ' Cascar/e Sagradas et Gentianas Comp. (see Cascara Sagrada, page 34) 'Tabloid' Colchicine et Nucis Vomic/E Comp, (see Colchicine, page 40) ' Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis et Ferri et Arseni Trioxidi (see Valerates, page 141^ 'Gingament' (Neutralising Compound) Valuable antacid and stomachic, used for dyspepsia, nausea, heartburn and flatulence. Promotes appetite and digestion, relieves griping and has a general stimulant action. ' Tabloid ' ' Gingament ' [Bl B. W. & Co.] B Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 (0*324 gm.] Ammonii Bicarbonatis, gr. 1/12 [0-0054 gm. J Gingerini, Saccharini, Ol. Menthte Piperita:, aa q.s. Direction.-One, or more, taken with a little water, or one dissolved slowly in the mouth, from time to time. Preparation Ginger Aromatic stimulant and carminative. ' Tabloid ' Zingiberis, each containing the solid ingredients of Ess. Zingiberis (i in 2), min. 5 [o-3c.c.] ; and min. 10 [o-6c.c.] [Bl B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The equivalent of five to twenty minims should be powdered, and made into a draught with hot water. 'Tabloid' Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis (see Rhubarb, ■page 118 J Preparations Pharniacopieialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 56 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Ginger {continued) 'Tabloid' Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis et Magnesii CARBONATIS {see Rhubarb, page 118) 'Tabloid' Magnesii Sulphatis Comp. Effekvescentis {see Magnesium, page 78) 'Tabloid' Sodii Sulphatis Comp. Effekvescentis {see Sodium Sulphate, page 128) 'Tabloid' ZInci ValeratIs Comp, {see Valerates, page 141) Glycerin Locally, demulcent in affections of mouth and throat. Internally, stimulates nutrition, increases body weight; employed in various forms of dyspepsia, phthisis, general debility and diabetes. Largely used, as a rectal injection or 'Enule' Suppository, to produce free, rapid, painless emptying of lower bowel. Preparation 'Enule' Glycerin Rectal Suppository [si B. W. & Co.] Each contains 95 per cent, of pure anhydrous Glycerin. Issued in two sizes-for adults and for children. (See note on 'Enule' Rectal Suppositories, page 48J Glycerophosphates Salts of glycerophosphoric acid are readily assimilable and are used in phosphaturia, neurasthenia, diabetes, tuberculosis, general paralysis and locomotor ataxia. Combined with digestives and tonics, as in 'Tabloid' Glycerophosphates Compound, they have been reported to produce marked improvement. ' Kepler' Malt Extract with Glycerophosphates, administered with milk, provides a most nourishing and easily digestible preparation of casein and glycerophosphates. Useful in malnutrition, gastric debility, nervous exhaustion and rickets (see page 80). ' Tabloid'Ferri Glycerophosphatis, gr. 3 [0-i94gm.] [si B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, with or after food. ' Tabloid' Glycerophosphatum Comp. ( = Syrup of Glycero- phosphates), dr. 2 (i-s c.c.] B. W. & Co.] (Sugar-coated) Each product contains: Calcium, Sodium, Potassium, Magnesium and Iron Glycerophosphates, Pepsin, Diastase and Kola, with Strychnine Glycerophosphate, gr. and is equivalent to half a fluidrachm of Syrup of Glycerophosphates. Direction.-One to four, taken with water, with or after meals. Preparations Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 57 Glycerophosphates (continued) 'Elixoid' Glycerophosphatum B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Calcium Glycerophosphate, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.]; Sodium Glycerophosphate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.]; Potassium Glycero- phosphate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ; and Magnesium Glycerophosphate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.]. Direction.-Two to four fluidrachms, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Glycerophosphates (see Malt Extract, page 80J Gregory Powder (see Rhubarb, page 118) Grey Oil A sterile suspension of metallic mercury (10 per cent.) in a neutral fatty base with creosote and camphor. Used as anti- syphilitic. Preparation ' IlYPOLOID' Grey Oil, o-i gramme [gr. if approx. ], in 1 c.c. [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One c.c., injected intramuscularly. Grey Powder (^Mercury with Chalk,/<^88J Guaiac Stimulant, alterative, diuretic. With sulphur, acts well in sciatica and lumbago, and in chronic fibrous rheumatism of old people. Also prescribed in dysmenorrhoea. Preparations 'Tabloid' Guaiaci, gr. 5 [0-324^11.1 ['" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, thrice daily, after food. They may be taken whole, or powdered and taken in milk or water. ' Tabloid' Guaiaci et Sulphuris pi B. W. & Co.] R Guaiaci, gr. 3 [0-194 gin. 1 Sulphuris Pnecipitati. gr. 3 [0-194 gm. I Direction.-One to four, thrice daily, after food. They may be taken whole, or powdered and taken in milk or water. 'Tabloid' Guaiaci et Quini.ni^ Comp, ["f B. W. & Co.] H Guaiaci, gr. 2 [0-13 gm. | Sulphuris Prrecipitati, gr. 2 [o 13 gm. | Quininae Salicylatis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm. | Direction.-One to four, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Antimonii Comp. (Plummer Pili., N.F.) (see Antimony, Tartarated, page 15) Phannacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 58 T H K R A P E U T 1 C N O'l' E S G uaiacol Salts of guaiacol are preferred to creosote because they do not produce irritation or gastric discomfort. Guaiacol carbonate is used with success in chronic rheumatism and rheumatoid arthritis. In typhoid fever, administration of guaiacol is by many considered the medicinal treatment of most value. Preparations 'Tabloid' Guaiacolis Camphoratis, gr. 5 [0324 gm.] [rf B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Guaiacolis Carbonatis, gr. 5 [0324 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, twice or thrice daily, after food. Has moglobin The natural iron-containing constituent of the blood ; said to be absorbed more easily than any other preparation of iron. Used in antemic conditions, neurasthenia, etc. {See also Wellcome' Brand Products, page 270) Preparations 'Tabloid' Haemoglobin, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] B. W. & Co.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, or more, taken with water, thrice daily, after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Haemoglobin (see Malt Extract, page 80) 'Haze line' brand Hamamelis virginiana A preparation of the volatile principles of the bark of the fresh young twigs of the shrub. Styptic and anodyne. Used as an astringent in diarrhoea and enteritis ; locally in granular and congested conditions of the nares and pharynx; in haemorrhoids and surface haemorrhages; as a urethral injection in gonorrhoea; and as an injection in vesical haemorrhage. Preparations ' HAZELINE ' BRAND Hcunamelis virginiana [^1 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Internally, one to three fluidrachms may be taken, and repeated according to the indications of the case. 'Hazeline' Cream [Sf B. W. & Co.] A sedative ointment, presenting the valuable astringent properties of ' Hazeline ' in combination with an emollient base of exceptional purity. This product is of very marked superiority as a toilet preparation. It allays irritation, relieves chafing removes roughness of the skin, and is a valuable application in eczema, acne rosacea and other skin affections. It is employed largely in the treatment of haamorrhoids ; for this purpose a special vulcanite nozzle is obtainable (see page 351), which can be screwed on the collapsible tube in which this product is supplied. Direction.-To be applied alone, or on lint. Pharmac op trial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated T HERA P EU TIC NOT KS 59 ' H a z e 1 i n e ' (continued) " 'Hazeline' Snow" [iff B. W. & Co.] A preparation containing a high percentage of ' Hazeline ' adapted for application to the skin, by which it is rapidly absorbed, leaving no trace of greasiness. It renders the skin soft and smooth, and removes redness and roughness. Direction.-To be applied alone, or on lint. ' Hazeline ' Compound 'Enule' Rectal Suppository [iff B. W. & Co.] This ' Enule ' Rectal Suppository contains ' Hazeline,' Extract of Hamamelis and Zinc Oxide. It should be noted that this product stains linen. Direction.-Remove the sheath. One, inserted into the rectum, as required. (See note on 'Enule' Rectai. Suppositories, page 46J 'Hazeline' Suppository [iff B. W. & Co.] This Suppository .is used in the treatment of haemorrhoids. It does not stain linen. Direction.-One, inserted into the rectum, as required. Head Dressings, Adjustable, 'Tabloid' Brand (See Dressings, in Price List at end) Homatropine Dilates the pupil more rapidly than atropine, and its action is less prolonged. The effect of the methylbromide has been stated to pass off more quickly than that of other salts. (See also ' Wellcome' Brand Products, page 270J. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Homatropine Hydrochloridi, gr. [0-00026gin.] [iff B. W. Co.] Direction.-One or more. The dose is from gr. 5^ [0 00026 gm.] to gr. [0 002 gm.]. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. Homatropine Hydrochloridi, (H) gr. 45-3-[0-00016gm.I ; and (E) gr. [0-0016gin.] [iff B. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid'Ophthal. (O) Homatropine Hydrochloridi, gr. [0-00027 gm.], et Cocaine Hypochloridi, gr. [0-0027gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (W) Homatropine Hydrochloridi, gr. [0-0013gm.], et Cocaine Hydrochloridi, gr. 5-^ [0-0013gm.] [$' B. W. & Co.] Possesses the properties of the foregoing in greater degree. It produces complete paralysis of the ciliary muscle, generally within three- quarters of an hour. It is useful in refraction work, as the whole effect passes off in twenty-four to thirty-six hours. {See also ' Tabloid ' Ophthal. 19) Preparations Pharmacopeeial preparations are U.S.P. unless other^vise stated 60 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Homatropine (continued) 'Soloid' Homatropine Hydrobromidi, gr. 0-545 fo-oassgm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in one fluidrachm of distilled water, yields a one per cent, solution. 'Soloid' Homatropine Hydrobromidl, gr. 0-545 [b'o&gm.], et Cocaine Hydrochloridi, gr. 1-09 [0706 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in one fluidrachm of distilled water, yields a solution containing Homatropine Hydrobromide one per cent, and Cocaine Hydrochloride two per cent. Hydrargyri C h 1 o r i d u m Mite (see Calo m e l , page 29J Hydrargyrum (see Mercu ry, page 84) Hydrastine Hydrochloride Astringent ; useful in uterine haemorrhages; commonly combined with ergot extract, cannabine tannate and cotarnine hydrochloride. 'Tabloid' Hydrastine Hydrochloridi, gr. |[ooi6gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, repeated as may be necessary. 'Tabloid' Hydrastine Comp. [® B. W. & Co.] 1$ Hydrastime Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/4 [0 016 gm.] Ergotini (Ext. Ergotre, P.B.), gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.1 Cannabina? Tannatis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm. I (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, repeated as may be necessary. Preparations Hyoscine Hydrobromide (Scopolamine Hydrobromide) Powerful sedative, used in cerebral excitement, mania and epilepsy. The larger doses are for exceptional use only, as in mania, when smaller dozes fail to produce the full physiological effect. Has more rapid mydriatic action than atropine. Combined with morphine, or morphine and atropine, has been used hypodermically as analgesic during labour and previous to induction of general anaesthesia. Also used in intractable insomnia. Forfurther details, see Scopolamine Hydrobromide, ■page 121. {See also 1 Wellcome' Braud Products, page 270). PJiannacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 61 Hyoscine Hydrobromide (continued) Preparations 'Tabloid' Hypod. Hyoscine Hydrobromidi, gr. [0-00032 gm.]; gr. [0-00065 gm.] ; and gr. yV [o-ooose gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Gr. to gr. 7L. The smaller dose should be given first, and increased, if necessary, with very great care. The official average dose is grain. ' Tabloid ' Hypod. Hyoscine Comp. (A) B. W. & Co.] 1$ Hyoscinae Hydrobroniidi, gr. i/ioo [0-00065 gm.] Morphinae Sulphatis, gr. 1/6 [o-oii gm.] Atropinae Sulphatis, gr. 1/180 [0-00036 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved in water, and injected hypodermically. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Hyoscine Comp. (B) B. W. & Co.] Hyoscinae Hydrobromidi, gr. 1/100 (0-00065 gm.] Morphinae Sulphatis, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm. ] Atropinae Sulphatis, gr. 1/150 [0-00043 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved in water, and injected hypodermically. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (U) Hyoscine Hydrobromidi, gr. g a a [o-oooir gm.] [usf B. W. & Co. ] Direction.-One, repeated in twenty minutes, if necessary. 'Hypoloid' Hyoscine Hydrobromidi, 0-0005 gramme [gr. Hit approx.], in 1 c.c. [St B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One c.c., injected hypodermically. 'Hypoloid' Scopolamine Hydrobromidi (see/age 121) Hyoscyamine Sulphate Nearly twice as powerful as atropine in producing mydriasis and checking secretions. The 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products are prepared from the pure kevo-rotatory alkaloid, which is much more active than the dextro variety. (See also ' Wellcome ' Brand Products, page 270}. Preparations 'Tabloid' Hypod. Hyoscyamine Sulphatis, gr. [o-ooo8i gm.]; and gr. dg [0-0032gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Doses gradually increased to gr. are used, but the greater doses should be given with extreme caution, and never until the smaller ones, given previously, have proved insufficient. These 'Tabloid ' Hypodermic products may be given by the mouth when required for long-continued regular administration, as in paralysis agitans. Hyoscyamus Used, with care, as nerve sedative where opium is inadmis- sible, as an adjunct to purgative drugs to diminish liability to griping, and in irritation of urinary passages. ' Tabloid' Hyoscyami, each containing the solid ingredients ofTiNCT. Hyoscyami, min. io^cc.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six, repeated as may be necessary. Preparations Pharmacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 62 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Hyoscyamus (continued) 'Tabloid' Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami (N.F. Pill) (see Colocynth, page 40) 'Tabloid' Ferri Reducti Comp, (see Iron, pagers) 'Tabloid' Ferri Reducti et Rhei Comp, (see Iron,/^ 70^ 'Tabloid' Pil Hydrargyri et Colocynthidis et Hyoscyami (see Blue Pill, page 24J 'Tabloid' Cascare Sagrade Comp, (see Cascara Sagrada, page 33) 'Tabloid' Colchicine et Nucis Vomice Comp, (see Colchicine, page 40) 'Tabloid' Laxative Vegetable (see Laxative Vegetable, page 75) 'Tabloid' Podophyllini Comp, (see Podophyllin,page 110J Hypertonic Saline Solutions (See Calcium Chloride, page 28) ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic Products are pure, stable and reli- able, of high accuracy of dosage and ready for immediate use. They have none of the disadvantages of ready-made solutions. The desired dose may be prepared in the barrel of the syringe itself. Solution takes place almost immediately. Hypodermic Medication 'Tabloid' Brand Hypodermic Products B. W. & Co.] See Therapeutic Notes: Aconitine, page io; Anaesthesia (Local), page 13 ; Apomorphine Hydrochloride, page 16 ; Atropine, page 18 ; Caffeine, page 27 ; Cocaine, page 37 ; Codeine, page 39 ; Curara, pane 42 ; Digitalin (Amorphous), page 42; Digitalin (Crystalline), page 43 ; Emetine Hydro- chloride, page 44 ; ' Ergamine ' Acid Phosphate, page 48 ; Ergotinine Citrate, page 49 ; Ergotoxine, page 49 ; Eucaine, page 52 ; Homatropine, page 59 ; Hyoscine, page 60 ; Hyoscyamine, page 61 ; Mercury, page 83; Morphine, page 89; Physostigmine, page 106 ; Picrotoxin, page 106 ; Pilocarpine, page 107; Potassium Permanganate, page 112; Quinine, page 114 ; Sparteine Sulphate, page 129; Strophanthin, page 131 ; Strychnine, page 131 ; Trinitrin, page 139 ; ' Tyramine' Acid Phosphate, page 140. For full list, see Hypodermic Products,'Tabloid' Brand, in Price List at end Pharmacofceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 63 Hypodermic Syringes and Cases, 'Tabloid' (See Hypodermic Apparatus, in Price List at end) 'Hypoloid' Brand Products [® B. W. & Co.] ' Hypoloid ' products present fluid medicaments suitable for hypodermic or intramuscular injection. Issued in hermetically- sealed containers and rubber-capped bottles, each presenting, unless otherwise specified, 1 c.c. of sterilised solution or suspension. Ready for immediate use. The ' Hypoloid ' containers are made from specially-tested neutral hard glass, free from deleterious action on the contents (see Cocaine, page 37, and Strophanthin, page 131). For full list, see 'Hypoloid' Products in Price List at end Tonic and alterative; indicated in phthisis, debility and antemia of young children, various functional nerve disorders, exhaustion following over-work, child-bearing, lactation or wasting diseases. (See also ' Wellcome ' Brand Products, page 270) Hypophosphites 'Tabloid' Hypophosphitum Comp., gr. i| [0-097^.1; and gr. 3 [0*194 ffm.J B. W. & Co.] (Plain or sugar-coated) These products contain respectively gr. i| and gr. 3 of the combined Hypophosphites of Calcium, Potassium, Sodium, Manganese, Iron and Quinine, with gr. and gr. of Strychnine Hypophosphite, and are respectively equivalent to half a fluidrachm and one fluidrachm of standard Compound Syrup of Hypophosphites. Direction.-One to two of the lesser, or one of the greater strength, taken with a wineglassful of water, twice or thrice daily, with or after food. 'Tabloid' Hypophosphitum Comp, et Creosoti [si B. W. & Co.] Each contains Creosote, min. 1, with gr. 3 of the combined Hypophosphites of Calcium, Sodium, Potassium, Manganese, Iron and Quinine, and gr. fa of Strychnine Hypophosphite, equivalent to one fluidrachm of standard Compound Syrup of Hypophosphites. Direction.-One, taken with a little water, with or after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Hypophosphites (see Malt Extract, page 80) ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt extract and Hypophosphites {see Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract, page Preparations P liar mac op oeia.1 preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 64 T H E R A P E U T I C N O T E S Standardisation of a bad pituitary extract, compared with same standard used in Fig. 1 Fig. 2 THE STANDARDISATION OF 'INFUNDIN' These two tracings illustrate the amount of contraction produced in the isolated guinea-pig uterus by two specimens both purporting to be 20 % Pituitary (Infundibular) Extracts, in comparison with that produced by a 20% decoction of fresh Infundibulum. In the left-hand tracing the effect produced by the specimen (shown at B) is equal to that of the standard preparation shown at A and C. The specimen is therefore of first-rate activity. In the right-hand tracing, A and C represent the effect of a given dose of the standard,whilst those shown at B, D, E, F are yielded by a bad specimen. ' In pu n d in ' Brand Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract Fig. 1 THERA PE U T r C NOTES 65 Ichtha mol Local anodyne and bactericide. In skin diseases, erisipelas and psoriasis. Internally, may be used in chronic rheumatism. 'Tabloid' Ichthamol, gr. 2^ [Mfegm.] [® B. W. & Co.] (Coated luith keratin, or keratin overlaid luith sn^ar) Direction.-One to four, thrice daily, after food. Preparation ' I n f u n d i n ' ' Infundin' is an extract of the posterior or infundibular lobe of the pituitary gland. It produces a powerful and lasting rise of blood-pressure when injected subcutaneously, intravenously or intramuscularly. Causes contraction of the uterus. It has also been shown experimentally to have a galactagogue action. 'Hypoloid' 'In fundin' presents this extract in sterile stable condition, ready for immediate use, and enclosed in hermetically-sealed containers. It is now supplied in two strengths: 'Hypoloid' 'Infundin' (Original Strength, io International Units per c.c.), and 'Hypoloid' 'Infundin'(5 International Units per c.c.). After preparation, and before issue, 'INFUNDIN' is submitted to physiological tests of exceptional stringency; any batch failing ro pass these is destroyed. A high and uniform degree of activity is thus ensured. Tests carried out in the United States Government Hygienic Laboratory on seven varieties of pituitary extract showed ' Infundin ' to be the most potent of all.* Reports of its use in practice show that ' Infundin' has been found to retain its potency for over ten years. 'Infundin' is absolutely free from preservatives of any kind. A report in the Indian Medical Gazette, March, 1916, page 81, states that as the result of the administration of 1000 doses of various pituitary extracts, 'Infundin' has been found more satisfactory than any of the other preparations. ' Infundin ' may be employed generally for its action on the uterus in all the post-partum conditions for which ergot is used. For this purpose, 'Hypoloid' 'Infundin' (5 International Units per c.c.) may be administered with caution, in dosesup to 0-5 c.c. ; or, in larger doses, 1 c.c. ; or, if necessary, 2 c.c. may be given. The post-partum dose of ' Hypoloid' ' Infundin ' (Original Strength) is 0-5 c.c. to 1 c.c. ; if used ante-partum, the dose should not exceed 0-3 c.c. It should only be given in second stage of labour. * Hygienic Laboratory, U.S. Public Health Service, Bulletin, No. 115 Pharmacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 66 THERAPEUTIC NOTES ' I n f u n d i n ' (continued) ' Infundin ' has proved very valuable in cases of shock and collapse because of the protracted rise of blood-pressure pro- duced. Recommended as a diuretic. Given in typhoid fever to maintain the blood-pressure, to promote sleep and counteract the toxaemia. In post-influenzal debility it seems to restore tone to the vascular system in a striking manner. 'Infundin' has also been found of great value in cases of intestinal paresis and atony following operations. It is used in ex-ophthalmic goitre, asthma, diabetes insipidus, asphyxia of newly-born, and in vesical atony following operation. ' Infundin ' is contra-indicated in elderly patients with brittle arteries. The following table summarises the principal actions and uses of 'Infundin' :- PHARMACOLOGICAL ACTION THERAPEUTIC USES Causes prolonged rise of blood- pressure Stimulates the uterus to con- traction Stimulates peristalis Produces marked diuresis Produces increased flow of milk Surgical shock and collapse Asthenia , with low Asthenic fever blood- । Post-influenzal debility pressure ; Uterine hemorrhage and atony Placenta previa. Eclampsia Post-operative intestinal paresis As a diuretic in cases other than renal or cardiac disease In cases of deficient milk secretion Preparations ■ HypoloiD ' ' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract (Original Strength, io International Units per c.c.), 0-5 c.c.; and i c.c. (® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Half to one c.c., injected intramuscularly, or it may be given intravenously or per rectum in normal saline. For obstetric dosage, see pages 65 and 200. ' Hypoloid ' ' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract (5 International Units per c.c.), 0-5 c.c. ; and 1 c.c. B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Half to one c.c., injected intramuscularly, or it may be given intravenously or per rectum in normal saline. For obstetric dosage, see pages 65 and 200. Note.-'Infundin' (Original Strength) is always supplied unless the lower potency is specified. Insufflations By insufflation, drugs may be applied to parts not otherwise readily accessible. Insufflatio Mentholis Comp. (Compound Menthol Snuff, B. W. & Co.) (see Menthol, 85) Preparation Pharmacopadal preparations are U.S.P. rmless otherwise stated therapeutic notes 67 'Iodicin' A calcium salt of iodo-ricinoleiC acid containing a high per- centage of iodine in organic combination. Tasteless and odourless; unaffected by gastric juice. Produces no digestive disturbance; absorbed from bowel without causing irritation. Possesses, in marked degree, valuable action of its components, and results obtained in syphilitic cases compare favourably with those from iodides. In stubborn ulcers, resistant to other treatment, has been reported to produce healthy granulating surface. Various affections of lymphatic glands and of the thyroid have been favourably influenced by it. Reported to have given excellent results in asthma. Well tolerated by patients who cannot take potassium or sodium iodide. Ideal for intensive iodine treatment. The chocolate base product is specially suited for the prophylaxis and treatment of juvenile goitre. Preparations ' Tabloid' 'Iodicin,' gr. 3^194 gm.] (Capsula) [siB. W. &Co.] Direction.-One to three, taken with water, three or four times daily. Each product secures the administration of one grain of iodine in organic combination. ' Tabloid ' ' Iodicin,' 0-03 gramme (gr. J approx.) ( Chocolate Base) [SB B. W. & Co.] Directions.-Prophylaxis-One, weekly. Treatment-Two to three weekly up to one daily, for thirty days. Each product secures the administration of 001 gramme [gr. | approx.] of iodine in organic combination. Iodine (Organic) (See ' Et H I DoL,' page 51; and ' I o D1 c I N,' above) Iodine Used in the preparation of the skin for operations and for vaccination, in first-aid treatment of wounds, in gonorrhoea in the female, in diphtheria, in dentistry, and as a counter-irritant in pleurisy or myalgia. 'Vaporole' Iodine presents a pure, fresh preparation in hermetically-sealed containers. One end of the container is surrounded with absorbent material, which, on the point of the container being broken, becomes saturated and can be used for making the application. The freshness of ' Vaporole ' Iodine precludes the irritation which a deteriorated preparation may cause on raw surfaces. Preparations 'Vaporole' Iodine, min. 2O[«c.c.]; and J fl. oz. Me#] [W B. W. & Co.] P harmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 68 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Iodoform Gauze, 'Tabloid' Brand (see D R E S S I N G S, in Price List at end) Ionic Medication A series of 'Sol o i d ' products is issued for use in this method of treatment. The strength of each ' Soloid ' product is 4'37 grains ; dissolved in one ounce of water, this gives a 1 per cent, solution-the most suitable for ionic medication. Literature dealing with the Technique of ionic Medication sent gratis on request. For list of products, see ' Soloid ' Products, in Price List at end Ipecac Diaphoretic, expectorant, gastric and hepatic stimulant, emetic in large doses. Has a specific value in amoebic dysentery (see also Emetine Hydrochloride, page 44J. Ipecac from which the nauseating principles have been removed has been stated to retain its anti-dysenteric properties, but the most recent evidence identifies emetine as the essential agent in the anti-dysenteric action of the drug. Preparations 'Tabloid' Ipecacuanha, gr. 5 [0-324gm. [® B. W. & Co.] Directions.-As an expectorant-One, thrice daily. As an emetic- Three to six, taken in warm water, or one repeated every hour until nausea arises, and then every two hours. 'Tabloid' Ipecacuanha, gr. 5 [owgm.] f® B. W. & Co.] ( Keratin-coated) Direction.--One, taken with water, every hour; or a larger dose (say three to six) less frequently. ' Tabloid' Ipecacuanha sine Emetina, gr. 3 [o^gin.j [® B. W. & Co.] Each represents gr. 5 of ipecac deprived of its emetic principles. Direction.-One powdered, may be given in a little water every hour ; or a larger dose (say three to six) less frequently. 'Tabloid' Ext. Ipecacuanha, each containing the solid ingredients of Vin Ipecacuanha, min. 5 [o-3c.c.i [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six. In bronchitis and asthma, one may be taken every horn until nausea arises, and then every two hours. 'Tabloid' Pulv. Ipecacuanha et Opii (Dover Powder), gr. 5 [0324gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three for an adult. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri c Creta et Pulv. Ipecacuanha et Opii (see Mercury, page 86) 'Tabloid' Bismuthi et Pulv. Ipecac, et Opii (see Bismuth, page 23J 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Beta-naphtholatis Comp. (see Bismuth, page 23 ) Pha^-macopatialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 69 Ipecac (continued) 'Tabloid' Codeina et Acidi Benzoici Comp, sine Cocaina (see Codeine, page 38) 'Tabloid' Ipecacuanh.e c Scilla B. W. & Co.] (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, thrice daily, or as required. 'Tabloid' Ipecacuanha cum Antimonii et Potassii Tartrate, aa gr. lo-oooeg gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in the mouth, every fifteen minutes, until free expectoration is induced ; then one, less frequently, as required. 'Tabloid' Aloini Comp, (see Aloin, page 1 \) 'Tabloid' 'Epinine' Comp, sine Acetomorphina Hydro- chloridi (see 'Epinine,' page g]) 'Tabloid' Pastille Pectoral (see Pastilles,/^ 103 J 'Tabloid' Pastille Pine Tar Comp, (see Pastilles,/^ 103^ 'Tabloid' QuiNlNzE Comp, (see Quinine, page 114] 'Elixoid ' Picis Comp, (see Pine Tar, page 108J Iron Haematinic, tonic, astringent, styptic. Action varies according to preparation. Clinical trials have indicated cases where the haemoglobin-forming power of 'Tabloid' Blaud Pill was nearly 10 times greater than that of the average iron preparation and nearly two-and-a-half times greater than that of any other iron preparation used in the trials. Preparations 'Tabloid' Aloes et Ferri (see Aloe, page io] 'Tabloid' Arsenicalis Comp. (see Arsenic Trioxide,page 16) 'Tabloid' Ferri et Arsen. Comp. ["? B. W. & Co.] I?; Ferri Hypophosphitis; gr. 2 [0-13 gin. I Quininze Sulphatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Arseni Trioxidi, gr. 1/50 [0-00x3 gm.] Strychnin® Sulphatis, gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm. J (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferri et Arseni Trioxidi et Digitalini B. W. & Co.] K Ferri Phosphatis Solubilis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Arseni Trioxidi, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Digitalini (Amorph.) gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. P harmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 70 THERAPEUTIC NOTES I r o n fcontinued) 'Tabloid' Ferri Carbonatis Saccharati, gr. 5 [0-324 gmj [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more, taken with a little water, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferri Glycerophosphatis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.i B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferri et Quinine Citrates, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] (Plain or sugar-coated) [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.--One to three, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Sugar-coated ' Tabloid ' Iron and Quinine Citrate keeps well in tropical climates, where the ordinary preparation in scales cannot be used on account of its instability. 'Tabloid' Ferri et Strychnin.® Phosphatum [a? B. W. & Co.] R Ferri Phosphatis Solubilis, gr. r [0-065 gm.l Strychinje Phosphatis, gr. 1/32 [0-002 gm.] (Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. ' Tabloid ' Ferri, Quinines et Strychnine Phosphatum ( Easton Syrup), dr. | [r-s c.c.] ; and dr. i [3-e c.c.] (Sugar-coated) ["f B. W. & Co.] Each represents, in soluble form, the amount of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine [0-00037 gm. and 0 00074 gm.] contained in a half and one teaspoonful of Easton Syrup, respectively. Direction.-One to two of the half-drachm strength, or one of the one-drachm strength, taken with a wineglassful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. ' Tabloid ' products of Easton Syrup obviate the nauseous taste of the official preparation, and while the latter quickly becomes unsightly, darkening in colour through oxidation, and losing strength by precipitation, the ' Tabloid ' preparation remains unimpaired, even in hot climates. 'Tabloid' Ferri Reducti, gr. 2 |0-i3 gm.] [s» B. W. & Co.] Reduced Iron is practically without the astringent action of most preparations of Iron. It is easily taken, well borne by the stomach, and readily assimilated. It is valuable in cases of chlorosis and anaemia associated with indigestion and constipation. Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferri Reducti Comp. [® B. W. & Co.] Ri Ferri Reducti, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Ext. Hyoscyami, gr. i [0-065 gm.] Ext. Nucis Vomicae, gr- 1/2 [0-032 gm. I Olei Carui, min. 1/4 [0-015 c.c.J Direction.-One to two, taken with water, twice or thrice daily, after food. P harmacopceial preparations are U.S.P, -unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 71 Iron (continued) 'Tabloid' Ferri Reducti et Rhei Comp. [® B. W. &Co.] R Ferri Reducti, gr. 2 [0-13 gm. I Ext. Hyoscyami, gr. r [0-065 gm.] Ext. Nucis Vomicae, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Pil. Rhei Comp., U.S.P. IX, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Olei Carui, min. r/4 [0-015 c.c.J Direction.-One to two, taken with water, twice or thrice daily, after food. ' Tabloid ' Reduced Iron Compound and 1 Tabloid ' Reduced Iron and Rhubarb Compound represent excellent combinations for the long-continued administration of Iron, as in anaemia associated with constipation. The dose of Reduced Iron, Nux Vomica, Hyoscyamus and Caraway Oil is the same in each. To the second formula is added one grain of Pil. Rhei Comp. The patient should take the desired dose of the product containing the rhubarb until the action of the bowels becomes a little troublesome, when one of the formula without the rhubarb will take the place of one with it. The patient soon learns to regulate exactly the number of each formula to take daily according to the need for aperient help, whilst, whichever is taken, the dose of the essential drug for the relief of the anaemia remains the same. The patient should be told that the anaemia will probably not be benefited unless, or until, there is a regular, full, free daily action of the bowels. 'Tabloid' Ferri Sulphatis Exsiccati, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] [«[ B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, taken with a little water, three times daily. 'Tabloid' Zinci Valerates et Ferri et Arseni Trioxidi {see Valerates, page 141) 'Tabloid' Ferri Valeratis {see Valerates, page 141) 'Tabloid' Trium Valeratum {see Valerates, page 141) 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud), gr. 5 [o-324gm.]; and gr. IO [0-648 gm.] (Sugar-coated] [uir B. W. & Co.] Each represents 20% of ferrous carbonate. Direction.-One, gradually increased if necessary, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Aloini [a? B. W. & Co.] Ri Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud). gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] (=22'5% Ferri Carbonatis) Aloini, gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.J (Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. The Aloin corrects any tendency to constipation, and promotes the absorption of the Iron. 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Arsen. [ffl B. W. &Co.] B Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] (=20% Ferri Carbonatis) Arseni Trioxidi, gr. 1/64 [o-ooi gm. J (Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Pharinacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 72 THERAPEUTIC NOTES 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Arsen, et Strych. B. W. & Co.] R Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud), gr. 5 [0-324 gin.] (= 20% Ferri Carbonatis) Arseni Trioxidi, gr. i/'roo [0-00'065 &m.J Strychninae, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Cascar.-e Sagrad/E [W B. W. & Co.] R Pil- F'errugin. (Blaud), gr. 5 [0-324 gm. J (= 20% Ferri Carbonatis) Ext. Cascarac Sagradae, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] (Suga r-coa ted) Direction.-One, gradually increased to four, if necessary, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Nucis VomiC/E et Cascar?e Sagradas B. W. & Co.] R Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud), gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] ( - 20Z Ferri Carbonatis) Ext. Nucis Vomicae, gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm. J Ext. Cascarae Sagradas, gr. 1 [0-065 gm. J ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) Comp. B. W. & Co.] Pil. Ferrugin. (Blaud), gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] (= 20% Ferri Carbonatis) Pulv. Capsid, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] Aioini et Strychninae et Arseni Trioxidi, aagr. 1/30 [0-0022 gm. J ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Ferrugin. (Blaud) Comp. (Half Strength) (Sugar-coated) B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily after food. 'Tabloid' Glycerophosphatum Comp, {see page 56) 'Tabloid' Hypophosphitum Comp, {see page 63) 'Tabloid' Hypophosphitum Comp, et Creosoti {seepage 63) ' Tabloid ' Manganesii et Ferri Citratis (Solubilis) {see Manganese, page 82) 'Tabloid' Nucis Vomica Comp, {see Nux Vomica, page 94) 'Tabloid' Sumbul Comp, {see Sumbul, page 134) 'Tabloid' Tonic Comp. [iff B. W. & Co.] R Ferri Pyrophosphatis, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Quinina? Bisulphatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm. J Strychninae Sulphatis, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Arseni Trioxidi et Ferri Citratis (see page 17 ) Iron fcontinued} Pharmacopoeia] preparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 73 Iron {continued) 'Elixoid' Ferri, Quinin/e et Strychnin.^ Piiosphatum B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Iron Phosphate, gr. 4 [0 259 gm.] ; Quinine Phosphate, gr. 3I [0'207 gm.]; and Strychnine Phosphate, gr. J [o'oo8 gm.j Direction.--One to two fluidrachms in a little water, twice or thrice daily, after meals. 'Hypoloid' Ferri et Arsen. B. W. & Co.] R Ferri Citratis Vjridis, 0-05 gramme [gr. 3/4 approx. 1 Sodii Arsenatis Exsicc., 0-002 gramme [gr. 1/32 approx.] Aquam, ad 1 c.c.. Employed in malaria, in trypanosomiasis, in severe forms of ansemia and other diseases of the blood, and in various conditions of malnutrition. Direction.-One to three c.c., injected hypodermically or intra- muscularly, not intravenously. 'Tabloid' H/emoglobin (seepage 58J 'Bivo' Beef and Iron Wine (see page 2^) ' Kepler' Malt Extract with Beef and Iron (see page 79) 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Chemical Food (^75^79) 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Haemoglobin (see page 80J 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron (seepage 80J 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron and Quinine Citrate (see page 80) 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron Iodide (seepage 80J 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron, Quinine and Strychnine Phosphates (Easton) (see page 80) 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract and Iron Iodide (see page 39J Other Preparations which contain Iron Jalap Hydragogtte cathartic, especially used in dropsy. 'Tabloid' Jalapa, gr. 5 [0-324gin.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.--One frequently, or a larger number as a purgative. The official average dose is fifteen grains. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Jalap.e (see Calomel,page 29) 'Tabloid' Cathartic. Comp, {seepage 34) 'Tabloid' Laxative Vegetable {seepage 75) 'Tabloid' QuinintE et Rhei Comp, {well known for many years as ' Tabloid'' Livingstone Rouser} {seepage 115) Preparations Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 74 THERAPEUTIC NOTES 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil (see page 38) 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract (See Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract, 'Keller,' page 39) 'Kepler' Malt Extract (see Malt Extract, ' K e p l e r ,' pages 78-80) Kidney Substance Has given good results in various kidney diseases. Stated to increase diuresis and diminish dropsy and albuminuria; polyuria of granular kidney lessened and general condition improved. Preparation ' Tabloid ' Kidney Substance, gr. 5 [0-324gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, three times daily, after food. Kino Astringent. Used in diarrhoea. ' Tabloid' Pulv. Kino Comp., N.F., gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] O B. W. & Co.] Each contains : Kino, gr. 3} [0-243 gm.] ; Opium, gr. J [0 016 gm.] ; and Cinnamon, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water. Preparation Kola Nut Contains 2 to 2J per cent, of caffeine, to which its value is chiefly due. Preparation ' Tabloid ' Glycerophosphatum Comp. (see Glycerophosphates, page 56) Lactose (see Milk Sugar, page 88) Lanoline, Toilet (' Wellcome ' Brand) This preparation of the purified fat of lamb's wool is a genuine product and possesses the exceptional quality associated with 'Wellcome' Brand Products. It is readily absorbed by the skin, to the fat of which it is similar, and is an excellent application in cases of roughness, redness or abrasions of the skin or mucous membrane, and for cuts and bruises. Lanoline, Toilet, 'Wellcome'brand B. W.& Co.] Preparation Pharmacopoeial preparations arc U. S. P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 75 ' Laxamei ' A palatable jelly-like preparation of 'Paroleine,' easily taken by those who cannot tolerate the liquid. Intestinal lubricant ; useful in constipation. Contains approximately 80 per cent, of 'Paroleine.' For diabetic patients, ' Paroleine' is to be preferred. (See also ' Paroleine,' pages 102 and 103) Preparation 'Laxamel' [®B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, or more, as required, shortly before food. Laxative Fruit 'Tabloid' Pastille Laxative Fruit is palatable and pleasantly flavoured, and in the mouth is as acceptable as a sweetmeat. It acts with certainty, and causes neither griping nor other discomfort. Preparation 'Tabloid' Pastille Laxative Fruit (see Pastilles,/^ 103) Laxative Vegetable An excellent laxative or purgative, according to dose, Preparation 'Tabloid' Laxative Vegetable [si B. W. & Co.] 1$ Ext. Colocynthidis Comp., gr. i [0*065 gm.] Ext. Jalapa, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Resina Podophylli, gr. 1/4 [o-oi6gm.j Leptandrini, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Ext. Hyoscyami, gr. 1/4 [0*016 gm. | Ext. Taraxaci, gr. 1/4 [0*016 gm. j Ol. Mentha Piperita, q.s. (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to three, at bedtime, as a purgative, or one after food, twice or thrice daily, in chronic constipation. Lead Acetate Astringent, sedative; used internally in haemoptysis, diarrhoea, dysentery and typhoid fever; as an injection in gonorrhoea; and generally as a sedative application. 'Soloid' Plumbi et Opii ["I B. W. & Co.] E Plumbi Acetatis, gT. 2 [0-13 gm.] Tinct. Opii, min. 20 [1-2 c.c.J Direction.-One added to one fluidounce of hot water, and shaken gently until disintegration is complete, makes a sedative anodyne lotion of the same strength as Lotio Plumbi et Opii, N.F. The lotion should always be shaken before use. Preparation P harmacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 76 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Lead Subacetate Astringent and sedative external application. With ' Soloid ' Lead Subacetate, solutions of the basic lead acetate (not the normal lead acetate) can be prepared. Dilute solutions used in ophthalmia and granular conjunctivitis. Should not be employed in corneal ulceration or sloughing. 'SOLOID' PLUMBI SuBACETATIS, gr. 11-5 [O-74S gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One. dissolved! n five fluidounces of distilled water, yields a solution containing about the same quantity of lead subacetate as an equal volume of the official Liq. Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus, U.S.P. IX. This is a convenient method of preparing Goulard water. Preparation Lemon Juice Locally, stimulates secretion of saliva and relieves thirst. Internally, is diuretic, anti-scorbutic and stomachic ; is more efficient than citric acid or lime juice. 'Tabloid' Pastille Lemon Juice (see Pastilles, page 103J Preparation Lep tandrin Said to promote the flow of bile ; does not irritate the bowel. Useful in dyspepsia. 'Tabloid' Laxative Vegetable (see page 7 5) Preparation Licorice Used for masking the taste of nauseous drugs, as a laxative and as a demulcent, especially to the bronchial mucous membrane. 'Tabloid' Ammonii Chloridi et Glycyrrhiz.-e (see page *3) 'Tabloid' Ammonii Chloridi Comp, (see page 13^ 'Tabloid' Cubeb/E Comp, (see Cubeb, page 41J 'Tabloid' Pastille Pectoral (see Pastilles, page 103) Preparations Lime, Chlorinated, 'Tabloid' Brand (see 'Tabloid' Wat e r S t er i use r, in Price List at end) Lint, 'Tabloid' Brand (see Dressings, in Price List at end) Lithium Stated to form soluble urates ; hence prescribed in gout and for uric acid calculus. By adding 'Tabloid' Effervescent Lithium products to plain water, an effervescing lithia water of known strength is immediately prepared. Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 77 Lithium fcontinued) Preparations 'Tabloid' Lithii Benzoatis Comp. B. W. & Co.] R Lithii Benzoatis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Sulphuris Prsecipitati gr, 2 [0-13 gm.] Quininae Salicylatis, gr. 1/3 [0-22 gm.] {Plain or sugar-coated} Direction.-One, or more, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Lithii Carbonatis, gr. 2 [o^gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, or powdered, and dissolved in aerated water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Lithii Citratis et Sodii Sulphatis (Efferves- centis B. W. & Co.] B Ilithii Citratis, gr. 5 [0*324 gm.] Sodii Sulphatis, gr. 30 [1-944 gm.] Direction.-One to two, powdered, and added to half a tumblerful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Vichy Salt Effervescent (Artificial) and Lithium, N.F. (see Vichy Mineral Water Salt, page 143) 'Tabloid' Lithii Hippuratts, gr. 1 [o-o6sgm.] [Sf B. W. &Co.] Direction.-One, or more, taken with a wineglassful of water. Livingstone R ouser (now known as ' Tabloid'' Quinine and Rhubarb Compound} (see Quinine, page 115) Lotio Nigra External application for chancre, condylomata and other syphilitic ulcerations ; gargle and mouth-wash in leukoplakia and specific throat conditions. Preparation ' Soloid' Mercurial Compound B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, powdered and shaken with six fluidrachms of distilled water, makes a lotion corresponding to Lotio Nigra, N.F. ' L u b a f a x ' Surgical Lubricant B. W. & Co.] A lubricant jelly, for use in lubricating surgical instruments and the surgeon's hands. Does not injure the skin, instruments, or rubber attachments ; is not sticky or greasy; easily removed by water. Direction.-As a lubricant, smeared on the hands or on instruments. Lymphatic Gland Used in treatment of enlarged tonsils and adenoids. Preparation 'Tabloid' Lymphatic Gland, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.i B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, three times a day. Pharmacopoeial preparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 78 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Magnesium Magnesium carbonate is used to neutralise an excess of acid in the stomach, and as a laxative. The formate and glycero- phosphate are tonics. Magnesium sulphate, an efficient purge, is also commonly given in frequent small doses for biliousness. Intraspinal and subcutaneous injections of sterilised solutions of magnesium sulphate have been used with good results in tetanus. 'Tabloid' Magnesii Carbonates Comp. B. W. & Co.] Rt Magnesii Carbonatis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm. 1 Potassii Bicarbonatis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.I Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.J Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily. 'Tabloid' Calcii Carbonatis Comp, (see page 28) 'Tabloid' Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis et Magnesii Carbonatis (see Rhubarb, page 118J 'Tabloid' Magnesii Sulphatis Effervescentis, gr. 60 [3-89 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, or more, in half a tumblerful of water, preferably an hour before breakfast. The aperient effect is increased if hot water be used, and if the draught be slowly sipped. Each represents thirty grains of magnesium sulphate. 'Tabloid' Magnesii Sulphatis Comp. Effervescentis [a? B. W. & Co.] 1$ Magnesii Sulphatis, gr. 15 [0-972 gm.] Sodii Sulphatis, gr. 15 [0-972 gm.] Magnesii Carbonatis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Liq. Zingiberis, N. F. ($rd Edn.) min. 3-1/2 [0-21 c.c.] Direction.-One to four, in half a tumblerful of hot or cold water. See also Formates, page 54, and Glycerophosphates, page 56 Preparations Malt Extract, 'Kepler,' and its Com binations 'Kepler' Malt Extract is prepared from the finest winter-malted barley, contains the true malt diastatic ferment, is rich in maltose, phosphates and albuminoids, is free from alcohol, and presents Vitamin B in active condition. A report issued by the Canadian Inland Revenue states that of 152 samples of malt preparations purchased by Government inspectors, 16 only were passed by the official analyst as genuine malt extract, and of these 16 no less than 7 were specimens of ' Kepler ' Malt Extract, every sample of which tested was satisfactory. Of the remaining 9 specimens of the products of other firms, three only were fully satisfactory, 4 contained alcohol, and in one of these the diastatic value was below Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 79 Malt Extract, 'Kepler,' and its Combinations ( continued') 50, while the remaining 2 were free from alcohol but below 50 in diastatic value.* ' Kepler ' Malt Extract may be given with advantage in gastric ulcer and gastric catarrh, in infantile diarrhoea, and in the dyspepsia and diarrhoea of phthisis. It assists in regulating the bowels of infants, and children who are thin, pale and below the normal weight rapidly improve under its continued administra- tion. It may be spread on bread like honey, or between biscuits to form a sandwich, or may be used instead of sugar to sweeten puddings for dyspeptic patients. 'Kepler' Malt Extract and 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract are of value as galactagogues. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract may be beneficially employed as an addition to the ordinary milk or "prepared food" diet of bottle-fed infants. The light flocculent curd produced in the child's stomach when such addition is made renders the milk easier of digestion. Preparations ' Kepler' Malt Extract [an B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls may be given alone, with farinaceous food (e.g., added to porridge), or in aerated waters as a beverage, or with milk. It should not be mixed with food in process of cooking, but added only when the food is cool enough to use. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Beef and Iron [si B. W. & Co.] Each fluidrachm contains: Extract of Beef, gr. i [0'065 gm.] ; and Iron and Ammonium Citrate, gr. | [0-008 gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Cascara Sagrada [si B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains: Extract of Cascara Sagrada, gr. 6 [0-389 gm.] Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. ' Kepler' Malt Extract with Chemical Food (Phosphates Compound) [St B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains: Iron Phosphate, gr. 2 [013 gm.] ; Calcium Phosphate, gr. 3 [0194 gm.] ; Sodium Phosphate, gr. £ [0-016 gm.] ; and Potassium Phosphate, gr. J [0-016 gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. * Bulletin No. 326.-Malt Extract-Laboratory of the Inland Revenue Department, Ottawa, Canada. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless' otherwise stated 80 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Malt Extract, 'Kepler,' and its Combinations f continued) 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Glycerophosphates B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains: Calcium Glycerophosphate.gr. 4 [0 259 gm.]; Potassium Glycerophosphate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.]; Sodium Glycero- phosphate, gr. 2 [013 gm.] ; and Magnesium Glycerophosphate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.]. Direction.-A dessertspoonful, mixed with an ordinary tumblerful of warm milk, to be taken before the chief meals of the day. (See also Glycerophosphates, page 56) 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Hemoglobin B. W. & Co. ] Each fluidounce contains : Haemoglobin, gr. 8J [0'567 gm.]. Haemoglobin, the natural iron constitutent of the blood, is stated to be absorbed more easily than any other preparation of iron. In this product ' Kepler ' Malt Extract is combined with Haemoglobin, ' Wellcome ' Brand, a scale preparation readily soluble in water, made from fresh blood, and free from fibrin, serum, fat and other undesirable c.onstitutents. The haemoglobin is presented in a condition which ensures its rapid assimilation without disturbance of digestion Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, either alone or mixed with water or milk, twice of thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Hypophosphites B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains: Calcium Hypophosphite, gr. 8 [0518 gm.]; Potassium Hypophosphite, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] ; and Sodium Hypo- phosphite, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Soluble Iron Pyrophosphate, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron and Quinine Citrate B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Iron and Quinine Citrate, gr. 7-J [0-486 gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. ' Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron Iodide B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains: Iron Iodide, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron, Quinine and Strychnine Phosphates (Easton) B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains: Iron Phosphate, gr. 1 [0-032 gm.]; Quinine Phosphate, gr. f [0-024 gm.] ; and Strychnine Phosphate, gr. [o-ooi gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 81 Malt Extract, 'Kepler,' and its Combinations (continued') 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Olive Oil B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains: Olive Oil, fl. oz. ] [7-4 c.c.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Pepsin B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Pure Pepsin, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Phosphorus B.W.&Co.] Each fluidouuce contains : Pure Phosphorus, gr. [o-ooi gm.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Yerba Santa B. W. & Co.] Each fluidounce contains : Fluidextract of Eriodictyon, min. 30 [0-776 c.c.]. Direction.-One teaspoonful to two dessertspoonfuls, twice or thrice daily, with or immediately after food. 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract and its Combinations (see page 39) Mammary Gland Employed to cause contraction of the uterus, in uterine haemorrhage and discharge, uterine fibroids, metrorrhagia and menorrhagia. Ilas been suggested in deficient lactation, atrophy of the breasts, ovarian and tubal disease. 'Tabloid' 'Mamos,' gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Each product contains gr. 5 [0'324 gm.] of fresh substance. Direction.-One, gradually increased, three to four times daily, preferably after food. 'Tabloid' Glandul. Mixt. (see Pluri-glandular Products, page 110J Preparations Manganese Of value in antemia, and associated debilitated conditions. The particular preparation of manganese appears, however, to exert an important influence upon the result. The soluble compound of manganese and iron citrate is of great value in anaemia when iron alone has failed. 'Tabloid' Manganesii Peroxidi, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, gradually increased to five if necessary, taken whole, with a full draught of water, thrice daily, after food. Preparations Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 82 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Manganese (continued) 'Tabloid' Manganesii et Ferri Citratis (Solubilis), gr. 3 [0-194 srmfl; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to three of the three-grain strength, or one to two of the five-grain strength, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, with or after food. Meat (see E n e m a t a , Nutrient, page 46 ; and 'Enule' Rectal Suppositories, in Price List at end) Medicated Cotton, 'Tabloid' Brand {See Dressings, in Price Inst at end) Medicated Lint, 'Tabloid' Brand {See Dressings, in Price List at end) Medicine Chests and Cases {See Chests and Cases, in Price List at end) Medulla {see Bone Medulla, page 25) 'Menthofax' brand Compound Methyl Salicylate Ointment, B.P.C. [st B. W. & Co.] Presents, in elegant and convenient condition for external use, the anti-rheumatic, analgesic, local antesthetic and counter- irritant properties of methyl salicylate, menthol, eucalyptol and cajuput oil. Of great value for topical application in rheumatic and other painful conditions. May be applied with benefit to painful joints in either acute or chronic rheumatism. Relieves pain and inflammation of acute muscular rheumatism. Useful in lumbago, sciatica, pleurodynia, neuralgic affections generally, unbroken chilblains, and, as a supplement to internal salicylate medication, in rheumatic pericarditis, etc. ' MENTHOFAX' is readily absorbed through the skin. Issued in collapsible metal tubes, which preserve its potency, prevent contamination and facilitate application. Direction.-Applied externally, with or without rubbing or massage. Menthol Internally, is anti-dyspeptic and Stimulant. Externally, a non-poisonous anaesthetic and antiseptic, used for local applica- tion in neuralgia of superficial nerves. Dissolved in ' Paroleine,' forms a useful solution for a nose and throat spray. Combined with other agents, used as a snuff in early stages of ordinary Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 83 Menthol ( cent in ued) catarrh. 'Tabloid' Menthol Compound is administered internally in general catarrh ; or may be sucked in catarrh of mucous membranes of nose and throat. 'Tabloid' Menthol is specially adapted for gradual solution in the mouth. Preparations 'Tabloid' Menthoi.is, gr. Jco-ozagm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.--One dissolved in the mouth, as may be necessary. The official average dose is one grain. 'Tabloid' Mentholis Comp. B. W. & Co.] Mentholis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm. I Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Glusidi, gr. 1/6 [o-on gm.] Direction.-One to four, sucked, or taken with a little water, for the relief of acid dyspepsia. Dissolved slowly in the mouth, this product forms a local sedative and anesthetic application for the throat. 'Tabloid' Phenolis et Mentholis Comp. (Capsula) (see Carbolic Acid, page 32) Insufflatio Mentholis Comp. (Compound Menthol Snuff, B. W. & Co.) [ss B. W.& Co.] Contains Menthol, Ammonium Chloride, Bismuth Oxychloride, ' Epinine ' Hydrochloride, Camphor and Lycopodium. The snuS is useful in the early stages of catarrh, and appears to arrest a common cold, if used at the outset. It is also employed in chronic atrophic rhinitis and in hay asthma. 'Tabloid' Codeine et Acidi Benzoici Comp, sine Cocaina (see Codeine, page 38) 'Tabloid' Trinitrini Comp, (see Trinitrin, page 139J 'Soloid' (Nasal) 'Eucalyptia' Compound (seepage 91) 'Soloid' Naso-Pharyngeal Compound (seepage 92) 'Paroleine' Spray Compound (see 'Paroleine,' page 103J ' Menthofax ' (see page 82) Menthol Pocket Inhaler (See Inhalers, in Price List at end) Mercury Action differs widely according to preparation employed. Used as alterative, anti-syphilitic, cholagogue and purgative, antiphlogistic, antiseptic and germicide. (See also ' Wellcome' Brand Products, page 270) Preparations Mercurial Cream, Blue, 'Wellcome' brand, in 2 oz. bottles B. W. & Co.] Contains io per cent, of metallic Mercury. Direction.-Min. 16, injected intramuscularly. Pharmacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 84 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Mercury (continued) ' Hypoloid ' Grey On. (see Grey Oil, page 57) MERCURY IODIDE-GREEN (Hydrargyri lodidum Viride; Proto-Iodide of Mercury ; Mercurous Iodide) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Iodidi Viridis, gr. j [o-oosgm.j B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, increased if necessary, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily after food. The dose is gr. J to gr. 1. Potassium Iodide should not be administered with Mercurous Iodide, because of the formation of irritant Mercuric Iodide which takes place when these substances are mixed in the presence of moisture. MERCURY IODIDE-RED (Hydrargyri lodidum Rubrum ; Biniodide of Mercury ; Red Mercuric Iodide) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Iodidi Rubri, gr.[0-0032gm.l; and gr. [0-004gm.] ["* B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. (See also Mercuric Potassium Iodide, page 85.) 'Tabloid' Arseni et Hydrargyri Iodidi (= Donovan Solution), (see Arsenous Iodide, page 17) MERCURY IODIDE-YELLOW (Hydrargyri lodidum Elavum ; Pure Mercurous Iodide) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Iodidi Flavi, gr. | [0-008 gm.]; and gr. [0-016 gm.] (Sugar-coated) ["' B. W. & Co. ] The colour of ordinary green mercurous iodide is due to an admixture of metallic mercury (in uncertain proportion) with the true yellow mercurous iodide, consequently the therapeutic action of such a preparation is some- what variable. ' Tabloid ' Hydrargyri Iodidi Flavi is a pure mercurous iodide, and a definite chemical compound. It must not be confounded with the yellow physical modification of mercuric iodide, which is unstable and readily changes back to the red. It contains no free mercury, and experience has shown that it is sufficiently stable if ordinary care be taken for its preservation. Therapeutic trials have likewise demonstrated its efficiency and reliability. Direction.-One of the gr. 1/8 strength, increased if necessary, or one of the gr. 1/4 strength, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. MERCURY PERCHLORIDE (Hydrarg. Perchlcridum; Mer- cury Bichloride; Mercuric Chloride; Corrosive Sublimate) For Internal Use 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Perchloridi (Hydrarg. Chlor. CORROSIV.). gr. TITS' [o'ooofis gin.] ; and gr. tt [0-004 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-' Tabloid ' Hydrargyri Perchloridi, gr. TJn, is used in morning diarrhoea, and in the diarrhoea excited by food. It should be taken after each meal, with a little water. The dose of gr. is that commonly used in the continued treatment of syphilis. P harmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 85 Mercury (continued) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Perchloridi (Hydrarg. Chlor, Corrosiv.), gr. [0-002gm.], et Potassii Iodidi, gr. 2'2 [0-162 gm.] [58 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. ' Tabloid ' Hydrargyri Perchloridi (Hydrarg. Chlor. Corrosiv.), gr. [o-oo4gm.], et Potassii Iodidi, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] [58 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. (See also Mercuric Potassium Iodide, page 85) ' Tabloid ' PIypod. Hydrargyri Perchloridi (Hydrarg. Chlor. Corrosiv.), gr. [o-ooiosgm.] ; and gr. [0-0022 gm.] [58 B. W. A Co.] Direction.-A solution of one to two of the gr. strength, or of one of the gr. strength, injected intramuscularly, the needle being plunged deeply into the gluteal muscle. For Intramuscular Use 'Soloid' Hydrargyri Perchloridi (Hydrarg. Chlor. CORROSIV.), gr. 7'3 [0-473 gm.] [58 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One in one pint (16 fluidounces) will yield a solution of Corrosive Sublimate, the strength of which is r in rooo. ' Soloid ' Ophthal. (J) Hydrargyri Perchloridi (Hydrarg. Chlor. Corrosiv.), gr. [o-ooooes gm.] " [58 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, in five minims of water (yielding a solution approximating to i in 5000), makes an efficient antiseptic for use in conjunctivitis, ophthalmia, iritis, inflammation of the lachrymal duct, granular lids and ulcers of the cornea. MERCURY PILL (see Blue Pill, page 24) MERCURIC POTASSIUM IODIDE Forms a convenient means of using the powerful antiseptic properties of Mercury Biniodide in solution. Used for all the purposes for which Corrosive Sublimate would be employed, it is said to be less toxic and to possess greater germicidal powers. Mercuric Potassium Iodide does not corrode plated instruments unless used in a stronger solution than 1 in 2000 ; it neither roughens nor irritates the skin. 'Soloid' Mercuric Potassium Iodide, gr. 1-825 [o-nsgm.]; and gr. 7-3 [0-473 gm.] [58 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Gr. 1-825 in four fluidounces, or gr. 7-3 in one pint (16 fluidounces) of water, will make a solution the strength of which is 1 in 1000. A strength of r in 1000 of water may be used for washing wounds, and 1 in 2000 to 1 in 5000 for disinfecting and preparing instruments, for disinfecting hands and for vaginal douches. The strength 1 in 500 of rectified or methylated spirit may be used for disinfecting the skin previous to operation. This preparation, when dissolved, forms what is frequently known as Mercury Biniodide Solution. The colour is due to a harmless ingredient added as a safeguard against errors. For External Use Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 86 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Mercury (continued) For Internal Use 'Tabloid' Mercuric Potassium Iodide, gr. J [o-on gm.] [fif B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, after food. MERCURY SALICYLATE ' Hypoloid ' Mercury Salicylate, without Creosote, O-i gramme [gr. i^ approx.], in I c.c. [fif B.W. & Co.] Direction.-One c.c., injected intramuscularly, once a week. Mercury Salicylate Cream, without Creosote, 'Wellcome' brand, io per cent., in 2 oz. jars [Sf B. W. & Co.] Mercury Salicylate Cream, without Creosote, 'Wellcome' brand, 20 per cent., in 2 oz. jars [fit B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One c.c., injected intramuscularly, once a week. MERCURY SUBCHLORIDE (see Calomel, page 29) MERCURY SUCCINIMIDE Used for intramuscular injections in syphilis. It is freely soluble in water, does not coagulate albumin, and is less liable than other preparations of mercury to cause local irritation. It has also been used with good results in tuberculosis. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Hydrargyri Succinimidi, gr. [0-0065gm.]; and gr. i [0-013 gm.] [fit B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, of either strength, dissolved in sterile water and injected deeply into the muscles in the gluteal region. MERCURY WITH CHALK (Grey Powder) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri cum Creta, gr. J [o-oi6 gm.]; gr. J [0-022 gm.] ; gr. J [0-032 gm.] ; gr. I [0-065 gm.] ; gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ; gr. 3 [0-194 gm.]; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm-1 ["' B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The dose ranges from gr. J to gr. 5, the smaller dose being given at frequent intervals. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri cum Creta et Opii et Quinina [fif B. W. & Co.] R Hydrargyri cum CretA gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm.] Ext. Opii, gr. 1/6 [o-oir gm.] Quininte Sulphatis, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm.] Direction.-One to three, taken with water and repeated according to the indications of the case. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri cum Creta et Pulv. Ipecacuanha et Opii, aa gr. I [0-032gm.]; and aa gr. 1 [0-065gm.] [fi* B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to five, in one dose ; or one may be taken three, four or five times daily. The Dover Powder prevents the diarrhoea which occasionally arises when Grey Powder has to be taken regularly for many months, as in syphilis. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri cum Creta, gr. 1 [0-065 gm-1, et Pulv. Opii, gr. J [o-on gm.1 [fif B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to five, in one dose; or one may be taken three four or five times daily. Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 87 Methenamine A diuretic and urinary antiseptic when urine is acid (see also Sodium Biphosphate, page 127). Causes disappearance of pus, micro-organisms and other abnormal constituents. Given in cystitis; also in typhoid fever, gonorrhoea and orchitis. Suggested to prevent nephritis in scarlet fever; as prophylactic before operations on the prostate. Some clinicians prefer 'Tabloid' Methenamine and Methylene Blue in these infections. Preparations 'Tabloid'Methenamine, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] ; and gr. sio^gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more, according to the indications of the case, dissolved in ten fluidounces of plain or aerated water, twice or thrice daily. There is an advantage in enabling Methenamine to act in as concentrated a form as possible ; hence it may be advisable in certain cases, to use a smaller quantity of water. Care, however, should be taken that local irritation is not produced. 'Tabloid' Methenamine, gr. 5 [0-324gm.], et Sodji BlPHOSI'HATIS, gr. 5 [0-324gin.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more, dissolved in ten fluidounces of plain or aerated water, twice or thrice daily. (See also direction for ' Tabloid' Methenamine, above.) 'Tabloid' Methenamine et Methylene Blue B. W. & Co.] H Methenaminse, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] Methylene Blue, gr. 1/4 [o-oi6gm.J ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, or two, three times daily, before and after operations on the kidney and in infective conditions. After prostatectomy, the course should be prolonged for three months. Methylene Blue (Methylthionine Chloride) Is used in Bright's disease and as a diagnostic and staining agent. Preparation 'Tabloid' Methylene Blue, gr. 2 [o-i3gm.] B. W. & Co.] (Sugar-oated) Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Methyl Salicylate (see 'MenthofAX,' page 82) Microscopic Stains, 'Soloid' Brand Decomposition of solutions of the aniline dyes has been a source of trouble in microscopic work. 'Soloid' Microscopic Stains enable fresh solutions to be prepared as required. For list of products, see 'Soloid' Products, in Price List at end Pharmacoferial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 88 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Milk, 'Entile' Rectal Suppositories of (See Enemata, Nutrient, 46; and 'Enule' Rectal Suppositories, in Price List at end) Milk Sugar (Lactose) Largely used as a vehicle for medicaments in minute doses. Preparation 'Tabloid' Sacchari Lactis, gr. 3 10-194 am.] [st B. W. & Co.] May be used for saturating with any liquid medicament, as desired. Mineral Water Salts, Effervescent [s? B. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid' Artificial Mineral Water Salts contain in small bulk the essential constituents of natural waters, and render possible a continuous course of mineral water treatment in the patient's home. Preparations See Carlsbad, page 35 ; Seltzer, page 122 ; Vichy, page 143 ; and ' Tabloid ' Brand Products, in Price List at end. Mixed Glands (see P1. u r i - g l a n d u l a r Products, page no) 'Moogrol' brand Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaulmoogric Series 'Moogrol,' a mixture of esters of acids of the chaulmoogric series, for use in the treatment of leprosy, is the outcome of investigations extending over many years. Therapeutic trials have proved that better results are obtained by the use of these esters than from crude chaulmoogra oil. 'Moogrol' is a limpid, almost colourless oil, eminently suitable for intramuscular or intravenous injection. 'Moogrol' has been used extensively in leper colonies throughout the world and many reports of the good results obtained have been received. An exceedingly valuable consequence of treatment is that, for the first time in the 3000-year-old history of leprosy, large numbers of lepers are coming forward voluntarily in the early and more amenable stage, instead of concealing the disease and remaining a source of infection. 'Moogrol' brand Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaui.moogric Series. In bottles of 25 c.c., 100 c.c. and 1 litre [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.-To be administered intramuscularly or intravenously. Preparation Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 89 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Morphine Anodyne, hypnotic, diaphoretic ; used to lessen pain and induce sleep. It diminishes secretions, except that of sweat glands; lessens peristalsis ; acts more quickly than opium. The hypophosphite is notable for its remarkable solubility-1 in 3 of water. The sulphate and hydrochloride dissolve more quickly than the hypophosphite, but require a much greater quantity of water. Administered as a suppository, morphine is rapidly absorbed. The suppository is believed to be the best form for the administration of morphine in delirium tremens. Morphine with scopolamine (hyoscine) is used in labour cases to produce what is known as "Twilight Sleep" (see also Scopolamine Hydrobromide, page 121J ; also used in general surgery. Morphine should not be given in bronchial inflammation or advanced kidney diseases; nor to young children, except with great caution. Preparations MORPHINE HYDROCHLORIDE 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphine Hydrochloridi, gr. | [o-on gm.]; gr..} [o-ot6 gm.]; gr. 3 [0-022 gm.]; andgr. [0-032 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, injected hypodermically. The official average dose is gr. | [0-008 gm.]. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Anesthetic Comp. (A) and (B) {see Anaesthesia [Local], page 14) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphine Hydrochloridi et Atropine Sulphatis B. W. & Co.] 1$ Morphine Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/6 [o-on gm.] Atropinae Sulphatis, gr. 1/70 [0-0009 gnu] Direction.-One, dissolved in water and injected hypodermically, as may be necessary. 'Hypoloid' Morphine Hydrochloridi, o-oi gramme [gr. approx.], in I c.c. ; and O-O2 gramme [gr. J approx.], in I c.c. ["t B. W. & Co.] Direction.-one c.c., of the required strength, injected hypodermically. M ORPHI NE H YPOP1I OS PH ITE 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphine Hypophosphitis, gr. J [0-016 gm.] ; gr. 3 [0-022 gm.] ; gr. 5 [0-032 gm.]; and gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ["" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One dissolved in water and injected hypodermically. MORPHINE SULPHATE ' Tabloid Morphine Sulphatis, gr. [0*032 gm.] ; gr. 3 [o-oo8gm.] ; and gr. ] [0016gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, taken with a little water. The official average dose is gr. | [0-008 gm.]. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 90 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Morphine (continued) 'Tabloid Morphina et Strychnina et Belladonna [at B. W. & Co.] R Morphinse Sulphatis, gr. 1/12 [0-0054 gm.] Strychnin® Sulphatis, gr. 1/60 [0-00108 gm.] Ext. Belladonnas, gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] Direction.-One, taken with water, in early stages of catarrh ; a second in one hour, a third in two hours, and a fourth in three hours. 'Tabloid' Morphina et Emetina [&" B. W. & Co.] R Morphince Sulphatis, gr. 1/40 |o-ooi6gin. | Enictirue Hydrobromidi, gr. 1/80 [0-0008 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved in the mouth occasionally, as required. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphina Sulphatis, gr. [0-0054gm.] ; gr. g [0-008 gm.] ; gr. g [o-ou gm.] ; gr. [o-oi6gm.]; gr. g [o-oz2gm.]: gr. o [0-032 gm.] ; and gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] [SJ B. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphina Sulphatis, gr. et Atropina Sulphatis, gr. [a? B. W. & Co.] The Atropine prevents constipation and nausea, and increases the sedative action of the morphine. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphina Sulphatis et Strychnina Sulphatis [at B. W. & Co.] R Morphina* Sulphatis, gr. r/4 [0-016 gm.] Strychnin® Sulphatis, gr. 1/60 [o-ooio8 gin.] Direction.-One, dissolved in water and injected hypodermically, as may be necessary. This product is useful in phthisis with cough and heart-failure ; in some cases of haemorrhage ; before an anaesthetic for operation ; and after abdominal operation, for the relief of pain and distension. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Hyoscina Comp. (A) and (B) (see page 61) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotinina Citratis et Morphina Sulphatis (see Ergotinine, page 49) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotoxina et Morphina Sulphatis {see Ergotoxine, page 49) MORPHINE TARTRATE 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphina Tartratis (N), gr. [c-or6gm.]; and gr. A [0-022gm.] [at B. W. A Co.] Direction.-One, of either strength, dissolved in water and injected hypodermically. To be repeated if necessary. A 1 i % 4 2 777777 t177 T1H7 1 7777 T^77 Pharmacopoeia!, preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 91 Mucin The principal constituent of mucus ; used topically in atropic rhinitis and pharyngitis. Given internally in conditions where bismuth is usually prescribed. Used in flatulent dyspepsia with constipation, and in gastric ulcer. Preparations Mucin (Scales) [ill B. W. &Co.] Direction.-Five to ten grains, taken with a little water, before and after each meal. ' Tabloid ' Mucini Comp. B. W. &Co.] R Mucini, gr. 5 ' [0324 gm.] Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 (0-324 gm.] Direction.-Two, taken with a little water, before and after each meal. Myrrh Stomachic, carminative, emmenagogue and expectorant, used in amenorrhoea and chronic bronchitis. Given also with purgatives to prevent griping. 1 Tabloid ' Aloes et Myrrhs (see Aloe, page 10) 1 Tabloid ' Nucis Vomic/e Comp, (see Nux Vomica,page 94) 'Tabloid' Pil. Rhei Comp, (see Rhubarb, page 118) 'Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis et Asafcetid^e Comp, (see page 141) Preparations /'-Naphthol (see Beta-naphthol, >^21) Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal Products, 'Soloid' Brand Preparations ' Soloid ' (Nasal) Alkaline Compound B. W. & Co.] Sodii Boratis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Sodii Ghloridi, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in two fluidounces of warm water, forms a non-irritant, antiseptic alkaline spray or douche for the nose, throat or mouth. ' Soloid' (Nasal) Antiseptic and Alkaline Compound ["f B. W. & Co.] R Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm. I PhenoJis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Sodii Boratis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in two or three fluidounces of warm water, forms a spray or douche for the nose, throat or mouth. 'Soloid' (Nasal) 'Eucalyptia' Compound [sif B. W. & Co.] H Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 8 [0-518 gm.] Sodii Boratis, gr. 8 [0-518 gm. I Sodii Benzoatis, gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] Sodii Solicylatis, gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] Ol. Eucalypti, min. 1/6 [o-oi c.c.] Thymolis, gr. 1/6 [o-on gm.] Mentholis, gr. 1/12 [0-0054 grh»] Ol. Gaultherias, min. 1/12 [0-005 c.c.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in two to three fluidounces of warm water, forms a spray or douche for the nose, throat or mouth. Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 92 Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal P r o d u c t s (continued) 'Soloid' (Nasal) Phenol Compound [®,B. W. & Co.] 1$ Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 12 [0-778 gin.] Phenolis, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm.] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in eight fluidounces of warm water, is used in ozoena, tonsillitis, diphtheria and specific fevers ; for cleansing the nose in cases of paralysis of the muscles of deglutition ; and as a mouth-wash in cleft palate. 'Soloid' (Nasal) Sodium Bicarbonate Compound B. W. & Co.] 1$ Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Sodii Boratis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in two fluidounces of warm water, forms a spray or douche for the nose, throat or mouth. ' Soloid ' (Nasal) Sodium Bicarbonate Compound, Saccharated B. W. & Co.] 1$ Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 10-324 gm.] Sodii Boratis. gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Sucrosi, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in two fluidounces of warm water, forms a spray or douche for the nose, throat or mouth. 'Soloid' Naso-Pharyngeal Compound [JsB. W. & Co.] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 7 [0-454 gm.] Sodii Boratis, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Acidi Borici, gr. 3/4 [0-049 gm. I Sodii Benzoatis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Mentholis, gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm.] Thymolis, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Cocainas Hydrochloridi, gr. t/6 [o-oii gm.] Ol. Gaultherias, min. 1/20 [0-003 c.c.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in one to three fluidounces of tepid water, forms a solution of suitable strength for sniffing up the nostrils, or for use as a gargle or spray. The Cocaine renders it specially useful in irritable conditions of the nose and throat. It has been reported that a solution of two in ten fluidounces of water has been used with extremely satisfactory results as a lotion for conjunctivitis. 'Soloid' Naso-Pharyngeal (^-Eucaine) Compound [a? B. W. & Co.] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 7 [0-454 gm.1 Sodii Boratis, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm. I Acidi Borici, gr. 3/4 [0-049 gm. I Sodii Benzoatis gr. 1/2 [0-033 gm. I Mentholis, gr. 1/50 [o-ooio gm.] Thymolis, gr. t/ioo [0-00065 gm.] Eucaina? Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/6 [o-on gm.J Ol. Gaultherias min. 1/20 [0-003 c.c.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in one to three fluidounces of tepid, water, forms a solution of suitable strength for sniffing up the nostrils, or for use as a gargle or spray. 'Neostam' brand Stibamine Glucoside 'Neostam' (the nitrogen glucoside of sodium /-aminophenyl - stibinate) is a new organic compound of antimony originated and issued by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. Its toxicity, as physiologically tested by intravenous injec- tion, is one-twentieth that of sodium antimony tartrate. Pharntacopceial preparations are U.S.P, unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 93 'Neostam' (continued) It has an undoubted specific effect on the Leishman Donovan body, and has thus given excellent results in combating kala- azar and is under clinical trial in all conditions where tartar emetic has hitherto been used. Amongst diseases which suggest themselves for treatment by 'Neostam' are bilharzia (schistosomiasis), oriental sore and other conditions where there is a Leishmaniasis. Preparations 'Neostam' brand Stibamine Glucoside, in hermetically- sealed phials of 0-05 gramme, o-i gramme, 0-2 gramme, 0-5 gramme I gramme [Sf B. W. & Co.] Direction.-An initial dose of o-1 gramme, in a 4 per cent, solution of distilled water, given intravenously, is the most suitable. It has not been considered necessary to increase dosage above 0-2 gramme as the maximum. Doses are calculated per 100 lb. of body-weight. Nitroglycerin Trinitrin, page 139) ' Nizin' A zinc salt of sulphanilic acid; an antiseptic readily soluble in water ; non-irritating and non-toxic in strengths recommended. Injections of solutions of two to six grains to the fluidounce have proved very successful in acute gonorrhoea; weaker solutions used in gonorrhoeal ophthalmia, conjunctivitis and other eye affections. 'Nizin' B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Two to six grains, in one fluidounce of water, make an antiseptic solution suitable for injection. ' Soloid ' ' Nizin,' gr. 2 [0*13 gm.i; and gr. 20 11-296 gm-.] [®B. W. & Co.] Directions.--As a urethral or vaginal injection-one to three of the gr. 2 strength in one ounce, or one of the gr. 20 strength, in ten ounces, of water; as a local application-three of the gr. 2 strength, in one ounce, or three of the gr. 20 strength, in ten ounces, of water ; as an eye-lotion-one of the gr. 2 strength, in two ounces of water. Preparations Nucleini A preparation of yeast. Stimulates formation of leucocytes, therefore used indirectly as bactericide, especially in septiciemic conditions. Combined with Lecithin and the Glycerophosphates it is used in nervous and nutritional disorders. 'Hypoloid' Nucleini, 0-03 gramme [gr. J approx.], in 1 c.c. [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The contents of one container injected subcutaneously. 'Tabloid' Nucleo-Lecithin Compound B. W. & Co.] 1$ Nucleini, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] Lecithini, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Potassii Glycerophosphatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gin. I Calcii Glycerophosphatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] (Sugar-coated) Direction.-One or more, taken with a little water, twice daily, after food. Preparations Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 94 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Nutritive Suppositories (x« Enemata, N u T r i e n t, page 46; and 'E n u 1. e' Supposi- tories, in Price List at end} N u x Vomica General tonic. Increases appetite ; acts as laxative. Beneficial in cardiac failure where digitalis is contra-indicated. Preparations 'Tabloid' Nucis Vomic/E, each containing the solid ingredients of TlNGT. Nucis Vomica, min. 5 $3 c.c.]; and min. 10 [o-6 c.c.} B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to fifteen minims, according to the action needed. 'Tabloid' Nucis Vomica Comp. B. W. & Co.] 1$ Ext. Nucis Vomicae, Aloini, Ferri Sulphatis, Pulv. Myrrhae, Pulv. Saponis, aa gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One to two, increased if necessary to three, regularly, for the relief of chronic constipation, half an hour before or after the last meal of the day. 'Tabloid' Codeine et Nucis Vomicae (seeCodeine,/^38) 'Tabloid' Colchicine et Nucis Vomic/e Comp, (see Colchicine, page 40) 'Tabloid' Cascar^e Sagrada Comp, (seepage 33J 'Tabloid' Cascarhj Sagrada et Gentians Comp, (see Cascara Sagrada, page 34) 'Tabloid' Ferri Reducti Comp, (see Iron, page 70J 'Tabloid' Ferri Reducti et Rhei Comp. (see Iron, page 70; Oil of Chenopodium ^Chenopodium Oil, page 35) Oil of Sandal Wood (see Sandal Wood Oil, page 120 J Olive Oil (see Malt Extract, 'Kepler,' with Olive Oil, page 81) 'Opa' Liquid Dentifrice B. W. & Co.] An efficient and valuable liquid dentifrice, and a pleasant and stimulating mouth-wash, containing aromatic and antiseptic constituents. Destroys septic matter, restoresand preserves the natural whiteness of the teeth ; does not injure structure of teeth or gums, or affect the delicacy of the sense of taste. Directions.-As a dentifrice-a few drops are sprinkled on the tooth- brush ; as a. mouth-ivask-a few drops are diluted with a wineglassful of tepid water. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 95 All mydriatics, myotics, antiseptics and anaesthetics commonly used in ophthalmic practice may be obtained as 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Ophthalmic preparations. The 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic products are intended for direct application to the eye. With the 'Soloid' products, suitable quantities of fresh active solutions of desired strength are readily made. Ophthalmic Medication 'Tabloid' Brand Ophthalmic Products B. W. & Co.] For full list, see Ophthalmic Products, 'Tabloid' Brand, in Price List at end. 'Soloid' Brand Ophthalmic Products B. W. & Co.] For 'Soloid' products suitable for Ophthalmic use, see 'Soloid' Products, in Price List at end. Opium Anodyne and narcotic ; in large doses, tends to cause consti- pation. Opium must be given only with great care to young children, in bronchitis with free secretion, in kidney failure, and in brain congestion. Has been found useful when given early in sandfly fever. Preparations 'Tabloid' Opii Granulati, each containing the solid ingredients of Tinct. Opii (Landanum), min. 5 [0:3 c.c.j; and min. to [o-6 c.c.J B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Two to fifteen minims may be given, for repeated administration ; for a single dose, twenty to thirty minims. 'Tabloid'Asafcetidhc et Opii Comp. (see Asafetida,/^ iSj ' Tabloid ' Bismuthi et Pulv. Ipecacuanh/e et Opii (see Bismuth page 23 J 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri cum Creta et Opii et Quinine (see Mercury, page 86) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri cum Creta et Pulv. Opii (see Mercury, page 86) 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri cum Creta et Pulv. Ipecac- UANH« et Opii (see Mercury, page 86) 'Tabloid' Ipecacuanhze c Scill/e (see Ipecac, page 69 J 'Tabloid' Pulv. Ipecacuanha et Opii (Dover Powder) (see Ipecac, page 68) 'Tabloid' Pulv. Kino Comp., N.F. (see Kino, page 7^) 'Soloid' Plumbi et Opii (see Lead Acetate, page 75) 'Soloid' Ophthal. (AF) Zinci Sulphatis Comp, (see Zinc, page 144J P harmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 96 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Organo-Therapy Burroughs Wellcome & Co., who were, and continue to be, pioneers on the pharmaceutical side of organo-therapy, present, for the use of the medical profession, products which represent, and, in fact, are, the natural whole gland substances. 'Tabloid' Animal Substances are desiccated and compressed for convenience of administration, but with such scientific care that, so far as is known, nothing is eliminated but water. The use of solvents may expedite and cheapen production, but, in our present state of knowledge, is dangerous, because there is no certainty that valuable, or even essential, principles may not be dissolved as well as fat and other non- essentials. Solvents are not used by Burroughs Wellcome & Co., except where clear evidence exists that such processes give an active principle, e. g., 'Infundin.' To ensure that only fresh, healthy and normal glands, etc., are used, all material intended for use in the preparation of 'Tabloid' Animal Substances is, before desiccation, lacerated and examined by trained workers who reject any diseased or abnormal material. Where necessary, as in the case of parathyroid gland, microscopic examination is used to ensure that only the true substance is employed. Dosage in terms of Fresh Gland Substance In harmony with their determination to present the whole gland substance with its natural principles unimpaired, Burroughs Wellcome & Co. state the strengths of 'Tabloid' products in terms of the whole gland substance. Thus, 'Tabloid' Thyroid Gland, gr. 5, represents 5 grains of carefully dissected, fresh gland substance, and not five grains of desiccated thyroid. There is no standard for dehydration, which may be partial or absolute, but the standard fixed by that of the fresh gland substance is not capable of misinterpretation. Origin and Development of Scientific Organo-Therapy The origin of scientific organo-therapy was undoubtedly the discovery that the thyroid gland exercised a specific action in myxoedema and cretinism. Since then many animal substances have been employed therapeutically with varying success. Of late years it has been more and more clearly recognised by physiologists and clinicians that the endocrinous or internal secretory system does not consist of a series of isolated, independently-acting units, but that the endocrine organs are Pharmacopaial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 'TABLOID' TRADE 1 V AR I U M ' mark (ovarian gland) Facsimile reproduction illustrating stages in the production of 'TABLOID' ' VARIUM' from ovarian glands. Original in Exhibition Room BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. (U.S.A.) INC. 9 & 11, East Forty-first Street New York City ™Sk ' T A B LOID ' b»ano THYROID GLAND Facsimile reproduction illustrating stages in the production of 'Tabloid' Thyroid GLAND from the whole gland substance. Original in Exhibition Room Burroughs Wellcome & Co. (U.S.A.) Inc. 9 & 11, East Forty-first Street New York City T H E R A P E U T IC NOTES 97 Organo-Therapy (continued) members of a commonwealth, each dependent on, influenced by, and exerting influence upon, the others. The close relationship which has been demonstrated between the thyroid gland and the organs of reproduction is an example of this inter-dependence. A natural result has been the introduction of Pluri-glandular Therapy, which is discussed aw page no. Another important development has been the realisation that such comparatively rare diseases as myxoedema, acromegaly, etc., are only what may be called the spectacular results of an extreme degree of endocrine disorder, and that many much less severe and often obscure and ill-defined conditions of bad health are due to minor degrees of disturbed endocrine functioning. Pharmaceutical and Medical Aspects The provision of the necessary materials, either for accepted treatment or for clinical trial, is the sphere of the manu- facturing pharmaceutical chemist, whose duty it is to present them in the highest degree of purity, activity and convenience, without making exaggerated claims in regard to their thera- peutic effects. Whether and for what purposes they should be used are matters for the physician's decision. Exaggerated claims-that is, claims unfounded on clinical and physiological evidence-defeat their object and tend to make medical men a little sceptical in regard to the whole subject of organo-therapy. To ensure absolutely that no such charge can possibly be made against 'Tabloid' Gland pre- parations, Burroughs Wellcome & Co. have adopted the following method of gland-grouping, whereby the claims of each gland substance are rigorously examined, and the evidence carefully sifted, before it is admitted to a particular group. The group- method enables physicians to visualise at a glance the potential therapeutic efficiency of any gland substance or combination, and facilitates the choice of a suitable remedy in all cases calling for organo-therapy. Group I.-Those glandular products whose therapeutic efficiency is indubitably established, and preparations of which will produce characteristic effects when administered by the appropriate route to humans or animals. This group contains the thyroid, pituitary (infundibular lobe), suprarenals, pancreas (Insulin), probably the ovary, and possibly the parathyroid gland. Group II.-Includes those glands, transplantation, removal or disease of which produces profound metabolic changes. No physiological action has been demonstrated as the result of the administration of these substances to animals from which the corresponding gland has been removed. Clinical evidence of the effect of these preparations when administered to man exists, but it is less certain and more conflicting than that Pharmacopoeiaipreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 98 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Orga no - Therapy (continued) regarding the products included in Group I. The substances concerned include the testes, the thymus gland, and the pituitary gland (whole substance). The justification for the clinical trial of these substances is that many physicians are convinced, from results obtained in their own practice, that the administration favourably influences certain diseases. Group III.-Includes substances such as spleen, brain, renal substance, mammary, lymphatic and prostate gland substances. These give little or no laboratory evidence of the existence of an internal secretion, and clinical evidence is more uncertain than that relating to the substances in Group II. Group IV.-Deals with products in which are combined more than one animal substance. The use of such products, combining as they do ingredients of established therapeutic effect with others concerning which the evidence is obscure, is naturally experimental. Certainty, one way or another, can only be established when all elements of doubt have been eliminated in regard to the authenticity, purity and accuracy of the material employed. Group V.-Includes certain animal substances used in medicine, such as haemoglobin, pig bile, ox bile and bone medulla, which do not lend themselves to inclusion in the previous groups. A fuller account will be found in the booklet on O> gano- Therapy, which will be sent gratis on application. Therapeutic Index In the following table is given, for the convenience of the practitioner, a list of conditions or diseases in which the various medicinal animal substances have been employed or suggested for use :- Bonk Medulla. Pernicious Anaemia, Leucocythaemia, Lymphadenoma, Chlorosis, Anaemia associated with Haemophilia, Rickets, Various Cachexiae {see also page 25) Dose.-Five grains and upwards. Cerebral Substance. Dementia, Dementia Prrncox, Melan- cholia, Epilepsy (see also page 34) Dose.-Five grains and upwards. Haemoglobin. Anaemia, Neurasthenia (see also page 58J Dose.--Five grains and upwards. Kidney Substance. Various Kidney Diseases (see also page 74J Dose.-Five to fifteen grains. Lymphatic Gland. Adenoids and Enlarged Tonsils (see also page 7 7 J Dose.-Five grains. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 99 Or gano -Therapy fcontinued) Mammary Gland. Supposed to cause uterine contraction and therefore given in Uterine Haemorrhage and Discharge, Uterine Fibroids, Metrorrhagia and Menorrhagia. Also prescribed in Deficient Lactation, Atrophy of the Breasts, Ovarian and Tubal Diseases (see also page 81J Dose.-Five grains and upwards. Mixed Glands. Infantilism, Enuresis, Defective Dentition, Endocrinous Disorders in the Adult, Asthenia, Neuras- thenia, Premature Senility, Convalescence after Infective Diseases, Genital Disturbances, Menstrual Disturbances, Hypochondriasis, Melancholia (see also page noj Dose.-One or more of each product. Orchitic Substance. Sterility, Neurasthenia, Premature Senility, Arrested Growth, Locomotor Ataxia, Various Neuroses, Hypertrophy of the Prostate (see also page 42) Dose.-Five grains and upwards. Ovarian Substance. Amenorrhoea, Dysmenorrhcea, Vicarious Menstruation, Nervous Symptoms of the Menopause, Chlorosis and Anaemia, Skin Diseases, Graves' Disease, Neurasthenia, Epilepsy, Hyperthyroidism, (see also page 101) Dose.-Five grains and upwards. Ox Bile and Pig Bile. Aids absorption of fats, stimulates Peristalsis. Used in Acid Dyspepsia, Gastric and Duodenal Ulcer, Constipation, Muco-Membranous Colitis, Flatulence (see also pages 101 and 106J Dose.-Four to sixteen grains. Parathyroid Gland. Epilepsy, Eclampsia, Chronic Ulcera- tive conditions with deficiency of ionic calcium. Sprue, Chronic Skin Affections, e.g., Psoriasis and Eczema (see also page 102 J Dose.-One-tenth grain. Pituitary Gland. Acromegaly, Asthma, Asthenic States, Obesity, Intestinal Atony (see also page 108) Dose.-Two grains and upwards. Pituitary Gland (Anterior Lobe). Enuresis, Obesity, Backward Development, Mental Deficiency, Sexual Under-development (see also page 109J Dose.-One-half to one grain. Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract, ' Infundin ' and Pituitary Gland (Posterior Lobe). Shock and Collapse, Post-operative Haemorrhage in Nasal Surgery, Typhoid Fever, Graves' Disease, Paralysis Agitans, Post-Influenzal Heart Conditions, Intestinal Atony and Paresis, Deficient Milk Secretion, Obstetric Conditions, Asthma, Hay Fever, Diabetes Insipidus, Asthenic States (see also page 65) Dose.-Half to one c.c. Pharmacopasial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 100 Organo-Therapy (continued) Pluri-glandular Products. See Mixed Glands, Tbyro- Varium and Three Glands) (see also -page 110J Dose.--One or more of products. Prostate Gland. Enlarged Prostate, Atrophy and Diseases of the Testicle (see also page 113 ) Dose.-Two-and-a-half to ten grains. Residuum Rubrum. Anaemia, Osteo-Atthritis, Scurvy (see also page 118) Dose.-Five to twenty grains. Spin al Cord Substance. Various Diseases of the Nervous System (see also page 130J Dose.-Two-and-a-half grains and upwards. Spleen Substance. Malaria, Exophthalmic Goitre, Mental Breakdown, Exhaustion after Prolonged Lactation, Typhoid Fever, Anaemia, Chlorosis, Pernicious Anaemia, Tuberculosis (see also page 130) Dose.-Five to twenty grains. Suprarenal Gland. Addison's Disease, Graves' Disease, Asthenic States, Acute Fevers, Purpura, Diptheritic Paralysis, Asthma (see also page 134 J Dose.-Five grains and upwards. Three Glands. Cretinoid Conditions, Adiposis Dolorosa, Dementia Praecox, Mental Affections (see also page noj Dose.-One product and upwards. Thymus Gland. Exophthalmic Goitre, Delayed Develop- mentof Genitalia, Pseudo-hypertrophic Paralysis, Obesity, Goitre, Diabetes Insipidus, Neurasthenia, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Tuberculosis, Chlorosis, Osteomalacia, Rickets, Menorrhagia, Metrorrhagia, Psoriasis (see also page 137J Dose.-Five to twenty-five grains. Thyroid Gland. Cretinism, Myxcedema, Sub-Myxoedema, Backward Development, Simple Goitre, Genital Disorders, Toxaemias of Pregnancy, Mental Disorders, Obesity, Skin Affections, Nephritis, Nocturnal Incontinence, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Certain Types of Uterine Haemorrhage, Tinnitus Aurium (see also page rtf) Dose.-One-tenth grain and upwards. Thyro-Varium. Amenorrhcea, Dysmenorrhoea, Menopausal Affections (see also page 11 o) Dose.-One product and upwards. PhariHacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 101 Ovarian Substance Used in amenorrhcea and dysmenorrhoea, vicarious menstruation, chlorosis, anaemia, skin diseases, Graves' disease, neurasthenia, epilepsy, hyperthyroidism ; in nervous symptoms of the menopause and after removal of the ovaries. 'Tabloid' 'Varium' (formerly known as 'Tabloid' Ovarian Substance), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.j B. W. & Co.] Each product represents the stated weight of fresh ovarian substance. Direction.-One to two, gradually increased to four or five, twice or thrice daily, preferably after food. 'Tabloid' Thyro-Varium (see page 110J 'Tabloid' Glandul. Mixt. (see page 110J Preparations Ox Bile (Purified) Aids absorption of fats, stimulates peristalsis and is a cholagogue. Useful in catarrhal jaundice, acid dyspepsia, gastric and duodenal ulcer, muco-membranous colitis, with constipation and flatus. Preparation 'Tabloid' Fellis Bovini Purificati, gr. 4[o-2s9gm.] (Keratin-coating, overlaid-with sugar) B. W. kCo. ] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, immediately after food. Pancreatin (see 'Pep an a,' page 104; ^Mal't Extract, 'Kepler,' and its Combina- tions, pages 78-81J Papain A vegetable ferment having a solvent action on albumins. Forms, only in small amounts, true peptones such as are obtained after digesting proteins with pepsin or pancreatin. Preparation 'Tabloid' Papain, gr. 2[o-i3gm.l B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, immediately after food. Paraform A polymeride of formaldehyde, also known as trijormal. Valuable disinfectant, sometimes used in surgery, but chiefly for fumigation. 'Soloid' Paraform should be volatilised on a dish by means of a spirit-lamp, and the disinfected space left undisturbed for at least twelve hours. Paraform is also used in dentistry, as a filling and as a dressing for root canals. Preparation 'Soloid' Paraform, gr. 5 [0-324gm.i B. W. & Co.] Direction.-For disinfecting, volatilise one for every thirty cubic feet of space. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless ot/ieiwisc stated 102 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Parathyroid Gland The parathyroid glands influence favourably the calcium metabolism of the body, and aid its defensive mechanism in resisting metabolic poisons. Used in epilepsy, eclampsia, tetany, uraemia, chronic ulcerative conditions, such as varicose ulcer and chronic intestinal ulcers. In conjunction with 'Tabloid' Calcium Lactate, it has given consistently good results in the treatment of sprue. In view of the uncertainty as to the identity of the material offered to the medical profession as parathyroid gland, gland substance used in 'Tabloid' Parathyroid Gland undergoes careful inspection checked periodically by microscopic sections. By these means the genuineness of all material used in 'Tabloid' Parathyroid Gland is ensured. Preparation 'Tabloid' Parathyroid Gland, gr. 2/5 [0-026g-m.i (equivalent to gr. 1/10 [0-0065gm.] of desiccated gland) [«" B. W. & Co.] Direc tion.-One to two, taken with a little water. 'Paroleine' brand Liquid Paraffin B. W. & Co.] A pure, neutral, colourless, tasteless and odourless liquid paraffin. Employed as an intestinal lubricant and given with excellent results in constipation. Its viscosity, determined at ioo° F., conforms to the standard laid down* as essential in a liquid paraffin used as an internal lubricant. (See also ' Laxamel,' page 7$). Also used as a solvent and vehicle for essential oils and other remedies ; for lubricating catheters and other instruments ; as a skin emollient. Alkaloids such as cocaine (not the salts) may be dissolved in a small quantity of oleic acid, and mixed with 'Paroleine' to the desired dilution. ' Paroleine ' has been used with success in the treatment of burns of the first and second degrees. The technique for applying the paraffin dressing is to clean carefully the burned area, open the blisters, and cut away the loose skin. Then thoroughly dry the burned surface with ether or by exposure to air and apply a thin film of ' Paroleine.' Over this a thin sheet of cotton is placed and painted with ' Paroleine,' the edges of the cotton being sealed to the skin. Used as sterile dressing for large granulating areas. 'Paroleine' Spray Compound contains menthol, chlorbutol and ' Eucalyptia ' in 'Paroleine'; suitable for application, by means of a Naso-Pharyngeal Atomiser, as a spray in nasal catarrh, influenza, pharyngitis, laryngitis, bronchitis and inflammatory and catarrhal conditions of the respiratory tract generally. * The Lancet (London, Eng.), Oct. 2, Oct. 16, andSiov. 13, 1915 Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 103 'Paroleine' (continued) 'Paroleine' brand Liquid Paraffin [s B. W. & Co.] Direction.-For internal use, one to three teaspoonfuls, or moie shortly before food. ' Paroleine' Spray Compound ps B. W. & Co.] Mentholis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Chlorbutolis, gr. 6 [0-389 gin.] ' Eucalyptia,' min. 15 [0-9 c.c.] 'Paroleine,' ad fl. oz. 1 [29-5 c.c.] Direction.-To be used in an atomiser. ' Laxamel ' (see page 78J Preparations Pastilles 'Tabloid' Brand 'Tabloid' Pastilles dissolve slowly and uniformly, so ensuring the prolonged local application, to the mouth and throat, of medicaments presented in a most pleasant condition, whilst they may also be employed, in suitable cases, to obtain a general action. The demulcent basis of the pastille increases the value of the active ingredients. Preparations 'Tabloid' Pastille Laxative Fruit B. W. & Co.] Each contains: Extract of Senna Fruit, gr. 5 [0 324 gm.], pleasantly flavoured. A palatable and efficient laxative. 'Tabloid' Pastille Lemon Juice [® B. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid' Pastille Pectoral [as B. W. & Co.] Each contains : Ammoniated Glycyrrhizin, Squill, Tolu, Senega, Ipecac, Wild Black Cherry, etc. A palatable product, affording a pleasant and convenient means of exhibiting demulcents, sedatives and expectorants in catarrhal respiratory affections. 'Tabloid' Pastille Pine Tar Compound ps B. W. & Co.] Each contains: Pine Tar, Terebene, Benzoin, Tolu, Ipecac, etc. Presents in an acceptable condition the active principles of pure fragrant pine tar, in combination with other antiseptics, disinfectants and stimulating expectorants. Pelietierine Tannate Used for tape-worm. 'Tabloid' Pelletierinze Tannatis, gr. 2 [o-i3gm.i B. W. & Co.] Direction.--One to four, for an adult, fasting. The dose should be followed in two hours by one fluidounce of Castor Oil. Preparation Phannacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 104 T FI E R A P E U T IC X O T E S 'Pepa n a '-Gast ro-Enteric Digestive Used in cases in which pancreatic as well as gastric digestion is impaired. The external sugar-coating dissolves in the stomach, thus exposing the pepsin, whilst the pan- creatin, being enclosed in a keratin-coating, insoluble in acid media, remains unaffected until it meets the alkaline intestinal secretion, in which the keratin dissolves, and the pancreatin is liberated. 'Tabloid' 'Pepana' [si B. W. & Co.] R Pepsini, gr. i [0-065 gm.J Pancreatini. gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Calcii Lactophosphatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] (Suga r-coated) Direction.-One to three, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Preparation Peppermint Oil Aromatic, stimulant, carminative; allays nausea: mitigates griping effect of purgatives. The principal constituent is menthol. The oil used in the preparation of Burroughs Wellcome & Co. products is of the finest quality. 'Tabloid' Codein.® et Acidi Benzoici Comp, sine Cocaina (see Codeine, page 38) 'Tabloid' 'Coffee-Mint' (see 'Coffee-Mint,' page 40) 'Tabloid' 'Gingament' (see 'Gipgainent,'/a^? 55J 'Tabloid' Laxative Vegetable (see page 75) 'Tabloid' Soda-Mint (see Soda-Mint, page 12^ Preparations Pepsin The enzyme of the gastric juice; used as an aid to weak digestive power, in constitutional debility, convalescence or old age. Preparations [Tabloid' Pepsini et Bismuthi et Carbones Ligni B. W. & Co.] R Pepsini, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Bismuthi Subcarbonatis, gr. 2 10-13 gm. | Carbon is Ligni, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Direction.-One to three, powdered, and taken in a little water, twice or thrice daily, with or after food. Tabloid' Pepsini et Bismuthi et Strychnin.® [® B. W. & Co.] R Pepsini, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Bismuthi Sub rarbonatis, gr. 3 [019; gm.1 Stry :hn:n e Sulphatis, gr. t/ioo [0-00065 gm. I Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, with or after food. Pharmacopccial preparations are U.S.P. untess otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 105 Pepsin (continued) 'Tabloid' Pepsini et StrychninA: [at B. W. & Co.] Pepsini, gf. 2 [0-13 gm J Strychnin® Sulphatis, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, with or after food. ' Tabloid ' ' Pepana ' (see ' Pepana,' page 104) 'Tabloid' Glycerophosphatum Comp, (seepage 56) ' Kepler' Malt Extract with Pepsin (seepage 81) Phenazone (see Antipy'rine, page 15) 'Phenofax' brand Carbolic Acid Ointment B. W. & Co.] Presents the valuable antiseptic, anaesthetic and healing properties of pure phenol (of which it contains three per cent.) in a combination specially convenient for application. Employed in skin diseases and many affections of mucous membranes. Relieves itching, destroys infection, soothes the part and encourages repair. Cleanses ulcerated and denuded surfaces, stimulates healthy growth, and promotes recovery. Useful in preventing chigger infection. Directions.-As a dressing--applied alone or on lint; as a lubricant- smeared on the hands or on instruments. Phenol (see Carbolic Acid, -tage 32J Phenolsulphonates (see Sodium Sulpho- carbolate, page 129, and Zinc Sulphocarbolate, page 144) Phosphates (see Iron, page 69) Phosphorus Tonic, alterative ; used in bone diseases, especially rickets and osteomalacia. Preparations 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Phosphorus (see page 81) ' Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract and Phosphorus (see page 40J Photographic Chemicals, 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Brands (See Photographic Products, in Price List at end) Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 106 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Physostigmine (Eserine) A powerful myotic; in glaucoma, diminishes tension and consequent pain. Used in some forms of corneal ulcer, per- forating keratitis (when the ulcer is marginal) and paralysis of the iris and ciliary muscle, e. g., after diphtheria. In painful diseases of the eye, and in photophobia, used to diminish the entrance of light. Sometimes administered with atropine to control the powerful effect of that drug. (See also ' Wellcome' Brand Products, page 270) Preparations 'Tabloid' Hypod. Physostigmine Salicylatis, gr. to ct [0*00065 gm. l . & Co.] Direction.-One to three, as may be necessary. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (AD) Physostigmine Salicylatis, gr. tcto' [o*poooi6gin.] [uf' B. W. X Co.] 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (GG) Physostigmine Salicylatis, gr- T(Ato [0*000032 gm.] [-»" B. \\ . & Co. ] 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (F) Physostigmine Salicylatis, gr. TTOT [o-oooii gm.] B. W. A: Co.] Picric Acid (see 'Soloid' brand Products, in Price List at end) Picrotoxin Used in epilepsy, chronic alcoholism, and night-sweats of phthisis. In phthisis, should be given for three or four nights discontinued for a night or two and then resumed. Preparation 'Tabloid' IIypod. Picrotoxini, gr. 77 [o-ooto8 gm.] [ffi B. W. & Co. ] Direction.-One to two, injected at bedtime. The dose ranges from gr. tAa to gr- is- Picrotoxin is more readily soluble in warm water than in cold. Pig Bile (Purified) More closely resembles human bile than does ox bile. Internally, aids the metabolism of fats and increases peristalsis. Used in catarrhal jaundice, biliary fistula, dyspepsia with constipation and flatus. 'Tabloid' Fellis Porcini Purificati, gr. 4 [0-239 gm-] (Keratin-coating, overlaid with sugar) ["' H. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, immediately after food. Preparation Pharniacojtaeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC N O T E S 107 Pilocarpine Increases salivary secretion, produces profuse sweating, increases secretion from nasal and bronchial mucous membranes and promotes activity of gastric and intestinal secretory glands. As a myotic, it is less irritating than physostigmine, though less powerful. Its action is antagonised by atropine. Used as diaphoretic in bronchial catarrh and uraemic convulsions. Must be given with great caution, as it causes inhibition of the heart. Externally, frequently used in lotions for the hair, f See also ' Wellcome ' Brand Products, page 270) 'Tabloid' Pilocarpine Nitratis, gr. Ta0- [00065gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more. A small dose may be repeated frequently, or a large dose given in one administration, according to the indication of the case. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Pilocarpine Nitratis, gr. tV [0-0065 gm.1; gr. [o-oit gm.] I gr. 3 [0-022 gm.] J find gr. o [0-032 gm.] o B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, of the required strength, repeated after an interval, if necessary. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (AE) Pilocarpine Nitratis, gr. IT666 [0-000022 gm.] [ "" B. W. & Co. J 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (K) Pilocarpine Nitratis, gr. [o-oooi6gm.] [&' B. AV. & Co. ] 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (M) Pilocarpine Nitratis, gr. w [000013 gm.], et Cocaine Hydrochloridi, gr. [00-0032gm.] [*" B. W. & Co.] This combination is employed for the absorption of opacities and inflammatory products. The presence of the Cocaine prevents the pain sometimes caused by Pilocarpine. Preparations Pine Tar Expectorant and stimulating disinfectant. Used alone, or combined with demulcents, sedatives and expectorants, in chronic bronchitis and bronchorrhoea, and to allay pulmonary irritation. Preparations 'Tabloid' Picis, gr. i [0-065gm.] [" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, sucked when the cough is troublesome. Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 108 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Pine Tar (continued) 'Tabloid' Picis et Codein/e [Sf B. W. & Co.] R Picis Pini, gr. i [0-065 gin.] Codeime, gr. 1/8 |.o-oo8 gm.] Direction.-One to four, in a single dose ; or one may be taken four to six times daily. It is agreeably sweetened with ' Saxin,' and may be slowly sucked. 'Tabloid' Pastille Pine Tar Compound (see Aage 104J 'Elixoid' Picis Comp. B. W. & Co.] A pleasantly-flavoured product, containing Tar, Balsam of Tolu, ' Pinol,' Terpin Hydrate, Wild Black Cherry and Ipecac in a convenient and acceptable form. Dose.-Half to two fluidrachms. 'Pinol' The volatile oil of Finns pumilio ; valuable stimulant, disin- fectant and antiseptic in respiratory affections. Preparations ' Pinol' B. W. & Co.] Directions.-For internal use-two to five drops in water or on sugar. For inhalation-five drops added to hot water (i4O°F.), and vapour inhaled. For fumigation-a few drops vaporised on a hot plate. ' Elixoid ' Picis Comp, (see Pine Tar, page 108) 'Pinol-Eucalyptia' Dry Inhaler (see IN H A L E R S, in Price List at end) Piperine The crystallised alkaloid of Piper nigrum, used in dyspepsia and flatulence as a stomachic and carminative. Also prescribed as a genito-urinary disinfectant and stimulant ; recommended in the treatment of haemorrhoids. 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Piperine (see Calomel, page 30) Preparation Pituitary Extract (see ' Infundin,' page 65J Pituitary Gland ' Tabloid ' Pituitary Gland has given excellent results in asthma, in doses of gr. 2, night and morning. Also given in exophthalmic goitre, uterine fibroids, asthenic states and obesity. ' Tabloid ' Pituitary Gland (Anterior Lobe) is used in backward development of children and in obesity, while the indications for Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 109 P i 111 itar y Gland (continued') ' Tabloid' Pituitary Gland (Posterior Lobe) are similar to those for extracts of the posterior lobe (see 'Infundin,'page 65J Preparations 'Tabloid' Pituitary Gland, gr. £ [0-032 gm.]; gr. 1 [o-o6sgm.l; and gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] [SI B. W. & Co. ] Direction.-One to two, gradually increased if necessary, three or four times daily, preferably after food. 'Tabloid' Pituitary Gland (Anterior Lobe), gr. 2 [0-13gm. B. W. & Co.] Direction.-As for ' Tabloid ' Pituitary Gland, above. ' Tabloid' Pituitary Gland (Posterior Lobe), gr. i [0-032gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-As for ' Tabloid ' Pituitary Gland, above. ' Hypoloid' Pituitary Extract (Both Lobes), o-oi gramme [gr. | approx.] ; and 0-02 gramme [gr. | approx.] [® B. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid' Glandul. Trium. (seepage no) ' Tabloid ' Glandul. Mixt. (seepage no) Plummer Pill (see A n t I m on y, page 15) Pluri-glanduiar Products B. W. & Co.] The theory that the glands producing internal secretions interact one with another, and that disease of one endocrine gland may cause disturbance of function in another, has led to the therapeutic use of combinations of glandular substances. 'Tabloid' Three Glands has been used with encouraging results in cretinoid conditions, adiposis dolorosa and dementia prtecox. 'Tabloid' Mixed Glands, Nos. i and 2, are indicatedin practically every condition calling for organo-therapy. They are stated to give more rapid and lasting results than the administra- tion of a single gland substance. They may be used with advantage in backward development defective dentition, etc., in children; in hypotonic or "run-down" conditions (e.g., asthenia, neurasthenia, convalescence from infectious diseases), in genital and menstrual disturbances, in mild mental affections, and in premature senility. Combinations of thyroid gland and ' VA RIU M ' (Ovarian Substance) are reported to have been used with benefit in amenorrhoea and dysmenorrhcea, in menopausal affections, and Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 110 THERAPEUTIC N O '1' E S PI u ri-glandular Products (continued') obesity in women. 'Tabloid' Thyro-Varium presents a suitable product for the purpose. ' Tabloid' Glandul. Trium. [si B. W. & Co.] R Glanduke Thyroidea;, gr. 6 [0*389 gin. ] Glanduke Suprarenalis, gr. 3/4 [0*049 gm.] Glandular Pituitarae, gr. 1/16 [0*004 gm.] Direction.-One or more, taken with a little water. ' Tabloid' Glandul. Mixt. [si B. W. & Co.] Preparations No. 1 (Male) Glandulae Thymicae. gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Glandulae Thyroideae, gr. 1/5 [0-013 gm.] Glandulae Pituitariae, (Lobuli Anterioris), gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Glandulae Suprarenalis, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm. | Didymin, gr 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Cerebrini, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] No. 2 (Female) Glandulae Thymicae, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Glandulae Thyroideae, gr. 1/5 [0-013 gm.] Glandulae Pituitariae, /Lobuli Anteriosis) gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Glandulae Suprarenalis, gr. i/4 [0-016 gm. 1 ' Varium,' gr. 1,2 [0-032 gm. | ' Mamos,' gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Cerebrini, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Direction.-One, of either product, gradually increased, taken with a little water, thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Thyro-Varium B. W. & Co.] R Glandulae Thyroidea:, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gin. 1 'Varium,' gr. 5 [0-324 H™. 1 Direction.-One, thrice daily, after food, gradually increased. Podophyllin (Resina Podophylli) Cholagogue, purgative. Large doses said to be less effective than repeated small doses. Preparations 'Tabloid' Podophyllini, gr. J io-oi6gmj [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, after food, or at bedtime. 'Tabloid' Podophyllini Comp. B. W. & Co;] 1$ Rcsiiue Podophylli, gr. 1/6 ]o*on gm. I Pil. Rhei Comp., gr. 2-1/2 [0*162 gm.] Ext. Hyoscyami, gr. 1-1/4 [0*081 gm.] ( Gelatin-coated) Direction.-One to three, taken with a little water, after food, or at bedtime. 'Tabloid' Laxative Vegetable (see page Pharniacopceial preparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 111 Potassium Bicarbonate Used in acute rheumatism (alongwith sodium salicylate), acute and chronic gout, acid dyspepsia and various conditions associated with the uric acid diathesis. Renders urine alkaline. 'Tabloid' Potassii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm-J [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.--One to six, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Sodii Salicylatis et Potassii Bicarbonatis {see Sodium Salicylate, page 128) 'Tabloid' Sodii Sulphates Comp. Effervescentis {see Sodium Sulphate, page 128) 'Tabloid' Magnesii Carbonates Comp, {see page 78) Preparations Potassium Bromide Nerve sedative and hypnotic. Used in large doses for epilepsy. Preparations 'Tabloid' Potassii Bromidi, gr. 5 [0-324 gfnJi; and gr. 10 [0-648gm.] [s' B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Five to thirty grains dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, after food, or at bedtime. 'Tabloid' Tri-Bromid. Effervesc. {see Ammonium Bromide, page 12) Potassium Chlorate Valued for its local action in aphthous conditions and pharyngitis. Combined with borax, or with borax and cocaine, used in catarrhal conditions of the throat with hoarseness and free secretion of mucus. Internally, given in ulcerative stomatitis, in gastric ulcer and as a galactagogue. The 'Tabloid' preparations, slowly sucked, are more useful than gargles or throat paints, as, owing to the slowness of their solution in the mouth, the ingredients are retained for a longer period in contact with the mucous membrane. Preparations ' Tabloid'Potassii Chi.oratis, gr. 5 10-324 gmj [si B. W.& Co. ] Direction.-One, slowly dissolved in the mouth, whenever necessary. 'Tabloid' Potassii Chi.oratis etBoracis B. W. &('<>.] Direction.-One, sucked frequently, in catarrhal sore throat, or any relaxed or inflamed condition of the mucous membrane. 'Tabloid' Ammonii Chloridi Comp, {see page 13) Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 112 T HERAPEPTIC NOTE S Potassium Glycerophosphate (see G L Y C E R O P H O S P H A T E S , page 56) Potassium Iodide Used in syphilis, rheumatism, aneurism, and, in small doses as a saline expectorant in bronchial catarrh and asthma. Preparations 'Tabloid' Potassii Iodidi, gr. 1 [0-065gm.]; gr. 3 [0-194 gm.j; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six of the three-grain strength, or one to four of the five-grain strength, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water or milk, after food. The one-grain strength is prepared with a considerable addition of a palatable vehicle so that it may be dissolved in the mouth. 'Tabloid' IIydrargyri PerchlOridi et Potassii Iodidi (see Mercury, page 85J ' Soloid ' Potassium Iodide and Starch (see ' Soloid ' Brand Products, in Price List at end) Potassium Nitrate Diaphoretic, diuretic. Used in catarrhal sore throat ; con- tained in many preparations for inhalation in asthma. Preparation 'Tabloid' Potassii Nitratis, gr. 5 [cj3=4gm.] [®B. W. &Co.] Direction.-One to four, powdered, and dissolved in a large wine- glassful of water ; or one may be slowly sucked occasionally. Potassium Permanganate Antiseptic, deodorant and disinfectant; used in amenorrhoea, in cholera, and, locally, in gonorrhoea and snake-bite; antidote in morphine and opium poisoning. Preparations 'Tabloid' Potassii Permanganatis, gr. i [0-065 gmj; and gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three grains, dissolved in water, after food, followed by at least half a tumblerful]^ of § water. Potassium Permanganate should never be taken in the solid form, but always in solution. ' Tabloid ' Potassium Permanganate is readily soluble in water. 'Tabloid' Potassii Pekmanganatis, gr. 2 [o-i6gm.] (Keratin-coated) B. VV. & Co.] Direction.-For use in treatment of cholera, supplementing hypertonic saline infusion. One to be taken every fifteen minutes, until the stools become green, then less frequently. Piiarniacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherzvise stated T H K RAP E UTIC N-O T E S 113 Potassium Permanganate (continued) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Potassii Permanganatis, gr. 2l»i3giuJ [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, dissolved in a little water, and injected locally in snake-bite. 'Soloid' Potassii Permanganatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ; and gr. 5 [0-32.1 gm.] [Si B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Used for the immediate preparation of antiseptic and disinfectant solutions. One of the one-grain strength, dissolved in two to four fluidounces of water, or, one of the five-grain strength in ten to twenty fluidounces of water, may be used as an injection or gargle. For the latter purpose, however, it has the disadvantage of staining the teeth and lips. 'Soloid' Potassii Permanganates et Aluminis [si B. W. & Co.] R Potassii Permanganatis, gr. 3 [0-194 gm-] Aluminis, , gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Direction.-As a lotion or injection, in the strength of one to about five fluidounces of water. Prostate Gland Substance Used in cases of enlarged prostate; has also been recommended in atrophy and diseases of the testicle. 'Tabloid' Prostate Gland, gr. 2| [o-i&i gm.j [si B. W.& Co.] Direction.-One to four, gradually increased, twice or thrice daily, preferably after food. Preparation Quassia The bitter principle of quassia wood; valuable in treatment of thread-worms. 'ENULE' QUASSIN AMORPH., gr. i[0-032gm.] [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.--Remove the sheath. One, administered on each of several successive nights. Preparation Quinidine Sulphate Quinidine is an isomer of quinine, and has been found to have a remarkable effect on auricular fibrillation. It is reported to have checked symptoms in some 50 per cent, of cases treated. Owing to possible dangerous effects, it should be used only after compensation has been established by other drugs. A preliminary dose of 0-2 gm. may be given, and repeated after two hours. If no symptoms of hyper-susceptibility to the drug develop, therapeutic administration can be commenced on the Pharmacopasialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 114 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Quinidine Sulphate (continued) following day. Used in relapsing cases of simple tertian malaria where quinine has failed. Preparation 'Tabloid' Quinidine Sulphatis, 0-2 gramme 15/3 approx.] [® B. W, & Co.] Direction.-A dose of 0-4 gm. to be taken orally, three times a day for from six to eight days, beginning with half this d .se and increasing gradually. Quinine Anti-malarial, antipyretic, tonic, stomachic, antiseptic. 'Tabloid' products of quinine are readily absorbed, even when there is considerable derangement of the digestive organs. To produce a rapid effect, quinine may be given by hypo- dermic injection. The bihydrochloride is chiefly used for this purpose. Deep intramuscular injection has been recommended to counteract risk of abscess formation. (See also page 270 J The ready solubility of the 'Tabloid' preparations greatly enhances their value, especially in tropical climates, where their use for prophylactic purposes is so necessary. •Tabloid' Quinine Ammoniat^s^™^^ [" B. W. & Co.] Each product contains Quinine and Ammonium Bicarbonate to correspond with one fluidrachm of the tincture. ' Tabloid ' Ammoniated Quinine gives the therapeutic effect of free ammonia and quinine of the finest quality. Direction.-One, taken whole, with a little water. 'Tabloid'Quinine Ammoniate c Cinnamomo (Capsula) [® B. W. & Co.] Tinctur® Quinin® Ammoniat®, fl. dr. 1/2 [i*8 c*c.] Ol. Cinnamomi, ' min. 1/2 [0-03 c.c.J Direction.-One or more, taken whole, with a little water. 'Tabloid' Quinin/E Comp. [i" B. W. & Co.] 1^ Cinchon® Alkaloidorum, gr. 1 [0*065 gm.] Antifebrini (Acetanilidi), gr. 1-1/5 [0*078 gm.] Camphor® Monobromat®, gr. 1/5 [0*013 gm.] Pnlv. Ipecacuanha, gr. 1/8 fo*oo8 gm. I Ext. Cascar® Sagrad®, gr. 1/4 [o*oi6gm.J Direction.-One, every hour in the early stages of catarrh. QUININE BIHYDROCHLORIDE (Acid Quinine Hydro- chloride) 'Tabloid' Quinin.-e Bihydrochloridi, gr. 2 io-i3gm.i ; gr. 3 [0-194 gm.]; gr. 5 ,0-324 gm. 1 (Plain or sugar-coated) •, and gr. IO [0-648 gm.1 (Plain) | St B. W. N Co. ] Direction.-One to ten grains, taken with water. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Quinin.-e Bihydrochloridi,gr. 1 ,o-o6sgm.,; gr. 3 Io-i94gm.]; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] [59 B. W. & Co. ] Direction.-One to five grains, repeated when necessary. Preparations Pharmacopceicil preparations are U.S.P- unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 115 Quinine (continued) QUININE BISULPHATE (Soluble Quinine Sulphate) 'Tabloid' Quinine Bisulphatis, gr. I r0*032 gm.] ; gr. 1 1*0*065 gin.] ] gr. 2 [0*13 gm*] 5 gr. 3 [0*194 Km.l 5 gr. 4 ^0*259 gm.]; gr. 5 [0*324 gm.] (Plain or sugar-coated) ; and gr. IO [ 0*648 gin*] (Plain) [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The dose ranges from one grain, as a tonic, to ten grains as an anti-periodic and antipyretic. Much larger doses are advised by certain authorities, and are taken for the prevention, or in the treatment, of malaria. It is not uncommon for twenty to sixty grains to be taken when an attack threatens or begins ; no bad effects follow such doses so long as the lower bowel is frequently emptied. In hot climates a loss of weight is caused by evaporation of the water of crystallisation, so that a five-grain product may weigh only four to four-and-a-half grains. ' Tabloid' Hypod. Quinine Bisulphatis, gr. 5 [0*324 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in water, and injected hypodermically. 'Tabloid' Quinine et Camphor/e B. W. & Co.] R Quinime Bisulphatis, gr. r [0*065 gin-] Camphors, gr. 1/5 [0*013 gm.] Direction.-One every hour, or every other hour, in the early stages of catarrh. 'Tabloid' Quinine et Camphor/e et Aconiti B. W. & Co.] Be Quininae Bisulphatis, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm. J Camphora?, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] Ext. Aconiti (=Tinct. Aconiti), min. 1 [0-06 c.c.J Direction.-One every hour, or every other hour, in the early stages of catarrh. 'Tabloid' Quinin/E et Strychnine [s? B. W. & Co.] B Quininae Bisulphatis, gr. 1 1'0*065 ^m.] Strychnin® Sulphatis, gr. 1/60 [000108 gm.] Direction.-One to three, taken with water, twice or thrice daily, after food. ' Tabloid ' Quinine et Arseni Trioxidi et Strychnine B. W. &Co.] B Quinin® Bisulphatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm. I Arseni Trioxidi. gr. 1/20 [0*0032 gm. J Strychnin®, gr. 1/30 [0-0022 gm.] Direction.-One, taken with a little water, with or after food. 'Tabloid' Quinine et Khei Comp. p"B. W. & Co.] {Well known for many years as ' Tabloid ' Livingstone Rouse r) B Pulv. Jalap®. gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm. ] Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm. I Pulv. Rhei, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gin. 1 Quinin® Bisulphatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Direction.-One to three, at bedtime, as a purgative. 'Enule' Quinine Bisulphatis, gr. 510*324 gm.] [®B.W.&Co.] Direction.-Remove the sheath. Rectal administration of Quinine is of great value in cases of malaria associated with gastritis, for Quinine thus administered is often well borne, even when it cannot be taken by the mouth. One may be given every three, four, or six hours. Tabloid' Tonic Comp, {see Iron, page 72) P bar mac op anal preparations are U.S.P. unless otherrcvise stated 116 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Quinine (continued) QUININE CITRATE ' Tabloid' Ferri et Quinin/e Citratis, gr. 3 [o-f94gm: (Plain or sugar-coated) B. W. & Co. j Direction.--One to three, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily,, with or after food. Whereas ' Tabloid ' Iron and Quinine Citrate (sugar-coated) keeps well in tropical climates, the ordinary preparation in scales cannot be used because of its instability. QUININE HYDROBROMIDE This salt of Quinine is specially suitable for administration to patients who are subject to quinism. Most useful in the symptomatic treatment of exophthalmic goitre. 'Tabloid' Quinine Hydrobromidi, gr. i [0065gm.]; gr. 2 lo-i3gind; gr. 3 lo-i94gm.]; gr. 4 [o-259gm.]; and gr. 5[0-324gm.I (Plain or sugar-coated) ['st B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The dose ranges from one grain, as a tonic, to ten grains, as an anti-periodic and antipyretic. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Quinin/e IIydrobromidi, gr. 4 [0-032gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, preferably intramuscularly, but may be given hypodermically, repeated when necessary. Quinine Hydrobromide is more readily soluble in warm water than in cold. 'Tabloid' Acetphenetidini et Quinine Comp, (see page 9) QUININE HYDROCHLORIDE 'Tabloid' Quinin?e Hydrochloridi, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.]; gr. 2 [o-i3gm.] ; gr. 3 [0-194gm.]; gr. 4 [0-259 gm.]; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] (Plain or sugar-coated) [usf B. W. & Co. ] Direction.-One, or more, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. The full dose is ten grains. In cases of malaria associated with hsemoglobinuria (blackwater fever) > the Hydrochloride is preferable to the other salts. QUININE PHOSPHATE 'Tabloid' Ferri, Quinin/e et Strychnin/e Phosphatum ( = Easton Syrup) (see Iron, page 70) ' Elixoid ' Ferri, Quinin.® et Strychnin.® Phosphatum (see Iron, page 73) QUININE SALICYLATE 'Tabloid' Quinine Salicylatis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.j; gr. 3 [0-194gm.]; and gr. 5 [0-324gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six of the gr. i strength, one to two of the gr. 3 strength, or one of the gr. 5 strength, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, between or after meals. 'Tabloid' Guaiaci et Q:uini.n.e Comp, (see page 57) 'Tabloid' Lithii Benzoatis Comp, (see Lithium, page 777 Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 117 Quinine {continued) QUININE SULPHATE 'Tabloid' Quinine Sulphatis, gr. 1 [o-o6sgmj; gr. 2 [o-I3gm.]; gr. 3 [0-194 gm.]; gr. 4 ^459gin!]; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] [W B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The dose ranges from one grain, as a tonic, to ten grains or more, as an anti-periodic and antipyretic. 'Tabloid' Quinin/e et Belladonnas et Camphor/e B. W. & Co.] 1$ Quininae Sulphatis, gr. 1/4 [0*016 gm.] Ext. Belladonna;, gr. 1/8 [0-008 gm.] Camphorce, gr. 1/4 [0*016 gm.] Direction.-One, every hour, in the early stages of catarrh. 'Tabloid' Ferri et Arsen. Comp (see Iron, page 69 J 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri cum Creta et Opii et Quininte (see Mercury, page 86J QUININE VALERATE (see Valerates, page 141) Quinine and Urea Hydrochloride Used for the production of local anaesthesia ; has also haemostatic effect. ' Soloid' Quinin® et Ure® Hydrochloridi, 0-05 gramme [gr. | approx.] ; and 0-5 gramme [gr. 7y approx.] [Sf B. W. & Co.] Direction.--One of the lesser strength, dissolved in 10 c.c., or one of the greater strength, dissolved in 100 c.c., of water, forms a solution of 1 in 200 (one-half per cent.). Stronger solutions have been used. Preparations Red Gum Used in relaxed throat of ordinary catarrh. 'Tabloid' Gummi Rubri [&" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved slowly in the mouth, when required. 'Tabloid' Codein/e et Acidi Benzoici Comp, sine Cocaina (see Codeine, page 38J Preparations Reduced Iron (see Iron, page 70) Residuum Rubrum Dried residue of ox-blood ; used in anaemia, osteo-arthritis and scurvy. 'Tabloid' Residui Rubri, gr. 5 [mem.] [st B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, thrice daily, taken with a little water, after food. The dose should be rapidly increased until four are taken thrice daily. Preparation Pharmacopa'ial preparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 118 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Rhubarb Purgative, cholagogue, hepatic stimulant, with subsequent astringent action. 'Tabloid' Rhei, gr. 3 [o^gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, or more (according to the action required), taken with water, after food. The official average dose is gr. 15. 'Tabloid' Til. Rhei Comp. Each product represents one of the U.S.P. IX Pills. B. W. & Co.] (Plain or sugar-coated} Direction.-One to two, taken with a little water, after food, or at bedtime. 'Tabloid' Pulv. Rhei Comp. (Gregory Powder), gr. 5[0-324gm.] [Plain or sugar-coated) [.T B. W. & Co. ] Each contains : Rhubarb, gr. i| [0 081 gm.] ; Magnesium Oxide, gr. 3! [0-21 gm.] ; and Ginger, gr. [0-032 gm.]. Direction.-One to four, or more. 'Tabloid' Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis B. W, & Co.] R Pulv. Rhei, gr. 3 [0-194 gm. ] Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm. | Pulv. Zingiberis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] (Plain or sugar-coated) Direction.-One to five, taken with a little water, before or after meals. 'Tabloid' Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis et Magnesii Carbonatis B. W. & Co.] R Pulv. Rhei, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 1-1/2 (0-097 gm.] Magnesii Carbonatis Pond., gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Pulv. Zingibcri.-, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Direction.-One to five, taken with a little water, before or after meals. 'Tabloid' Pil. Hydrargyri et Rhei Comp. (seepage?.^) 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subnitratis et Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis (see Bismuth, page 22) 'Tabloid' Podophyllini Comp. GwPodophyllin,/^ iioJ 'Tabloid' Quininle et Rhei Comp, (see Quinine,/^ 115) 'Tabloid' Ferri Redugti et Rhei Comp, (see Iron, 70; 'Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis Comp, (see page 141) Preparations Pharmacopoeia!. preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC N O T E S 119 Salicin Analgesic, anti-rheumatic, antipyretic. Stated to be of value in psoriasis. Preparation 'Tabloid' Salicini, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. The official average dose is fifteen grains. Salicylic Acid Antiseptic, antipyretic. Externally, an excellent adjunct to dusting powders, and used for application to painful joints in acute rheumatism ; in various skin troubles, such as eczema and seborrhcea ; in cancerous ulcerations ; and (well diluted) as an application to tender or perspiring feet. Internally, used in acute rheumatism, malaria and (taken during meals) fermen- tative dyspepsia with acidity and flatulence. The salicylic acid used in ' Tabloid ' products is physiologically pure. 'Tabloid' Acidi Salicylici, gr. 3 [o-^gm i; and gr. 5 [0-324gm.] [s B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, or more, of either strength, taken with a little water, with or after food. The official average dose is twelve grains. Preparations Saline Solutions Transfusion of blood from arm to arm in cholera, collapse from haemorrhage, and other conditions, has now commonly been superseded by the intravenous injection, at blood-heat, of sterile water made isotonic by the addition of the salts of blood plasma in their natural proportions. Continuous rectal infusions of large quantises of normal saline, with the patient propped up almost into a sitting position, have become a recognised treatment for diffuse peritonitis. The 'Soloid' preparations afford a convenient means of making saline solutions. 'SOLOID- SODII CHLORIDI, gr. 32 (2-1 gm.] ; and gr. 64 [4-15 gm.] [SB. W. & Co.] Direction.-Two of the gr. 32, or one of the gr. 64 strength, dissolved in one pint of boiled (sterile) water, to make a saline solution for intravenous or rectal injection at ioo°F. (37-8° C.). 'Soloid' Salin. Comp., No. 2 [s B. W. & Co.] Calcii Chloridi o-og gin. [gr. 3/4] Potassii Chloridi, 0-05 gm. [gr. 3/4] Sodii Chloridi, 2-25 gm. [gr. 35] Sodii Bicarbonatis, 0-025 g.m Igr. 3/8] Dextrosi, 0-25 gm. [gr. 3-3/4] Direction.-One, dissolved in 250 c.c. of boiled (sterile) water, to make a saline solution for intravenous or rectal injection at ioo°F. (37-8° C.). 'Soloid' Calcii Chloridi Comp, (see page 28J Preparations P harm acopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless ot hemvise stated therapeutic notes 120 Salol (Phenyl Salicylate) Liberates salicylic acid and phenol in the body. Used in rheumatism ; as an intestinal antiseptic in dysentery, cholera and typhoid ; and in septic conditions of the urinary tract. Preparations 'Tabloid' Salol, gr. 5 [wg„j p» B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, powdered, and taken in milk or water. The official average dose is five grains. 'Tabloid' Acetphenetidini et Phenylis Salicylas ( see pare 9) Sandal Wood Oil A valuable stimulating expectorant, disinfectant and diuretic, excreted by the lungs and kidneys. Relieves cough of chronic bronchitis ; largely used in gonorrhoea, to disinfect urine, and to allay irritation of bladder and urethra. Also prescribed in chronic cystitis. The ' Tabloid ' products, which contain the pure oil, obviate the nauseous taste of fluid preparations, and prevent eructation, pain in the back, and other discomforts which may follow the administration of impure sandal wood oil. Preparations 'Tabloid' Olei Santali (Capsula), min. 5 [0-3 c-c.]; and min. 10 [o-6 c.c.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six of the min. 5 strength, or one to three of the min. 10 strength, taken with water, thrice daily, after food. Sanitary Towels, 'Tabloid' Brand (see Price List at endJ Santonin Anthelmintic for the lumbricoides. Also employed in sprue. Preparations 'Tabloid' Santonini, gr. J [0■032 gm.] J gL I [0-065 gm.] I gr. 2 [0-13 gin.] ; and gr. 3 l°'i94 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The dose for children is half-a-grain to three grains, followed by Magnesium Sulphate Effervescent, Jalap, or other purgative. Some children, however, are very susceptible to the action of Santonin, and a full dose should never be given at first. 'Tabloid' Santonini et Uydrargyri Chloridi Mitis [® B. W. & Co.] R Santonini, g-r. i [0-065 gin.] Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm-1 Direction.-One to three. Some children are exceedingly susceptible to the action of Santonin, so that only a small dose should be given at first. The administration of Calomel combined with Santonin usually renders the subsequent use of a purgative unnecessary. 'Enule' Santonini, gr. 3 [O-I94 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Remove the sheath. One, inserted at bedtime, and a dose of castor oil given in the morning. 'Tabloid' Bismuthi Subsantonatis Comp, (see page 23J Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 121 ' S a x i n ' A delicate sweetening agent free from metallic taste, and of unvarying sweetness. Each gr. J product is equivalent to two small lumps or one very large lump of the finest cane sugar. Undergoes no change in the system, therefore used in dietary of patients suffering from gout, glycosuria, diabetes and obesity. Preparation 'Tabloid' 'Saxi.n,' gr. ] [o-oi6gm.] [K B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more may be used in place of as many lumps of sugar, for sweetening tea, coffee, or cocoa. Scopolamine Hydrobromide Scopolamine, also known as Hyoscine, exists in three stereo- isomeric forms (Itevo, dextro and racemic). Of these, it is claimed that the Itevo is the most active on nerve terminals, and, particularly in labour anaesthesia, gives the most reliable results. All Burroughs Wellcome & Co. products of the alkaloid, whether known as Scopolamine or Hyoscine, are made from the pure laevo variety and may therefore be relied upon for uniformity of action, subject only to the idiosyncrasies of patients. The administration of combinations of scopolamine and morphine salts in labour cases for the production of anaesthesia, or what is sometimes termed "Twilight Sleep," has been the subject of much clinical investigation of late years. ' Hypoloid ' Scopolamine Hydrobromide is particularly suited for use in the production of " Twilight Sleep." The initial dose usually consists of one 'Hypoloid' Scopolamine Hydro- bromide, gr. 1/150, together with one 'Tabloid' Hypodermic Morphine Hydrochloride, .gr. J. Subsequent doses of ' Hypoloid' Scopolamine Hydrobromide, gr. 1/450, are repeated at intervals as often as may be necessary to retain complete amnesia. During the investigations made by the committee appointed to determine the effects of Scopolamine-Morphine Anaesthesia, 'Hypoloid' Scopolamine Hydrobromide products were used throughout. [Lancet, London (Eng.), December 15, 1917; Proceedings of the Royal Society of Medicine, London (Eng.). May, 1918]. Preparations 'Hypoloid' Scopolamine Hydrobromidi, 0-00043 gramme [gr. ylj- approx.], in 0-5 c.c. ; and 0-00014 gramme [gr. approx.], in 0-5 c.c. B. W. & Co.] Direction.-To be used as suggested above. For other products and strengths of Scopolamine Hydrobromide, see Hy os ci ne, page 60 Pharmacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 122 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Seltzer Mineral Water Salt The waters from the Selters (Nassau) springs are used for their refrigerant, tonic, diuretic and aperient properties. The 'Tabloid' product contains the essential constituents of Seltzer mineral water in correct proportions. 'Tabloid' Seltzer Salt, Effervescent. Artificial [® B. W. & Co. Direction.-One to two, powdered, and dissolved in half a tumblerful of water, form an agreeable and slightly alkaline draught. Preparation Senna A gentle and pleasant laxative, especially suitable in pregnancy and for children. 'Tabloid' Pastille Laxative Fruit (see Pastilles,/^ 103J Preparation Sewage Analysis (see 'Soloid' brand Products, in Price List at end) Silver Nitrate Used in urethral, ophthalmic and general surgery. 'Soloed' Argenti Nitratls, gr. i [o-oes gm.]; and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-In ulcers of the cornea, a strength of two to ten grains to the fluidounce is employed. In acute ophthalmia, a few drops of a solution of one to two grains to the fluidounce may be used twice or thrice daily. For washing out the bladder, a strength of one grain in 20 fluidounces is used, gradually increased if it be well borne. ' Soloid ' Silver Nitrate should be dissolved in warm distilled water, which has been previously boiled and allowed to cool. If ordinary tap-water be used, much of the silver may be precipitated. Preparations 'Sketofax' brand Antiseptic Cream B.W.&Co.] A combination of aromatic essential oils, in a specially- designed base, for use as a deterrent against attacks of sand-flies, mosquitoes, gnats and other insects. 'Sketofax' possesses remedial value, if applied after attack lias taken place. Direction.-Smear lightly on the skin. Slippery Elm (UImus F ulv a) Mucilage of slippery elm is largely used as a demulcent and sedative astringent. Alone, or with phenol, is used locally in pharyngitis and other throat affections; internally in diarrhoea and dysentery. Stated to have also a nutritive value. PJear macopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 123 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Slippery Elm (continued) Preparations 'Tabloid' Ulmi Fulv.e [JR B. W. & Co.] Each represents gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] of mucilage of Slippery Elm. Direction.-One, slowly dissolved in the mouth; or one, taken whole with water, as required. ' Tabloid' Acidi Carbolici (Phenol) et Ulmi Fulv^e (see Carbolic Acid, page 32 ) S milling Salts (see Ammonia, Aromatic,/^ 12J 'Soamin' (Sodium ^-Aminophenylarsinate) An organic preparation of arsenic of slight toxic action as compared with the inorganic arsenical preparations. Contains 22-8 per cent, of arsenium (As) : soluble in three parts of water at body temperature and in five parts at 6o° F. Used in syphilis, malaria, trypanosomiasis and other protozoal diseases. Has also given good results in skin diseases, such as psoriasis and lichen ; in pellagra ; in anaemias ; in cerebro-spinal fever ; and in bronchial asthma. Owing to the occasional occurrence of optic atrophy after the use of the arylarsonates, great care should be exercised'in their administration, f For precautions to be taken, see £ Soamin ' booklet.) ' Soamin.' Bottles of 5 grammes and 25 grammes L® B. W. & Co.] £ I abloid' £ Soamin,' gr. 1 [O'O^sum.] ; and gr. 3 B. W. & Co.] Directions.- Preparations Gr. -J to gr. 1, dissolved in water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Caution.- The maximum daily dose for oral administration should not exceed three grains. For Oral Administration Gr. i to gr. 3, dissolved in sterile water, on alternate days. For Hypodermic or Intramuscular Injection Soap (Curd) 'Enule' Saponis Comp. [® B. W. & Co.] H Saponis Animalis gr. 7 [0-454 gm.] Sodii Sulphatis Exsiccati, gr. 7 [0*454 gm. J Direction.-Remove the sheath. One, inserted into the rectum, for the relief of constipation. (See note on 'Endle' Rectal Suppositories,page 46 Preparation Pharmacopceial preparations are U. S. P. unless otherwise stated 124 THERAPEUTIC NO T E S Soda-Mint (Neutralising) ' Tabloid ' Soda-Mint is an active and agreeable neutralising agent in dyspeptic acidity, fhtulence and nausea. Extensively used in cases of insomnia due to acid dyspepsia. Especial care should be taken, in prescribing this 1 Tabloid ' product, to guard against the substitution of crude imitations, which sometimes cause great nausea. Preparation 'Tabloid' Soda-Mint (Neutralising) [s? B. W. &Co.] H Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 4 [0-259 Rni.] Ammonii Bicarbonatis, gr. 1/12 [0-0054 gm.] Ol. Menthse Piperitce, q.s. Direction.-One to four, or more, taken with, or dissolved in, a little water, or one dissolved slowly in the mouth from time to time. Sodium Antimony Tartrate Used intravenously in the treatment of bilharziosis, of kala-azar and oriental sore. Preparations ' Soloid'Antimonii Tartratis Comp. No. i B. W.&Co.] Antimonii et Sodii Tartratis, gr. io [0-648 gm.] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 5-1/2 [0-37 gm.] ' Solqid' Antimonii Tartratis Comp. No. 2 [® B. W. & Co.] 1$ Antimonii et Sodii Tartratis. gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Sodii Chloridi, gr. 11/20 [0-035 gm.] Direction.-To prepare solution, dissolve one No. i product in 40 c.c., or one No. 2 product in 4 c.c. of filtered water. This solution contains gr. £ of Sodium Antimony Tartrate in each 2 c.c. It should be injected intravenously, doses of gr. J to gr. 2| Sodium Antimony Tartrate being given daily for the first five days and the remaining injections on alternate days, or all the injections may be given on alternate days. In cases of bilharziosis a total of gr. 25 to gr. 30 is required ; in leishmaniasis the total quantity depends on progress of case. Gr. 2| is considered the full dose for an adult; some patients cannot take this amount. Smaller doses should be used for children. Sodium Arsenate Used internally and hypodermically, with or without iron, in malaria, trypanosomiasis (for which, however, the organic pre- parations of arsenic are to be preferred), severe forms of anaemia and other diseases of the blood, and various conditions of malnutrition. For asthma it may be inhaled by smoking cigarettes made from bibulous paper saturated with a solution of the drug. Preparations 'Tabloid' Sodii Bromidi Comp, (see Sodium Bromide, page 126) 'Hypoloid' Ferri et Arsen, (see Iron, page 73) Pharmacopenial preparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 125 Sodium Bicarbonate Stomachic and antacid. 'Tabloid' Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ; and gr.- 10 [0-648gm.j p" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more, taken with a little water, before or after meals, according to the condition to be treated. The official average dose is fifteen grains. 'Soloid' Sodii Bicarbonatis, gr. 44 12-85 gm-] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, dissolved in five fluidounces of soft water, forms a two per cent, solution. 'Tabloid' Soda-Mint (Neutralising) (see. Soda-Mint, page 124 J 'Tabloid' 'Coffee-Mint' (see 'Coffee-Mint,' page 40J ' Tabloid ' Bismuthi Subnitratis et Sodii Bicarbonatis (see Bismuth, page 11) ' Tabloid ' Bismuthi Subnitratis et Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis, (see Bismuth, page 11) 'Tabloid' 'Gingament' (Neutralising Compound) (see ' Gingament,' page 55) 'Tabloid' Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis (see page 118J 'Tabloid' Rhei et Sodii Bicarbonatis et Magnesii Carbonatis (see Rhubarb, page 118^ 'Tabloid' Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis et Sodii Bicar- bonatis (see Calomel, page 30 J 'Tabloid' Mentholis Comp, (see Menthol, page 83J 'Tabloid' Mucini Comp, (see Mucin, page 91^ 'Tabloid' Magnesii Carbonatis Comp, (see page 787 (See also Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal Products, pages 91 and 92J Preparations Sodium Bromide In epilepsy, where bromides have to be given regularly, the salts of sodium, strontium and ammonium are less depressant and irritating than the potassium salt. Sodium bromide has been specially recommended for neurasthenia and hysteria in women. 'Tabloid' Sodii Bromidi, gr. 5 [0-324^]; and gr. 10 [0-648gm. B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Five to thirty grains, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, after food or at bedtime. Preparations P harmacopieial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 126 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Sodium Bromide (continued) 'Tabloid' Sodii Bromidi Comp. B. W. &Co.] R Sodii Bromidi, gr. 2 [0-13 gfm.J Strontii Bromidi, gr. 2 [0-13 gm. j Ammonii Bromidi, gr. 1 [0-065 gml] Sodii Arsenatis Exsiccati, gr. 1/60 [o-ooi8ogm.] Direction.-One to six, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, after food or at bedtime. The dose of Sodium Arsenate allows of thirty grains of the mixed Bromides being given. 'Tabloid' Tri-Bromid. Effervesc. (see Ammonium Bromide, page 12^ Sodium Cacodylate An organic compound of arsenic; used in syphilis, chronic skin affections, pernicious ansemia, tuberculosis generally, etc. 'Tabloid' Sodii Cacodylatis, gr. J [o-otsg™.] [®B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, increased if necessary to four, taken with a little water. 'Hypoloid'Sodii Cacodylatis, gr. 5 [o-32.( gm.]; gr- 7 t°-4S4 &m.j; 0-05 gramnte; and 0-2 gramme [fif B. W. & Co.] Direction.-May be administered hypodermically, intramuscularly, or intravenously. The official average dose is gr. 1. Preparations Sodium Chloride Saline Solutions, page 119; Calcium Chloride Compound, page 28; and Nasal and Naso-Pharyngeal Products, pages 91 and 92) Sodium Citrate Febrifuge, diaphoretic, refrigerant and alkaline diuretic. For these purposes, however, the potassium salt is generally preferred. Milk treated with sodium citrate forms in the stomach a light, flocculent, finely-divided, easily digested curd. In vomiting, diarrhoea, griping, wasting and rickets in children, in neuras- thenia, pneumonia, phthisis and other diseases in adults, milk thus treated is well borne and easily assimilated. Also adminis- tered during weaning. Often prescribed for patients on a milk diet for a long period, e.g., in typhoid fever, to counteract any tendency to thrombosis due to the calcium salts in milk. The exact quantity of sodium citrate is most readily provided by prescribing the 'Tabloid' product. A lotion of sodium citrate combined with sodium chloride, or a poultice of sodium citrate, has been used with good results in old-standing callous ulcers to promote a flow of lymph to the part, and so assist healing. Pharmacopoeia!preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 127 Sodium Citrate fcontinued) Preparations 'Tabloid' Sodii Citratis, gr. 2 [013 gm.]; and gr. jlmgin- [®B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Two grains, dissolved in a little water, are added to each fluidounce of milk. Sodium Formate (see Formates, page 54 Sodium Glycerophosphate (see Gycerop ho s p h at e s, page 56J Sodium Nitrite Used in treatment of arterial hypertension (particularly in granular kidney), in angina pectoris, and in epileptiform convulsions. 'Tabloid' Sodium Nitrite Compound provides a valuable product for administration in hypertension and arterio-sclerosis. •Tabloid' Sodii Nitritis, gr. 1 [o-oes gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, dissolved in a wineglassful of water. 'Tabloid' Sodii Nitritis Comp. B. W. & Co.] R Sodii Nitritis, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Erythrol Tetranitratis, gr. 1/8 [o«oo8 gm.] Mannitol Nitratis, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] Ammonii Hippuratis, gr. 1 [0-065 ffm.] Direction.-One, three times daily. Preparations Sodium Phosphate A gentle, pleasant purgative, useful for children Preparation 'Tabloid' Sodii Phosphatis Effervescenits. gr. 60 [3-89 gm.i B. W. & Co.] Each represents gr. 30 [1-944 of Sodium Phosphate. Direction.-As a purgative, two to four, in half a tumblerful of water ; as a hepatic stimulant for children, one or more. As an alterative, one may be taken regularly, dissolved in a tumblerful of water. Sodium Biphosphate Employed to acidify urine, during administration of Methenamine. (See also Methenamine, page 87. J 'Tabloid' Sodii Biphosphatis, gr. io [o-648 gm.] [® B. W. & Co. Direction.-One to six, administered with Methenamine. Preparation Pharnia.copceia.1 preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 128 THERAPEUTIC NOT ES Sodium Salicylate Used in acute rheumatism, and in various troubles of the gouty and rheumatic diatheses, and, in full doses, in glycosuria of gouty origin. Combination with potassium bicarbonate increases the anti-rheumatic action, prevents gastric irritation and vomiting and promotes toleration of the salicylate. The sodium salicylate used for ' Tabloid ' products is physiologically pure. [See also 1 Wellcome' Brand Products, page 270) 'Tabloid' Sodii Salicyi.atis {Physiologically Pure}, gr. 5 [°-324 gm-.l ['" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-Dne, or more, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. The official average dose is fifteen grains. 'Tabloid' Sodii Salicyi.atis Naturalis, gr. 3 [o-r94 gm.] ; and gr. 5 [0-324gm.j B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, of either strength, dissolved in a large wine- glassful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. The official average dose is fifteen grains. 'Tabloid' Sodii Salicylatis '{Physiologically Pure}, gr. 10 [0-648gm.] (Effervescentis) [ffl B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three or more, powdered, and dissolved in half a tumblerful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Sodii Salicylatis, gr. 5 lo^gm.], et Potassii Bicarbonatis, gr. 5 [mgra.| B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Preparations Sodium Sulphate Excites peristaltic action in stomach and intestines; purgative and hepatic stimulant; of value in mucous enteritis. Preparations ' Tabloid ' Sodii Sulphatis Effervescentis, gr. 60 [Ts9gm.i [Si B. W. & Co.] Each represents gr. 30 [1-944 of Sodium Sulphate. Direction.-One to two, powdered, and dissolved in half a tumblerful of water, repeated if necessary. As a simple purgative, the dose may be increased to three or four. 'Tabloid' Sodii Sulphatis Comp. Effrevescentis [s B. W. & Co.] R Sodii Sulphatis Exsiccati, gr. 30 [1-944 gm.l Potassii Bitartratis, gr.ro [0-648 gm. I Potassii Bicarbonatis, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] Ess. Zingiberis, g.s. Salis Effervescentis, ^.s. Direction.-One to two, powdered, and dissolved in half a tumblerful of water. Pharmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless oiher'ivise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 129 Sodium Sulphate {continued') 'Tabloid' Lithii Citratis et Sodii Sulphatis (Effer- vescentis) {see Lithium, page T]} 'Tabloid' Magnesii Sulphatis Comp. Effervescentis {see Magnesium, page 78) 'Enule' Saponis Comp, {see Soap [Curd], page 123) Sodium Sulpho carbol ate (Sodium Phenolsulphonate) Used internally in flatulent dyspepsia, and as an intestinal antiseptic. ' Tabloid ' Sodii Sulphocarbolatis (Phenolsulphonate), gr. 5 [0324gm.] [«" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, dissolved in a little water, thrice daily, after food. Preparation Sodium Thiosulphate, 'Tabloid Brand (See 'Tabloid' Water Steriliser, in Price List at End) EX' 4 S o 1 o i d ' brand Products B. W. & Co.] 'Soloid' brand Products provide portable and reliable antiseptics, astringents and anaesthetics ; convenient and accurate stains for microscopic work ; test solutions for water, sewage and urine analyses; and nutrient media for the cultivation of micro-organisms. The word 'Soloid' is a registered trade mark or brand. To avoid substitution, and to ensure the supply of pure and reliable products, 'Soloid' Brand should always be specified when prescribing or ordering. For full list, see ' Soloid ' Brand Products, in Price List at end Sparteine Sulphate Depresses heart directly and decreases force and frequency of the beat. Preparations 'Tabloid' Sparteine Sulphatis, gr. 1 [o-oesgm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Sparteine Sulphatis, gr. i [0-032 gm.] B?W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, hypodermically, repeated if necessary. Pharmacof octalpreparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 130 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Spinal Cord Substance Has been employed in. diseases of the nervous system. Preparation ' Tabloid ' Spinal Cord Substance, gr. 2^- [0-162 gm.j B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more, three or four times daily, preferably after food. Spleen Substance Has been used in malaria, anaemias and conditions showing involvement of the spleen ; has also been given in the anaemia of tuberculosis, exophthalmic goitre, mental breakdown, ex- haustion after prolonged lactation, typhoid fever and chlorosis. Preparation 'Tabloid' Spleen Substance, gr. 5 [0-324gm-1 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, gradually increased to four, three or four times a day, preferably after food. Splint Outfit, 'Tabloid' Brand (see Price IPst at end} Squill Used as heart-tonic and diuretic in cardiac dropsy; stimulating expectorant in chronic bronchitis. In large doses, causes vomiting and purging. Produces more marked vaso-constriction, and therefore greater rise of blood-pressure, than digitalis. Preparations 'Tabloid' IpecacuanhA c Scillte {see Ipecac, page 61) ' Tabloid ' Pil. PIydrargyri et Scili./K et Digitalis {see Blue Bill, page 24) ' Tabloid ' Pastille Pectoral {see Pastilles, page 103) Starch Used with potassium iodide, as an indicator, in the sterilisation of water by chlorine. Preparation 'Soloid' Potassium Iodide and Starch (see ' Soloid ' Brand Products, in Price List at end} Strontium Bromide Used in gastric catarrh, nervous vomiting and epilepsy. Preparations 'Tabloid' Strontii Bromidi, gr. 5 [msm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six, dissolved in a large wineglassful of water after food, or at bedtime. 'Tabloid' Sodii Bromidi Comp, {see Sodium Bromide, page 126) Phannacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 131 Strophanthus Cardiac stimulant and diuretic, allied to digitalis in its effect on the heart. Does not constrict blood-vessels so markedly as digitalis, and is said to be less cumulative. Preparation 'Tabloid' Strophanthi, each contains the solid ingredients of Tincture of Strophanthus (B. W. & Co.) (prepared in accordance with the U.S.P.), min. 5 [o-3 c.c.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, taken with water, as ordered by the physician. Strophanthus Tincture (B. W. & Co.) {Physiologically Standardised, Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories'} Prepared in accordance with the United States Pharmacopoeia (Tenth Revision), from carefully-selected strophanthus seeds. Strophanthin The active principle of strophan thus. Used to obtain rapid effect of the drug. 'Hypoloid' Strophanthin is issued in containers of neutral hard glass which preserve its activity {see ' Hypoloid' Products, page 63). It has been shown that the alkali from soft glass ampoules, such as are frequently employed, may render strophanthin solutions less potent or even inert. Preparations 'Tabloid' Hypod. Strophanthini, gr. g J^'[o-oooi3 gm.]; and gr. 1/100 [0-00065gm.] [u" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, of either strength, as may be necessary, dissolved in sterile water and injected hypodermically, or, as preferred by some authorities, dissolved in normal saline solution and injected intravenously. The latter method is claimed to be less irritating than hypodermic injection. 'Hypoloid' Strophanthini, 0-00065 gramme [gr. approx,], in 1 c.c. B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One c.c., injected hypodermically or intravenously. Strychnine In small doses one of the most efficient general tonics and general stimulants, especially in threatened heart-failure. Given hypodermically in cardiac syncope. Used in treatment of morphine and bromide habits, alcoholism, and also, hypodermically, for snake-bite. Preparations 'Tabloid' Strychnine Sulphatis, gr. [o-ooios gm.]; gr. J1, [0-0022 gm] ; gr. do [0-0032 gm.]; and gr. Ar [0-0043 gm.] [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, or more, of the. lesser strengths, or one of the gr. strength, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 132 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Strychnine (continued) 'Tabloid' Ergotini et Strychnine (see Ergot, page aft) ' Tabloid' Ferri et Arsen. Comp. (see Iron, page 69) 'Tabloid' Ferri et Strychnine Phosphatum (see Iron, page 70J 'Tabloid' Morphine et Strychnine et Belladonne (see Morphine, page 90) 'Tabloid' Pepsini et Bismuthi et Strychnine (see Pepsin, page 104J 'Tabloid' Pepsini et Strychnine (see Pepsin,/^ 105J 'Tabloid' Quinine et Strychnine (see Quinine, page 'Tabloid' Hypod. Strychnine Hydrochloridi, gr. [0-00032 gm.]; gr. to o [0-00065 gm. 1 ; gr. -go [o-ooio8gm.l ; and gr. ini [0-0022gm.] ["' B. AV. & Co.] Direction.-One, of the required strength, hypodermically, repeated as may be necessary. ' Tabloid' Hypod. Strychnine Nitratis, gr. Tv [00043gm.]; and gr. yo [0-0065gm.1 [i''' B. W. 6c Co.] Direction.-One, of the required strength, hypodermically, repeated as may be necessary. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Strychnine Sulphatis, gr. T|T [0-00043gm.i gr- TO [0-00065 gm.] ; gr. tQ [o-ooioS gm.| I gr. s'o [0-0013 gm. | ; gr- 40 [o-oor6 gm.] ; gr. [o-oo22gm.l I and gr. Aj [0-0032 gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, of the required strength, hypodermically, repeated as may be necessary. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Atropine Sulphatis et Strychnine Sulphatis (see Atropine, page 18 J 'Tabloid' Hypod. Digitalini et Strychnine; Sulphatis (see Digitalin, page 42) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Digitalini et Strychnine Sulphatis et Trinitrini (see Digitalin, page 42) ' Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotinine Citratis et Strychnine Sulphatis (see Ergotinine, page 49) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Ergotoxine et Strychnine;Sulphatis (see Ergotoxine, page 49) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Morphine; Sulphatis et Strychnine Sulphatis (see Morphine, page 90) Pharmacopoeialpreparations arc U.S.P. unless otherwise stated T H E RA P E U TI C NOTES 133 Strychnine fcontinued) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Strychnine Sulphatis et Trinitrini [si B. W. & Co.] Strychnince Sulphatis, gr. 1/50 [0-13 gin.] Trinitrini, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Direction.-One to two, injected hypodermically. 'Hypoloid' Strychnine Sulphatis, 0 001 gramme [gr. approx], in I c.c. ; and O-OO2 gramme [gr. A- approx.]; inic.c. [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One c.c., of either strength, injected hypodermically. Strychnine is also contained in the following preparations of Burroughs Wellcome & Co. :- 'Kepler' Malt Extract with Iron,. Quinine and Strychnine Phosphates (Malted Easton Syrup) ( see page 80) 'Tabloid' Aloini Comp, (see page n) 'Elixoid' Ferri, Quinine et Strychnine Phosphatum (see Iron, page 75 J 'Tabloid' Ferri, Quinine et Strychnine Phosphatum (see page 70) ,, Ferrugin. (Blaud) et Arsen, et Strych. (see page 72 J ,, Ferrugin. (Blaud) Comp. (seepa«e 72J ,, Ferri et Arsen. Comp, (see page 6g ) ,, Glycerophosph. Comp, (seepage 56 J ,, Hypophosph. Comp, (seepage 63) „ Hypophosph. Comp, et Creosoti (see page 6^,) ,, Quinine et Arseni Trioxidi et Strychnine (see page 115 ) ,, Tonic Comp. (see page 12) Sulphocarbolates (Phenolsulphonates) (see Sodium Sulphocarbolate,129, and Zinc Sulphocarbolate, page 144) Sulphonal (Sulphonmethane) Valuable hypnotic. Ten to thirty grains produce sound sleep, lasting several hours, without unpleasant after-effects or cardiac depression. 'Tabloid' Sulphonal, gr. 5 [o^g-mj [® B.W. & Co.] Direction.-One to six. The official average dose is twelve grains. ' Tabloid ' Sulphonal should be powdered, and taken in a warm or hot liquid about four hours before bedtime. Preparation Phdnitacopaiai Preparations are U.S.}'. uiiless otherwise stated 134 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Sulphur Used as alterative and mild laxative. Prescribed with guaiac for fibrous rheumatism, with constipation, of old people. Preparations 'Tabloid' Sulphuris Comp. B. W. & Co.] H Sulphuris Prcecipitati, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Potassii Bitartratis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Direction.-One to four, or more, taken with a little water, as a laxative. ' Tabloid ' Lithii Benzoatis Comp, (see Lithium, /age 77) ' Tabloid ' Guaiaci et Sulphuris (see Guaiac, /age 57) 'Tabloid' Guaiaci et Quinine Comp, (see /age 57) Sumbul Nerve sedative and anti-spasmodic. Used in hysteria and nervous affections. Preparation ' Tabloid' Sumbul Comp. B. W. & Co.] Ext. Sumbul, gr. i [0-065 gm.] Asafcetidce, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] Ferri Sulphatis Exsiccati, gr. 1 [0065 gm.] Arseni Trioxidi, gr. 1/40 [0-0016 gm.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One or more, repeated as required. Suppositories (see 'Enule' Rectal S u ppo si TO r 1 e s , /age 46) Suprarenal Gland Epinephrine is the only active principle of the gland which has been detected by laboratory methods. Nevertheless, clinically, preparations of the whole substance of the gland may meet other indications. Suprarenal gland is administered in Addison's disease, exophthalmic goitre, anaemia and neuras- thenia, purpura, diphtheritic paralysis and asthma. 'Tabloid' Suprarenal Gland presents the complete activity of the fresh gland substance. (See also ' Epinine,' page 46) Preparations ' Tabloid ' Suprarenal Gland, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.i ; and gr- 5 [0-324 gw.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, of either strength, gradually increased, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Glandul. Trium. (see Pluri-glandular Products, /age 110) 'Tabloid' Glandul. Mixt. (see Pluri-glandular Products, /age no) Syringes (see Hypodermic A p p A R A t u s, in Price List at end} Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated T H E R A P E U T I C NOTE S 135 X 'Tabloid' brand Products [a? B. W. & Co.] 'Tabloid brand Products contain only the finest medicaments. They are active, accurate in dosage, portable, and keep well in any climate. 'Tabloid' products for general therapeutic effect are made so as to disintegrate immediately, whilst those intended to exercise a local action (as upon the throat) are so prepared that they dissolve slowly and secure the prolonged application of a suitable solution of their constituents. 'Tabloid' preparations intended to act after leaving the stomach are coated with keratin, soluble only in the alkaline secretions of the intestine. The word 'Tabloid' is a registered trade mark or brand. In counterfeit preparations there lies danger to the physician's reputation and the patient's health. In ordering or prescrib- ing, the word 'Tabloid' should always be written in full. Medical practitioners are requested to report any cases of substitution. [See also 'Tabloid' brand Capsules, below ; Hypodermic Products, page 62; Ophthalmic Products, page 95 ; Pastilles, page 103; and 'Soloid' brand Products, page 129] 'L'his brand is stamped on all genuine un- coated products, thus : For full list, see 'Tabloid' Brand Products, in Price List at end 'Tabloid' Brand Capsules 'Tabloid' brand Capsules consist of pure medicaments enclosed in thin gelatin envelopes. In this way the unpleasant taste of the fluid preparation is obviated. See Therapeutic Notes : Bone Medulla, page 25 ; Carbolic Acid, page 32; Castor Oil, page 34; ' lodicin,' page ; Quinine (Ammoniated Quinine with Cinnamon), page 114 ; Sandal Wood Oil, page 120; Terebene, page 136; and Turpentine, page 140. Tannic Acid (Tannin) Astringent and styptic. 'Tabloid' Acidi Tannici (Tannin), gr. 2^ [0-162 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, repeated as required. They should be taken with a little water, before or between meals, unless the effect be desired on the mucous membrane of the mouth or throat, when they may be slowly sucked, or powdered and applied locally. Preparations Tar (see Pine Tar, page 107) Pharmacopoeia!. preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 136 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Taraxacum Mild laxative, bitter tonic, in atonic dyspepsia with habitual constipation. Preparation 'Tabloid' Laxative Vegetable (see /age 75) Tartaric Acid Refrigerant, laxative, diuretic; used with sodium bicarbonate for effervescing draughts. ' Tabloid ' Thirst Quencher B. W. & Co.] This product is composed of Tartaric Acid and Sodium Bicarbonate, agreeably flavoured. Direction.-One, or more, dissolved in the mouth, as required. Preparation Terebene Used internally or by inhalation, in chronic bronchitis, catarrh and other pulmonary conditions, to assist the expectoration of viscid phlegm, and as a respiratory sedative. Preparations 'Tabloid' Terebeni (Capsula), min. 5 [o-3c.c.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to three, taken with water, three or four times daily, after food ; or one, taken with water, every two or three hours. Terebene, Pure (B. W. & Co.) B. W. & Co.] Direction.-The dose for internal administration is five to fifteen minims, but the smaller dose, repeated at intervals of two to three hours, is usually ordered. 'Tabloid' Pastille Pine Tar Comp, (see Pastilles, page 103) Test Chemicals (see 'Solo id' brand P r O d u CT S , in Price List at end) Tetranitrin (see Erythrol Tetranitrate, page 50) Thirst Quencher (see Tartaric Acid, /age 136) Three Bromides Effervescent (see Ammonium Bromide, /age 12) Three Glands (see Pluri-glanduear Products, page no) Three Valerates (see Vai.erates, page 141) Thymol Given internally in treatment of intestinal parasites. Used extensively in tropical countries for ankylostomiasis, thirty grains being given, after a purgative, three times daily for one or two days, and repeated at intervals of a week. It should be followed by a purgative (not castor oil). No alcohol, ether Pharmafipt>a?ull preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 137 T 11 E R A 1- E U T 1 C N O T H S Thymol fcontinued) or other solvent of thymol should be given concurrently, lest toxic effects be produced. It is a favourite ingredient in spray solutions for nasal purposes. Preparations 'Tabloid' Thymolis, gr. 1 0-065 gm.j; gr. 2 [013 gm.]; and gr. 5 l°'324 gm.] ; [Sf B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One or more, according to the indication of the case. ' Soloid' Nasal ' Eucalyptia' Compound {seepage 91) ' Soloid ' Naso-Pharyngeal Compound {seepage 92) Thymus Gland Has been used in many pathological conditions, including exophthalmic goitre, delayed development, rheumatoid arthritis, osteomalacia, rickets, menorrhagia and metrorrhagia, leuco- cythmmia, chlorosis and anaemia, hsematemesis, haemophilia, osteo-arthritis and obesity. ' Tabloid ' Thymus Gland, gr. 5 10-324gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, gradually increased to five, may be given thrice daily, preferably after food. 'Tabloid' Glandul. Mixt. {see Pluri-glandular Products, page 110) Preparations Thyroid Gland Of great value in myxcedema, sub-myxcedema (sub-thyroidism), cretinism and obesity. In hypertension lowers blood-pressure. Useful in simple goitre, certain skin diseases (psoriasis, lupus, eczema, ichthyosis, keloid), tetany, alimentary toxaemia, toxaemias of pregnancy, nephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, genital disorders, and in uterine disorders to arrest haemorrhage. Has also been given in mental affections, to aid in the development of backward children and in nocturnal incontinence. 'Tabloid' Thyroid Gland represents the complete activity of the normal thyroid. It is standardised by chemical means so as to ensure that the fresh healthy gland, of which each product represents a definite amount, contains not less than 0-05 per cent, of iodine in organic combination. This standard is equivalent to not less than 0-2 per cent, of iodine in the desiccated gland substance. The risks of thyroidism are said to be lessened by the concurrent administration of arsenic. A combination of thyroid, suprarenal and pituitary gland substances has been used in treatment of carcinoma. {See Pluri-glandular Products, page no) Pharinacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated T H E R A P EU T I C NO '1' E S 138 Thyroid Gland (continued) Pre parations 'Tabloid' Thyroid Gland {Standardised}, gr. TJ0- [0-00065 gm.] ; gr. [0-0065 gin.] ; gr. .]. [0-016 gm.] ; gr. [0-032 gm.] ; gr. I [0-065 gm.] ; gr- 1'2 [0-097 gm.] ; gr. 2 [o-i3gm.]; gr. 2^ [0-162gm.]; andgr. 5 [0-324 gm. ["t 13. W. & Co.] Direction.-Only small doses should be given at first. A convenient method in commencing treatment is to order a one-grain ' Tabloid ' pro- duct after each meal and at bedtime, increasing the dose with caution according to the effect produced. If any symptoms of thyroidism be developed the dose should remain stationary for a few days, when it may be increased again. The dose may be increased more rapidly if the patient be instructed to lie down for ten minutes after adminis- tration. Some patients tolerate the administration better if the daily quantity required be given in one dose at bedt me. It has been suggested that beneficial results can be obtained by smaller dosage, and, for this purpose, gr. TJ0, gr. and gr. | are suitable. For children the commencing dose should be only gr. J, increased with caution. ' Tabloid' Thyroid Colloid, gr. I [o-o32gm.] [st Bi W. & Co.] Direction.-One, after food, gradually increased. 'Tabloid' Thyro-Varium (see page no) 'Tabloid' Glandul. Trium. (see page no) 'Tabloid' Glandul. Mint, (see page no) Thyro-Varium (see Pluri-glandular Products, page no) Tinctures For ' Tabloid' Brand products containing the solid ingredients of Tinctures, see Aconite, page 9 ; Belladonna, page 20 ; Capsicum, page 31 ; Digitalis, page 43 ; Ginger, page 55, Hyoscyamus, page 61 ; Nux Vomica, page 94 ; Opium, page 95 ; and Strophan th us, page 131. 'Tolamine' A powerful antiseptic (sodio-/-toluenesulphonchloroamide*) freely soluble in water; extremely stable both in solid and solution. Hasan intense germicidal action, which, molecule for molecule, is about four times that of sodium hypochlorite. Prac- tically non-toxic ; has no corrosive action even in concentrated solution ; does not precipitate or coagulate proteins such as blood serum. Much less irritating than sodium hypochlorite, and can be used in concentrations five to ten times as great. Satisfactory results have been obtained from use of ' Tolamine ' for various antiseptic purposes. Solutions of 3 to 4 per cent, have been used for irrigating badly infected wounds; 2 per cent, solutions for the external wound cavities in jaw and mouth injuries, which are apt to become extremely foul ; * Referred to as Chloramine-T in the B. M. J., Jan. 29, 1916, page too Pharmacopxial preparations are U.S.P. rentess otherwise stated TH ER A P E U TIC NOTES 139 'Tolamine' f continued) I to 2 per cent, solutions as a mouth-wash in the latter cases and in various septic mouth conditions ; 0-5 percent, solution for irrigation in septic conditions of bladder and uterus ; and solutions of 0-5 per cent., increasing to 1*5 to 2 percent., for injection in chronic urethral infections. Gauze can readily be impregnated with 'Tolamine' and used for packing infected wounds ; such gauze should be inserted loosely in the dry state, and moistened, if necessary, when in position. Preparations 'Soloid' 'Tolamine,' gr. 8-73 [0-567gm] ; and gr. 87-5 [5-67gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One of the gr. 8-75 strength in two ounces of water, or one of gr. 87-5 strength in 20 ounces of water, forms a 1 per cent, solution. Tonic Compound (see Iron, page 72) Towels, Sanitary, 'Tabloid' Brand {See Price List at end} Trinitrin (Nitroglycerin) Dilates blood-vessels, lowers arterial pressure, quickens pulse. Action allied to that of amyl nitrite, but develops more slowly and lasts longer. Used in arterial hypertension, angina pectoris, aortic valvular disease, menorrhagia and other hemorrhages, asthma, sea-sickness and nephritis. ' Tabloid ' Trinitrini ,gr. [0-00032gnu] j 'gr* [0-00065gm.]5 and gr. [0-0013gm.] B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One of the gr. or gr. rJs strength, or a small piece of the gr. strength, may be taken occasionally, as necessity arises. During anginal attacks, one of the gr. A, or two of the gr. IBD should be quickly chewed and swallowed. In general, gr. may be given every hour, gr. every two hours, or gr. every three hours. 'Tabloid' Trinitrini Comp. [w B. W. & Co.] 1$ Trinitrini, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Capsicini, gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.] Mentholis, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Direction.-One to two, slowly sucked, to avert expected spasm, or taken at once to relieve pain during an attack. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Trinitrini, gr. [0-00226 gm.] ; and gr. Tog- [0-00065gm.] [">' B. W. & Co.] Direction.--One, of either strength, hypodermically, repeated if and when necessary. The maximum dose is gr. B*a. 'Tabloid' Hypod. Strychnine Sulphatis et Trinitrini fsee Strychnine, page 133) 'Tabloid' Hypod. Digitalini et Strychnine Sulphatis et Trinitrini (see Digitalin, page 42) Preparations P harmacopceialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 140 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Trional (Sulphonethylmethane) Action resembles that of sulphonal; but more prompt, usually inducing sleep in about thirty minutes. 'Tabloid' Trional, gr. 5 B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to four, preferably powdered and taken with a little water, about half an hour before sleep is desired. The official average dose is twelve grains. When Trional is being administered for any length of time, its use should be occasionally interrupted to allow of elimination. Preparation Tuberculin Dilution Case, 'Tabloid' Brand (See Chests and C a s e s , in Price List at end) T urpentine Externally, counter-irritant and antiseptic ; internally, car- minative, purgative and anthelmintic. Preparation 'Tabloid' Olei Terebinthin/E Rectificati (Capsula), min. io[o-6c.c.l [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, taken with water, twice or thrice daily. ' Ty ram i n e ' (/>-hydroxyphenylethylamine) An organic base, produced by the action of bacterial, and probably other, ferments on the amino-acid tyrosine. An important active constituent of watery extracts of ergot. The action of ' Tyramine' resembles in some respects that of the active principle of the suprarenal gland (see ' Epinine,' page 46), but its effects are slower and more persistent. Hypodermically or orally, it produces rise of blood-pressure. Much less toxic than epinephrine. May be used to raise blood- pressure in shock or collapse and to contract uterus after labour. 'Tabloid' Hypod. 'Tyramine' Phosphatis Acidi, 0-02 gramme [gr. J approx.] [SI B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, dissolved in distilled water, injected hypo- dermically. In cases of shock, a larger dose may be given. Preparation Urine (Qu alitati ve Test for Sugar) Benedict Test is now frequently employed in place of other methods. It is easy to carry out, and is reported to be con- siderably more delicate than Fehling Test. (See Urine-Sugar Test Case, No. 511 (in Price List at end). Urine Analysis (see pages 231-237; also 1S o l o 1 d ' brand Products, z w Price List at end) Urotropine (see Methenamine, page 87) Pharviacopa'ialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated THERAPEUTIC NOTES 141 Valerates Valuable in spasmodic affections, hysteria and functional nervous troubles generally. Quinine valerate is prescribed in irritability associated with chorea ; combined with valerates of iron and zinc, it is a useful tonic and nerve sedative. Zinc valerate is used in diabetes insipidus, neuralgia, epilepsy; given with iron and arsenic in hysteria in young anaemic women, and in the neuroses associated with chlorosis. Ammonium valerate combines the effect of a stimulant with the therapeutic action of valerian. Preparations 'Tabloid' Ferri Valeratis, gr. i [ooesgm.] [® B. W. & Co.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, or more, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Quinine Valeratis, gr. 2 [o-i3 gm.] (Sugar-coated) B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Trium Valeratum [s B. W. & Co.] 1$ Quininae Valeratis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Ferri Valeratis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.J Zinci Valeratis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.) ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis, gr. 2 [013 gm.] B. W. & Co.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis Comp, [» B. W. & Co.] Zinci Valeratis, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Pulv. Rhei, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.J Ext. Belladonme, gr. 1/8 [0-008 gm. J Pulv. Zingiberis, gr. 1 [0-065 gin.] ( Sugar-coated) Direction.-One, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. ' Tabloid 7 Zinci Valeratis et Asafcetid^ Co'mp. (Sugar-coated) [u»rB. W. & Co.] R Zinci Valeratis, gr. i [0-065 gm.] Asafoetidae, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Myrrhaj, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] Direction.-One, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. 'Tabloid' Zinci Valeratis c Ferri et Arseni FRIOXIDI (Sugar-coated) [ust B. W. & Co.] R Zinci Valeratis, gr. 2 [0-13 gin.] Ferri Reducti, gr. 1 [0-065 gin.] Arseni Trioxidi, gr. 1/60 [0-00108 gm.] Ext. Gentianae gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] Direction.-One, taken whole, with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. Pharmacepaiial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 142 THERAPEUTIC NOTES 'Vaporole' products contain fluid medicaments suitable for aural use, for inhalation, and for external application. Those products which are intended for aural use and for inhalation are issued in thin glass capsules enclosed in silken netting. IS ' V a p o r o 1 e ' brand Products For Aura! Use 'Vaporole' Chloroform, min. 3 [o-is c.c.] B. W. & Co.] ' Vaporole ' Amyl Nitrite, min. 3 [o-i8c.c.], ; and min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] [a? B. W. & Co.] 'Vaporole' Aromatic Ammonia, for use as "Smelling Salts" [®B.W.&Co.] ' Vaporole' Chloroform and Ethyl Iodide Compound [at B. W. & Co.] Chloroformi, min. 10 [o-6 c.c.] ./Ethylis lodidi, min. 1 [0-3 c.c.] Mentholis, gr. 1/8 [0-008 gin.] For Inhalation For Externa! Application 'Vaporole ' Iodine, min. 20 [1-2 c.c.],; and i fl. oz. [148 c.c.] " B. W. & Co.] For Hypodermic Products, formerly issued under the 'Vaporole' Brand, see ' Hypoloid' Brand Products, page 63 Vegetable Laxative (see page 75) ' V a r i U m ' (see Ovarian Substance, page 101) Veronal Hypnotic, sedative ; stated not to depress pulse or irritate the stomach; therefore recommended in cardiac cases in preference to chloral. Has been successful in insomnia of morphinism, neurasthenia and slight mental excitement, in doses of five to ten grains. Giddiness and want of muscular co-ordination have followed its use, so that only the smaller doses should be given until the reaction of the individual has been ascertained. Preparation 'Tabloid' Veronal, gr. 5 [0-324ml P" B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to two, taken with water, or powdered and taken in a little water or milk. The maximum dose is gr. 10, but in no circum- stances should the full dose be given until the patient's susceptibility to smaller doses has been determined. Viburnum Prunifolium Anti-spasmodic, diuretic ; used in dysmenorrhcea, hysteria, hystero-epilepsy and threatened abortion. Preparation 'Tabloid' Viburni Prunifolii Extracti, gr. 2[0-13 gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to five, taken with water. Phannacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise staled THERAPEUTIC NOTES 143 Vichy Mineral Water Salt Prescribed in kidney disease, in gouty conditions, and as a tonic in chronic affections of abdominal viscera and of joints. Combined with lithium citrate it is used as an antilithic. The ' Tabloid' effervescent preparation forms a ready and convenient means of prescribing Vichy water, and is admirably suited for use in conditions where increased intake of fluid is indicated. Preparations ' Tabloid ' Vichy Salt, Effervescent, Artificial, N.F. [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, powdered, and dissolved in two fluidounces of water, represents an equal quantity of Vichy water (Grande-Grille Spring) in all its essential constitutents. 'Tabloid' Vichy Salt, Effervescent (Artificial), and Lithium, N.F. B. W. & Co.] Each contains two-and-a-quarter grains of Lithium Citrate in addition to the essential constituents of Vichy water. Direction.-One to four, powdered, and dissolved in half a tumblerful of water. Wassermann Reaction Products (See Price List at endJ Water Analysis (see 'Soloid' brand Products, in Price List at end) Water Steriliser, 'Tabloid Brand (see 'Tabloid' Water S t e r 11.1 s e r , in Price List at end) Zinc Zinc salts are, in general, astringent, tonic and emetic. The chloride is used externally only and is caustic. The oxide is used internally in hysteria, nervous headache and debility, to reduce night-sweats, and generally as a nerve tonic. Externally, used as a powder to wounds, and applied with calomel to syphilitic sores and ulcerations. The permanganate is disinfectant and astringent. The sulphate is astringent and emetic. The sulphocarbolate is used as an antiseptic injection. (See also ' Nizin,' page 93 ; and Valerates, page 141) ZINC CHLORIDE ' SOLOID' ZlNCI CllLORIDI, gr. 5 [0*324 gm.1 B. W. & Co.] Prepared with a small quantity of Ammonium Chloride as a vehicle. Direction.-Dissolve one in two or more fluidounces of water, as an eye-wash, according to the strength required. In highly-inflamed conditions of the urethra the hourly use of a very dilute injection, made by dissolving ' Soloid ' Zinc Chloride, gr. 5, in forty fluidounces of well-boiled water has been advised. For application as a paint in granular pharyngitis, it is used in solutions as strong as thirty grains to the fluidounce. Preparations Pharmacopoeialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 144 THERAPEUTIC NOTES Zinc (continued) TA^Q, OXIDE 'Tabloid' Zinci Oxidi, gr. 2 [o-i3gm.] [® B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One to five, taken with a little water, twice or thrice daily, after food. ZINC PERMANGANATE 'Soloid' Zinci Permanganatis^t. | [o-oo8 gm.] [&" B.W. &Co.] Direction.-One, in one fluidounce of water, is a successful injection in gonorrhoea. This strength may also be employed as a mouth-wash, as a gargle for sore throat, and for syringing the nostrils in chronic rhinitis. ZINC SULPHATE 'Tabloid' Ophthal.(R) Zinci Sulphatis, gr. Jo [0-00026gm.] [ffi B. W. & Co.] Direction.-One, placed in the eye, in acute or chronic ophthalmia. 'Tabloid' Ophthal. (DD) Zinci Sulphatis, gr.[0-00026gm.] et Cocaine Hydrochloridi, gr. [o-oo32gm.] [®B.W. &Cp.] 'Soloid' Ophthal. (AF) Zinci Sulphatis Comp. B. W. & Co.] Zinci Sulphatis, gr. 1/500 [0*00013 gm.] Acidi Borici, gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] Tinct. Opii, min. 1/15 [0-004 c.c.] 'Epinine'Hydrochloridi, gr. 1/10 [0*0065 gm.] Direction.-One, dissolved in twelve to twenty drops of water, as an eye-lotion in painful conjunctivitis caused by dust. 'Soloid' Zinci Sulphatis, gr. 1 [o-oesgm.] ; and gr. xoq^sgm] [® B. W. & Co.] Directions.-As a vaginal or urethral injection-one to five grains, in five fluidounces of water. Asa mouth-wash or gargle-gr. io, in twenty fluidounces of water. As a collyrium-gr. i, in one fluidounce of rose-water. 'Soloid' Acidi Borici et Zinci Sulphatis (see Boric Acid, page 26J 'Soloid' Aluminis et Zinci Sulphatis (see Alum, 11) 'Soloid' Aluminis et Zinci Comp. (Fort.) (see Alum, page 11) ZINC SULPHOCARBOLATE (PHENOLSULPHONATE) 'Soloid' Zinci Sulphocarbolatis, gr. 2 [o-i3gm.j ; and gr. 10 [0-648gm] [fit B. W. & Co.] Direction.-As an injection in leucorrhoea and gonorrhoea, one to two grains may be dissolved in each fluidounce of water. ZINC VALERATE (see Valerates, page 141J 'NIZIN' [fit B. W. & Co.] A zinc of salt of sulphanilic acid (see Ginger, page 55 J Zingiber ^Ginger, page 55) Pha? 'macopanalpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated Index of Diseases and Treatment A b s c ess Locally- Morphine Oleate. Iodine. fCarbolic Acid, gr. 5 to gr. 10 foments of 2 % solution to gland threatening suppura- tion. Incise. Belladonna Ointment. Internally- Aperients. ♦' Empirin.' ♦Quinine Bisulphate. ♦Aconite. ♦Calcium Sulphide. ♦Iron and Quinine Citrate. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. *Strychnine. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. Hypodermically- Sera and Vaccines (Strepto- coccus and Staphylococcus). Acne Treat any indigestion, and insist on regular exercise, free bowel action and simple diet, with little or no meat, no fatty foods, cheese, pastries, pickles or excessive quantities of tea, coffee or cocoa. Turkish baths. X-Rays. Locally- Steam, wash with Ichthamol soap, and rub with a fairly rough towel. If inflamed, foment only. Express comedones daily with acne extractor. Inunction with ' Hazeline ' Cream. Ointments (made with Lanoline, ' Wellcome ') of Ichthamol, Sulphur, Zinc Oxide or Mercury; or Glycerin of Borax. Acne (continued) Internally- *Saline aperients. *Calcium Sulphide. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Arsenical Compound. ♦Iron and Arsenic Compound. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. Hypodermically- Sera and Vaccines (Staphylo- coccus and Acne Bacillus). Acromegaly ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦' Empirin.' Empirin ' Compound. (headache or pain.) Addison's Disease Attention to general health. If asthenia marked-absolute rest. ' Epinine.' ♦Suprarenal Gland. ♦Tonic Compound. *Strychnine. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Digitalin (Crystalline). Tyramine ' Acid Phosphate. Hypodermically- §Digitalin (Crystalline). Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. A gU e (see Malaria) Albuminuria (See Diet 'Tables and General Directions ) Treat the primary cause. When deficient coagulability of blood, give *Calcium Lactate. (See Heart, Bright's Disease, etc.) * ''Tabloid' § 'Tabloid' Hypodermic t ' Soloid' ° ' Hypo laid' 146 INDEX OF Alcoholism Prohibit alcohol absolutely and order abundant food. Hot-air baths with massage. Hot-water baths with massage. Acute Q astro- intestinal Catarrh Internally- ♦Calomel, followed by *Saline. ♦Bismuth and Soda. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Efferves- cent. Hypodermically-- °§Morphine. §Atropine. §Morphine and Strychnine. °§Hyoscine. Chronic Gastro- Intestinal Catarrh Saline Purgatives. Vegetable Bitters. Mineral Acids. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Capsicum. ♦Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent. Lavage. For the Nervous System - Internally- ♦Sodium Bromide Compound. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Three Bromides, Effervescent. ♦Chloral Hydrate. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Strychnine. Hypodermically- §Atropine and Strychnine. °§Morphine. §Atropine. °§Strychnine Sulphate. §Morphine and Strychnine. §Hyoscyamine. °§Hyoscine. Cardiac Symptoms - Internally-- ♦Digitalis. ♦Digitalis Leaf. ♦Strophanthus. ♦Caffeine, Citrated. *Strychnine. Hypodermically-■ °§Strychnine Sulphate. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. °§Digitalin. Alcoholism (continued) For Delirium Tremens - Light diet at first, followed as soon as possible by solid food. Hot bath or hot pack. Internally- 'Ammonium Bromide. *Sodium Bromide Compound. * Potassium Bromide. *Morphine. *Chloral Hydrate. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. °§Hyoscine. §Hyoscyamine. To relieve craving ♦Zinc Oxide. ♦Capsicum. Cold water, sipped. Hypodermically- §Atropine and Strychnine. °§Morphine. Alopecia Locally- Massage of scalp. Ammonia. Turpentine. Cantharides. Acetic Acid. j-Corrosive Sublimate. Pilocarpine. Glycerin. Chrysarobin, gr. 30 to gr. 60, in Lanoline, ' Wellcome,' 1 oz. Internally- Nourishing Food. ♦Blaud Pill. *Arsenic Trioxide. *Blaud Pill and Arsenic. *Easton Syrup. If of syphilitic origin- * Potassium Iodide. Mercury. * Mercury Perchloride and Potas- sium Iodide. * Yellow Iodide of Mercury. lodicin.' Amenorrhcea Treat the cause («.£., Anaemia). Give nourishing food, plenty of fresh air. Saline Purgatives. *Blaud Pill. *Aloe and Myrrh. ♦Bland Pill and Aloin. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ♦Nux Vomica Compound. ♦Manganese and Iron Citrate. ♦' Varium.' ♦Mixed Glands, No. 2. * ' Tabloid' § 1 Tabloid' Hypodermic + 'Soloid' ° ' Hyioloid' DISEASES AND TREATMENT 147 A n ae m i a Locally- Mustard sitz baths. Hot fomentation or hot bottle. (See Diet Tables and General Directions) Primary- Internally- Aperients. ♦Bland Pill and Aloin. ♦Bland Pill and Arsenic. ♦Bland Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Reduced Iron Compound. ♦Reduced Iron and Rhubarb Compound. ♦Iron, Arsenic and Digitalis. ♦Hcemoglobin. ♦Manganese and Iron Citrate. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. ♦§§Bone Medulla. Dialysed Iron (B. W. & Co.). ♦Pepsin and Strychnine. ♦Beta-naphthol. ♦ ff Glycerophosphates. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract with Haemoglobin. ♦Residuum Rubrum. ♦Three Syrups. ♦Thymus Gland. Hypodermically- "Iron and Arsenic. Normal Horse Serum. "Sodium Cacodylate. Secondary- Treat the cause : haemorrhage ; leucorrhoea; cachexia of cancer, syphilis, malaria, tubercle; lead, mercury or arsenic poisoning; chronic constipation. In extreme cases-Tran sf usion. Aneurism Absolute rest, nourishing diet. Fluids reduced to minimum, abstinence from alcoholic drinks. Internally- ♦Potassium Iodide. ♦Morphine. *Calcium Lactate. ♦Aconite. *' lodicin.' ♦Nux Vomica. Aneurism (con tinned) Locally-■ Acupuncture. Electrolysis. Ferric Chloride or Gelatin injection. Inhalations- ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Oxygen. Hypodermically-- § Morphine. Angina Pectoris Internally-In interval be- tween attacks. ♦Potassium Iodide. lodicin.' ♦Trinitrin. *Trinitrin Compound. *Erythrol Tetranitrate. * Aconite (between attacks). *Arsenic Trioxide. *Antipyrine. ♦Chloral Hydrate. * Potassium Bromide. *Sodium Bromide Compound. *Sodium Nitrite Compound. Hypodermically-• §Morphine and Strychnine. Inhalations-during attacks. ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Chloroform, ' Wellcome.' Ether, ' Wellcome.' Anyklostomiasis Patient should take no food later than evening before treatment. Careful dieting. Suitable latrines should be provided. *Thymol, preceded and followed by a purgative-not Castor oil. ♦Chenopodium Oil (slightly more effective than Thymol). ♦Iron and Arsenic preparations for anaemia (see Anamia). ♦Beta-naphthol. Hypodermically- "Sodium Cacodylate (for anaemia). A ph t h as See to teeth, and correct diet. Internally- ♦Quinine. * Rhubarb Com- pound Powder. Mineral Acids. *Grey Powder. * ' Tabloid.' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic tt 1 Elixoid' ** ' Eaporole' §§ ' Valule' ° 1 Hypoloid' 148 IN D EX OF Aphthae (continued) Locally- Hydrogen Peroxide. ♦Borax. Glycerin of Borax. ♦Potassium Chlorate and Borax. fAlum. Apoplexy Locally- Ice to head (kept high) Venesection. Internally- ♦Aconite. ♦Potassium Iodide. ♦Potassium Bromide. Croton Oil. ♦Calomel. ♦Elaterin. ♦Thyroid Gland. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. §Atropine, if respiration fail. °§Strychnine. Appendicitis Operation. Absolute rest. Ice. Internally- After operation. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effervescent. ♦Calomel. *' Empirin ' Acetyl- salicylic Acid. *0pium. By Rectum- Turpentine enemata. Castor Oil enemata. Soap and water enemata. 'Enule ' Soap Compound Suppositories. Ascites (see Dropsy) Asthma Take Cuti Reaction. Avoid exciting causes, places, foods or occupations likely to induce attack. Treat pulmon- ary, cardiac, gastro-intestinal, renal and other disorders, in- cluding any abnormal condition of the nose or throat. Asthma (continued) Internally- ♦Suprarenal Gland. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Belladonna. ♦Pituitary Gland. ♦Caffeine Citrate. ♦Ipecac. Ibdicin.' 'Potassium Iodide. ♦Aconite Tincture. *' Epinine.' ♦Trinitrin Compound. ♦Pepsin and Strychnine. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. 'Strychnine. Coffee. Green Tea. Alcohol. Hypodermically- §Atropine Sulphate. ♦' Soamin.' °' Epinine.' §Caffeine Sodio-salicylate. °§Apomorphine. §Hyoscyamine. °§Morphine. §Aconitine Nitrate. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract. Vaccines. Fumes or Vapours- Potassium Nitrate papers. Stramonium leaves. Lobelia, Belladonna, Tobacco, and Cubeb in various combin- ations, as powders or cigar- ettes, or smoked in a pipe. Inhalations- Ammonium Chloride('Vaporole' Inhaler). Menthol. '♦Amyl Nitrite. Ether, ' Wellcome.' Oxygen. Spray of ' Epinine ' Solution. Bed Sores Relieve pressure by changing position of patient frequently or by water-bed or air cush- ion. Wash the place with ' Hazeline ' or spirit and water ; dry, and dust with starch, Zinc Oxide, or fBoric Acid powder. Treat slough with antiseptic lotion or poultice. Keep surface aseptic with fBoric Acid or Bismuth. Stimulate with ' Hazeline,' Ben- zoin Compound Tincture, Balsam of Peru, fSilver Ni- trate, Glycerin of Borax, or Glycerin of Tannic Acid, * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic ° 1 Hypo laid' t ' So laid' ** ' V aporole' DISEASES AND TREAT M E N T 149 B e r i - b e r i Substitute unpolished for polished rice. Guard against heart failure. Keep patient quiet. Give car- diac stimulants. If much fluid in pleur® (or pericardium) with- draw it. Give food in small quantities at frequent intervals; preparations of yeast, bran of wheat, lentils and beans; meat, fresh vegetables or fruits (avoid bulky foods). Move patient as soon as possible to non-infected place in cases which appear to be of an infective nature. Internally- ♦Digitalis. ♦Strophanthus, ♦Sparteine Sulphate. ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦Tonic Compound. Hypodermically- °§Digitalin. §Strophanthin. Inhalations- ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Ammonia. Oxygen. During Convalescence- ♦Iron, Arsenic and Digitalin. ♦Nucleo-Lecithin Compound. Bilharziosis (see Schistosomiasis) Biliousness Examine patient for any signs of liver enlargement or gall- bladder trouble or for eye trouble. Examine urine for albumin. ♦Calomel. *Blue Pill. *Laxative Vegetable. *Rhubarb. ♦Podophyllin. ♦Cascara Compound. ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effervescent. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent. ♦Sodium Phosphate,Effervescent ♦Blue Pill and Rhubarb Com- pound. ♦Sodium Sulphate, Effervescent. ♦Mercury Perchloride. Biliousness (continued)) ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Aconite. ♦'Coffee-Mint.' *' Gingament.' Nitro-Hydrochloric Acid. Bites and Stings Locally- Remove the sting. ♦♦Aromatic Ammonia. •(■Carbolic Acid. Alcohol. Menthol in spirit. ♦♦Iodine. ' Sketofax ' (deterrent and curative). 'Hazeline.' fLead Subacetate. Chloroform, ' Wellcome.' fCocaine Hydrochloride. Snake-Bit e- Locally- Excise wound. Ligature the part above the bite, incise margins of the wound, suck the wound, and rub in powdered fPotassium Permanganate. Inject *§Potassium Perman- ganate solution, fSodium Chloride solution, or Gold Chloride solution. Hypodermically- Anti-venom Serum. '§Strychnine Sulphate or §Strychnine Nitrate. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. Internally- ♦Ammonium Carbonate. Alcohol. Ether, ' Wellcome.' ♦Atropine. *Belladonna Extract. Blackwater Fever Absolute rest in bed during attack. Remove patient to a temperate non-malarial climate, at a season of year not too cold. Internally- ♦Quinine Hydrochloride. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Strychnine Sulphate. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate. ♦Mercury Perchloride. * ' 7'abloid ' § ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic * * ' Vapor ole ' t 1 Soloid ' u 1 Hypoloid ' 150 I N I) e x o I-' Blackwater Fever ( continued) Hypodermically- §Quinine Bihydrochloride. ♦' Soarnin.' §Digitalin. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infun- dibular) Extract. INTRAVENOUSLY- Saline Solution (fSodium Chloride). §Digitalin. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infun- dibular) Extract. By Rectum-- ' Enule ' Quinine Suppositories. Saline Solution (^Sodium Chloride). BJepharitis Examine eyes separately for, and correct, any error of refraction. Locally- JBoric Acid, warm lotion. (•Silver Nitrate. ("Zinc Sulphate. f' Nizin.' Copper Sulphate. Mercurial Ointments. Internally- ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. ♦Quinine. ' Kepler ' preparations. Boils Examine urine for sugar. Remove any pressure or irritation as from edge of collar or cuff. Locally- Incision. Fomentations. Poultices. Belladonna, Opium, Collodion. tCarbolic Acid injection. Internally- Purgatives. Mineral Acids. ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Sodium Cacodylate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid ♦Arsenic Trioxide. *Quinine. ♦Quinine Salicylate. Boils (continued) Internally (continued') ♦Calcium Sulphide. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦Bland Pill and Cascara Sagrada. Hypodermically- Sera and Vaccines (Staphylo- coccus). Breath, Foetor of Examine nose, teeth, tonsils and fauces. Treat dyspepsia; consti- pation, foetid bronchitis, bron- chiectasis, gangrene, foetid cavity, foetid empyema. Internally- Creosote. *Salol. ♦Beta-naphthol Compound. ♦Terebene. Musk. ♦Bismuth Salicylate. Locally- To nose (see Ozcena) To mouth- Washes or sprays of ♦Potas- sium Chlorate and Borax, t Potassium Permanganate, ('Carbolic Acid, f Boric Acid, CamphorIor>fNasal Anti- septic and Alkaline Comp. Menthol and Eucalyptus. Inhalations- Eucalyptus Oil (' Eucalyptia ' Pinol.' Menthol. 'Thymol. Iodine. Creosote. Carbolic Acid. Bright's Disease (See Diet Tables and General Directions') Acute- " Imperial " drink- Cream of Tartar, one drachm ; juice of half a lemon ; water, twenty fluidounces. ♦Digitalis ♦Digitalis Leaf. ♦Potassium Nitrate. ♦Antimony and Potassium Tar- trate. * Jalap. ♦Pilocarpine Nitrate. *Elaterin. ♦Grey Powder. * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic t 1 So laid' 01 Hypo laid ' DISEASES AND TREATMENT 151 Bright's Disease (continued) Acute (continued) ♦Strophan thus. ♦Cathartic Compound. ♦Calomel and *Salines. ♦Caffeine, Citrated. Subacute or Chron ic- Careful dieting with very little nitrogenous food. Internally-- ♦Calomel and *Salines. ♦Jalap. *Elaterin. *Trinitrin. ♦Trinitrin Compound. ♦Potassium Bromide (Headaches). ♦Caffeine Citrate. (Cardiac symptoms). ♦Iron and Arsenic (Tonics). Ura? tn ia- Hot baths, vapour baths, wet pack, dry and wet cupping. Large doses of soda-bicarbonate intravenously. Internally-• ♦Jalap. *Calomel and *Salines. ♦Elaterin. *Chloral Hydrate. ♦Trinitrin. *Trinitrin Compound. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Caffeine, Citrated. Hypodermically- §PiJocarpine Nitrate. (If heart and lungs normal). °§Digitalin. °§Strychnine. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. Inhalations- ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Oxygen. Chloroform, ' Wellcome ' (con- vulsions). By Rectum or Intravenously- JSaline injections. Locally- Cupping. Leeches. Bleeding. Bronchitis A c u t e - Hot foot-bath, hot bath, warm drinks and light food. Poul- tices to chest. Turpentine liniment. Bronchitis (continued) Acute (continued) Internally- ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. ♦Potassium Nitrate. ♦Ipecac. * Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. ♦Ammonium Carbonate. Senega. Serpentary. Squill. ♦Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). *Strychnine. ♦Blue Pill. *Calomel. Locally- Mustard poultice. Cupping. Turpentine liniment. Hypodermically- °§Apomorphine Hydrochloride. Inhalations- Warm moist air. Oxygen. Compound Tincture of Benzoin. Eucalyptus Oil (' Eucalyptia '). Chronic- Internally- ♦Blue Pill. *Calomel. ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. Ether, ' Wellcome.' Senega. Creosote. *Terebene. ♦Digitalis. *Digitalis Leaf. ♦Ipecac. ♦Caffeine, Citrated. *Ammonium Chloride. ♦Ammonium Chloride and Licorice. *Tar and Codeine. ♦Codeine. *Sandal Wood Oil. ♦Ammonium Carbonate. ♦Menthol Compound. *Menthol. Menthol and Eucalyptus. J fl) Pine Tar Compound. ♦Ipecac with Squill. *Tar. ♦' lodicin.' *Potassium Iodide. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. Hypodermically-■ °§Strychnine Sulphate. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular Extract. Inhalations- Ammonium Chloride('Vaporole' Inhaler). Terebene (B. W. & Co.) Compound Tincture of Benzoin. ♦Menthol. * 1 Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic ° ' Hypoloid' aporole t 'Soloid' ft 'Ulixoid' II ' Tabloid' Pastille INDEX O F 152 Bronchorrhoea Examine chest for disease. Examine for foreign body in bronchus by bronchoscopy and skiagraphy. Internally- Creosote. *Tar. ftUPine Tar Compound. ♦Cubeb and Belladonna. ♦Guaiacol Carbonate. ♦Ammomium Carbonate. ♦Ammonium Chloride and Licorice. *Tar and Codeine. ♦Potassium Iodide. *' lodicin.' ♦Ammonium Chloride. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. *Strychnine. Inhalations-• Terebene (B. W. & Co.) Creosote. Compound Tincture of Benzoin. Bruises Locally-- fLead Subacetate Lotion. fLead and Opium Lotion. Tincture of Arnica. 'Hazeline.' Alcohol Lotion. Bubonic Plague (see Plagzie) Burns and Scalds Locally- Carron Oil. Carbolic Oil (i in 20 )and Lime water, equal parts. Picric Acid. f Sodium Bicarbonate lotion. f ' Argyrol ' (for burns of eyelids). Zinc Oxide with Starch. ' Borofax.' ' Paroleine.' Boric Acid in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Zinc Oxide in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Toilet Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Ichthamol 'Hazeline' Ointment. ♦Bismuth Gauze. Internally- ♦Opium, *Morphine, ♦'Empirin.' ♦Empirin Compound (to relieve pain). Irrigations of colon with f Saline (during shock). ♦Strychnine. ♦Nux Vomica. Burns and Scalds (continued) Hypodermically- °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. °§Strychnine Sulphate. Calculi Biliary- Prevention- Regular diet and exercise. Abundant fluid. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Efferves- cent. Iridin Compound. *Calomel. ♦Sodium Sulphate, Effervescen t. ♦SodiumPhosphate,Effervescent. ♦Vichy Salt, Effervescent. ♦Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent. ♦Lithium Citrate and Sodium Sulphate, Effervescent. ♦Methenamine. Olive Oil. ♦Mucin Compound. During attack- Internally- ♦Choral, Hydrated. *' Epinine' Compound, without Aceto- morphine Hydrochloride. ♦' Empirin' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin' and Acetphenetidin. ♦Three Bromides, Effervescent. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate (in abundant warm water). Turpentine and Ether, ' Wellcome ' (equal parts). Hypodermically- °§Morphine. Inhalations- Chloroform, ' Wellcome.' Ether, ' Wellcome.' ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. By Rectum- fSaline injections. Renal- Copious draughts of alkaline waters. No stimulants. Non-nitrogenous diet. ♦Methenamine. Uric Acid | r .1: Oxalic Acid f Calcntl- ' Tabloid' Tabloid' Hypodermic apo role' Tabloid' Pastille f ' Soloid ' 0 ' Hypoloid ' 11 ' Elixoid ' D I S E A S E s A N l> T R E A T M E N T 153 Calculi (continued) Renal (continued) Potassium Citrate,Effervescent, in large doses for patients passing bloody urine with much uric acid. Piperazine. *Methenamine and Methylene Blue. Phosphatic Calculi- Mineral Acids. 'Benzoic Acid. Locally (during attack)- Hot baths or fomentations. Hypodermically- §Morphine. Cancer Internally- *Opium. *Chloral Hydrate. 'Morphine. 'Thyroid Gland. 'Thymus Gland. 'Three Glands. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract. Locally- +Cocaine Hydrochloride. Menthol in Olive Oil. ' Epinine.' Radium. X-Rays. Hypodermically- *' Soamin.' Coley's Fluid. §Morphine and Atropine. §Morphine and Strychnine. 'Hyoscine. By Rectum t Boric Acid (warm enema in cancer of rectum). C a n c r u m Oris Generous diet. Rest in bed. Locally- Removal of gangrenous parts. Fuming Nitric Acid. Actual Cautery. Internally- 'Iron and Arsenic Compound. 'Iron and Quinine. 'Strychnine. 'Quinine. ' Kepler ' preparations By Rectum-■ ' Enule ' Meat or Milk Suppositories. Carbuncle Examine carefully for cause. Examine urine for sugar. Remove pressure and friction. Locally-■ fCarbolic Acid injection (r to 3 of Glycerin). Incise or Excise. f Boric Acid fomentations. Collodion. Belladonna. Actual Cautery. Internally- Purgatives. *' Empirin.' *Quinine. *Arsenic Trioxide. 'Salol. 'Morphine. *Calcium Sulphide Diluted Sulphuric Acid. Hypodermically- Sera and Vaccines (Staphylo- coccus). Catarrh (C om m on "Cold") (If frequently " catching cold," carefully examine nose for enlarged turbinate bones or sensitive spots; throat for enlarged tonsils or adenoid growths ; and chest.) Internally- Hot baths. Turkish baths. *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. *' Empirin ' Compound. * Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). 'Quinine Acetylsalicylate. 'Methenamine. *Acetephenetidin and Quinine Compound. 'Potassium Iodide. *' lodicin.' *Aconite. *Ammoniated Quinine. *Antifebrin. ''Quinine Bisulphate. 'Quinine and Camphor. 'Quinine, Camphor and Aconite. * Quinine, Belladonna and Camphor. *Menthol Compound. 'Ammonium Carbonate. 'Ammonium Chloride. *Ipecac and Antimony. II Pectoral. tf^Pine Tar Compound. * Potassium Chlorate, Borax and Cocaine Compound (Voice). *Cubeb Compound. * ' Tabloid' § 1 Tabloid' Hypodermic *| ' Tabloid' Pastille ' Soloid' tt ' Elixoid' 154 index or Catarrh fcontinued) Internally (continued) After early st ayes- ♦Quinine. *Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine (Easton Syrup). ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. INSUFFLATIO N- Compound Menthol Snuff (B. W. & Co.). Nose Sprays-■ ' Paroleine ' Spray Compound. tNasal ' Eucalyptia ' Compound. fNaso-Pharyngeal Compound. ' Epinine.' Application to Nostrils- ' Hazeline.' ' Hazeline ' Cream. Hypodermically- Coryza Vaccines. Catarrhal Sore Throat Gargles-- ' Hazeline.' fCarbolic Acid. tNaso-Pharyngeal Compound. ' Epinine.' tAlum and Zinc Compound. +Boric Acid. tZinc Sulphate. fZinc Permanganate. Sprays- ' Hazeline.' ' Paroleine.' ' Epinine.' f Naso-Pharyngeal Compound. Throat Paints- Glycerin of Borax or Tannin. Glycerin of Carbolic Acid. Balsam of Peru or Tolu. Inhalations- Terebene (B. W. & Co.) Compound Tincture of Benzoin. Ammonium Chloride('Vaporole' Inhaler). To be Sucked- ♦Cubeb Compound. ♦Cubeb and Belladonna. ♦Menthol Compound.*Red Gum. ♦Potassium Chlorate. ♦Ammonium Chloride. ♦Ammonium Chloride and Licorice. ♦' Epinine ' Compound. '(Pectoral. *Slippery Elm. 'J Pine Tar Compound. ♦Carbolic Acid with Slippery Elm. Catarrhal Sore Throat (continued) Internally- * Aconite. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Morphine, Strychnine and Belladonna. ♦Sodium Salicylate. 'Hazeline.' ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Cerebro -spina! Fever Rest in darkened room. Ice-bag to scalp and spine. Cold sponge. Simple lumber puncture. ♦Antipyrine. *Chloral Hydrate. ♦Trional. ♦Methenamine. INTRATHECALLY- Anti-meningococcus Serum. Chapped Skin Locally- ' Hazeline ' Cream. " ' Hazeline ' Snow.' " ' Borofax.' ' Phenofax.' Glycerin. Glycerin of Starch. Toilet Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Collodion. Boric Acid in Lanoline, ' Wellcome. ' Zinc Oxide in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Compound Tincture of Benzoin in Glycerin (i in 4). tLead and Opium Lotion. Chigger Thoroughly cleanse house. Sprinkle insect powder, disin- fect room with carbolic, para- form, etc. Forbid walking barefoot. Hot baths. Dislodge chigger insects. Touch in- fected parts with Turpentine. Envelop entire limb in moist dressings until the punctures have healed. ' Phenofax.' Chilblains Locally- Warmth ; dry friction. Exercise. Electric foot-bath. ''Tabloid' t ' Soloid' '] 'Tabloid' Pastille DISEASES AN D T R E A T M E N T 155 Chilblains {continued) Locally {continued) If unbroken, apply- ' Ethidol.' Iodine. ' Menthofax." Cajuput Oil and Menthol. Ichthamol Ointment. Belladonna Liniment. Collodion and Cocaine. If broken, apply- f Boric Acid in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' ' Borofax.' Balsam of Peru. Collodion. " ' Hazeline ' Snow." Internally-■ 'Suprarenal Gland. 'Thyroid Gland. 'Calcium Lactate. 'Parathyroid Gland. Chi o r o s i s {see Anee mi a) Cholera Cholera Vaccine, as a prophy- lactic. Abundant fluid. Stimulants. Hop soups, broths. Hot coffee. If food vomited, give more immediately. Internally- Hypertonic Salines. 'Sodium Bicarbonate. * Permanganates. Kaolin (Dolus alba). Locally- Mustard or Capsicum plasters to abdomen. Linseed poultices to abdomen. Hypodermically- §Morphine and Strychnine. §Atropine. I ntravenousl y- Continuous saline infusion. Hypertonic saline solutions (fCalcium Chloride Com- pound). C h o rd ee Internally- 'Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound , Effervescent. 'Aconite. 'Antimony and Potassium Tar- trate. Cliordee (continued) Internally {continued) 'Belladonna Extract. 'Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). 'Potassium Bromide. Locally- Glycerin of Belladonna. JCocaine Hydrochloride (per urethram). °§Morphine (hypodermicallj' in perinaeum). Chorea Tn severe cases, rest in bed and isolation from friends. Examine for symptoms of rheumatism. Examine for errors of refraction, adenoid growths, enlarged tonsils, worms, haemorrhoids, or other peripheral irritation. Generous diet. 'Sodium Salicylate. 'Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. *' Empirin' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Camphor Monobromate. 'Chloral Hydrate. 'Quinine Valerate. 'Cerebrin. 'Zinc Valerate. 'Zinc Oxide. 'Iron, Arsenic and Digitalin. 'Arsenic Trioxide (in full doses), tf Formates. 'Potasium Bromide. 'Potasium Iodide. 'Trional. 'Sulphonal. 'Blaud Pill.'StrychnineSulphate 'Blaud Pill and Arsenic. 'Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. 'Haemoglobin. Hypodermically-■ §Hyoscyamine Sulphate. °§Morphine. If with Rheumatic Fever- 'Quinine Salicylate. 'Sodium Salicylate. *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. 'Potassium Iodide. ' Menthofax ' (externally). Cirrhosis Correct diet. Regulate alcohol. 'Calomel. 'Sodium Phosphate, Efferves- cent. 'Blue Pill. *' lodicin.' 'Elaterin. 'Jalap. 'Potassium Iodide. * ' Tabloid ' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic 0 ' Hvpoloid ' t ' Soloid' ft 'Elixoid' 156 index of Colic (see also Calculi) Rena 1- Hot bath ; fomentations with Turpentine and Opium. ♦Belladonna Extract. *Opium. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. Hep a t i c- Foments over region of pain. ♦Morphine. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Chloral Hydrate. . ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Intestinal- Recurrent attacks of colic may be due to lead poisoning, or local disease, e. g., gastric ulcer or appendicitis. Careful diet. ♦Calomel and *Salines. . Castor oil and *Opium. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Benzyl Benzoate. Locally- Fomentations. Turpentine Stupes. Poultices. Hypodermically- §Morphine. ^Hyoscyamine Sulphate. Collapse (or Fa i n t i ng) Keep the head low. Air. Apply cold water to the face. Loosen tight clothing. Inhalations- ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Oxygen. **Aromatic Ammonia. Hypodermically- °§Strychnine. Ether, ' Wellcome.' °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. §' Tyramine ' Acid Phosphate. Internally- Alcohol. Sal Volatile. Ether, ' Wellcome.' Condylomata Insist on extreme cleanliness. Locally- Carbolic Acid lotion. f Corrosive Sublimate lotion. j'Mercuric Potassium Iodide lotion. Calomel and Zinc Powder. Mercurial Ointment. Internally- Mercury. * Potassium Iodide. *Mercuric Potassium Iodide. ♦Mercury Perchloride and Potassium Iodide. ♦Yellow Iodide of Mercury. ♦' lodicin.' Conj unctivitis Examine the eyes separately for, and correct, any error of refraction. Locally- Compresses, hot or cold, with or without an anodyne lotion. Irrigation- Boric Lotion, ||Alum, Castor Oil, fArgyrol, Copper Sul- phate, fZinc Chloride, fZinc Sulphate, fZinc Sulphate Compound, fLead Subace- tate, fAdrenalin, ' Epinine,' t' Nizin,' tCocaine Hydro- chloride. Ointments- Yellow Oxide of Mercury. Mercury Oleates. ' Borofax.' Constipation (See Diet Tables and General Directions) Regular habit. Morning cold bath. Exercise. Abdominal Massage. Internally- Cold water on rising, or tumbler of hot water sipped whilst dressing. Tumbler of hot water at bedtime. Plenty of fluid (most important) Coarse bread. Porridge. Fruit. Vegetables. ♦Laxative Vegetable. *Aloin. ^Laxative Fruit. ' Alaxa.' ♦Cascara Sagrada. *Blue Pill. * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid Hypodermic ° 1 Hypo laid' t ' Soloid' || 1 Tabloid' Ophthalmic *| 1 Tabloid' Pastille ** ' Vaporole diseases and t r e a tment 157 Constipation (continued) Internally (continued) 'Cascara and Gentian Compound. 'Cascara Compound. 'Calomel. 'Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. 'Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. 'Sodium Sulphate, Effervescent. 'Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent. ' Paroleine ' Liquid Paraffin. ' Laxamel.' 'Aloin Compound. *Nux Vomica Compound. 'Sulphur Compound. Iridin Compound. 'Strychnine. 'Blue Pill and Rhubarb. 'Rhubarb Compound Powder. Licorice Compound Powder. 'Cathartic Compound. 'Blue Pill, Colocynth and Hyos- cyamus. 'Guaiac and Sulphur. *Ox Bile. 'Pig Bile. By Rectum- ' Enule ' Glycerin Suppositories Enemata. ' Enule ' Soap Compound Suppositories. Convulsions (in C HI I, I) r e n) Treat the exciting cause : e. g., teething, gastro-intestinal disturbance, worms, constipa- tion, rickets, onset of acute disease, whooping cough, brain lesions, meningitis, injuries. Hot baths, with ice to head. 'Potassium Bromide. 'Chloral Hydrate. 'Belladonna Extract. Inhalation- Chloroform, ' Wellcome.' Cornea (Inf I. A M M A T I O N O F ) Locally- tHAtropine. t||Cocaine. ||Ethyl- Morphine Hydrochloride (Dionin). UPhysostigmine. ||Pilocarpine. Yellow Oxide of Mercury Oint- ment. Calomel Powder. IIFluorescein (for diagnosis). Cornea (continued) Internally- * Potassium Iodide. Mercury. *Mercury Perchloride and Potassium Iodide. lodicin.' 'Yellow Iodide of Mercury. Corns Well-fitting boots. Corn-plasters. Soak in hot water, or in lotion of Sodium Carbonate, and afterwards scrape. Apply Collodion, Salicylic Acid and Indian Cannabis com- bined. If inflamed, rest and poultice. Acetic Acid. Chromic Acid. Iodine. fSilver Nitrate. Cough Treat any cause of irritation in the pharynx, larynx, trachea, bronchi, lung, pleura, ear, stomach or intestine. In violent paroxysmal cough, think of foreign body in larynx, and of whooping cough. Internally- 'Ammonium Carbonate. * Ipecac with Squill. Pectoral. tflfPine Tar Compound. 'Opium. 'Cubeb and Belladonna. 'Ammonium Chloride and Licorice. Creosote. Syrup of Tolu. 'Potassium Bromide. 'Chloral Hydrate. 'Belladonna Extract. 'Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). Camphorated Opium. Inhalations- Creosote. Benzoin Compound Tincture. Eucalyptus Oil (' Eucalyptia '). ' Pinol.' ''Iodine. Cramp If recurrent, examine urine for albumin or sugar ; diet care- fully and empty bowel. * ' Tabloid' || ' Tabloid' Ophthalmic ** ' Vaporolc' t ' Solozd' ft ' Edixotd' "j ' Tabloid' Pastille 158 INDEX OF Cramp (continued) Internally- ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Ginger. *Soda-Mint. ♦' Gingament.' ♦Morphine. Chlorodyne. Locally- Belladonna. Opium. Hot bath. Craw-Craw Freely soak affected parts in hot water.- Prick pustules and remove crusts of those which have ruptured. Scrape indolent ulcers or apply blistering fluid, dust with boric acid or iodoform, cover with dry ♦ Absorbent Cotton and bandage firmly. Change dressings, once or twice weekly. Cretinism (Sporadic) Diet. ♦Thyroid Gland. lodicin.' Iodine. Croup Spas m o di c- Hot bath or hot sponges to the throat, during attack. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Chloral Hydrate ♦Ipecac. Syrup of Ipecac. ♦Ipecac with Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. Inhalation- Chloroform, ' Wellcome.' Ether, ' Wellcome.' False (see Laryngitis) Memhranous- Diphtheria Antitoxic Sera. (see also Diphtheria) Cystitis Rest in bed. Simple diet. Abundant bland fluid. Treat the cause, e.g., gono- rrhoea, stricture, enlarged prostate, calculus, gout. Examine for residual urine. Examine urine for micro-organ- isms, e. g., Bacillus coli Cystitis (continued) Internally- ♦Methenamine with Sodium Biphosphate. ♦Methenamine and Methylene Blue. *Salol. Buchu. ♦Sandal Wood Oil. *Hyoscyamus. Liquor Potassae. *Methylene Blue. *Sodium Salicylate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. *Codeine and Benzoic Acid Com- pound, without Cocaine. * Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). Locally- Wash bladder out with warm solution of f Argyrol, fBoric Acid, ' Epinine,' t' Nizin,' fSilver Nitrate, fPotassium Permanganate, 'Salicylic Acid, *Quinine Bisulphate, or weak alkaline or acid solutions, according to the reaction of urine. By Rectum- Hyoscyamus Suppositories. Opium and hot water enemata. Autogenous vaccines, if indi- cated by bacteriological examination of urine. Debility (without obvious cause) Fresh air, rest, change of air ; cold or tepid morning bath with skin friction. *Strychnine. Mineral Acids. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Quinine. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. *Blaud Pill. ♦Bland Pill and Arsenic. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sag- rada. 'Manganese and Iron. ♦Iron, Arsenic and Digitalin. ttFormates. *f f Glycerophosphates. Dialysed Iron. ' Bivo ' Beef and Iron Wine. ' Kepler ' preparations. ♦Mixed Glands. * 'Tabloid' t 'Soloid' ft ' Elixoid' DISEASES AND TREATMENT 159 Delirium (in Fevers) Cold baths and sponging. Ice cap to head. ♦Antifebrin Compound. ♦Sodium Bromide Compound. ♦Chloral Hydrate. * Acetphenetidin. ♦Antimony and Potassium Tar- trate. ♦Quinine Bisulphate. ♦Antifebrin. ♦Quinine Salicylate. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. Delirium Tremens (See Alcoholism) Dengue Isolation. Rest in bed under a mosquito net. Internally- ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate. *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. ♦Antipyrine. *Acetphenetidin. ♦Belladonna Extract. Externally- Choloform, Belladonna or Camphor Liniment. Wrap painful parts in 'Absorbent Cotton. Hypodermically- §Hyoscine Compound (A or B according to requirement). During Convalescence - Good food. Change of air. Internally- ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. *Quinine. ♦{{Glycerophosphates. {{Formates. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Diabetes Insipidus Do not limit amounts of fluids taken. Nourishing diet. ♦Zinc Valerate. *Iron and Arsenic Compound. ♦Potassium Bromide. Diabetes Insipidus ( continued) ♦Atropine. ' Ernutin.' *Opium. *Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent. *Vichy Salt, Effervescent. ♦Belladonna Extract. Hypodermically-• °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. Diabetes M e 11 i t u s (Sec Diet Tables and General Directions ) {Insulin, ' Wellcome ' Brand. {§Insulin Hydrochloride. ♦' Saxin ' instead of sugar. ♦Codeine. * Opium. ♦Codeine and Nux Vomica. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate, in large doses. ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Ammonium Chloride. ♦Antipyrine. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. In Com a- {Insulin, ' Wellcome ' Brand. {§Insulin Hydrochloride. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate (in large doses). §Pilocarpine Nitrate. Intravenous or rectal injection of {Saline solutions. Oxygen inhalation. Diarrhoea (Acute) (See Diet Tables, and General Directions) May be due to simple gastro- enteritis from unsuitable food, ulceration of bowel (T.B., specific malignant intestinal growth, stricture of bowel). In the case of children examine feeding bottle, and if necessary, add *Sodium Citrate to the milk. Purg atives- ♦Calomel. *Blue Pill. ♦Castor Oil. 'Rhubarb. * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic ft ' Elixoid' 0 ' Hypo laid' { Not supplied in U.S.A. 160 INDEX of Diarrhoea (Acute) [continued) A stringents- ♦Kino Compound Powder. Aromatic Chalk Powder. ♦Bismuth. ♦Tannin. Copper Sulphate. ' Hazeline.' Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. Logwood decoction. Catechu. ♦Opium. *Lead with Opium. Intestinal Antiseptics- ♦Grey Powder. *Carbolic Acid. ♦Mercury Perchloride. ♦Quinine Salicylate. *Salol. ♦Bismuth Subgallate. ♦Bismuth Subsalicylate. ♦Beta-naphthol. * Benzo-naphthol. ♦Guaiacol Camphorate. ♦Guaiacol Carbonate. Sedatives- ♦Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). *Bismuth. ♦Ipecac. ♦Bismuth and Dover Powder. Starch and Opium enemata. ' Enule ' Bismuth Subgallate Suppositories. Morphine Suppositories. C h ro n i c- Find cause. Examine rectum. ♦Bismuth Subnitrate. ♦Mercury Perchloride. Aromatic Chalk Powder with Opium. Ispaghul. Diphtheria Schick Test to determine sus- ceptibility. Toxin-Antitoxin Mixture for prevention. Hypodermically, Intramuscu- larly or Intravenously- Diphtheria Antitoxin, immedi- ately. Internally- Ferric Chloride with ♦Potas- sium Chlorate. *Nux Vomica. ♦Caffeine, Citrated. ♦Iron and Arsenic Compound. In later stages- ' Epinine.' Tyramine ' Acid Phosphate. Diphtheria (continued) Sprays- Glycerin of Carbolic Acid. fNaso-Pharyngeal Compound. * Potassium Chlorate. fNasal Phenol Compound. Chlorine Water. If P a r a 1 y s i s- Rest in bed, liberal diet; feed with nasal or stomach tube. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Strychnine. ♦Blaud Pill. *Quinine. *Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦Suprarenal Gland. ♦Thyroid Gland. Dropsy Treat the cause; renal, cardiac, hepatic, cachectic, anasmic. Internally- ♦Digitalis. *DigitaIis Leaf. ♦Blue Pill. ♦Elaterin. Squill. ♦Jalap. ♦Strophanthus. Potassium Citrate,Effervescent. ♦Colocynth Compound. Hypodermically- §Pilocarpine. °§Digitalin. Dysentery Rest in bed. Careful diet. Am oe b i c- Internally- ♦Castor Oil. ♦Emetine Hydrochloride. ♦Emetine Bismuthous Iodide. ♦Ipecac (in full doses). ♦Tannic Acid. Benzyl Benzoate. ♦Quinine Bihydrochloride. Ispaghul. Hypodermically- °§Emetine Hydrochloride Bacillary - Internally- Stimulants. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent (in full doses). ♦Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). *Salol. ♦Bismuth and Dover Powder. ♦Lead with Opium. * 'Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic t ' Soloid' ° ' Hypoloid' DISEASES AND TREATMENT 161 Dysentery {continued) Bacillary {continued) Internally {continued)-■ ♦Mercury Perchloride, in small doses, frequently. ♦Bismuth Subnitrate. ' Hazeline' Intestinal disinfectants {see Diarrhoea). ♦Ammonium Chloride.Cinnamon. ♦Santonin. Sublimed Sulphur. Ispaghul. By Rectum- Morphine Suppositories. Enemata of warm water with astringents- fAlum, Copper Sulphate, ' Epinine,' '(Silver Nitrate, fZinc Sulphate, fLead Acetate and Opium, or ■fLead Subacetate. Hypodermically- Anti-dysentery Serum. Intravenously- Saline Solution (fSodium Chloride). Dysmenorrhcea Locally-■ Rest. Hot mustard hip-bath. Stupes with turpentine. Internally- Purgatives such as *Cascara Sagrada, about two days before period is due. ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦' Varium.' ♦Mixed Glands, No. 2. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Antifebrin. ♦Antipyrine. *Acetphenetidin. ♦Antipyrine Compound. Benzyl Benzoate. ♦Acetphenetidin Compound. ♦Guaiac and Sulphur. ♦Iron Preparations. ♦Viburnum Prunifolium Extract. ♦Zinc Valerate. *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. Hypodermically- §Ergotinine Citrate. §Ergotinine and Strychnine. °§Morphine. 01 Ernutin.' §Cotarnine Hydrochloride. Dyspepsia (See Diet Tables and General Directions) Rest in bed. Careful Dieting. Acute - Internally- *Calomel. ♦MagnesiumSulphateCompound, Effervescent. ♦Opium. ♦Bismuth. *Mucin Compound. ♦Menthol. *Menthol Compound. Warm water and *Sodium Bicarbonate. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. Soda Water. Ice. Locally- Mustard poultices. Fomentations. Ch ronic- ♦Bismuth Subnitrate. Diluted mineral acids. ♦Pepsin and Strychnine. ♦ Pepsin,Bismuth andStrychnine. ♦Pepsin, Bismuth and Charcoal. ♦' Pepana.' *Ginger. ♦Ox Bile or *Pig Bile. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract. ♦Capsicum. ♦Rhubarb and Soda. Cardamoms. ♦' Gingament,' *Soda-Mint. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Calcium Carbonate Compound. ♦Benzo-naphthol. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate. ♦Beta-naphthol Compound. Ear-ache Examine carefully ear, mouth, teeth, throat and nose. Wash mouth, and gargle throat frequently with hot antiseptic solution. Internally- ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. ♦Castor Oil. ♦Calomel. *Blue Pill. ♦Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. ♦Antipyrine. ♦ Acetphenetidin. ♦Acetphenetidin Compound. * ' Tabloid' § 1 Tabloid' Hypodermic t ' Soloid' ° 1 Hypoloid' 162 INDEX OF Ear-ache (continued) Locally- Oil and Opium in meatus. Hot fomentations (Poppy heads, Chamomiles, etc.) Irrigation with hot fSaline solution. Blister behind ear. Leeches behind ear. Eclampsia (Puerperal) Internally- Purgatives. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. ♦Parathyroid Gland. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. By Rectum- fSaline injections. ♦Potassium Bromide and ♦Chloral Hydrate, of each one drachm, in starch water. Externally- Venesection. Hot wet pack. Inhalations- Chloroform, ' Wellcome.' Ether, ' Wellcome.' Oxygen. ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. E C Z e m a (see also Skin) Protect against all discharges, irritation, heat, sun. Wash little, use milk and water, or oatmeal water, or almond oil on soft linen. Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Keep the folds of the skin apart. Attend to the diet and digestion and regulate bowels. Examine the urine for sugar and albumin. Internally- Stomachics, tonics, purgatives. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. ♦Arsenical Compound. Sulphur. *Belladonna Extract ♦Thyroid Gland. *Carbolic Acid. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract. Intravenously- Sodium Cacodylate. Sodium Hyposulphite. Eczema ( continued) Locally- When Acu t e- Drying' Powders of- Zinc Oxide or Carbonate. Starch. Boric Acid. Bismuth. Salicylic Acid. Lotions of- •(•Silver Nitrate, fBoric Acid, tLead Subacetate, or Carron Oil. Sedative Ointments of- Zinc Oxide, or Lead Subace- tate or Boric Acid, in Lano- line, ' Wellcome. " Hazeline ' Cream. Boric Acid in ' Hazeline ' Cream. ' Borofax.' Glycerin of Borax. ' Ethidol.' Ichthamol Soap. Pine Tar Soap. To relieve Itching- Calamine Lotion. Sodium Carbonate Solution. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. Benzoin Compound Tincture painted on. Borax. Menthol. Camphor. *Cocaine Hydrochloride. •(■Carbolic Acid (dilute lotion). When C h ro n i c- More stimulating applications. Sulphur bath. Glycerin. Mercurial Ointments. Ichthamol Ointment. Sulphur Iodide Ointment. Emissions Nocturnal; Seminal; Sperma. torrhoea. Keep the bowels regular ; treat worms if present; avoid stimulants ; avoid all fluids for two hours before bedtime, the bladder to be emptied after first deep sleep, avoid a feather or soft bed, avoid lying on the back ; if the urine be too acid or alkaline, treat accordingly. Internally- ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. * 1 Tabloid' § 1 Tabloid' Hypodermic ** 1 Vaporole' + ' Solo id' ° ' Hypoloid' diseases and treatment 163 Emissions (continued) Internally (continued)- ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Quinine Bisulphate. ♦Strychnine (in full doses). ♦Ergotin and Strychnine. ♦Arsenic Trioxide (in full doses). Camphor. *Chloral Hydrate. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada, tfFormates. ' Ernutin.' ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Three Valerates. Cantharides with Iron. Encephalitis Lethargica Internally- ♦Methenamine. Hypodermically- Turpentine. Epilepsy Examine for any possible cause of irritation, eg.brain tumour, gumma, dental decay, dental pressure, ear abscess, uterine trouble, astigmatism or other error of refraction. Maintain the general health with good food, fresh air and tonics. Limit or prohibit animal food. Secure free action of bowels. Internally- ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Sodium Bromide. *Cerebrin. ♦Strontium Bromide. ♦Three Bromides, Effervescent. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦' Varium.' Hypodermically- °§Hyoscine. §Hyoscyamine. § Picrotoxin. Inhalations- Chloroform, ' Wellcome.' Ether, ' Wellcome.' ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Epistaxis Examine nose for local cause. Treat associated conditions, e.g., Bright's disease, typhoid fever, new growth. Rest, with the head raised. Ice to back of neck. Warmth to hands and feet. Locally- Pledgets of *Absorbent Cotton, saturated with ' Epinine ' solution to bleeding nostril. Plug nares in severe cases. Injections of iced water fAlum. ' Hazeline.' °' Epinine.' Tannic Acid. Plug the nostrils. Application of electric cautery (in suitable cases) to any point from which the haemorrhage arises. Internally- *Ergotin. ' Ernutin.' *Tannin. ♦Calcium Lactate. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. Ferric Chloride. Erysipelas Locally- ♦♦Iodine. X-rays. Glycerin of Belladonna. fSilver Nitrate. Ichtharnol and Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Ichtharnol Soap. ' Ethidol.' Internally- Ferric Chloride, with ♦Mag- nesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. Purgatives. ♦Quinine Sulphate. ♦ Ichtharnol. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Hypodermically- Sera. Fainting (see Collapse) Fevers A ntipyreties- ♦Antipyrine. *Antifebrin. ♦Antifebrin Compound. ♦Acetphenetidin Compound. * 1 Tabloid' § 'Tabloid' Hypodermic ** ' Cap or ole f 'Soloid' ° 'Hypoloid ' ft 'Elixoid' 164 INDEX OF Fevers (continued') Antipyretics (continued) ♦Acetphenetidin and Quinine. Compound. * Quinine Bisulphate. * Quinine Salicylate. Warburg Tincture. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. Diaphoretics- Ammonium Acetate Solution. *Potassium Nitrate. Alkaline Carbonates. ♦Aconite. ♦Antifebrin. Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). Internally- ♦Calomel. *Magnesium Sulphate, Effervescent. Peptonised milk and food. Meat juice, soda water. Ice. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract. Stimulants- Alcohol. Turpentine. Camphor. Sedatives- ♦Chloral Hydrate. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Opium. *Sulphonal. ♦Trional, *Veronal. Externally-- Wet pack, sponging or douches, ice cap, cold bath, air bath. Hypodermically- Sera in certain fevers. Fibroids (Uterine) Operation. Internally- ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦Pituitary Gland. ♦' Varium.' *Ergotin. ♦Thyro-Varium. ' Ernutin.' ' Epinine.' ♦' Mamos.' ♦Hydrastine Hydrochloride. ♦Hydrastine Compound. Hypodermically- §Ergotinine. Ernutin.' §Ergotinine and Strychnine. §Ergotoxine. F i 1 a r i a s i s (Filarial Fever) Keep in bed under a mosquito net. Control vomiting with ice, effer- vescing drinks or counter- irritants to stomach. If severe renal pain, cup and foment loins. If chyluria, use catheter. The district in which the disease was contracted should be left. Internally- *Antipyrine. Hypodermically-■ °§Hyoscine. §Morphine and Atropine. Locally- Applications of Belladonna to swollen groin glands. Fissure of Anus Extreme cleanliness locally. Keep motions soft until operation. Locally-• •fSilver Nitrate. Ichthamol. fEucaine in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' fCocaine in Lanoline,'Wellcome.' By Rectum- ' Enule ' Suppositories of Bis- muth Subgallate, ' Hazeline ' Compound, ' Epinine.' ' Hazeline ' Suppositories. Hyoscyamus Suppositories. Fistula of Anus Extreme cleanliness locally. By Rectum- Until operation ' Enule ' Sup- positories of Bismuth Sub- gallate, ' Epinine,' or ' Hazeline ' Compound. Morphine Suppositories. ' Hazeline ' Suppositories. Hyoscyamus Suppositories. Flatulence Discover the cause. Hot water one hour before food. Dry meals. Compact meals. Care- ful mastication. Complete bowel action. * 1 Tabloid' § ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic + ' So laid' ° ' Hypolo id' diseases and treatment 165 Flatulence (continued) ♦' Coffee-Mint.' *Soda-Mint. *' Gingament.' ♦Sodium Bicarbonate. ♦Capsicum. ♦Potassium Bicarbonate. ♦Rhubarb, Soda and Magnesia. ♦Asafetida and Opium. ♦Charcoal. Cajuput Oil. ♦Benzo-naphthol. *Menthol. ♦Beta-naphthol Compound. ♦Salicylic Acid. Peppermint. Cardamoms. ' Paroleine.' ♦Ox Bile. *Pig Bile. Per Rectum- Turpentine enemata. Freckles Protect skin from sun by veil. Locally- Toilet Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Olive Oil. 1 Borofax.' ' Hazeline ' Cream. Glycerin. " ' Hazeline ' Snow." Lime water. Alkaline washes. Alcohol and Rose water. Gall Stones (see Calculi and Colic) Gangrene Examine carefully for cause, especially as to condition of vessels. Examine urine for albumin and sugar. Generous diet and alcohol. Locally- Amputation or excision of part if possible. Promote evaporation of fluid from dead parts. ♦Boric Cotton. ♦Cyanide Cotton. ♦Iodoform Cotton. Salicylic wool. *Cyanide Gauze. ♦Boric Gauze. ♦Sal Alembroth Gauze. ♦Iodoform Gauze. ♦Bismuth Gauze. Glycerin of Belladonna. Morphine in Menthol. ' Borofax.' Glycerin of Borax. Gangrene (continued) Internally- *Opium. *Codeine. *Morphine. ♦Quinine. 'Strychnine. Quinine and Arsenic. Gastric Ulcer (see also Hcematemesis and Dyspepsia ) Treat anaemia or constipation. Internally- Liquid food, peptonised, at short intervals, in small amounts. ♦Bismuth Carbonate. ♦Bismuth Subnitrate. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Mucin Compound. Normal Horse Serum. Olive Oil and Cream (in small doses). ' Paroleine.' ' Kepler ' Malt Extract. Hypodermically- §Atropine Sulphate. °§Morphine. By Rectum- Nutrient enemata. ' Enule ' Meat or Milk Sup- positories. Glaucoma (Acute) Attend to general health. Consider immediate operation. Locally- HPhysostigmine. ||Pilocarpine. Leeches (to temple). Hot fomentations. Internally- ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. ♦Calomel. ♦ Opium. 'Morphine. ♦Quinine. Quinine and Arsenic. ♦Strychnine. ♦Nux Vomica. Glycosuria (see Diabetes and Diet Tables) Treat the cause, e.g., gout. Modified or restricted diet. Turkish baths ; exercise. *' Saxin ' instead of sugar. ♦Sodium Salicylate(in full doses). *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦Antipyrine. ♦Ammonium Chloride. ♦Strychnine. *Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Codeine. *Morphine. * ' Tabloid' § 1 Tabloid' Hypodermic || ''Tabloid' Ophthalmic 166 index o E Goitre (Bronchocele) Attention to general health. Change of residence. In suitable cases, operation. Locally- ♦♦Iodine Tincture. Potassium Iodide, or Mercury Red Iodide in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' ' Ethidol.' Internally- ♦' lodicin.' Iodine. 'Potassium Iodide. ♦Thymus Gland. ♦Thyroid Gland. Goitre (E X O P H T H A L M I C ) Rest in bed. Avoid worry and excitement. X-Rays to neck. Internally- ' Epinine.' ♦Pituitary Gland. ♦Suprarenal Gland. ♦Spleen Substance. ♦Thymus Gland. ♦Sodium Bromide Compound. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Digitalis Leaf. *Digitalis. ♦Strophanthus. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. *Blaud Pill. ♦Bland Pill and Arsenic. ♦Iron, Arsenic and Digitalin. Hypodermically or Intravenously- °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. Gonorrhtea (see also Chordee) Avoid exercise, alcohol,tobacco, coffee, cheese, pepper, spices and all stimulating food. P est, suspensory bandage, warm baths, frequent hot fomentations to perin®um. Internally- ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Efferves- cent. ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. Gonorrhoea (continued) Internally {continued)- Abundant bland fluids. Buchu. Copaiba. *Sandal Wood Oil. * Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). ♦Methenamine. ♦Methylene Blue. ♦Hyoscyamus Tincture. Liquor Potass®, freely diluted. Urethral Injections- Warm water, fBoric Acid, •(■Potassium Permanganate, Copper Sulphate, fCorrosive Sublimate, f' Nizin,' fZinc Sulphocarbolate, fZinc Chloride, fZinc Sulphate, fBoric Acid and Zinc Sul- phate, fZinc Permanganate, f Alum, fAlum and Zinc Sul- phate, fLead and Opium Lotion. ' Hazeline,' f Argyrol. Hypodermically- Sera and Vaccines. Gout (see Diet Tables and General Directions) Electric hot-air baths. Radiant heat and light. Radium. Turkish baths. Abundant fluid. Internally- ♦Aconite. Colclucum. ♦Colchicine Salicylate. ♦Colchicine and Nux Vomica Compound. ♦Calomel. *Salines. ♦Potassium Bicarbonate. ♦Acetphenetidin. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. ♦Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent. ♦Vichy Salt, Effervescent. ♦Potassium Bromide. Pipera- zine. ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Guaiac and Sulphur. ffFormates. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. ♦Opium. ♦Lithium Benzoate Compound. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Calcium Carbonate Compound. ♦' Saxin ' instead of sugar. * ' Tabloid ' ° 1 Hypoloid ' ft ' Elixoid' t ' So laid' ** 'Vajiorole' DISEASES AND TREATMENT 167 Gout (continued) During attack- Locally- Avoid ice-cold application to a very inflamed joint ; raise the part and wrap in ♦ Absorbent Cotton ; employ evaporating lotions or hot alkaline fomentations. Sedative liniments. Collodion. Oil of Peppermint. Hypodermically-■ §Aconitine. °§Morphine. Guinea-worm Frequent hot fomentations to encourage worm to discharge embryos, afterwhich (15 to 20 days) worm is easily removed. Dress with boric lotion and lint till wound heals. Or inject body of worm, or sur- rounding tissues, with fMer- cury Perchloride (1 in 1000 solution). Antimony by intravenous in- jection. Hematemesis (see also Gastric Ulcer) Absolute rest in bed. Internally- Ice to suck. Barley water. Peptonised milk. Whey. Cold fluids. ♦Calcium Lactate. ' Epinine.' ' Hazeline.' ♦Mucin Compound. By Rectum- Nutrient enemata-1 Tor ' Enule ' Meat or !- first 48 Milk Suppositories. hours Hypodermically- §Ergotinine. °§Morphine. °' Ernutin.' §Morphine and Strychnine. Normal Horse Serum. Hematuria Treat the cause, e. g., purpura and other blood diseases (see Purpura): gonorrhoea, cal- culus, new growth, tubercle of kidney or bladder, neph- ritis, prostatitis, etc. H as m a t u r i a (continued) In Acute N e p h r i t i s- Diet: milk only. Ergot. ♦Calcium Lactate. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. ' Epinine.' ' Ernutin.' Hypodermically- ^Ergotinine Citrate. °' Ernutin.' °' Epinine.' °§Morphine. Locally-■ Dry and wet cupping. Counter-irritant to loins. Hemophilia Avoid injuries, wounds, abra- sions or operations. Internally- Calcium Chloride. ♦Calcium Lactate. Ferric Chloride. ♦Tannin. ♦Ergotin. ' Epinine.' ' Hazeline.' Normal Horse Serum. Locally- ' Epinine.' Hypodermically- Normal Horse Serum. Hemoptysis Rest in bed without pillow. Avoid use of voice. Hypodermically-• °§Morphine. §Morphine and Strychnine. Internally- ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Morphine. *Opium. ♦Calcium Lactate. ' Hazeline.' *Ergotin. Ferric Chloride. ♦Trinitrin (Nitroglycerin). ♦Erythrol Tetranitrate. Normal Horse Serum. Locally- Ice, dry cupping to chest. Artificial Pneumo-thorax. * 1 Tabloid' § 'Tabloid' Hypodermic ° ' Hypoloid' 168 INDEX OF Hemorrhage intestinal - Find source and treat cause. Hypodermically- °' Ernutin.' §Ergotinine Citrate. §Ergotinine and Strychnine. §Morphine and Strychnine. °§Morphine. Internally- ♦Opium. Turpentine. Iron Perchloride Tincture. ♦Calcium Lactate. ' Epinine.' Diluted Sulphuric Acid. Normal Horse Serum. By Rectum- 'Enule' 'Epinine' Suppositories. ' Enule ' ' Hazeline ' Compound Suppositories. fSaline injections. ' Hazeline.' Post -Partum - Disinfect externally. Douche vagina with saturated solution offBoricAcid; douche uterus with same solution as hot as can be borne; douche uterus with 'Epinine,' i in 10,000 ; compress fundus firmly. If necessary, plug cavity of uterus ; raise foot of bed; bandage limbs. Compress abdominal aorta. Internally- Ergot. *Ergotin. ' Ernutin.' ' Epinine.' ♦Hydrastine Compound. ' Hazeline.' *Calcium Lactate. Alcohol. Sal Volatile. Inhalation- ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Hypodermically-■ °Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. §Ergotinine. °' Ernutin.' §Ergotinine and Strychnine. §Morphine and Strychnine. °§Digitalin. °§Strychnine. Hemorrhage {continued} Post - Partum (continued) Intramuscularly- °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. ' Epinine ' with Atropine Sul- phate. °' Ernutin.' §' Ergamine ' Acid Phosphate. By Rectum-• ' Enule ' ' Epinine ' Supposi- tories. ' Enule ' ' Hazeline ' Compound Suppositories. fSaline Injections. ' Hazeline.' Hemorrhoids (see Piles) Hay Fever Cuti-reaction. Residence at the seaside or on mountains, avoiding agricul- tural and dusty districts. Treat any nasal affection. Internally- ♦Belladonna. *Quinine Valerate. ♦Zinc Valerate. *Potassiurn Iodide. *' lodicin.' 'Ammonium Chloride. *Quinine. 1 Epinine.' *Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Nux Vomica. Locally (to eye and nose)- °||' Epinine.' Pollantin. Nasal Insufflation- Compound Menthol Snuff (B. W. & Co.) Quinine Bisulphate. Nasal Sprays- Menthol or Camphor in ' Paroleine.' ' Paroleine ' Spray Compound. fEucaine. 1 Epinine.1 j'Nasal Phenol Compound. f Nasal Antiseptic and Alkaline Compound. f Naso-Pharyngeal Compound. * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid Hypodermic ° ' Hypoloid' t 'Soloid' || 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic ** 'Vaporole' diseases and treatment 169 Headache Always seek cause for chronic or oft-recurring headache: astigmatism, or some error in refraction (a most frequent cause), brain tumour, nasal obstruction, decayed teeth, deficient coagulability of the blood, etc. Bilious, g as t r O' intestina 1- ♦Blue Pill and *Salines. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Efferves- cent. *Cascara Sagrada. ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. Podophyllin and Euonymin. Migraine (sick head- a c h e)- Regulate the diet. Treat constipation. Correct errors of refraction. Prohibit overwork. Rest in bed during attack. To Eye- ||Atropine Sulphate. Internally-• ♦Blue Pill and *Saline. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. ♦Antipyrine. *Acetphenetidin. ♦Antifebrin Compound. ♦Acetphenetidin Compound. ♦Aconite. *Caffeine Compound. ♦Antipyrine Compound. ♦Potassium Bromide. *Ergotin. ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Trinitrin. ♦Quinine Valerate. ♦Erythrol Tetranitrate. ♦Calcium Lactate. ♦Quinine. Butyl-Chloral Hydrate. ♦Butyl-Chloral Hydrate and Gelsemine. Inhalation-- ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Hypodermically- §Ergotinine Citrate. °' Ernutin.' °§Morphine. §Ergotinine and Morphine. §Ergotinine and Strychnine. §Caffeine Sodio-salicylate. Headache (continued} Migraine (sick head - ac h e)-(continued} Locally- Massage of scalp. Cold water. Evaporating lotion. Ice. Alcohol. Ether, ' Wellcome.' Eau-de-Cologne. Heart, Diseases of Maintain the general health. Prohibit overwork or fatigue of body or mind. Attend to digestion. Regular exercise. If necessary, resti n bed. Stimulants in some cases. Special exercises and baths. Internally- ♦Digitalis. *Digitalis Leaf. ♦Strophan thus. ♦Trinitrin. *Trinitrin Compound. ♦Potassium Iodide, ft Formates. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. *Strychnine. ♦Iron, Arsenic and Digitalin. Hypodermically- °§Digitalin. §Strophanthin. °§Strychnine. §Morphine and Strychnine. §Sparteine Sulphate. Inhalation-- ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Oxygen. For Au ricular F i b r i 11 at i o n- ♦Quinidine Sulphate. For Pain - Rest. Stimulants. Mustard poultices to heart. For Sleeplessness - Rest. Stimulants. ♦Chloralformamide. *Sulphonal. ♦Trional. *Veronal. For Dropsy- Internally- ♦Digitalis Leaf. *Digitalis. ♦Strophanthus. ♦Jalap. ♦Blue Pill, Squill and Digitalis. ♦Colocynth. Hypodermically- °§Digitalin. §Strophanthin. * ' Tabloid' || ' Tabloid' Ophthabnic ** ' Vaporole § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic ° 'Hypoloid' tt 1 Elixoid' 170 index of Heartburn Draught of water. Alkaline Carbonates. ♦Soda-Mint. ♦' Coffee-Mint.' ♦' Gingament.' ♦Calcium Carbonate Compound. ♦Magnesium Carbonate Com- pound. ♦Carbolic Acid. *Beta-naphthol. ♦Benzo-naphthol. Herpes Zoster Locally- Collodion. Zinc Oxide Powder. Menthol in ' Paroleine.' Morphine Oleate. ' Hazeline ' Cream. Internally- ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Efferves. ♦Acetphenetidin and Quinine Compound. *Acetphenetidin. ♦Iron and Quinine Citrate. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Quinine. *Opium. *Morphine. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. §Morphine and Strychnine. Hiccough Try and discover the cause. Usually dyspeptic; hold the breath, sneeze, drink cold water, sip hot water. Correct diet, and give meals dry. Internally- ♦Sodium Bicarbonate. *Opium. ♦' Gingament.' ♦Soda-Mint. ♦' Coffee-Mint.' ♦Morphine.*Potassium Bromide. ♦Three Bromides, Effervescent. Benzyl Benzoate. Peppermint. Camphor Essence. ♦Carbolic Acid. *Beta-naphthol. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. §Pilocarpine. Inhalation- ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. Hodgkin's Disease X-Rays. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦' Soamin.' (See also under Anamia) Hookworm (see A nkylostomiasis) Hydrophobia Pasteur treatment. (If decided on, the patient should be sent immediately). Locally (to wound)-■ Excision. **Iodine. fCarbolic Acid. Internally- ♦Morphine. ♦Belladonna. ♦Potassium Bromide. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. §Curara. °§Hyoscine. §Hyoscyamine. Hysteria Attend to the general health. Firm and gentle treatment. Massage. Internally- Purgatives. Tonics. ♦Zinc Valerate. ♦Iron Valerate. ♦Quinine Valerate. ♦Three Valerates. ♦Asafetida Compound. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Sodium Bromide Compound. ♦Three Bromides, Effervescent. Impetigo Remove the crusts with a starch poultice or with warm oil. Internally- Tonics, with small doses of ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Arsenical Compound. Locally-■ White Precipitate in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic ** 'Vaporole' t 1 Soloid' ° ' Hypo laid DISEASES AND TREATMENT 171 Impotence Attend to the general health and to the local conditions. Rest, proper exercises and frequent cold baths. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. Cantharides. ♦Ergotin. *Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. ♦Strychnine. Phosphorus. JtFormates. ' Ernutin.' ♦jf Glycerophosphates. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Blaud Pill. Zinc Phosphide. ♦Didymin. *Mixed Glands. Damiana. Yohimbine. Incontinence of Urine In adults, is often a sign of retention, indicating residual urine, as in enlarged prostate, or other long-standing urethral obstruction and in certain nervous diseases. ♦Methenamine. ♦Strychnine. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. In children, may be due to general ill-health or to thread-worms, constipation, phimosis, en- larged tonsils, adenoid growths, enlarged turbinate bones, abnormal urine or irritation of the bladder (as from stone). Prohibit drinking in the evening. Wake the child up in the night to micturate. ♦Belladonna. ♦Reduced Iron. ♦Iron and Arsenic Compound. ♦f t Glycerophosphates. ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. Potassium Citrate Effervescent. Alkalies (if urine too acid). Infundin ' Pituitary (infun- dibular) Extract. Influenza Bed for even slight cases. Internally-- ♦Ammoniated Quinine. ♦Quinine Salicylate. Influenza (continued) Internally (continued)- *Sodium Salicylate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. ♦' Empirin ' and Caffeine. ♦' Empirin ' and Ipecac and Opium Powder. *Acetphenetidin. ♦Acetphenetidin Compound. ♦Acetphenetidin and Quinine Compound. *Quinine, Belladonna and Cam- phor. ♦Quinine, Camphor and Aconite. ♦Quinine. Alcohol (in suitable cases). Hypodermically- Influenza Vaccines. During Convalescence- Alcohol. Good feeding. Meat Juice. ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦JfGlycerophosphates. jfFormates. ' Kepler ' preparations. ♦Quinine. *Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Strychnine. Mineral Acids. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract (for debility). Insomnia Treat the cause when possible. Warm bath at bedtime; hot foot-bath, with mustard, at bedtime; remove inland for seaside restlessness; glass of hot milk at bedtime ; avoid too long interval between last meal and bedtime. Feed carefully. Treat dyspepsia. Alcohol (preferably in warm water) with care ; in some cases it induces sleeplessness. Internally- Paraldehyde. ♦Chloral Hydrate. *Choral- formamide. * Opium. * 'Tabloid' ° ' Hypo laid' tt 1 Elixoid' 172 INDEX OF Insomnia (continued) Internally (continued) ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Sodium Bromide Compound. ♦Three Bromides, Effervescent. ♦Veronal. *Sulphonal. *Trional. ♦Soda-Mint (where due to acid dyspepsia). *' Gingament.' ♦' Coffee-Mint. Hypodermically- §Hyoscyamine. °§Hyoscine. °§Morphine. Intertrigo (Chafing) Keep the skin surfaces apart. Powders- Zinc Oxide. Bismuth. Lotions- Glycerin. Glycerin of Borax. Ointments- ' Borofax.' Tannic Acid. Calamine or Lead Subacetate in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' ' Hazeline ' Cream. Iritis Treat cause, e.g., traumatism, syphilis, rheumatism, gout. Locally- t||Atropine or {||Homatropine, to dilate pupil. UCocaine Hydrochloride. {||Atropine and Cocaine. {ilHomatropine and Cocaine. {Cocaine and Eucaine. ||' Epinine.' Leeches or blisters to the temples. Eye-shade. Internally- ♦Quinine. *Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Potassium Iodide. Jaundice Ascertain and treat cause. Warm baths. ♦Calomel. *Blue Pill. ♦Blue Pill and Rhubarb. Podophyllin and Euonymin. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Efferves- cent. ♦MagnesiumSulphateCompound, Effervescent. ♦Sodium Sulphate, Effervescent. Jaundice (continued) *0x Bile or *Pig Bile. *Chloral Hydrate. ♦Citric Acid. Dilute Mineral Acids. Kala=Azar Intramuscularly or Intra- venously- {Antimony Tartrate Compound. ' Neostam.' Internally- ♦Arsenic Trioxide I . ♦Strychnine J as tomCS- Lactation To increase Internally- Rich food, stout, tonics. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦Potassium Chlorate. *' Mamos.' Anise or Dill Water. Cotton Seed Extract. Hypodermically- §Pilocarpine Nitrate. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infund- bular) Extract. To diminish- Internally- ♦Belladonna. Ergot. *Ergotin. ' Ernutin.' Locally- Belladonna Plaster. Laryngitis Acute- Warm room and moist air; prohibit talking, allay cough. To Suck- ♦Ammonium Chloride and Licorice. ♦' Epinine ' Compound. U Pectoral. II Pine Tar Compound. Sprays-• ' Paroleine ' Spray Compound. Menthol in ' Paroleine.' fBoric Acid (hot solution). ' Epinine.' * ' Tabloid ' § ' 7'abloid ' Hypodermic ° ' Hypoloid ' t 'Soloid' i| 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic "i ' Tabloid' Pastille DISEASES AND TREATMENT 173 Laryngitis (continued) Acute (continued) Inhalations- Benzoin Compound Tincture. ♦Thymol. Belladonna and Conium. Ammonium Chloride (' Vaporole ' Inhaler). Eucalyptus Oil (' Eucalyptia ') ' Pinol.' ♦♦Chloroform and Ethyl Iodide Compound. Internally- Febrifuge mixtures. ♦Aconite. ♦Ammonium Chloride. ♦Ammonium ChlorideCompound ♦Opium. *Potassium Nitrate. ♦Potassium Chlorate. Locally-• Warm fomentations. Iron Perchloride Tincture. Glycerin of Carbolic Acid. Glycerin of Tannic Acid. Potassium Chlorate. Chronic - Examine expectoration for tubercle bacillus. Take Was- sermann Reaction. Examine with Laryngoscope. To Suck- Ammonium Chloride Comp. ♦' Epinine ' Compound. ♦Potassium Chlorate and Borax. Pectoral. "(Pine Tar Compound. ♦Slippery Elm. ♦Carbolic Acid with Slippery Elm. Sprays- fCarbolic Acid. ■fNasal Phenol Compound. fNasal ' Eucalyptia ' Compound. Insufflations- Bismuth Subgallate. Bismuth Subnitrate. Bismuth and Morphine. Tannic Acid. Local Applications- ■(•Cocaine,t Eucaine, Morphine. ' Epinine,' Tannic Acid, made up generally with Glycerin. Laryngitis (continued) Chronic (con tin ued)- Internally- ♦Ammonium Chloride and Licorice. *Codeine. *Cubeb Compound. ♦Cubeb and Belladonna. ♦Tar and Codeine. ftPine Tar Compound. Lead Poisoning Chronic- Prophylactic measures. Diluted Sulphuric Acid. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. *Morphine. ♦Opium. Leishmaniasis (see Oriental Sore) Leprosy Daily hot baths (1050 F. or higher). Frequent changes of clothing. Plentiful and varied diet. Nerve stretching to relieve pain. Hypodermically and Intravenously- ' Moogrol ' Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaulmoogric Series. Chaulmoogra Oil (min. 5 in- creasing to min. 60). Mercury. Antimony. Internally- ' Moogrol ' Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaulmoogric series. Chaulmoogra Oil or Gurjun Balsam, 5 minims (gradually increased), thrice daily, after meals. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Iron and Quinine Citrate. ♦' Soamin.' ♦Ichthamol. Cod Liver Oil. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. Externally- Lanoline, ' Wellcome,' and Pyrogallic Acid (10%) for limbs. Lanoline, ' Wellcome,' and Chrysarobin (10%) for face and trunk. * 1 Tabloid' ([ 1 Tabloid' Pastille tt ' Elixoid' t ' Soloid ' ** ' Vaporole ' 174 INDEX OF Leucocythaemia (Treatment as for Antenna) Leucor rh oe a Improve the general health. Treat any local cause. Locally- Injections (per vaginam) of very hot water, and lotions of fBoric Acid, jAlum, fAlum and Zinc Sulphate, fZinc Sulphate, Tannin, fCarbolic Acid, fZinc Sulphocarbolate, fZinc Permanganate, Zinc Sulphanilate or f' Nizin.' Internally- ♦Quinine Bisulphate. ♦Ergotin. ' Ernutin.' Ferric Chloride. ♦Bland Pill and Arsenic. ♦Hydrastine Hydrochloride. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ♦Manganese and Iron Citrate. *' Manios. ' ' Kepler' preparations with Iron and Phosphorus. Liver (see Bilioztsness, Hcematemesis, Dropsy) Liver Abscess ( A M CE B I C ) Open operation. Aspiration. Hypodermically- °§Emetine Hydrochloride. Locomotor Ataxy Internally- ♦Quinine. *Strychnine. ♦Potassium Iodide. *' lodicin.' ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Belladonna. * Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Antipyrine. *Acetphenetidin. ♦Didymin. ffFormates. *ff Glycerophosphates. For pain, *' Empirin ' Acetyl- salicylic Acid ; *' Empirin ' Compound. Hypodermically- °§Strychnine. °§Atropine. °§Morphine. §Morphine and Strychnine. Lumbago Locally- ' Menthofax.' Fomentations. Flannel binder. Ice. Ether Spray. Blister. Mustard. Camphor. Capsi- cum. Turpentine. Hot iron A needle passed into the Erector Spinse. Constant Current. Ionisation with fCocaine Hydrochloride or t Potas- sium Iodide. Belladonna Plaster. Menthol Compound Plaster (B. W. & Co.). Choloroform Liniment. Menthol in Aconite Liniment. Turkish baths. Hot-air baths. Internally- *Potassium Iodide. *' lodicin.' ♦Guaiac and Sulphur. ♦Quinine Salicylate. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦'Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. *' Empirin ' Compound. ♦Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. ♦Colchicum Compound. ♦Belladonna. ♦Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. §Aconitine. Lupus Good hygienic conditions. Locally- Excision of patch when poss- ible, and stitching up. Finsen rays. Radium. Rontgen Rays. Scraping. Scarification. Multiple Punctures. Cautery. Ionisation with Copper Sul- phate, Zinc Chloride or fZinc Sulphate. Freezing with Carbon Dioxide Snow. Arsenical Paste. Zinc Chloride Paste. Chrysarobin Ointment. Ichthamol Soap. * ''Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic tt 1 Elixoid' t 1 Soloid ' ° ' Hypoloid ' DISEASES and treatment 175 Lupus (continued) Internally- ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. ♦Quinine. *Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. Iodine. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ♦Thyroid Gland. Hypodermically- Tuberculin. Intramuscularly or Intravenously-• ' Moogrol ' Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaulmoogric Series. Malaria ' Sketofax ' as culicifuge. Rest in bed under a mosquito net. ♦Quinine. Warburg Tincture. ♦Quinine Salicylate. ♦Potassium Iodide. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦Iron Citrate Compound. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. *Strychnine. ♦Blaud Pill. *Salicylic Acid. ' Enule ' Quinine Suppositories. ♦Quinidine Sulphate. Mania Internally- ♦Chloral Hydrate. ♦Belladonna. ♦Morphine. * Potassium Bromide. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. °§Hy oscine. §Hyoscyamine. Marasmus Treat the cause. Peptonised foods if necessary. Beef Juice. ' Bivo ' Beef and Iron Wine. ' Kepler ' preparations. ♦Blaud Pill. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ♦Iron and Arsenic Compound. ♦ffGlycerophosphates. jjFormates. Mediterranean Fever (see Undulant Fever) Melancholia ♦Mixed Glands. ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦Cerebrin. Menorrhagia Treat the cause. Rest; raise the foot of the bed. Avoid hot drinks and stimu- lants. Plug the vagina. Locally- X-Rays. Radium. Internally- Ergot. *Ergotin. ' Ernutin.' ♦Tannin. ♦Viburnum Prunifolium Extract. Lead Acetate. *Thyroid Gland. Ferric Chloride. *' Mamos.' ♦Thymus Gland. ' Hazeline.' Lead with Opium. ♦Hydrastine Hydrochloride. ♦Hydrastine Compound. ♦Calcium Lactate. ' Epinine.' ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Digitalis.. *Digitalis Leaf. Hypodermically-• §Ergotinine Citrate. °' Ernutin.' 01 Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. °§Morphine. Migraine (see Head-ache) Milk (see Lactation) Mumps Rest in bed; warmth; low diet. Internally-- ♦Blue Pill and Rhubarb Com- pound. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Efierves- cent. * ' Tabloid ' ° ' Hypoloid' § 1 Tabloid' Hypodermic ft ' Tlixoid' 176 I N D E X O F Mumps (continued) Internally (continued) ♦Aconite. ♦Quinine Salicylate. ♦Antifebrin. *Acetphenetidin. Locally- Fomentations. ' Menthofax.' Glycerin of Belladonna. M y x oed e m a Carefully guard against cold. If possible winter in warm climate. Internally- ♦Thyroid Gland. Nephritis (see Bright's Disease) Neuralgia Correct any astigmatism, or error of refraction ; carefully examine every tooth, and treat, if present, syphilis, gout, rheumatism, an»mia or ague. Secure good hygienic conditions. ♦Blaud Pill. * Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ♦Manganese and Iron prepara- tions. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Quinine Bisulphate. ♦Quinine Salicylate. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Belladonna. For an attack - Locally- Hot or cold applications. Mustard. Blisters. Capsicum. ' Menthofax.' Menthol. fCocaine lotion. Menthol Compound Plaster (B. W. & Co.) Sprays of Mentholin. ' Paroleine.' Camphor and Menthol (in equal parts). Neuralgia (continued) For an attack (continued) Locally (continued) Ether, ' Wellcome." Ethyl Chloride, ' Wellcome.' Continuous current. Nerve stretching and excision. Internally- Immediate aperient, e. g., ♦Calomel. Gelsemium Tincture. *Antipyrine. ♦Chloral Hydrate. *Butyl-chloral Hydrate and Gelsemine. *Antifebrin Compound. ♦Aconite. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid ♦' Empirin ' Compound. ' Empirin ' and Ipecac and Opium Powder. * Acetphenetidin. ♦Acetphenetidin Compound. ♦Three Valerates. ♦Antipyrine Compound. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Morphine or * Opium. ♦Menthol Compound. ♦Quinine Salicylate. ♦Quinine Bisulphate. Hypodermically-■ §Aconitine Nitrate. §Cafieine Sodio-salicylate. §Morphine and Atropine. °§Morphine, into sheath of nerve. Alcohol, into sheath of nerve. Neurasthenia Abundant food. Absolute rest with isolation where necessary. Massage. Weir Mitchell treatment. Internally- ♦Three Bomides. ♦Blaud Pill. ♦ Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ♦Three Valerates. ♦Suprarenal Gland. ♦Mixed Glands. ♦Nucleo-Lecithin Compound. ♦Thymus Gland. ♦ffGlycerophosphates. ♦Quinine. *Strychnine.*Didymin. ♦Manganese and Iron Citrate. ttFormates. ' Kepler ' products. * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic tt ' Elixoid' t 'Soloid' ° 'Hypoloid' DISEASES AND TREATMENT 177 Neuritis (see Neuralgia) Night Sweats Examine for Tuberculosis. Treat the cause. Change night clothes, if wet. Internally- *Atropine. *Belladonna. 'Strychnine. 'Zinc Oxide. ♦Trional. 'Trinitrin. 'Guaiacol Carbonate. 'Codeine. 'Guaiacol Camphorate. 'Erythrol Tetranitrate. Externally- Tepid sponging. Hypodermically- °§Atropine. §Picrotoxin. Nipples, Sore If during Lactation- Use shield when suckling. Wash after use. Bathe with Spirit and Glycerin, ' Hazeline,' or Spirit and Lime Water in equal parts. Glycerin of Tannic Acid. Inunction with Lanoline, 'Wellcome,' ' Hazeline 'Cream, ' Borofax,' or Borax in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' if not Suckling- Balsam of Peru or Tolu. Benzoin Compound Tincture. tCocaine lotion. Collodion. ■(■Silver Nitrate lotion. Obesity (see Diet Tables and General Directions) 'Thyroid Gland. 'Pituitary Gland. *' Saxin' instead of sugar. 'Potassium Iodide. Iodine. *' lodicin.' 'Carlsbad Salt, Effervescent. 'Vichy Salt, Effervescent. Ophthalmia (see Conjunctivitis) Orchitis Treat exciting cause, e. g., syphilis, mumps, gonorrhoea, etc. Locally- Rest. Suspensory bandage. Pressure by strapping. Evaporating lotion. Ice. fLead and Opium Lotion. Glycerin of Belladonna. Guaiacol. " Iodine. Iodine in Lanoline,'Wellcome.' ' Menthofax.' Internally- *Magnesium Sulphate, Effer- vescent. Potassium Iodide, full doses. *Opium. *Aconite. *Methenamine. *' lodicin.' *' Empirin ' Compound. *Acetphenetidin Compound. Hypodermically-- §Aconitine Nitrate. Oriental Sore Locally- Ointment consisting of equal parts of ' Wellcome ' Brand Lanoline, Soft Paraffin and Methylene Blue. fCarbolic Acid. Tartar Emetic ointment. Carbon Dioxide Snow. X-Rays. Curetting. Ionisation with Antimony Chloride. INTRAVENOUSLY- tAntimony Tartrate Compound. Hypodermically and Intracutaneously- °§Emetine. Otorrhoea Treat the cause, e. g., adenoids, mastoiditis. Syringe gently with fCorrosive Sublimate lotion, i in 4000, or fMercuric Potassium Iodide lotion, 1 in 400; dry; dust in gently, with insufflator, powder of equal parts of Iodoform and Boric Acid ; and pack meatus loosely with *Double Cyanide Gauze. Repeat daily, or twice daily until discharge lessens; then syringe gently, daily, with lotion of Alcohol, fAlum,t Alum and Zinc Compound, fBoric Acid, Glycerin of Tannic Acid, t' Nizin,' or fZinc Perman- ganate. * ' Tabloid' § 'Tabloid' Hypodermic ♦♦ 'Vaporole' t ' So laid' ° ' Hypoloid' 178 INDEX OF O z oe n a Treat the cause. Sprays or Douches- fNasal Antiseptic and Alkaline Compound. ' Hazeline.' fNasal Phenol Compound. fPotassium Permanganate. Insufflations-- Compound Menthol Snuff (B. W. & Co.). Hypodermically- Autogenous Vaccine. Palpitation {sec Heart) Paralysis Agitans Rest. Generous diet. Freedom from worry or excitement. Open air country life. Massage (in some cases). Galvanism or Faradism (in some cases). 'Potassium Bromide and 'Atropine. §Hyoscyamine Sulphate. °§Hyoscine Hydrobromide. Tonics, f f Formates. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. *ff Glycerophosphates. 'Thyroid. 01 Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. Paratyphoid Fever (see Typhoid and Paratyphoid Fever) Pediculi Of the H e ad- Kerosene Oil and Olive Oil in equal parts. fCarbohc Acid lotion. fCorrosive Sublimate lotion. White Precipitate Ointment made with Lanoline. Mercury Oleate. ' Wellcome.' Of the Body- Wash the body frequently and bake clothes. fCorrosive Sublimate lotion. Mercury Oleate. Sulphur. Ether, ' Wellcome.' ' Paroleine.' Pellagra Ample and varied diet, with milk, eggs and meat. Good hygienic surroundings. *Arsenic Trioxide. Hypodermically- *' Soamin.' Pericarditis Treat the cause, rest in bed. Internally- *DigitaIis Leaf. 'Digitalis. 'Potassium Iodide. 'Sodium Salicylate. *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. 'Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. 'Opium. lodicin.' 'Morphine. Locally- Ice-bag. Blisters. ' Menthofax.' ''Iodine. Capsicum. Peritonitis (Acute) Treat the cause. Operation. Intravenous and Subcutaneous Saline infusions. Internally- Water, iced or hot, a table- spoonful at a time. 'Calomel, in some cases, in small doses every hour. Salines, in some cases. 'Salol. Turpentine. Locally- Ice-bag to abdomen. Turpentine stupes. By Rectum- Turpentine enemata, if tym- panites be present. fSaline. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. °§Strychnine. §Morphine and Strychnine. Sera. §Aconitine. * 'Tabloid' § ' Tabloid Hypodermic t+ ' Elixoid' t ' So laid' ° ' Hypo laid' " ' Vaporole' diseases and treatment 179 Peritonitis (continued) Chronic - Try and discover the cause. Most frequently due to tuber- culosis. If so, then give plenty of nourishing food, and plenty of fresh air. Locally- Inunction of mercurial ointment. In some cases, tapping. Internally- ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. *Three Syrups. Perspiration If copious, follow directions under Night Sweats. If foetid, wash with lotion off Boric Acid, fCarbolic Acid, Salicylic Acid, or ^Corrosive Sublimate, or wash freely with soap and water, and dab on lotion of Formaldehyde, 2 per cent. Internally- ♦Benzo-naphthol. ♦Beta-naphthol Compound. Pharyngitis Prevent any cause of irritation, e.g., smoking, exposure to cold, too much speaking. Treat constipation, or other defect in general health. Gargles- tSodium Chloride. ' Epinine.' 'Hazeline.' ♦Potassium Chlorate. Ferric Chloride. fNaso-Pharyngeal Compound, f Nasal Alkaline Compound. f Alum. Mineral Acids. Rhatany. Myrrh. *Borax. t Boric Acid. fBoric Acid and Zinc Sulphate, Locally- Application of electric cautery, to granular areas. ♦Ammonium Chloride. ♦Ammonium Chloride Compound ♦Ammonium Chloride and Licorice. ♦Benzoic Acid Compound. Pharyngitis (continued) Locally (continued)- ♦' Epinine ' Compound without Acetomorphine Hydrochlo- ride. * Potassium Chlorate and Borax. *Red Gum. *Cubeb Compound. ♦Cubeb and Belladonna. ♦Slippery Elm. ♦Carbolic Acid withSlipperyElm. Ferric Chloride, solution in Glycerin. U Pectoral. tt*[Pine Tar Compound. Applications with Brush- Glycerin of Tannic Acid. Mucin. fSilver Nitrate. tZinc Sulphate or fZinc Chloride. Ferric Chloride. Inhalations- Benzoin Compound Tincture. Balsam of Tolu or Peru. Belladonna Tincture. Ammonium Chloride ('Vaporole' Inhaler). ' Hazeline.' *Thymol. Sprays-- ' Parolein e ' Spray Compound. ■(•Cocaine Hydrochloride. tCocaine and Eucaine. Menthol in ' Paroleine.' fNasal Antiseptic and Alkaline Compound. ' Epinine.' ' Hazeline.' fCarbolic Acid. Phthisis (see Pulmonary Tuberculosis) Piles Treat the cause, e. g., consti- pation, pelvic pressure, portal obstruction, stricture. Internally- ♦Calomel and*Salines.*Rhubarb. ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. ♦SodiumPhosphate, Effervescent. ♦Sodium Sulphate, Effervescent. ♦Cascara Sagrada. ' Alaxa.' ♦Nux Vomica. Sulphur confection. Senna. ♦Guaiac and Sulphur. H Laxative Fruit. * ' Tabloid' 5 ' Tabloid' Pastille t ' Soloid' ft 'Elixoid' 180 INDEX OF Pile s fcontinued) By Rectum- Warm or cold water, with Alum. ' Hazeline,' or ' Epinine.' ' Enule ' Suppositories of ' Hazeline ' Compound, ' Epinine,' or Bismuth Subgallate. Gall and opium. Morphine. Belladonna. ' Hazeline ' Suppositories. Calomel suppositories. Locally- Gall and Opium. ' Hazeline,' ' Hazeline ' Cream Toilet Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' ♦Cocaine in Lanoline,'Wellcome.' Eucaine in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Calomel powder dusted on. Operation in some cases. Plague (Bubonic) Absolute rest in bed ; free ventila- tion ; moderate temperature ; warmth ; stimulation. Internally- ♦Calomel, gr. 5 to gr. 10 at once, followed in five hours by saline purge. ♦Strophanthus. ♦Strychnine. ♦Ammonium Carbonate. Ether, ' Wellcome.' ♦Hyoscine. *Morphine. ' Epinine.' ♦Potassium Bromide. Camphor. ♦Salol. Food, liquid, frequently, in small quantities. Ice. Iced Milk. Brandy. Beer. Stout. Intravenously- Tincture of Iodine. Hypodermically- Anti-plague Serum. Anti-plague Vaccine. °§Hyoscine. °§Morphine. §Morphine and Atropine. °§Strychnine. Ether, 'Wellcome.' §Strophanthin. Locally (to glands)- Injection of Carbolic Acid. Subcutaneous incision. P 1 a s u e fcontinued) Externally- Wet pack. Tepid sponging. Cold to head. Leiter's tubes. Mustard plasters. Blisters. Inhalations- Ammonia. Oxygen. ♦♦Amyl Nitrite. By Rectum- Enema of Starch and Opium. fSaline injections. Morphine Suppositories. Cocaine Suppositories. Pleurisy Locally- Strapping. Poultices. Blisters. Liniment of Belladonna, Iodine, Turpentine or Camphor. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. §Pilocarpine Nitrate. Internally- Purgatives at onset. ♦Aconite. *Morphine. ♦Gelsemium. ♦Potassium Iodide. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Pneumonia Internally- ♦Ammonium Carbonate. ♦Ammonium Chloride and ,Licorice. ♦Digitalis. Alcohol. Ether, ' Wellcome.' ♦Ipecac with Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. ♦Strophanthus. ♦Caffeine, Citrated. ♦Strychnine. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Guaiacol Camphorate. Senega. ♦Sodium Citrate. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦Quinine Salicylate. Squill. * 'Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic ** 'i~aporole t ' Solbid ' ° ' Hypoloid' diseases and treatment 181 Pneumonia (continued) Locally-- Cold sponge, pack, or bath; ice-bag to the chest; blisters, poultices,*Absorbent Cotton. Hypodermically- Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. °§Digitalin. °§Strychnine. Anti-pneumococcus Serum. Pneumococcus Vaccine. Ether, ' Wellcome.' Camphor. Inhalation- Oxygen. By Rectum-■ fSaline injections. Prickly Heat Linen or silk should be worn next to the skin ; and use of soap discontinued. If irritation is severe, exercise should be forbidden. Give very little to drink and only in very small quantities at a time, whether of hot, cold or effervescing fluids. Externally- Relieve itching with lotions of fCarbolic Acid (i in 80) or of Calamine. Anoint body night and morning with Lanoline, ' Wellcome,' i part,andAlmond Oil 8 parts or, instead, dust skin with Fuller's Earth (or Starch) and Zinc Oxide. Internally- ♦Suprarenal Gland. ' Epinine.' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. Prolapsus Ani Treat the cause, e. g., debility, constipation, worms, vesical calculus, phimosis, stricture, etc. Locally-• Operation. ' Hazeline.' *Tannin. ' Epinine.' fAlum. fAlum and Zinc Compound. f Zinc Chloride orfZinc Sulphate. ' Enule ' Suppositories of Bismuth Subgallate ' Hazeline ' Compound or Gall and Opium. Prolapsus Ani (continued) Internally- Sulphur confection. IJLaxative Fruit. * Guaiac and Sulphur. *Lead with Opium. ♦Cascara Sagrada. Pruritus and Prurigo Treat the cause. Always examine urine for sugar. Internally-• ' Epinine.' *Methenamine. *Sodium Bicarbonate. *Sodium Salicylate. *Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. *Atropine. ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Thyroid Gland. Locally-■ X-Rays. Lotions of Alkaline Carbonates, fBoric Acid, fCarbolic Acid, Salicylic Acid, Hydrocyanic Acid, fAlum, fLead Sub- acetate, fCocaine Hydro- chloride. Sulphurous Acid, or tSilver Nitrate. Liniments of Belladonna, Chloroform, Opium,Camphor, Menthol or Ichthamol. ' Menthofax.' Hypodermically- °§Morphine. §Atropine. Pruritus Ani Always carefully examine anus and rectum. Treat rectal ulcer, fissure, worms. Prohibit tobacco and coffee. Reduce or prohibit alcohol. Diet very carefully, especially if gouty. Insist on extreme cleanliness, including washing after each evacuation. Locally- Lead Iodide in Lanoline, ' Wellcome,' Calomel in Lanoline, ' Wellcome,' ' Phenofax,' f Cocaine, tEucaine, fSilver Nitrate, saturated solution of fBoric Acid in ' Hazeline,' Glycerin of Belladonna. ' Epinine.' Ichthamol. Carbolic Acid. *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. * 'Tabloid' § 'Tabloid' Hypodermic ' Tabloid' Pastille t ' Soloid' 0 ' Hypo laid' 182 INDEX OF Pruritus Ani (continued) Internally- ♦Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. ♦Guaiac and Sulphur. ^Laxative Fruit. Sulphur Confection. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Eflerves. ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦Methenamine. By Rectum- ' Enule ' Suppositories of Bismuth Subgallate, ' Epinine,' ' Hazeline ' Compound. ' Hazeline ' Suppositories. Morphine Suppositories. Gall andOpiumSuppositories. Cocaine Suppositories. Pruritus Vulvas Examine urine for sugar. Treat diabetes, gout, etc. Locally- Hot sponging. tAlum (hot solution). f Boric Acid in ' Hazeline' (saturated solution). ' Phenofax.' ' Borofax.' +Corrosive Sublimate lotion. {Cocaine, fEucaine, or Lead Iodide in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Internally- ' Epinine.' ♦Methenamine. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦Quinine. *Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Ammonium Bromide. Psoriasis Locally- Alkaline or Sulphur baths. X-Rays. Ointments of- Ammoniated Mercury, Mer- cury Nitrate, Mercury Iodide (Red), Creosote, Carbolic Acid, Thymol, Salicylic Acid, Pyrogallic Acid,Chrysarobin. Sulphur, Tar, or Ichthamol, in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Internally- ♦Arsenical Compound. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Mercury Perchloride. ♦Potassium Iodide. *' lodicin.' ♦Mercury Perchloride and Potas- sium Iodide. Psoriasis fcontinued)- Internally (continued)- ♦Calcium Sulphide. *Salicin. ♦Sulphur Compound. ♦Thyroid Gland. Sulphur Iodide. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. ♦Sodium Salicylate. ♦Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. Puerperal Fever Locally- Uterine douche of fCorrosive Sublimate or ^Mercuric Potassium Iodide. Curetting. Internally- Ferric Chloride. Hypodermically- Sera. Pulmonary Tuberculosis (see Diet Tables and General Directions) Plenty of fresh air, nourishing, suitable diet. Heliotherapy. Internally- ' Kepler ' preparations. Glycerin. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Hypophospites Compound and Creosote. ♦Blaud Pill with Arsenic and Strychnine. Creosote. ♦Calomel and Creosote. ♦Strychnine. ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. ♦Guaiacol Carbonate. ♦Guaiacol Camphorate. ♦Atropine (for sweating). ♦Zinc Oxide (for sweating). ♦Ichthamol (for sweating). Hypodermically- Tuberculin. §Atropine or §Picrotoxin (for sweating). §Pilocarpine, gr. to gr. half an hour before usual time of sweating,often arrests it after the injection has been repeated on a few successive nights. §Morphine and Strychnine. §Mercury Succinimide. 01 Epinine ' (for night sweats). * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic If 1 Tabloid' Pastille f \Soloid' 0 1 Hypoloid' diseases and treatment 183 Pulmonary T uberculosis (continued) Inhalations- Benzoin Compound Tincture. Iodoform. Locally (to chest)-• Blisters. Mustard leaves. Camphorated Oil. Iodine Liniment. Turpentine. Artificial pneumothorax. Purpura Good food. Vegetables. ♦Strychnine. *Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Nux Vomica. ♦Iron and Arsenic Compound. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ' Epinine.' ' Ernutin.' ♦Ergotin. Turpentine. ♦Tannin. *Calcium Lactate. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract. By Rectum or Hypodermically- Sera (Streptococcus). Quinsy (see Tonsillitis) Relapsing Fever Symptomatic treatment. ♦'Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Ammonium Carbonate, Effer- vescing. Retention of Urine Catheterise. Treat the cause, e. g., paraplegia, enlarged prostate,gonorrhaea, stricture, worms, haemor- rhoids. Retention may be present with, and indicated by, incontinence and constant dribbling. Internally- ♦Methenamine. ♦Opium. *Morphine. ♦Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). ♦Ipecac with Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Hyoscyamus. Liquor Potassae, freely diluted. Gelsemium Tincture. Retention of Urine (contin ued) Intramuscularly- °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract. Externally- Baths. Fomentations. Rheumatic Fever Internally-- Milk diet. Aperient. *Magnesium Sulphate, Efferves- cent. ♦Magnesium Sulphate Com- pound, Effervescent. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin ' Compound. ♦Antifebrin. * Ipecac and Opium Powder. ♦Quinine Bisulphate. ♦Quinine Salicylate. ♦Salol. *Potassium Bicarbonate. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate. ♦Aconite. Potassium Citrate,Effervescent. ♦Potassium Iodide. ♦Acetphenetidin. Colchicum. Locally- To joints- Wrap in *Absorbent Cotton. ' Menthofax.' Salicylic Acid Powder. Blisters. Anodyne applications. Ichthamol Lotion saturating loosely-applied bandage. Hypodermically- Sera and Vaccines. During Convalescence- Internally- ♦Tonic Compound. ' Kepler ' preparations. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦Blaud Pill and'CascaraSagrada. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ffFormates. ♦ttGlycerophosphates. * ' Tabloid' ° ' Hypoloid' § 'Tabloid' Hypodermic ft 'Elixoid' INDEX OF 184 Rheumatism (Subacute and Chronic) Alkaline, Sulphur and Turkish baths. Electric hot-air baths. Radiant heat and light. Mas- sage. Cataphoresis. Appro- priate residence. Regulated diet. Alcohol (not malt liquors) in some cases. Internally- ♦Quinine Salicylate. *Antifebrin. ♦Sodium Salicylate. *Salicin. ♦Potassium Iodide. Iodine. ♦Potassium Bicarbonate. *Salol. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Guaiac and Sulphur. ♦Guaiacol Carbonate. ♦Guaiacol Camphorate. ♦Lithium Carbonate. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦Blaud Pill and Cascara Sagrada. ♦Lithium Benzoate Compound. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Colchicum. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. ♦Salicylic Acid. *Aconite. Hypodermically- §Aconitine Nitrate. Sera. Locally- ' Menthofax.' Opium, Belladonna, Chloro- form, Camphor or Turpentine Liniment. Tar, Creosote, Mercurial, Sul- phur, or Iodine Ointment. Ichthamol Lotion. Ionisation with iodides and salicylates. Rheumatoid Arthritis Regulate diet and alcohol. Internally- ♦Sodium Salicylate. ' Kepler ' preparations. ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦Thymus Gland. ♦Quinine Salicylate. ♦Lithium Benzoate Compound. ♦Guaiac and Sulphur. ♦Guaiacol Carbonate. ♦Guaiacol Camphorate. Piperazine. *Arsenic Trioxide. Rheumatoid Arthritis (continued) Internally (continued)- ttFormates. ' lodicin.' Iodine. ♦Potassium Iodide. Iron Iodide. Colchicum. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Locally- Aconite. Arnica. Capsicum. Massage. ' Ethidol.' Electricity. Cataphoresis. Ichthamol Ointment. Hypodermically- Sera. Rickets Good diet-milk, cream, eggs, butter and animal fats, raw meat juice and pulp, juices of fresh fruits, fruit jellies. Fresh air and sun- light. Sea air. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. Cod Liver Oil. ' Kepler ' Malt Extract and preparations. ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Thymus Gland. Chemical Food. °' Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. *§§Bone Medulla. ♦Residuum Rubrum. ♦Strychnine Sulphate. ♦Calcium Carbonate Compound. R i n g w o rm Of the Scalp - If extensive, shave the head ; if in a few places only, clearly mark out every patch. Wash with carbolic soap, and epilate the diseased hairs. However slight, use a preven- tive ointment all over the head (Sulphur and Salicylic Acid, or Ammoniated Mercury, prepared with Lanoline, ' Wellcome '). Rub into the affected parts some parasiticide, dissolved in Ether and Spirit, in Glycerin, or Lanoline, ' Wellcome ' (the strength must vary according to the age and the extent of surface involved). * 1 Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic ft ' Elixoid' t 'Soloid' ° ' Hypoloid' §§ 1 Vahde' diseases and t r e a t m h n t 185 Ringworm (continued) Of the Scalp (continued) Parasiticides that may be em- ployed :- **Iodine. Acetic Acid. ((Turpentine. ■(■Boric Acid, in Ether and Spirit. ■(■Carbolic Acid, diluted. Chrysarobin, or Goa Powder. Chrysarobin,andSalicylic Acid. Creosote. | (Sulphur Iodide. ||Mercury Iodide (Red). Iodine in colourless Oil of Tar. Iodine in Oil of Cade. ||Mercury Nitrate Ointment. I (Copper and Mercury oleates. Resorcin. Salicylic Acid. Sulphur (precipitated). Sulphur and Salicylic Acid. Sulphur and Ammoniated Mercury. Sulphur Iodide Ointment. Sulphurous Acid. Application of X-Rays. Croton Oil treatment. This requires very special care and attention, as directed in works on skin diseases. Ionisation with tZinc or •(■Copper Salts. Of the Body- Any of the preceding, except those marked || may be used, but in a more dilute form than for ringworm of the scalp. Salivation Treat the cause, such as stomatitis, or neuroses. If mercurial, stop mercurial treatment. *Atropine. *Belladonna Extract. Sand-fly Fever Saline purgatives. *Acetphenetidin. *Bromides. Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. * Ipecac and Opium Powder (Dover Powder). *Caffeine, Citrated. *Salicylates. SarcinaiVentriculi Wash out the stomach. *Salol. Sodium Sulphite. *Beta-naphthol. Creosote. *Sodium Salicylate. Scabies Disinfect linen v.:th high pres- sure steam. Frequent hot baths and scrub- bing of skin before applying ointment. Sulphur, Tar, Ammoniated Mercury or Storax, in Lanoline, ' Wellcome.' Schistosomiasis General tonic treatment, bowels being regulated and exercise insisted upon. Riding and cycling must be avoided while irritation lasts. Intravenously- fAntimony Tartrate Compound. ' Neostam. ' Intramuscularly- °§Emetine. Internally- ♦Methenamine. Sciatica (see also Neuralgia) Always examine for possible intrapelvic pressure, as, e. g., from new growth. Empty the lower bowel. Con- stipation is a frequent cause, especially in the aged. Absolute rest. Warmth. Avoid massage in acute stage. Abundant fluid. Electric hot-air baths. Radiant light and heat. Hot mustard baths. High frequency currents. ' Menthofax ' (locally). Ionisation with fCocaine, tPotassium Iodide, or ^Salicylates. Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. *' Empirin ' Compound. *Guaiac and Sulphur. *Quinine Valerate. *Zinc Valerate. Hypodermically- §Morphine. Locally- Inject nerve with absolute alcohol. Nerve Stretching. x ' Tabloid ' § ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic ° ' Hypolo id ' t ' Solo id' ** ' Vaporole' 186 INDEX OF Scurvy (see also Purpura) Appropriate diet, milk, fresh fruit and vegetables. Ger- minated pulses. Tomatoes. Orange juice. Swede juice. *! Lemon Juice. Potassium Citrate, Effervescent ♦Sodium Citrate. fSodium Bicarbonate. ♦Residuum Rubrum. Sea=Sickness Supine position. Tight clothing around abdomen. Internally- Chloretone. Iced Champagne. ♦Potassium Bromide. ♦Chloral Hydrate. ♦Antipyrine Compound. ♦Cerium Oxalate. ♦Chloralformamide. ♦' Coffee-Mint. ♦Acetphenetidin Compound. ♦Trinitrin Compound. ♦Antifebrin Compound. ♦Three Bromides, Effervescent. Locally- Counter-irritants to epigas- trium. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. °§Atropine. S 11 ingles (see Herpes Zoster) Shock Recumbent position. Warmth to extremities. Legs may be bound up in cotton wool. Feet raised, upper portion of body low (i. e., foot of bed may be raised on blocks). Hypodermically- 01 Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. fSaline infusions, with °' Epinine,' 01 Ernutin,' or §' Tyramine ' Acid Phosphate. "Strychnine. Per Rectum- *f Saline solutions. Skin (Various Diseases) Internally- ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Arsenical Compound. ♦Calcium Sulphide. ♦Ichthamol. ♦Calcium Lactate. ♦' lodicin.' ♦Calomel and Creosote. ♦Thyroid Gland. ♦' Varium.' Soamin.' Dusting Powders - Zinc Oxide, Bismuth, Starch, Calamine, Boric Acid, Sali- cylic Acid. Liniments - Carron Oil. Turpentine. Lotions - Calamine. fLead Subacetate. fSodium Bicarbonate. Sulphur. Thymol. fAlum. fSilver Nitrate. Tannin. fBoric Acid. Collodion. O i n t m e n t s - Lanoline, ' Wellcome,' Toilet Lanoline,'Wellcome,' 'Borofax,' " 'Hazeline' Snow," ' Hazeline ' Cream, ' Phenofax,' and com- binations with Lanoline, ' Wellcome,' of the following :- Spermaceti, Ichthamol, Calamine, Lead Subacetate, Boric Acid, Bismuth Oleate, Iodoform, Carbolic Acid, Salicylic Acid, Ammoniated Mercury, Sulphur, Sulphur Iodide, Tar, Creosote, Chrysarobin, Pyrogallic Acid. Plasters - Lead. Ichthamol. Tar. Bella- donna. Mercury, Salicylic Acid. Starch. intramuscular Injections - ' Soamin.' * ''Tabloid' ° ' Hypoloid' t 'Soloid' 'Tabloid' Pastille DISEASES AND TREATMENT 187 Sleeping Sickness Isolate patient. Remove to temperate climate. Intramuscular injections of ' Soamin.' Intravenous injections of Anti- mony, Potassium Tartrate or Stibacetin. Sleeplessness (see Insomnia) S m a 11 - P o x Vaccination as prophylactic. Internally- ♦Antipyrine. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Sodium Sulphite. ♦Sodium Sulphocarbolate. Ferric Chloride. ♦Quinine. ♦Salol. Locally- •(•Potassium Permanganate. ♦♦Iodine. Lotion of fCarbolic Acid. Mercurial Cream, Blue, ' Wellcome.' Vaseline to soften crusts. Spermatorrhoea (see Emissions) Spirochaetosis I c t e r o = h te m o r r h a g i c a Intravenous Injection- ♦Methenarnine. Sprains Rest; very hot fomentations, followed by bandages firmly applied ; cold or evaporating lotions ; cold douche ; strap- ping ; massage often begun with advantage immediately after injury ; electric hot-air baths ; radiant heat and light. Liniments - Aconite, Opium, Belladonna. Turpentine, Iodine or Arnica. Sprue Hot wet packs (changing to tepid and cold) for two hours twice daily. Diet wholly of milk, or wholly of meat:- Milk-3 to 4 oz. slowly sipped every hour (increase interval as patient improves.) Meat--whilst very ill, fresh juice of scraped beef ; beef jelly, etc., every half hour or hour; when improving, pounded beef, chicken or fish, 5 oz. thrice daily with baked bread. Before eating, paint tongue with fCocaine solution ; after eating, with Chromic Acid Solution (gr. x in 9i). Give *Sodium Bicarbonate 15 minutes before meals ; Castor Oil 9i to 9ii) every third day. ♦' Pepana.' *Santonin. Strawberries, and fruits in general. Remove to temperate climate. Autogenous Streptococcal Vaccines. * Parathyroid Gland, together with Calcium Salts. Stings (see Bites) Sunstroke (or Heat Stroke) Patient removed to dark, cool place. Ice-bag to head and body generally. Cold sponging of body. When temperature in rectum falls to ioi-6 sponging stopped. Internally (for Heart Failure and Collapse)- *Tea. Coffee. Alcohol in some cases. 'Ammonium Carbonate. ♦Trinitrin. *Trinitrin Compound. ♦Digitalis. *Digitalis Leaf. If Maniacal- ♦Potassium Bromide. If Convulsions- Inhalations of Chloroform and Oxygen. * ' Tabloid ' ** 1 Vaporole ' t ' Soloid' 188 INDEX OF Sunstroke fcontinued) Hypodermically- If no Convulsions-.- Signs of Cardiac failure. §Strychnine. §Digitalin. "Adrenalin. If Cyanosis marked- Venesection. By Rectum-■ JSaline injection. Sycosis (see also Ringworm) Locally-. Mercury Cyanide. X-Rays. Boric Starch Poultices. Hypodermically- Sera and Vaccine (Staphylo- coccus). Syncope (see Collapse) Syphilis Internally- ♦Potassium Iodide. Iron Iodide. ♦Mercury Perchloride. ♦Mercuric Potassium Iodide. ♦Mercury Perchloride and Potassium Iodide. ♦Grey Powder. *Blaud Pill. ♦Grey Powder and Dover Powder. ♦Grey Powder and Sodium Bicarbonate. ♦' lodicin.' ♦Mercury Iodide (Green). ♦Mercury Iodide (Red). ♦Mercury Iodide (Yellow). 'Kepler ' Malt Extract with Iron Iodide. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract and Iron Iodide. ♦Blaud Pill and Arsenic. ♦BlaudPill and Cascara Sagrada. Externally- Mercurial inunction. Calomel vapour baths. Turkish baths. Syphilis (continued) Intramuscularly- "Bismuth Metal. "Calomel. "Grey Oil. §Mercury Perchloride. §Mercury Succinimide. ' Soamin.' Mercurial Cream, ' Wellcome.' Calomel Cream, ' Wellcome.' Mercury Salicylate Cream, ' Wellcome.' ' Bicreol ' Bismuth Cream. Tabes Dorsalis (see Locomotor Ataxy) Tetanus Tetanus Antitoxic Serum, as a prophylactic. Internally- * Potassium Bromide. ♦Chloral Hydrate (large doses). ♦Gelsemium Tincture. ♦Hyoscyamus. ♦Trinitrin. *Trinitrin Compound. *Butyl-Chloral Hydrate and Gelsemine. Hypodermically- Tetanus Antitoxic Serum (may also be injected intravenously or intrathecally). °§Morphine. §Atropine. §Morphine and Atropine. "§Apomorphine. §Curara. §Hyoscyamine Sulphate. °§Hyoscine Hydrobromide. §Physostigmine Salicylate. Inhalations- Chloroform, ' Wellcome.' Ether, ' Wellcome.' **Amyl Nitrite. Thirst ♦Thirst Quencher. *Citric Acid. IJLemon Juice. Potassium Citrate,Effervescent. ♦Quinine Bisulphate and Potas- sium Citrate, Effervescent. Ice to suck. * ' Tabloid' § ' Tabloid' Hypodermic If ' Tabloid' Pastille t ' Soloid' ° ' Hypo laid' ** lVaporole' diseases and treatment 189 Tonsillitis (Acute) Locally- Applications, with brush, of Glycerin of Borax, Glycerin of Tannic Acid, Glycerin and Iron Perchloride Tincture. Gargles of fAlum, Potassium Chlorate and Glycerin, fEucaine Hydrochloride, fEucaine Lactate, Ferric Chloride, ' Epinine ' 'Borax, fBoric Acid, fZinc Perman- ganate, fZinc Sulphocar- bolate, f Nasal ' Eucalyptia ' Compound or fNasal Phenol Compound. Inhalations of steam. Sprays of 'Potassium Chlorate, 'Epinine,''Borax,fBoric Acid fCocaine Hydrochloride, f Eucaine Hydrochloride, fEucaine Lactate, or 'Sodium Salicylate solution. Insufflations of Boric Acid Powder, Guaiac Powder. Internally- 'Magnesium Sulphate, Efferves- cent. 'Quinine Bisulphate. 'Quinine, Camphor and Aconite. 'Quinine Salicylate. 'Sodium Salicylate and Potas- sium Bicarbonate. *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Empirin ' Compound. 'Sodium Salicylate. To be Sucked- *' Epinine ' Compound. fJPine Tar Compound. 'Potassium Chlorate and Borax. 'Sodium Bicarbonate. 'Tannin. 'Carbolic Acid with Slippery Elm. 'Slippery Elm. Toothache Locally- Dental treatment. Oil of Cloves, applied warm on 'Absorbent Cotton to tooth. Strong fCarbolic Acid, or Creo- sote, applied on 'Absorbent Cotton,to thetooth, with great care, so as not to injure the skin or mucous membrane. Rub the gum with Ammonium Chloride, Opium Tincture, fCocaine lotion, fBenzamine lotion. Chloroform, ' Wellcome,' or Camphor and Chloral Hydrate. Toothache (continued) Locally (continued)- In rubbing the gum with Chloroform, care should be taken to keep it away from the lips and the angle of the mouth. Fomentations to jaw. Internally- Purgatives. *Chloral Hydrate. *Acetphenetidin. *Acetphenetidin Compound. *' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. Empirin ' Compound. *Butyl-Chloral Hydrate and Gelsemine. Torticollis Get to know if it be a congenital condition. Distinguish congenital from acquired. Examine carefully ears, eyes, throat, teeth and spinal column for peripheral irritation ; and observe condition of thyroid gland. Locally- If congenital-Tenotomy and plaster. Galvanism. Belladonna. Massage. ' Ethidol.' Internally- *' Empirin '.AcetylsalicylicAcid. *Nux Vomica. * Potassium Bromide. 'Belladonna Extract. Intram uscularly- §Hyoscyamine Sulphate. °§Morphme. Tropica! Ulcer Locally- X-Rays. Scraping with Volkmann spoon and dressing with 'Double Cyanide Gauze. t Potassium Permanganate. Salt Solution and Zinc Oxide powder. Silver Nitrate pencil. Iodine. Internally- 'Quinine and 'Arsenic. 'Potassium Iodide. * 1 Tabloid' § 1 Tabloid: Hybode7^11 IC t Soloid' ° ' Hypoloid* 190 INDEX OF Trypanosomiasis (see Sleeping Sickness) Tuberculosis (see Pulmonary Tuberculosis) Typhoid and Paratyphoid Fever (See also Fevers, Diarrhoea, Delirium, Heart) Typhoid Vaccine, as a pro- phylactic. Internally- Peptonised foods. *Beta-naphthol Compound. ♦Benzo-naphthol. If diarrhoea excessive- ♦Bismuth and *Opium. ♦LeadAcetate and*Morphine. If hasmorrhage-• ♦Opium. *Lead Acetate. ♦Calcium Lactate. Hypodermically or per Rectum- Anti-typhoid Serum. fSaline solutions (for hasmor- rhage). Vaccines. Subcutaneously- Normal Horse Serum. Typhus Fever Attend to Sanitation and Cleanliness. By Rectum- Normal Saline (fSodium Chlor- ide). Nutrient enemata. Internally- Camphor Oil. Brandy. Alcohol. Intravenously- Normal Saline (fSodium Chlor- ide) with Sodium Citrate. Peptone. Ulcers Treat the cause, e.g., varicose veins, syphilis, tubercle, gout. Insist upon absolute rest in bed. Locally- Poultices. Ointment (See Skin). Powders of Starch, Zinc Oxide, Boric Acid, Iodoform, or Calomel. Astringent applications in suit- able strengths, of fAIum, Copper Sulphate, fSilver Nitrate, tCarbolic Acid, or fLead Subacetate. Calamine lotion when very irritating. Ionisation with fZinc or fCopper Salts. Sodium Citrate and Sodium Chloride. Oxygen allowed to play on ulcer for 20 minutes twice daily. Internally- ♦' lodicin.' ♦Calcium Lactate. U n d u 1 a n t (Mediterranean) Fever Sponging. Ice-packs. Bromides. Hypodermically-■ Undulant Fever Vaccine. U r £e m i a (see Bright's Disease) Urine (see Incontinence of, Retention of) U r t i c a r i a (see also Skin and Pruritus) Treat cause, if possible. Regulate diet. Prevent scratching. ' Epinine.' *Aloin. ♦Arsenic Trioxide. ♦Ichthamol. *Suprarenal Gland. Infundin' Pituitary (Infundi- bular) Extract. * 1 Tabloid' § Tabloid' Hypodermic t 'Soloid' ° 'Hypoloid' diseases and treatment 191 Urticaria (continued) ♦Cathartic Compound. ♦Calcium Lactate. ♦Rhubarb and Soda. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate. Colchicum. ♦Belladonna Extract. Normal Horse Serum. Hypodermically- Sodium Cacodylate. Sodium Hyposulphite. Autogenous Vaccines. Uterine Haemorrhage (see Menorrhagia, Post-partwn Hemorrhage) Vomiting Ascertain whether there is any source of peripheral irritation such as intestinal, renal or biliary colic ; exclude peri- tonitis and intestinal obstruc- tion, hernia, renal disease, cerebral tumour, tabes, etc. ; regulate the diet, and treat dyspepsia. Counter-irritants to the epigas- trium. Internally-■ Tincture of Iodine. ♦Citric Acid with*Sodium Bicarbonate. Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. ♦Soda-Mint. Soda Water. Ice. Coffee-Mint.' ♦' Gingament.' ♦Cerium Oxalate. ♦Ammonium Bromide. ♦Strontium Bromide. ♦Bismuth and Soda. ♦Chloral Hydrate. ♦Guaiacol Carbonate. ♦Three Bromides, Effervescent. Hypodermically- °§Morphine. Vomiting of Pregnancy Rest, till after time for sickness due. ♦Chloral Hydrate. fCocaine Hydrochloride (min. io of 3% solution, repeated). Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. ♦Guaiacol Carbonate. ♦Strychnine. *Nux Vomica. ♦' Gingament.' ♦Cerium Oxalate. *'Coffee-Mint.' ♦Soda-Mint. Vomiting of Pregnancy (continued) * Pepsin and Strychnine. *Pepsin, Bismuth and Strych- nine. * Potassium Iodide. ♦Thyroid Gland. Soda Water. Ice. ♦Sodium Bicarbonate. Iodine Tincture. Warts Locally- Radium. X-Rays. Electric Cautery. Glacial Acetic, Nitric, Carbolic, Hydrochloric, Salicylic, or Chromic Acid. fSilver Nitrate. fZinc Chloride. Zinc Iodide. Zinc Nitrate. Ionisation with ■(•Magnesium Salts. Carbon Dioxide Snow. Internally ♦Thyroid Gland. Whooping Cough Fresh air ; good food. If fever, rest in bed. Internally- Benzyl Benzoate. ♦Ipecac and Squill. ♦Belladonna Extract. ♦Sodium Bromide Compound. ♦Chloral Hydrate. ♦Hyoscyamus. ♦Salicylic Acid. ♦ Quinine. ♦' Empirin ' Acetylsalicylic Acid. ♦' Empirin.' Compound ♦Strychnine. ♦Antipyrine. *Acetphenetidin. ♦Acetphenetidin Compound. ♦Zinc Valerate. ♦Antipyrine Compound ♦Antifebrin Compound. Hypodermically- §Hyoscyamine. §Atropine. Vaccines. Ether, ' Wellcome.' Locally- Liniment ofAceticAcid,Turpen- tine, Chloroform, or Mustard. Inhalations- ♦Carbolic Acid, Creosote, or Benzoin Compound Tincture. ♦♦Chloroform and Ethyl Iodide Compound. * ' Tabloid' § 1 Tabloid' Hypodermic t ' Soloid ' ** ' Vapor ole ' 192 INDEX OF Whooping Cough (continued) Du ri 11g Convalescent e- Change or air. ♦Hypophosphites Compound. ♦Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine. 'Strychnine. ' Kepler ' preparations. Worms Thread Worm- Regulate the diet, and insist upon salt with food. Internally- ♦Santonin, cautiously at first. ♦Ammonium Chloride,to prevent accumulation of mucus. ♦Magnesium Sulphate Efferves- cent. ♦Rhubarb and Soda. *Aloin. ♦Asafetida and Opium Com- pound, cautiously at first. ♦Santonin and Calomel. ♦Bismuth Subsantonate Com- pound. ♦Bland Pill and Cascara Sagrada. By Rectum- ' Enule ' Quassin Suppositories. ' Enule ' Santonin Suppositories Enemata of salt and water, Quassia, fAlum, Turpentine, Ferric Chloride, Catechu, ♦Thymol, Kino, Rhatany, Hematoxylin, Tannin or Lime Water. Round Wo rm - ♦Santonin, cautiously, followed by Castor Oil. ♦Santonin and Calomel. * Jalap. Chenopodium Oil, ' Wellcome.' ♦Bismuth Subsantonate Compound ♦Beta-naphthol. ♦Magnesium Sulphate, Effervescent. ♦Magnesium Sulphate Compound, Effervescent ♦Thymol. ' Paroleine.' Tape Worm - Remove mucus from intestine by saline purges, low diet for two-days then- Male Fem followed by ♦Castor Oil. 'Turpentine. Worms (continued) Tape Worm (continued) ♦Pelletierine Tannate. *Beta-naphthol. Areca. Valerian, in convulsions. Hookworm - (see A nkylostomiasis) Yaws Demulcent drinks. ♦Guaiac. Sulphur Confection. ♦Mercury. Potassium Iodide. ♦Arsenic. Hypodermically or Intramuscularly- ' Bicreol ' Bismuth Cream. Tartro-bismuthate of Potassium. "Bismuth Metal. Yellow Fever Isolate patient. Protect from mosquitoes. ' Sketofax ' as culicifuge. At outset (if no albumin in urine) 20 grains *Quinine and 20 grains *Calomel, followed by saline purge. Ice to head. If urine albuminous, clear out bowels by enema. Beef juice, beef jelly, enemata of peptonised milk with brandy. Internally- Ice. 'Sodium Bicarbonate. ♦Mercury Perchloride. Lemon Juice. *Quinine Sulphate. *Arsenic Trioxide ♦Carbolic Acid, freely. Hypodermically- (In cardiac failure). °§Strychnine. §Sparteine Sulphate. Locally- (If urine suppressed) Dry cup over loins, followed by hot fomentations or mustard plaster. Catheterise. * ' Tabloid.' " ' Hypoloid ' 5 'Tabloid' Hypodermic If 'Tabloid' Pastille TECHNIQUE OF INJECTIONS 193 Technique of Hypodermic Intramuscular, Intravenous and 1NTRASP1NAL INJECTION In making an injection by any of these methods, antiseptic precautions should be observed. In order to be certain that the syringe and needle are completely sterilised, they should be boiled for five minutes in a five per cent, solution of carbolic acid. Many clinicians are content, in practice, to fill the syringe with an antiseptic, e. g., five per cent, carbolic acid solution, and to allow this to remain in the syringe for about half-an-hour. At the site of the injection the skin is first washed with soap and water, ether or benzene is then applied to remove grease, and finally the skin is swabbed with a 20 per cent, solution of carbolic acid. A simple and efficient alternative method of preparing the site for injection is to paint the skin with iodine. For this purpose ' Vaporole ' Iodine is particularly convenient. Before the injection is made, care should be taken to expel all air from the syringe. Hypodermic Injection The site most frequently employed for hypodermic injection is the forearm. Such injections may, however, be given between the scapulae, in the tissues of the abdominal wall, or, sometimes, in the buttock region. Pinch up a fold of the skin and push the needle, bevel upward, sharply, with a slight stabbing motion, through the entire thickness of the skin, into the middle of the fold. The needle is kept parallel with the surface and inserted for about half-an-inch. The injection should not be rapid, but continuous, in order that it may be as painless as possible. Slowly withdraw the needle as the injection is made. Hypodermic Injection-Showing method of inserting needle Intramuscular Injection Intramuscular Injections are best made into the gluteal region. Great care should be taken to avoid the nerves and blood-vessels of the part where injections are made. The most convenient site is a point midway between the posterior superior iliac spine and the ischial tuberosity (see illustration, page 194. This site is also midway between the anterior-superior iliac spine and the top of the inter-gluteal furrow. The needle should be introduced perpendicularly, and if the point strikes the bone it should be withdrawn about a quarter of an inch so that the injection may be made 194 TECHNIQUE OF INJECTIONS into the muscle. Care should be taken not to inject into the superficial tissues, e. g., into the subcutaneous fat, as, in that case, pain, stiffness, inflammation, necrosis of tissue, and abscess formation may result. In repeating injections, endeavour not to use the same spot twice. Keep at least half-an-inch away from the previous puncture mark, and work backwards towards the sacro-iliac articulation along a line about two inches below the crest. Iliac Crest Anterior Superior Spine Ischial Tuberosity Inject Here Posterior Superior Spine Top of Inter-gluteal Furrow- Intravenous Injection Intramuscular Injection-Showing site of injection Shave the skin at bend of elbow and disinfect with some antiseptic solution, e. g., ' Vaporole ' Iodine. Ask the patient to hang the arm downwards, clenching and unclenching the hand meanwhile. This helps to make the vessels more prominent. Then supinate and extend patient's arm and further distend the veins by tying a tourniquet, a piece of rubber tubing or a bandage round the upper arm. Either of these appliances ought to be just sufficiently tight to exclude the radial pulse. Now choose a prominent vein (usually the median basilic vein) and insert Intravenous Injection-Showing site of injection and method of introducing needle the needle in a direction parallel with the axis of the vein and pointing towards proximal end of limb. One must always be sure that, before injection, the needle is actually in the vein, by allowing a few drops TECHNIQUE OF INJECTIONS 195 of blood to appear in the barrel of the syringe. The tourniquet should be removed as soon as the vein is entered and before the injection is given. Should the needle not have entered the vein on first effort, it can often be manipulated into the vein without withdrawing it. This, if it can be accomplished, is the better method, as sometimes when the needle is withdrawn, pending a second effort to enter the vein, a h®matoma results and may somewhat obscure the vein's course, thus rendering a successful re-introduction more difficult. Intraspinal Injection The point of election is the space between the fourth and fifth lumbar vertebra. Place the patient on his side near the edge of the bed in a good light, with the thighs flexed on the abdomen and knees bent, the head and shoulders thrown well forward. Mark the summit of each of the iliac crests ; a line joining these will pass between the fourth and fifth lumbar vertebra. Scrub and disinfect hands carefully and then sterilise the patient's skin. In children who are conscious, and in some nervous adults, it may be advisable to give a general anaesthetic before doing lumbar puncture, or otherwise they may move at the critical moment and thus break the needle, which in this site may be quite a serious complication. Use a large bore Inti'aspinal Injection-Showing the site of injection and the position of the hands immediately before the actual lumbar puncture is made. The dots represent the first four lumbar spines. needle, carefully sterilised, and insert the needle with the stiletie at right angles to the skin in the middle line, just below the spine of the fourth lumbar vertebra and continue inwards and slightly upwards through the inter- vertebral space into the spinal canal, which is situated about two to three inches from the skin surface. If the point of the needle strikes the bone, withdraw slightly and try again. Having entered the canal, withdraw the stilette, and the cerebro-spinal fluid will pass through the needle. If blood returns through the needle, the point has entered a vein, and the operation must be done over again. If no fluid at all comes through the needle, then, of course, the needle has not entered the spinal canal, so another effort must be made to attain that end. A quantity of cerebro-spinal fluid slightly in excess of the quantity of fluid to be injected is withdrawn, and the fluid injected from phials kept in water at a temperature of 38° C. After the injection the patient's head is lowered and the hips raised, this position being maintained for'about two hours, to allow of diffusion of the injection. The rule commonly given for fixing the dose for children is to divide the age by the age increased by 12. Thus, for a child two years old, the dose would be 2 4 (2 + 12) = 5 the ordinary adult dose. There are well-known exceptions to this rule, as in the administration of calomel, belladonna, hyoscyamus, or arsenic, of which drugs children tolerate large doses; and opium,'which in very small doses may cause fatal results in infants. It is stated that children of five will tolerate as large doses of arsenic as adults, and that girls often require more than boys. Generally the dose of cathartics should be greater, and that of narcotics less, than indicated by this rule. The following table gives a safe working age-dose somewhat smaller than that based on the above calculation :- If the adult dose of any given drug be 60 grains or minims, the proportionate doses for children and young persons would be as follow :- DOSES PROPORTIONATE TO AGE Under 6 months ... gr. 3 or min. 3 5 year to 1 year ... gr. 4 ,, min. 4 1 year to 2 years ... gr. 5 ,, min. 5 2 years to 3 ,, ... gr. 7 J „ min. 73 3 ,, 4 ,, ••• gr. 10 „ min. 10 4 ,, 6 ,, ... gr. 15 „ min. 15 6 years to 10 years gr. 20 or min. 20 ro „ 13 „ gr. 25 ,, min. 25 13 ,, 16 ,, gr. 30 „ min. 30 16 „ 18 „ gr. 40 „ min. 40 18 ,, 20 „ gr. 50 ,, min. 50 21 ,, gr. 60 „ min. 60 The proportionate dose for any age, twenty years or less, may also be found by taking one-twentieth of the full therapeutic dose, and multiplying the result by the age in years. The doses may require lessening for patients advanced in life, but no exact rules can be laid down. The dose of most drugs is slightly larger when given by the rectum than when administered by the mouth. The hypodermic dose should generally be slightly smaller than that by the mouth. Thermometers Fahrenheit, Centigrade and Reaumur This table shows the relationship between these three thermometric scales at certain temperatures. To convert degrees F. into degrees C., deduct 32, multiply by 5 and divide by 9. To convert degrees C. into degrees F., multiply by 9, divide by 5 and add 32. To convert degrees F. into degrees R., deduct 32, multiply by 4 and divide by 9. To convert degrees R. into degrees F., multiply by 9, divide by 4 and add 32. Freezing point = 320 F. ; o° C. ; and o° R. Boiling point = 2120 F. ; 100° C. ; and'8o° R. F. C. R. 212 100 80 200 93'3 74'7 150 65-6 52'4 112 44'4 35-5 IIO 43'3 34'7 108 42-2 33'8 106 41-1 32-9 105 40-6 32-4 IO4 40 32 103 39'4 31-6 102 38-9 31'1 ioi-5 386 30'9 101 38-3 30-7 ioo-5 38-1 30-4 100 37-8 30-2 99'5 37-5 30 99 37-2 29-8 f Body tem- 98'4l perature } 36-9 29'5 98 36-7 293 97-5 36-4 29-1 97 36-1 28-9 9$5 35'8 28-7 96 35 28-4 955 35'3 28-2 F. C. R. 95 35 28 94 34'4 27-6 92 33'3 26-7 90 32-2 25-8 88 3I-I 24-9 86 30 24 84 28-9 23-1 82 27-8 22-2 80 26-7 21'3 78 25-6 20'4 76 24'4 19-6 74 23-3 18 7 72 22-2 17 8 70 2I-T 16-9 68 20 16 66 18-9 I5-I 64 17-8 14-2 62 16-7 13-3 60 15-6 12-4 58 14'4 n-6 56 13-3 io-7 54 12-2 g-8 52 II«I 8.9 32 O 0 P OSO LOG I CAL Table In the case of the official preparations in the following table, the doses given are U. S. P. Average Doses. APOTHECARIES METRIC Acetanilidum (Antifebrinum) gr. 3 ... 0-2 gm. Acetphenetidinum gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. Acetum Scillae ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. Acidum Aceticum Dil. ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Acetylsalicylicum ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ Acetyltannicum gr. 10 ... o-6 gm. „ Benzoicum ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. ,, Boricum gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. „ Carbolicum (Phenol) ... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. „ „ Liquefactum ... min. 1 ... 0-06 c.c. t „ Citricum gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. * „ Gallicum gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Hydriodicum Dil. ... min. 8 ... 0-5 c.c. * „ Hydrobrom. Dil. ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Hydrochlor. Dil. ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. * ,, Hydrocyanic. Dil. ... min. ... o-i c.c. „ Hypophosphorosum ... min. 3 ... 0-2 c.c. + „ Lacticum ... ... min. 30 ...2 c.c. I „ Nitrohydrochlor. Dil. ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Phosphoricum Dil. ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Salicylicum gr. 12 ... 0-75 gm. ,, Sulphuricum Aromat. ... min. 8 ... 0-5 c.c. „ Sulphuricum Dil. ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Tannicum gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. t „ Tartaricum ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Aconitina gr. ... 0-00015 gm. Aconitum ... ... ... gr. 1 ...o-6gm. Aether ... ... ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. Aethylis Aminobenzoas ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ Chaulmoogras ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. j ... O.OI5 Agar dr. 2$ ... 10 gm. Albumini Tannas ... ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. Aloe gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. Aloinum ... ... ... ... gr. | ... 0-015 gm. Alumen ... ... ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Amidopyrina ... ... ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. Ammonii Benzoas ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Bromidum gr. 15 ... 1 gm. ,, Carbonas ... ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ Chloridum ... ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. J „ lodidum gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ Saiicylas ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. I „ Valeras gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Amyl Nitris (inhaled) ... ... min. 3 ... 0-2 c.c. Antimonii et Potassii 1 „ , Tartaras (expectorant) J ®r' 3 g- Antipyrinum ... ... ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. Apomorphin® Hydrochlor. . (expectorant) ' gr. ... o-ooi gm. (emetic hypodermic) ' gr. ... 0-005 gm. For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * These preparations are turn-official + These doses are not in U.S.P. X. 198 POSOLOGICAL TABLE APOTHECARIES METRIC Arseni lodidum ... ... ... gr. ... 0-005 gm. Arseni Trioxidum gr. 3*0 ... 0-002 gm. Arsphenamina (Intravenous) ... gr. 6j ... 0-4 gm. Asafetida gr. 6 ... 0-4 gm. Atropina ... ... ... gr. rJ0 ... 0-0006 gm. Atropin® Sulphas ... ... gr. ,I0 ... 0-0005 gm. Barbitalum gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. „ Soluble gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Belladonnas Folia ... ... gr. 1 ... o-6 gm. „ Radix gr. f ... 0-045 gm. Benzaldehydum ... ... ... min. | ... 0-03 c.c. IBenzamin® (Eucain®) 1 gr £ to gr $ ... 0-008 gm. to 0 03 gm. Hydrochlor., vel *Lactas ; 0 8 & 2 Benzoinum ... ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. ♦Benzo-naphthol gr. 5 to gr. 10 0-3 gm. to o-6 gm. Betanaphtbol ... ... ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. Bismuth Subcarbonas ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Subgallas gr. 15 ••• 1 gm. „ Subnitras ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. ,, Subsalicylas gr. 15 ■■■ 1 gm. Borax (Sodii Boras) gr. 12 ... 0'75 gm. Buchu gr. 30 ... 2 gm. ♦Butyl-Chloral Hydras gr. 5 togr. 20... 0-3 gm. to 1-2 gm. Cafieina ... ... ••• gr. 2| ... 0-15 gm. „ Citrata gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. Cafieina Sodio-Benzoas I _. „ By mouth J 5 "• 0 3 gm' „ ,, Hypodermic ... gr. 3 ... 0-2 gm. Calcii Bromidum gr. 15 1 gm. „ Carbonas Praecipitatus ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Chloridum gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Glycerophosphas ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. T artaq 2T. m ... I * " Phosphas gr. 5 to gr. 15... 0-3 gm. to 1 gm. Calomel (laxative) gr. 2| ... 0-15 gm. Calumba gr. 15 1 gm. Cambogia gr. 2 ... 0-125 gm. Camphora gr. 3 ... 0-2 gm. t „ Monobromata ... gr. 2 ... 0-125 gm. ♦Cannabin® Tannas ... ... gr. 4 to gr. 8... 0-25 gm. to 0-5 gm. ♦Capsicum ... ... ... gr. 1 ...o-o6gm. Carbo Ligni gr. 15 1 gm. Carbonei Tetrachloridum I • ... r r (single dose) f mn-40 - 2 5 c.c. Carbromalum ... ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. ♦Cerebrin gr. 5 togr. 20... 0-3 gm. to 1-3 gm. {Cerii Oxalas gr. 3 ... 0-2 gm. ♦Chloral Formamidum L sr is to er 4 s 1 em to a gm (Chloralamidum) J gr. i5togi.45 1 gm. to 3 gm. Chloralum Hydratum ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Chloroformum ... ... ... min. 5 ... 0-3 c.c. Cinchonidin® Sulphas gr. cl ... 0-15 gm. Cinchophenum ... ... ... gr. 8 ... o'5 gm. Cocaina ... ... ... ... gr. ... 0-015 gm. Cocain® Hydrochloridum ... gr. j ... 0-015 gm. Codeina gr. i ...0-03 gm. Codein® Phosphas gr. | ... 0-03 gm. „ Sulphas gr. i ... 0-03 gm. Colchici Cormus gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ Semen gr. 3 ... 0-2 gm. Colchicina ... ... ... gr. iSn ... 0-0005 gm. Colocynthis ... ... ... gr. ... o-r gm. Copaiba min. 15 ... 1 c.c. Cotarnin® Chloridum ... ... gr. 1 ...0 06 gm. For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * These preparations are non-official t These doses are not in U.S.P. X. P o S O I. O G I C A I. T A B I. E 199 APOTHECARIES METRIC Creosoti Carbonas ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Creosotum ... ... ... min. 4 .... 0-25 c.c. Cresol ... ... ... ... min. 1 ...o-o6c.c. Cubeba gr. 30 ... 2 gm. Cupri Sulphas (emetic) ... ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. tDiamorphina Hydrochlor. ... gr. ... 0-003 8m- *Didymin gr.5andupwardso-3 gm. and upwards *Digitalinum (Amorph.) ... gr. to^,- ... 0-0006 gm. to 0-002 gm. * „ (Cryst.) gr.rA?r toxin ... 0'00012 gm. to 0-0005 gm. Digitalis Folium gr.'i^ ... o-i gm. Elaterinum gr. ... 0-003 gm- * Emelinas et Bismutbi lodidum gr. 1 to gr. 3... 0-06 gm. to 0-2 gm. * „ Hydrobromidum ... gr. | to gr. J... 0 01 gm. to 0-03 gm. t „ Hydrochloridum ... gr. | ... 0-02 gm. Empirin ' gr. 5 togr. 15... 0-3 gm. to t gm. Ergota gr- 3° ■ • • 2 gm. ♦Ergotininae Citras gr. to ... 0-0003 gm. to 0-0013 gm. *Ergotoxina gr. TAn to ... 0-0006 gm. to 0-0013 gm. *' Ernutin ' ... ... ... min.30tomin.60 1 -8 c.c. to 3-5 c.c. ♦Erythrol Tetranitras gr. | to gr. 1... 0-03 gm. to 0-06 gm. Eucalyptol min. 5 ... 0-3 c.c. Eugenol min. i| ... o-i c.c. Ext. Belladonnas Foliorum ... gr. | ... 0-015 gm. „ Cannabis gr. J ... 0-015 gm. „ Cascarae Sagradas gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ Colchici gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. ,, Colocynthidis ... ... gr. | ... 0-03 gm. „ Colocynthidis Comp. ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. t „ Ergotas gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ Fellis Bovis ... ... gr. 6 ... 0-4 gm. „ Gentianas gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. t ,, Hydrastis ... ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. „ Hyoscyami gr. f ... 0-05 gm. „ Malti dr. 4 ... 15 gm. ,, Nucis Vomica ... ... gr.i ... 0-015 gm. t „ Opii gr. i ... 0-03 gm. „ Rhei gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. „ Strammonii ... ... gr. J ... 0-02 gm. t ,, Sumbul gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. Ferri Carbonas Saccharatus ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ Chloridum gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. „ et Ammonii Citras ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. t „ et Quinina Citras gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. * ,, Glycerophosphas gr. 3 to gr. 6 ... 0-2 gm. to 0-4 gm. » Hydroxidum cum I ... i20 c.c. Magnesii oxido ) * „ Hypophosphis gr. 1 to gr. 5... 0-06 gm. to 0-3 gm. * „ lodidum gr. itogr. 5 ... o-6 gm. to 0-3 gm. „ Phosphas Solubilis ... gr. 4 .... 0-25 gm. * „ Pryophosphas gr. 5 togr. 10... 0-3 gm. to o-6 gm. „ Sulphas gr. i| ... o-i gm. „ Sulphas Exsiccatus ... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. „ Sulphas Granulatus ... gr. it ... o-i gm. * „ Valeras gr. 3 to gr. 15 0-2 gm. to 1 gm. Ferrum Reductum ... ... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. Fluidextractum Belladonnas j ■ .■ Foliorum/111111-1 - o 06 c.c. „ Belladon. Radicis... min. J ... 0-05 c.c. „ Buchu min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Cannabis ... ... min. ij ... o-i c.c. ,, Cascara Sagrada... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. Cascara Sagrada 1 ... 2 c.c. Aromaticum ) For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * 1'hese preparations are non-official t Larger doses have been given J These doses are not in U.S.P. X. 200 P OSO LOGICAL TABLE APOTHECARIES METRIC Fluidextractuni Cimicifug® ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Cinchonas min. 15 ... 1 c.c. ,, CoIchici ... ... min. 3 ... 0-2 c.c. * „ Digitalis ... ... min. 1 ... 0-05 c.c. „ Ergot® ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Eriodiclyi | m. T „ „ (Yerba Santa) J mln' 15 - 1 c-c' „ Eucalypti ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Glycyrrhiz® ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Granati ... ... min-. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Hydrastis ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Hyoscyami ... min. 3 ... 0-2 c.c. „ Ipecacuanhas -> Expectorant ' min. 1 ... 0-06 c.c. Emetic J min. 15 ... 1 c.c. t ,, Nucis Vomic® ... min. 1 ... 0-05 c.c. ,, Rhei ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. ,, Rhois Glabra ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Sarsaparill® ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Scill® ... ... min. il ... o-i c.c. „ Senega ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Senna ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. ,, Uv® Ursi ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. ,, Zingiberis ... ... min. 8 ... 0-5 c.c. Glyceritum Acidi Tannici ... min. 40 ... 2-5 c.c. „ Phenolis ... ... min. 5 ... 0-3 c.c. Guaiacol ... ... ... ... min. 8 ... 0-5 c.c. *Guaiacol Camphoras ... ... gr. 5 togr. 10... 0-3 gm. to o-6 gm. „ Carbonas gr. 15 ... 1 gm. *H®moglobin ... ... ... gr. 5 togr. 20... 0-3 gm. to f2 gm. Hazeline ' ... ... ... dr. 1 to dr. 3... 3-5 c.c. to 10 c.c. * Heroin Hydrochloridum (see Diamorphin® J Homatropin® Hydrobromidum gr. ... 0-0005 gm. „ Hydrochloridum gr. TJn ... 0-0005 gm. Hydrarg. Chlor. Corrosiv. ... gr. TC ... 0-004 gm. Chlor. Mite, laxative ... gr. 2J ... 0-15 gm. „ lodidum Flavum ... gr. | ... o-or gm. „ lodidum Rubrum ... gr. ... 0-004 gm. * ,, lodidum Viride ... gr. j to gr. 1... 0-008 gm. to 0-06 gm. ,, Salicylas gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. Hydrargyrum c Creta gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. {Hydrastin® Hydrochloridum ... gr. j ... o-oi gm. tHydrastinin® Hydrochloridum gr. 1 ... 0-03 gm. Hyoscin® Hydrobromidum ... gr. ... 0-0006 gm. *Hyoscyamina ... ... ... gr. to rAri... 0-0003 gm. to 0-0006 gm. Hyoscyamin® Hydrobromidum gr. TJn ...o-ooo6gm. *Ichthatnol gr. zJtogr. 10 0-15 gm. to o-6 gm. Infundin ' Pituitary (Infun- 1 o . , dibular) Extract I 8 tomlnl6 °'5 c.c. to 1 c.c. lodicin ' gr. 3 to gr. 9... 0-2 gm. to 0.58 gm. lodoformum ... ... ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. lodum gr. | ... o-oi gm. Ipeeacuanh® Rad. (emetic) ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. (expectorant)... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. Jalapa gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Kino gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm, Krameria ... ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. ♦Leptandrinum gr. J to gr. 2 ... 0-015 gm. to 0-12 gm. Liquor Acidi Arsenosi ... ... min. 3 ... 0-2 c.c. „ Ammonii Acetatis ... fl. dr. 4 ... 15 c.c. ,, Arseni et Hydrag. I • , lodidi (Donovan) J "H' - 01 c'c' For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * These preparations are non-ofjicial J These doses are not in U.S.P. X, P O S O L O G I C A L TABLE 201 APOTHECARIES METRIC Liquor Calcii Hydroxidi ... fl. dr. 4 ... 15 c.c. „ Epinephrinae I . „ o.SCc Hydrochloridi / 8 •" 0 5 '• „ Ferri Chloridi ... ... min. ij ... o-i c.c. * ,, Ferri Dialysatus ... min.lotomin.300-6 c.c.. to i-8 c.c. ,, Ferri et Ammonii 1 „„ Acetatis ] dr'4 - 15 c.c. ,, Hydrogenii Dioxidi ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. ,, lodi Compositus ... min. 3 ... 0-2 c.c. ,, Magnesii Citratis ... fl. oz. 12 ... 350 c.c. ,, Potassii Arsenitis ) .„ „ „ „ „ „ (Fowler) f mm' 3 - °'2 c'c' „ „ Citratis ... ... fl. dr. 4 ... 15 c.c. „ ,, Hydroxidi ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Sodii Hydroxidi ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. * Lithii Benzoas ... ... ... gr 5 to gr. 10 ... 0-3 gm. to o-6 gm. „ Carbonas ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. „ Citras gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. „ Pippuratis ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Magma Magnesias (Antacid) ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. ,, „ (Laxative) ... fl. dr. 4 ... 15 c.c. Magnesii Carbonas (Antacid) ... gr. 10 ... o-6 gm, „ „ (Laxative) ... dr. 2 ... 8 gm. ,, Oxidum (Antacid) ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ „ (Laxative) ... gr. 45 ... 3 gm. „ „ Pond (Antacid) gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ „ „ (Lacative) gr. 45 ... 3 gm. „ Sulphas ... ... gr. 240 ... 15 gm. Manna ... ... ... ... dr. 4 ... 15 gm. *Manganesii Citras ... ... gr. 3 togr. 10... 0-2 gm. to o-6 gm. * „ Dioxidum Praecip. ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. * ,, et Ferri Citras ... gr. 3 togr. 10..> 0-2 gm. to o-6 gm. * " el?SdCi^ . jgt.i,0gr.I0„.0,gm.t00;0gn. • .. «F«nCta^ j ... o-o6 gm. to O'g gm. * ,, et Ferri Phosphas ... gr. 3 to gr. 10... 0-2 gm. to o-6 gm. Massa Ferri Carbonatis ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ Hydrargyri gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. *Medulla Ossis ... ... ... gr. 3 to gr. 30... 0-2 gm. to 2 gm. Mentha Viridis ... ... ... gr. 60 ... 4 gm. Menthol ... ... ... ... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. *Mercuric Potassium Iodide ... gr. to gr. J... 0-005 gm. to 0-02 gm.. Methenamina ... ... ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. Methylthionina Chloridum 1 „ , (Methylene Blue) / gr' 2> - 0-15 gm' tMorphina gr. J ... 0-008 gm. ♦Morphinae Acetas gr. -J- to gr. J... 0-008 gm. to 0-03 gm. „ Hydrochlor gr. f "...0-008 gm. * „ Hypophosphis ... gr. | to gr. |... 0-008 gm. to 0-03 gm. „ Sulphas gr. J ... 0-008 gm. * ,, Tartras gr. f to gr. J... 0-008 gm. to 0-03 gm. *Nitroglycerinum (Trinitrinum)... gr. to gr. 0-0003 gm. 0-0013 gm. Oleoresina Aspidii (single dose)... dr. 1 ... 4 gm. Oleum Anisi ... ... ... min. r| ... o-i c.c. „ Aurantii min. if ... o-i c.c. „ Cajuputi min. 8" ... 0-5 c.c. „ Cari ... ... ... min. ii ... o-i c.c. ,, Caryophylli min. if ... o-i c.c. „ Chaulmoograe min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Chenopodii min. 15 ... 1 c.c. For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * These preparations are non-official I These doses are not in U.S.P. X. 202 POSOLOGICAL TABLE APOTHECARIES METRIC Oleum Cinnamonii ... ... min. iA ... o-r c.c. „ Coriandri min. ij ... o-i c.c. „ Cubeb® min. 8 ... 0-5 c.c. * ,, Eucalypti min. 8 ... 0-5 c.c. ,, Foeniculi ... ... ... min. ri ... o-i c.c. „ Juniperi ... ... ... min. ii ... o-r c.c. „ Lavandul® min ri ... o-i c.c. „ Limonis min. i-A ... o-i c.c. „ Menth® Piperit® min. rj ... o-i c.c. „ Menth® Viridis ... ... min. rA ... o-i c.c. „ Morrhu® fl. dr. 2 J ... 10 c.c. „ Myristic® ... ... min. A ... 0-03 c.c. „ Oliv® ... ... ... fl. oz. 1 ... 30 c.c. „ Picis Rectificatum ... min. 3 ... 0-2 c.c. „ Ricini fl. dr. 4 ... 15 c.c. „ Rosmarini ... ... min. ... o-i c.c. ,, San tali min. 8 ... 0-5 c.c. „ Sassafras ... ... ... min. i-l ... o-r c.c. „ Terebinthin® Rectif. ... min. 5 ... 0-3 c.c. ,, Tiglii ... ... ... min. 1 ... 0-06 c.c. Opium gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. ♦Ovarian Substance (' Varium ') gr. 5 to gr. 10... 0-3 gm. to o-6 gm. Pancreatinum ... ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. ♦Papainum gr. 1 to gr. 8 ... 0-06 gm. to 0-5 gm. Paraldehydum ... ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. ♦Parathyroid Gland ... ... gr. ... 0-0065 gm. Pelletierin® Tannas ... ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. Pepo oz. 1 ...30 gm. Pepsinum ... ... ... gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Petrolatum Liquidum ... ... fl. dr. 4 ... 15 c.c. Phenazonum (Antipyrina) ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. Phenol gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. „ Liquefactum min. r ... 0-05 c.c. Phenolphthaleinum ... ... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. Phenolsulphonphthaleinum ... gr. ... 0-006 gm. Phenylis Salicylas (Salol) ... gr. 5 0-3 gm. Phosphorus gr. TJ5 ... 0-0006 gm. {Physostigma gr. ... o-r gm. Physostigmin® Salicylas ... gr. ... 0-002 gm. ♦Picrotoxinum gr. TA0 to gr. 0-0006 gm. to 0-0025 gm. Pilocarpin® Hydrochloridum ... gr. ... 0-005 gm. „ Nitras gr. A ... 0-005 gm. Pilul® Aloes 2 pills „ Asafetid®... ... ... 2 „ * „ Cathartic® Composit® ... 2 „ „ Ferri Carbonatis ... 2 „ * „ Ferri lodidi ... ... 2 ,, „ Hydrargyris Chloridi | Mitis Comp. I " „ Phosphori ... ... 1 pill ♦ „ Rhei Comp. 2 pills ♦Piperazine gr. 5 togr. 10... 0-3 gm. to o-6 gm. ♦Pituitary Gland Substance ... gr. 2 togr. 6 ... 0-13 gm. to 0-4 gm. ♦Pituitary (Infundibular) Ext. ... min.8tomin. 16 0-5 c.c. to 1 c.c. Pix Pini gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Plumbi Acetas gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. Potassii Acetas gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Bicarbonas gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Bitartras gr. 30 ... 2 gm. ,, Bromidum gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Carbonas gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ Chloras gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ Citras gr. 15 ... 1 gm. For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * These preparations are non-official J These doses are not in U.S.P. X. V OSOLOGICAL TABLE 203 APOTHECARIES METRIC Potassii Citras Effervesc. ... gr. 60 ... 4 gm. „ et Sodii Tartras ... dr. 2J ... 10 gm. ,, lodiduin ... ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ lodidum (Antileutic) ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. „ Nitras gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. ,, Permanganas ... ... gr. 1 ... o-6 gm. Prunus Virginiana ... ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. ♦Prostate Gland Substance ... gr. 2 togr. 5 ... 0-12 gm. to 0-3 gm. Pulvis Cretae Compositus ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. „ Glycyrrh. Comp.... ... gr. 60 ... 4 gm. „ Ipecacuanha! et Opii ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ Jalap® Comp. ... ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. ,, Rhei Comp. ... ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. Quassia gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. Quinidin® Sulphas gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. I (tome) ... ... ... gr. ... o-i gm. Quinin^anti-maM^^ J. at ieast gr. 15... 1 gm. Quinin® Aethylcarbonas -> (tome) '■ gr. ij ... o-i gm. (anti-malarial) J gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Quinin® Bihydrochloridum (see Quinin® Dihydrochloridum) t „ Bisulphas (tonic) ... gr. ... o-i gm. „ Dihydrochl. + ,, Hydrobrom. " (anti- t „ Hydrochlor. malarial, at least gr. 15 1 gm. y daily) j-Quinin® Hydrochlor. Acid (see Quinine Dihydrochloride) „ Hypophosphis ... gr. 1 to gr. 3 ... 0-06 gm. to o 2 gm. *f „ Phosphas ... ... gr. 1 togr. 10... 0-06 gm. to o-6 gm. f „ Salicylas I (tonic) ... gr. ... o-i gm. I (anti- f „ Sulphas | malarial, at least gr. 15... 1 gm. J daily) „ Tannas ... ... gr. 3 ... 0-2 gm. „ et Ure® Hydrochlo- J ridum, Hypodermic J b ' 5 " ® ' ♦f ,, Valeras gr. 1 togr. 4 ... 0-06 gm. to 0-25 gm. ♦Residuum Rubrum ... ... gr.5andupwardso-3 gm. and upwards Resina Jalap® ... ... ... gr. 2 ... 0-125 gm. ,, Podophylli ... ... gr. ... o-oi gm. Resorcinol gr. 2 ... 0-125 gm. Rheum gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Rhus Glabra gr- 15 ... 1 gm. Salicinum ... ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Salol (Phenylis Salicylas) ... gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. Santoninum ... ... ... gr. 1 ...o-o6gm. Scilla gr. if ... o-i gm. Scopolamin® Hydrobromidum... gr. 0-0005 gm. Senega gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Senna gr. 30 ... 2 gm. Serpentaria ... ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Sinapis Nigra (Emetic) ... dr. 2J ... 10 gm. *' Soamin gr. J togr. 1 ... 0-015 gm. to 0-06 gm. Sodii Acetas gr. 25 ... 1-5 gm. t „ Arsenas gr. ... 0-005 gm. j „ Arsenas Exsicc. ... ... gr. ... 0-003 gm. „ Benzoas vel Bicarbonas ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Bicarbonas ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Biphosphas gr. 10 ... o-6 gm. „ Boras gr. 12 ... 0-75 gm. „ Bromidum ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ Cacodylas ... ... ... gr. 1 ...o-o6gm. For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * These preparations are non-official ^Larger doses have been given t These doses are not in U.S.P. X. 204 TOSO LOGICAL TABLE APOTHECARIES METRIC Sodii Carbonas Monohydratus... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. „ Citras ... ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. t „ Glycerophosphas ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. t „ Hypophosphis ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. „ lodidum gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ „ (Antiluetic) ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. „ Nitris ... ... ... gr. 1 . ,.o-o6gm. „ Phosphas ... ... ... gr. 60 ... 4 gm. „ Phosphas Effervesc. ... dr. 2J ... 10 gm. „ Phosphas Exsicc. ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. ,, Salicylas gr. 15 ... 1 gm. ,, Sulphas ... ... ... dr. 4 ... 15 gm. + „ Sulphis Exsicc. ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. J „ Sulphocarbolas ... ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. ,, Thiosulphas ... ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Spartein® Sulphas ... ... gr. ... o-oi gm. Spiritus TEtheris ... ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ SEthylis Nitritis ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Anisi ... ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. ,, Ammon. Arom. ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. ,, Camphoric ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Chloroformi ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Cinnamoni ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Glycerylis Nitratis ... min. 1 ... 0-06 c.c. „ Lavandul® ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Mentha) Piperita) ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. ,, Menthas Viridis ...minis ... 1 c.c. *Spleen Substance gr. 5 togr. 15... 0-3 gm. to 1 gm. JStramonium gr. i| ... 0-075 gm. JStrontii Bromidum gr. 15 ... 1 gm. * „ lodidum gr. 5 ... 0-3 gm. „ Salicylas gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Strophanthinum (daily') gr.^g ... 0-0005 gm. Strophanthus ... ... ... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. tStrychnina gr. ... 0-0015 gm. *Strychnin® Hydrochlor. ... gr. to gr. o-ooi gm. to 0-004 gm. ,, Nitras vel Sulphas gr. ... 0-002 gm. Sulphonethylmethanum ... gr. 12 ... 0-75 gm. Sulphonmethanum (Sulphonal) gr. 12 ... 0-75 gm. Sulphur Lotum ... ... ... gr. 60 ...4 gm. Sulphur Praecip. vel Sublim. ... gr. 60 ... 4 gm. JSumbul ... ... ... ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. ''Suprarenal Gland ... ... gr.5andupwardso-3 gm. and upwards Syrupus Acidi Hydriodici ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. J „ Calcii Lactophosph. ... fl. dr. 2| ... 10 c.c. „ Ferri lodidi ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. " [ dr. i to dr. 1... 2 c.c. to 4 c.c. et Strych. (Easton) J ' J „ Hypophosphitum ... fl. dr. 2J ... 10 c.c. „ Ipe- J (expectorant) min. 12 ... 0-75 c.c. cacuanhai ((emetic) ... fl. dr. 4. ... 15 c.c. „ Picis Pini ... ... fl. dr. 2J ... 10 c.c. ,, Pruni Virginian® ... fl. dr. 2$ ... 10 c.c. „ Rhei ... ... ... fl. dr. 2 J ... 10 c.c. „ „ Arom. ... ... fl. dr. 2J ... 10 c.c. „ Sarsaparilla) Comp. ... fl. dr. 4 ... 15 c.c. „ Scill® ... ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ „ Comp. ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. ,, Senegas ... ... ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ Senn® ... ... ... fl. dr. 2 ... 8 c.c. „ Tolu ... ... ... fl. dr. 2j ... 10 c.c. Terebenum ... ... ... min. 4 ... 0-25 c.c. Terpini Hydras gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * These preparations are non-official f Larger doses have been given j These doses are not in U.S.P. X. POSOLOGICAL TABLE 205 APOTHECARIES METRIC Theobromin® Sodio-Salicylas ... gr. 15 ... 1 gm. Theophyllina ... ... ... gr. 4 ... 0-25 gm. I (antiseptic) ... ... gr. 2 ... 0-125 gm. Thymol / (anthelmintic) V (divided into 3 doses) gr. 30 ... 2 gm. ♦Thymus Gland ... ... ... gr. 5 to gr. 25... 0-3 gm. to 1-5 gm. Thyroideum ... ... ... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. Thyroxinum gr. ... 0-0005 gm. Tinctura Aconiti ... ... min. 10 ... o-6 c.c. * „ Aloes ... ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Asafoetid® ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. ,, Aurantii Amari ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ „ dulcis ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ Belladonna? ... ...min. 10 ... o-6 c.c. „ Benzoini ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ „ Comp. ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Calumb® ... ... fl. dr. x ... 4 c.c. t „ Cannabis ... ... min. 12 ... 0-75 c.c. „ Cantharidis ... ... min. ij ... o-i c.c. ,, Capsici ... ... min. 8 ... 0.5 c.c. „ Cardamomi ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ „ Comp. ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. ,, Cinchonas ... ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. ,, Cinchonas Comp. ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. ,, Colchici ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Digitalis ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. „ Ferri Chloridi ... min. 10 ... o-6 c.c. „ Gambir Comp. ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. J „ Gelsemii ... ... min. 4 ... 0-25 c.c. ,, Gentian® Comp. ... fl. dr. r ... 4 c.c. J ,, Guaiaci fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. t „ „ Ammon. ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. + ,, Hydrastis ... ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ Hyoscyami ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. ,, lodi ... ... ... min. i| ... o-i c.c. „ Kino ... ... ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ Krameria ... ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ Lavandulae Comp. ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Lobelias ... ... min. 15 ... 1 c.c. ,, Myrrh® ... ...min..30 ... 2 c.c. „ Nucis Vomicae ... min.15 ... 1 c.c. „ Opii ... ... ... min. 10 ... o-6 c.c. ,, Opii Camphorata ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ Rhei ... ... ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ ,, Aromat ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. „ Scillas min. 15 ... 1 c.e. ,, Stramonii ... ... min. 12 ... 0-75 c.c. „ Strophanthi ... ... min. 8 ... 0-5 c.c. ,, Tolu ... ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. ,, Valerian® ... ... fl. dr. 1 ... 4 c.c. ,, Valerian® Ammon. ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. „ Veratri Viridis ... min.15 ... 1 c.c. „ Zingiberis ... ... min. 30 ... 2 c.c. Trinitrophenol (Picric Acid) ... gr. | ... 0-03 gm. ♦Trinitrinum (Nitroglycerinum)... gr.^n to gr. 0-0003 gm. to 0-0013 gm. {Trional gr.,12 ... 0-75 gm. ♦Tropacocain® Hydrocblor. ... gr. J to gr. J... 0-013 gm. to 0-03 gm. Uva Ursi gr. 30 ... 2 gm. Valeriana gr. 12 ... 0-75 gm. ♦' Varium ' (Ovarian Substance) gr. 5 to gr. 10... 0-3 gm. to o-6 gm. ♦Veronal gr. 5 togr. 10... 0-3 gm. to o-6 gm. Veratrum Viride gr. ij- ... o-i gm. I Viburnum Prunifolium ... ... gr. 30 ... 2 gm. For doses by Hypodermic Injection, see page 206 * These preparations are non-official t These doses are not in U.S.P. X. 206 HYPODERMIC I'O SOI, OGI CAL TABLE APOTHECARIES METRIC Vinum Carnis et Ferri (' Bivo ') dr. 1 to dr. 4... 3-5 c.c. to 14 c.c. Zinci Acetas gr. 2 ... 0-125 gm. I „ Phenolsulphonas gr. 2 ... 0-125 gm. „ Sulphas gr. 15 ... 1 gm. t „ Valeras gr. 2 ... 0-125 gm. Zingiber gr. 8 ... 0-5 gm. HYPODERMIC POSOLOG1CAL TABLE For pharmacopoeial preparations in the following table, the official hypo- dermic Average Doses are given where these are indicated in the U. S. P APOTHECARIES METRIC * Aconitine Nitras gr. togr. sJno-oooi gm. to 0-00015 gm. Apomorphin® Hydrochlor. 1 (expectorant) ■ gr. ... o-ooi gm. (emetic) I gr. ... 0-005 gm. Atropines Sulphas gr. T|5 ... 0-0005 gm. ♦Benzamin® Hydrochlor., 1 , . . „ vel Lactas / gr' $ to gr' °'°°8 gm' to °'°3 Km- Caffein® Sodio-benzoas ... gr. 3 ... 0-2 gm. * ,, Sodio-salicylas ... gr. J togr. 4 ... 0-03 gm. to 0-25 gm. Camphora gr. 3 ... 0-2 gm. Cocain® Hydrochloridum ... gr. J ... 0-015 gm. Codein® Phosphas ... ... gr. X ... 0-03 gm. Cotarnin® Chloridum gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. *Curara gr. togr. |... 0-005 gm. to 0-03 gm. *Digitalinum (Amorph.) gr. to gr. 0-0006 gm. to 0-002 gm. * ,, (Cryst.) gr. jjJjj togr. TJ5o-oooi2 gm. to 0-0005 gm. tEmetin® Hydrochloridum ... gr. | ... 0-02 gm. ♦Ergotinin® Citras gr. to gr. 0-0003 gm- to 0-0013 gm. *Ergotoxina gr. to gr. 0-0006 gm. to 0-0013 gm. Ernutin ' ... ... ... min.5 tomin.io 0-3 c.c. to o-6 c.c. *Homatropin® Hydrochlor. ... gr. to gr. 0-00025 gm. to 0-002 gm. Hydrarg. Chlorid. Corrosiv. ... gr. ... 0-004 gm. * „ Succinimidum ... gr. | to gr. o-oi gm. to 0-015 gm. Hyoscin® Hydrobromidum ... gr. ... 0-0006 gm. *Hyoscyamin® Sulphas gr. to gr. 0-0003 gm. to 0-0006 gm. *' Moogrol '(intramuscularly) ...min.17t0min.102 1 c.c. to 6 c.c. Morphin® Hydrochloridum ... gr. -J ... 0-008 gm. * „ Hypophosph., Meconas ... gr. $ to gr. |... 0-008 gm. to 0-015 gm. * „ Phosphas vel Sulphas ... gr. J to gr. | ... 0-008 gm. to 0-015 gm. * „ Tartras gr. | to gr. |... 0-008 gm. to 0-015 gm. * Physostigmin® Salicylas ... gr. to gr. 0-0006 gm. to 0-002 gm. *picrotoxinum gr. togr. 0-0006 gm. to 0-0025 gm. Pilocarpin® Hydrochloridum ... gr. ... 0-005 gm. „ Nitras gr- A ••• 0'005 gm. Potassii Permanganas ... gr. 1 ... 0-06 gm. JfQuinin® Bihydrochloridum ... gr. 1 to gr. 5... 0-06 gm. to 0-3 gm. if „ Bisulphas gr. 1 to gr. 5... 0-06 gm. to 0-3 gm. JQuinin® Dihydrochloridum (see Quinin® Bihydrochloridum) itQuinin® Hydrobromidum ... gr. to gr. 2... 0-03 gm. to 0-15 gm. *' Soainin ' gr. 1 to gr. 3... 0-06 gm. to 0-2 gm. JSpartein® Sulphas gr. | to gr. 1 0-03 gm. to 0-06 gm. iStrophanthinum j „ , (intravenously) J gr' B<J °'OOO75 gm. ♦Strychnin® Hydrochloridum ... gr. to gr. 0-0003 gm. to 0-004 gm. „ Nitras vel Sulphas ... gr. to gr. 0-0003 gm. to 0-004 gm. ♦Trinitrinum (Nitroglycerinum)... gr. to gr. 0-00025 gm. to 0-0013 gm. Tyramine ' Phosphas Acidus ... gr. | to gr. f... 0-02 gm. to 0-04 gm. * These preparations are non-official f Larger doses have been given + These doses are not in U.S.P. X. POISONING: Symptoms and Treatment In cases of poisoning, the best treatment, wherever possible, is immediately to remove the poison from the stomach by washing it out, or by inducing vomiting, so as to prevent absorption. In corrosive poisoning, however, the condition of the stomach and oesophagus renders this procedure dangerous, from the liability to perforation ; and the better course is to neutralise the poison or render it inert, and not to attempt its removal. Where the poison has already been absorbed, the physiological antidote, if there be one, should immediately be given. The patient's general condition must be carefully observed, and every means taken to increase the resistance to the poison, until its effects have passed off. Cardiac stimulants-brandy or ether, or strychnine hypodermically-may be required, while artificial respiration and warmth are most important. Oxygen inhalation may be helpful. There is danger from the loss of heat when a patient is insufficiently clothed during prolonged artificial respiration. Feeding, preferably by the rectum, may be imperative, and the possible need for catheterisation should be borne in mind. Coffee and other stimulants may be given per rectum. In some cases of poisoning, followed by depression or collapse, an intravenous or rectal injection of saline solution is extremely useful. ' Infundin ' may be added to the saline infusion with advantage. [See Saline Solutions, page 119). Emptying the Stomach .-By the stomach pump, or, preferably, by the stomach tube (which, when inverted, forms a syphon), the stomach may be repeatedly washed out. Emetics .-The following are the most useful emetics :-• 1. The hypodermic injection of ' Hypoloid ' Apomorphine Hydrochloride, 0-005 gramme ; or 'Tabloid' Hypod. Apomorphine Hydrochloride, gr. T1o- ; or of 'Tabloid' Hypod. Apomorphine Hydrochloride, gr. T1o, and Strychnine Hydrochloride, gr. ^0-. The strychnine tends to prevent the depression sometimes produced when apomorphine is administered alone. 2. Mustard Powder : a tablespoonful in 8 oz. of warm water. 3. Common salt : two tablespoonfuls in 8 oz. of tepid water. 4. Zinc Sulphate : gr. 30 in 4 oz. of warm water. 5. Ammonium Carbonate : gr. 30 in 4 oz. of warm water. 6. Powdered Ipecac : gr. 30 in 4 oz. of warm water, or Syrup of Ipecac Wine, fl. dr. 6. 7. Copper Sulphate : gr. 5 to gr. IO in 4 oz. of warm water. If none of the above remedies be immediately available, copious draughts of warm water and irritation of the fauces should be tried. 208 POISONING - SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Hydrochloric Acid (Spirit of Salt) Nitric Acid Sulphuric Acid (Oil of Vitriol) Acids i Those of corrosive poisoning :- i. Pain in mouth, throat and abdomen, the mucous mem- brane being partially destroyed. 2. Intense thirst. 3. Difficulty in speaking and swallowing 4. Vomiting of altered blood'-brown or black, with coagulated mucus and shreds of mucous membrane. 5. Constipation usual, and suppression of urine. 6. Convulsions may occur. 7. Profound collapse. (a) Skin-pale, cold, clammy. (6) Face-cyanosed. (c) Eyes-sunk, wild-looking, pupils often dilated. (d) Pulse-rapid, thready, low tension. (e) Respiration-laboured. (/)' Temperature-subnormal. 8. If perforation occur, symptoms of peritonitis. 9. Staining of tissues and clothing :- 1. Do not use Stomach Tube or Emetic, but neutralise the acid by giving one of the following :- (a) Whitening, (6) Chalk, (c) Wall Plaster, (d) Sodium Carbonate (Washing Soda), (e) Potassium Carbonate mixed with, or dissolved in, plenty of water, (f) Magnesium Carbonate, 4 to 1 oz. in a tumblerful of water, or (g) Soap and water in large draughts. 2. Next give one of the following :- (a) Milk and Egg, (&) Olive Oil, J pint in 1 pint of water, or (c) Thick Gruel. 3. Diminish shock and ease pain with *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. 4. To sustain patient, Predigested Meat or Milk ' Enule ' Suppositories. Oxalic Acid Salt of Sorrel Salt of Lemons 1. Do not use Stomach Tube or Emetic, but give (a) Whitening, (b) Chalk, (c) Wall Plaster, or Id} Lime Water, freely ; or (e) Saccharated Solution of Lime, in drachm doses, frequently repeated. A full dose of Castor Oil should be given afterwards. 2. Milk, freely. .3. To sustain patient, Predigested Meat or Milk ' Enule ' Suppositories. * ' Tabloid' ACID SKIN AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES CLOTHING Hydrochloric Nitric Sulphuric Oxalic Greyish-white. Bright yellow. White or charring to brown or black. White or brown. Bright red. Yellow, orange-red, or brown. Dirty brown, edges may be red. Brown to orange-red The following table gives the symptoms and treatment of the more common cases of poisoning :- POISONING SYMPTOMS AND T R E A T M E N T 209 POIS ON SYMPTOM S TREATMENT Acids (continued) Carbolic Acid (Phenol) i. Those of corrosive poisoning (see page 208). 2. Smell of Carbolic. 3. Lips and mouth white and hardened. 4. Urine greenish, dark or suppressed. 5. Nervous symptoms-reflexes abolished, muscles relaxed, stupor, anesthesia. 6. Severe pain in stomach. 7. " Boarding " of abdominal muscles. 8. Vomiting. Vomitus may be blood-stained and contain shreds of stomach mucosa. There may be return to consciousness, with apparent great improvement, and then, some hours after, death may occur suddenly from collapse. 1. Insert Syphon Stomach Tube with care, and wash out the stomach with successive quantities of one of the following, until there is no smell of carbolic acid in fluid coming from stomach. (a) Sodium Sulphate, i oz., in one pint of warm water ; (b) Magnesium Sulphate, J oz., in one pint of warm water; or fc) Saccharated Solution of Lime, 1 drachm, in one pint of warm water. 2. Empty the stomach and give one of the following :- (a) Olive Oil, about J pint, in one pint of water; (b) Milk, freely ; or (c) White of Egg in water, freely. 3. Give Sodium or Magnesium Sulphate, J oz., in warm water. 4. Give Alcohol early as it favours absorption of phenol, and general Stimulants freely, and apply warmth to extremities. 5. Artificial respiration, and Intravenous or Rectal Injection of Saline Solution (prepared with ' Soloid ' Sodium Chloride). Hydrocyanic Acid (Prussic Acid) Cyanides Symptoms come on in the act of swallowing, or immediately afterwards. 1. Giddiness, staggering, loss of motor power. 2. Insensibility. 3. Respiration-panting. 4. Convulsions may occur. 5. Profound collapse. (a) Skin-cold, clammy. (b) Eyes-fixed, glistening, pupils dilated, no reaction. (c) Limbs-flaccid. (d) Pulse-imperceptible. 6. The breath may have the odour of bitter almonds. Prompt recognition of this is important. These poisons act with exceeding rapidity, and the greatest haste is necessary when dealing with them. If the patient be seen immediately after the poison is taken, at once use 1, 2 and 3 (below). After 2, continue the cold douche and proceed rapidly to 4, 5 and 6. If not seen immediately after the poison is taken, 1, 3, 4, 5 and 6 may be tried. 1. Place patient in open air. 2. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 3. Cold douche (from height) to head and spine, or cold water dashed on continuously. 4. Artificial respiration (20 to minute) and Ammonia inhalation by the nostrils. 210 POISONING - SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Acids (continued) FIydrocyanic Acid (continued) Caustic Alka! 5. Dissolve about gr. 15 of *Iron Sulphate and about min. 20 of Tincture (or Solution) of Ferric Chloride in a wineglassful of water, then add 1 to 2 drachms of Magnesium Carbonate previously made into a thin cream with water. Mix and administer, and repeat if necessary. (Note.-The above quantities are equivalent to about min. 100 of Acid. Hydrocyan. Dil., U. S. P.) 6. Ether or Atropine Sulphate hypodermically, or stimulants internally. j e s Caustic Potash Caustic Soda Soap Lees Strong Ammonia i. Gastro-intestinal symptoms, as in corrosive poisoning (sec page 208) 2. Purging usual, with pain and straining; sometimes hiemorrhage. 3. Body cold, with cold sweat. 4. Countenance anxious. 5. Pulse rapid and weak. 1. Do not use Stomach Tube or Emetic, but neutralise alkali by giving one of the following :- (a) Vinegar, freely diluted with water ; (b) Lemcn Juice in water ; (c) *Citric Acid in w'ater; or (d) Tartaric Acid, i drachm in half-pint of water, repeated. 2. When the alkali is neutralised, give one of the following: - (a) Milk, very freely ; or (b) Olive Oil, J pint, in one pint of water ; (c) White of Egg. 3. To lessen shock and ease pain, use *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. J, or "Morphine Hydro- chloride, 0'02 gm. 4. Give stimulants. o n s --- Antimony Com- pounds-■ Tartar Emetic Butter of Antimony (Acute poisoning) Antimony and Arsenic- Symptoms usually appear in from a quarter of an hour to one hour 1. Burning heat, and constriction or choking in throat, rendering swallowing difficult. * ' Tabloid ' 1. Incessant vomiting is usually a symptom of poisoning by antimony compounds. In such cases the vomiting should be encouraged by draughts of tepid water. Should vomiting not have occurred, use (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. ' Hypoloid ' POISONING SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT 211 POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Inorganic Po Antimony Com- pounds (continued) i s o n s (continued) 2. Nausea, and incessant vomiting and purging. The vomited matter may be green from bile, or, in the case of arsenic, black from the admixture of soot, or blue from indigo. 3. Pain in the stomach and abdomen. 4. Cramps in calves of legs. 5. Urine may be suppressed. 6. There may be delirium, paralysis, or coma. 7. Collapse.-Skin cold, clammy, and may show eczematous rash ; pulse small, quick, irregular or imperceptible. 2. (a) Strong Tea ; or (&)*Tannm, gr. 30, in warm water, and repeat draughts as often as vomiting occurs. 3. When vomiting subsides, give (a) White of Egg in water, or (b) Milk freely. 4. Relieve pain with *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr- i- 5. Treat collapse with Stimulants internally. Hot Water Bottles to extremities, and Intravenous or Rectal Injection of Saline Solution (prepared with ' Soloid ' Sodium Chloride) to which 01 Infundin ' Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract, 1 c.c., may be added with advantage. Arsenic and Its Preparations- Weed Killer (arsenical) Sheep Dip (arsenical) (Acute poisoning) See Antimony. _ * ' Tabloid ' 0 ' Hypoloid ' 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. The complete removal of contents is important. 2. (a) Ferric Hydrate, prepared as follows : Dilute oz. of Solution of Ferric Chloride with a wineglassful of water, and add it to a solution of | oz. of Sodium Carbonate (Washing Soda) in about half a tumbler- ful of water. Mix and administer. Repeat the draught as necessary. (Note.-These quantities are stated to render insoluble at least gr. 5 of Arsenic.) (b) Dialysed Iron in frequently repeated tablespoon- fuls until ten have been taken, each followed by a little Common Salt, dissolved in water. 3. Give (a) Milk and Eggs : (b) Olive Oil, £ pint, in one pint of water ; (c) Barley Water. 4. Stimulants for prostration ; Ice for thirst; Hot Water Bottles to extremities. 5. When all acute symptoms have subsided, *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. 212 POISONING SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT POISON j SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Inorganic Poisons (continued) Copper Salts- i. Salivation. Verdigris 2. Gastro-intestinal irritation, vomiting (bluish or greenish), Blue Vitriol 1 griping. (Acute Poisoning) ' Late symptoms are- 3. Giddiness and headache. 4. Delirium and convulsions, which may be very violent. 5. Pulse rapid. [ 6. Jaundice and suppression of urine. 1 7. Coma. Vomiting usually occurs in cases of poisoning by copper salts. When this is not the case, 1 and 2 should be used. 1. Before emptying stomach, give large quantities of Milk and Eggs. 2. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 3. One drachm of Potassium Ferrocyanide in half a tumblerful of water. Repeat as necessary. 4. Demulcent drinks. 5. (a) *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. J, or (b) Opium Tincture, min. 20 (*Opium, Granulated, two min. 10 products), in J oz. of water, by the mouth. Iodine Prepara- tions- Iodine Iodides Iodoform Iodine- 1. Pain and heat in throat and stomach. 2. Vomiting and purging, vomit being yellow, or blue if starchy matter be present in the stomach. Stools may contain blood. 3. Intense thirst. 4. May be giddiness, faintness and convulsions. Iodides- Large doses may give acute irritant symptoms, like Iodine. Chronic poisoning, lodism, is shown by- 1. Frontal headache. 2. Eyes and nose water. 3. Salivation. 4. Inflammation above the fauces, which may extend to the gums or the trachea. Laryngitis, trachitis. 5. Skin-erythema and acne. 6. Atrophy of glands, e.g., mammas and testes. 7. Rarelv albuminuria. 1. (a)Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 2. (a) *Sodium Bicarbonate, dr. 2, in half a tumblerful of water; or (b) Lead Acetate, dr. 2, in a wine- glassful of water. When (b) is given, be careful not to repeat more than once, unless the quantity of poison be known, (c) If the poison be Iodine, large quantities of Starch made into draughts with cold water. 3. Demulcents : and (a) Milk and Eggs, or (b) Milk, and Flour boiled with water. 4. Relieve pain with *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr- J- lODISM-■ Preventive. r. Give large doses. 2. Combine with the adminis- tration of large doses of *Sodium Bicarbonate (gr. 30-60), Sulphanilic Acid (gr. 60-90), and Arsenic in small doses. * ' Tabloid ' POISONING - SYMPTOMS AND T R E A T M E N T 213 POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Inorganic P o i Iodine Prepara- tions (continued) sons (continued) Iodoform- Symptoms vary much in severity, and usually only two or three are present at one time. i. Giddiness. 2. Gastro-intestinal irritation, vomiting. 3. Erythema. 4. Temperature high, pulse rapid. 5. Pupils dilated. 6. Persistent drowsiness. 7. Mental symptoms-melancholia, hallucinations, delirium -especially at night. Curative. 1. Stop the administration. 2. Give *Sodium Bi- carbonate, and Sulphanilic Acid. 3. Starch demulcents and large quantities of water. 4. Warm Baths. 5. Symptomatic Treatment. Lead and Salts (Acute Poisoning) 1. Metallic taste, dry throat, intense thirst. 2. Abdominal colic. 3. Constipation, feces dark. Vomiting may occur. 4. Giddiness, stupor, convulsions, coma. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 2. Give (a) Magnesium Sulphate, i oz., in a tumblerful of water, or (b) Sodium Sulphate, I oz., in a tumblerful of water ; or (c) Dilute Sulphuric Acid, min. 30, in a tumblerful of water. 3. (a) Milk ; (b) White of Egg; or (c) Demulcent Drinks all freely. 4. Relieve pain with *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic) gr. J. Mercury and Salts- Corrosive Sub- limate White Precipitate Red Precipitate Vermilion Cinnabar (Acute Poisoning) 1. Metallic taste, choking sensation. 2. Pain in stomach, vomiting and purging of stringy mucus and blood. 3. Tongue may be white and shrivelled. 4. Skin cold, clammy. 5. Pulse feeble, rapid. 6. Urine suppressed. 1. Do not empty stomach before giving large quantities of (a) White of Egg mixed with Milk or Water, much to be preferred to (b) Flour and Water. 2. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 3. For pain and purging, Opium Tincture, min, 20 * (Opium, Granulated, two min. 10 products), in 1 oz. of water. 4. Demulcents, and Stimulants if much depression. 5. Hot packs and large draughts of water to overcome Anuria. * 'Tabloid' 214 POISONING - SY M P TOMS AN D T RE A T M E N T ■ -■- - ■ - ■ . -_-, . POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Inorganic Pc Phosphorus- Rat Paste Matches i s o n s (continued) Symptoms usually occur in three stages. I. A few hours after administration. i. Garlic taste. 2. Gastro-intestinal irritation, burning pain, thirst, swelling of abdomen, vomiting of blood (green or black). Vomit has garlic odour and in the dark is phosphorescent. Urine scanty, albu- minous and may be blood-stained. The patient may die or there may be- II. Intermission of symptoms for three days or more, with feeling of malaise, followed by- III. Final stage. i. Intense jaundice. 2. Enlarged liver and distended abdomen 3. Great prostration-cold sweat, anxious look, feeble pulse, coma. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (/?) Emetic. 2. Copper Sulphate, gr. 3, dissolved in 4 oz. of water, every five minutes until vomiting is induced, then every fifteen to thirty minutes. Copper Sulphate acts not merely as an emetic, but also as an antidote, forming an insoluble phosphide of copper. 3. Zinc Sulphate, gr. 20, dissolved in 4 oz. of water, as an emetic. After free emesis has been produced- 4. Old or French Turpentine, min. 40, in 1 oz. of water, every | hour for one hour, then three times a day, Avoid American or German Turpentine. 5. Magnesium Sulphate, | oz., as a purge. 6. Demulcents, especially Milk and Eggs. Avoid Oils and Fats. 7. *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. J, for pain. Silver Nitrate (Lunar Caustic) 1. Pain in throat and stomach. 2. Vomiting of whitish, flaky matter, which blackens on exposure to light. 1. Two tablespoonfuls of Common Salt in a tumblerful of water, repeated if necessary. 2. Emetic to remove precipitated silver chloride. 3. Large draughts of White of Egg in water. Zinc Salts- White Vitriol Burnett's Disin- fecting Fluid 1. Lips and mouth corroded. 2. Pain in throat and stomach, and difficulty in swallowing. 3. Vomiting-blood-stained. 4. Pulse and respiration rapid. 5. Convulsions, paralysis, coma. * 'Tabloid' ° ' Hypoloid' Do not use Stomach Tube or Emetic because of corrosion of membranes, but give- 1. Large draughts of White of Egg and Milk. 2. Large quantities of Sodium Carbonate or Potassium Carbonate, dissolved in warm water. 3. (<?)*Tannin, or (U) Strong Tea. 4. Demulcents. 5. For pain, (a) Opium Tincture, min. 30 (*Opium, Granu- lated, three min. 10 products), or (b) *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. J ; or "Morphine Hydro- chloride, o-o2 gm. POISONING SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT 215 POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Aconite Aconitine Organic Poison i. Tingling and numbness of tongue and mouth, and sense of formication of the body. 2. Nausea and vomiting, with epigastric pain. 3. Dyspnoea. 4. Pulse irregular, weak. 5. Skin cold, clammy, features bloodless. 6. Giddiness, staggering walk, limbs feel weighty. 7. The mind remains clear. S 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (&) Emetic. 2. (2) Digitalis Tincture, min. 20 (*Digitalis, four min. 5 products) ; or (6) *Digitalin (Hypodermic), gr. y^. 3. Stimulants. Warmth to extremities. If former not retained, inject Brandy (diluted) into rectum, or give Intravenous or Rectal Injections of Saline Solution (prepared with ' Soloid ' Sodium Chloride). 4. Artificial respiration and friction. 5. Recumbent position to be maintained. 6. *Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. Alcohol (Acute Poisoning) 1. Face flushed usually, lips livid. 2. Eyes congested, pupils usually dilated and fixed. 3. Skin sweating. 4. Giddiness, tottering gait. 5. Confusion of thought, vacant expression. 6. Convulsions, stupor, coma. There may be apparent recovery, then, after some hours or days, sudden death. 1. 'Ammonium Carbonate, gr. 30, dissolved in half a tumblerful of water. 2. If necessary, (a) Stomach Tube. If patient delirious, produce emesis with (&) *Apomorphine Hydrochloride (Hypodermic), gr. or with (c) *Apomorphine Hydrochloride, gr. y^, and Strychnine Hydrochloride (Hypodermic), gr. A. 3. Rouse patient. Cold affusion. Battery. Hot Coffee. 4. Artificial respiration. 5. Warmth to extremities. Antipyrine Antifebrin Phenacetin Exalgine Resorcin 1. Vomiting. 2. Face cyanosed. 3. Skin-profuse sweat. Sometimes rash simulating measles, scarlatina or pemphigus. 4. Collapse-feeble irregular pulse, slow respiration. 1. Stimulants. Alcohol. 2. Warmth to extremities. 3. (a) *Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. to gr. tV ; or (6) *Digitalin (Hypodermic), gr. TJn. 4. Artificial respiration. 5. Recumbent position to be maintained. * ' Tabloid' 216 POISONING SY M PT O M S AND T R E A T M E N T POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Organic Pois Belladonna- Atropine Nightshade Berries o ns (continued) i. Secretions paralysed, hence throat and skin are dry, and urine is suppressed. 2. Skin flushed. 3. Temperature raised. 4. Pulse quick. 5. Respiration slow and deep. 6. Pupils widely dilated. 7. Purging. 8. Delirium. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (6) Emetic. 2. (a) *Pilocarpine Nitrate (Hypodermic), gr. J ; or (6) 'Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. J. 3. Stimulants and Hot Coffee. 4. Artificial respiration. Warmth. Cantharides- Blistering Fluid Spanish Fly 1. Burning pain in throat and stomach, difficulty in swallowing. 2. Vomiting and diarrhoea-mucus and blood may contain shining particles of the powder. 3. Salivation and swelling of salivary glands. 4. Incessant desire to micturate, only a little blood or albuminous urine being passed. 5. Peritonitis, with headache, quick pulse, high tempera- ture. 6. Convulsions and stupor. 1. (a) If a patient be seen shortly after poison is swallowed, and mucous membranes are not yet blistered, use Stomach Tube; (b) if throat blistered, produce emesis with 'Apomorphine Hydrochloride, gr. !%, and Strychnine Hydrochloride (Hypodermic), gr. fa. 2. (a) White of Egg in Milk or Barley Water, or (b) Thick Gruel. 3. Stimulants. 4. Relieve pain with *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. J. Avoid Oils and Fats. Castor Oil Seeds See Croton Oil Same as Croton Oil. Chloral Hydrate Chloralform amide (Chloralamide) 1. Skin cold, face livid. 2. Temperature subnormal. 3. Pulse and respiration slow. 4. Deep coma. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 2. 'Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. fa, 01 Infundin.' 3. Warmth. Friction. Hot Coffee. 4. Stimulants. 5. Artificial respiration. 6. Oxygen inhalation. * ' Tabloid ' °' Hypoloid ' POISONING SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT 217 PRISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Organic Poisons (continued) Chloroform- , Failure of heart or respiration in Anaesthesia 1. Swab any mucus from back of throat, place head lower than body. Pull out tongue. Oxygen. 2. Artificial respiration (15 to minute). 3. (a) °' Infundin,' | c.c. hypodermically, or "Caffeine Sodio- Benzoate ; (b) *Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. ; (c) Brandy, diluted, per rectum. Hot cloths applied in rapid succession to cardiac area. 4. Direct inflation by blowing through gas-mask placed over mouth and nose of patient. 5. As a last resource, massage of heart after opening abdomen. Cocaine r. Pallor, dry skin. 2. Giddiness and fainting. 3. Pulse and respiration quick. 4. Nervous symptoms-tremors, delusions, convulsions. 1. Stomach Tube. 2. Stimulants (Brandy or Sal Volatile). 3. ^Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. ^5. 4. Digitalin (Hypodermic), gr. 55. 5. Inhalation of iAmyl Nitrite, or J Aromatic Ammonia. 6. Artificial respiration. Colchicum Croton Oil and Violent Purga- tives Gastro-intestinal irritation, followed by collapse. 1. Abdominal colic. 2. Vomiting, purging, matter sometimes blood-stained or watery. 3. Features pale and pinched. 4. Skin-perspiration. 5. Pulse, small, weak, thready. 6. Urine, diminished or depressed. 7. May be delirium. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. If Stomach Tube be employed, wash stomach out with Milk, or Olive Oil, 4 oz. in one pint of water. 2. Demulcent drinks, especially White of Egg in Milk. 3. Relieve pain by (a) *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. | ; or (b) Opium Tincture, min. 20 (*Opium, Granulated, two min. 10 products). 4. Stimulants. Conium (Hemlock) 1. Motor paralysis, shown by-- (a) Weakness of limbs, staggering gait. (b) Inability to swallow. (c) Paralysis of muscles of respiration, causing asphyxia. 2. Pupils dilated and fixed, loss of sight. 3. Consciousness is preserved. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 2. *Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. ^5. 3. Warmth and Stimulants. 4. Artificial respiration. *' Tabloid ' Vaporole ' °' Hypoloid. ' 218 POISONING - SYMPTOMS ANU TREATMENT I' 0 I S 0 N S Y M P T O M S TREATMENT Organic Poiso Digitalis (Foxglove) n s {continued) i. Abdominal pain, vomiting (green), purging. 2. Headache, lethargy, delirium, convulsions, coma. 3. Pulse, slow, small, irregular. 4. Pupils dilated, no reaction. 5. Skin cold, pale, covered with sweat. 6. Urine suppressed. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic, the best being *Apomorphine Hydrochloride, gr. and Strychnine Hydrochloride (Hypodermic), gr. ft,. 2. (a) *Tannin, gr. 10, in 2 oz. of water, repeated frequently ; or lb) large draughts of strong Tea or Coffee. 3. Stimulants. Warmth to extremities. 4. Aconite to control rapidity of the heart-beat. 5. Recumbent position to be maintained. Elaterinum Elaterium See Croton Oil. Same as Croton Oil. Fungi, Poisonous (Muscarine) 1. Thirst. 2. Colic, vomiting, purging. 3. Mental excitement, followed by coma. 4. Extremities cold. 5. Pulse slow, respiration stertorous. 6. Pupils dilated. 1. {a) Stomach Tube, or {b) Emetic. 2. Purgatives, e.g., Castor Oil, 1 oz. 3. Stimulants. Warmth to extremities. 4. *Atropine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. 5. Relieve pain with. *Morphine Sulphate (Hypo- dermic), gr. J Gases, Poisonous- Acetylene Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide Coal Gas Marsh Gas Pit Gas 1. Giddiness and singing in ears. 2. Lividity of face and body, in most cases. 3. Loss of muscular power. 4.'Heart and respiration-violent action. 5. Pupils dilated, no reaction. 6. Convulsions, coma or asphyxia. 1. Fresh air. Artificial respiration. Friction. 2. Oxygen inhalation. Ammonia to nostrils. 3. Warmth and stimulants. 4. Intravenous or Rectal Injection of Saline Solution (prepared with ' Soloid ' Sodium Chloride). 5. Respiratory and Cardiac Tonics. Infundin.' 6. Cold douche to head and chest. Hyoscyamus. See Belladonna. Same as Belladonna. Jalap See Croton Oil. Same as Croton Oil. * ' Tabloid ' 0 ' Hypoloid ' POISONING SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT 219 POISON SYMPTOMS Organic Poisons (continued) Nicotine- ! I. Burning acrid sensation in mouth and throat. Tobacco 2. Depression, giddiness, nausea, vomiting, coldness of Insecticide । surface, clammy sweat. ; 3. Loss of consciousness, sighing respirations. | 4. Coma. TREATMENT 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (6) Emetic. 2. Stimulants. External warmth. 3. Artificial respiration. 4. Hypodermic injections of *Strychnine Sulphate (Hypo- dermic), gr. Opium- Battley's Solution Chlorodyne Codeine Diamorphine Hydrochloride Dover Powder Heroin (see Diamorphine Hydrochloride) Laudanum Morphine Nepenthe Paregoric After preliminary stage of mental excitement- 1. Headache, weariness, sleepiness. 2. Diminution of sensibility. 3. Pupils contract to " pin point," and later have no reaction. 4. Face pale or cyanosed, skin cold. 5. Muscular relaxation. 6. Respiration slow, irregular, stertorous. 7. Pulse feeble. 8. Coma. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (6) Emetic. 2. Hot Coffee. 3. *Potassium Permanganate slightly in excess of quantity of morphine taken (when known). When the quantity of morphine taken is unknown, eight to ten grains of * Potassium Permanganate, dissolved in half a tumblerful of water, should be given. In case of laudanum poisoning, six grains of * Potassium Per- manganate, dissolved in plenty of water, should be taken for each ounce of laudanum. It should be dissolved in from four to eight ounces of water, and the stomach afterwards washed out two or three times, at intervals of half an hour, with a weak solution of * Potassium Permanganate. In poisoning by hypodermic injection of morphine, the stomach should also be washed out with a weak solution of * Potassium Permanganate. 4. Rouse patient and dash cold water on face. 5. *Atrophine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. repeated if necessary, until gr. J has been given. 6. Warmth to extremities. 7. Artificial respiration. Inhalation of Oxygen. 8. (a) *Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. ; or (6) ♦Caffeine Sodio-salicylate (Hypodermic), gr. f. * ' Tabloid ' 220 POISONING SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Organic Pois Paraffin- Petroleum Petrol o n s (continued) i. Burning pain in mouth, gullet and stomach. 2. Vomiting, matter shows layer of oil, and has odour of paraffin. 3. Thirst and restlessness, especially at night. 4. Breath smells of oil. 5. Respiration sighing. 6. Body cold, face pale and anxious. 7. Pulse feeble but regular. 8. Coma may ensue. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 2. Stimulants. Warmth. Friction. 3. 'Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. 33. Ptomaines- Animal Alkaloids Poisonous Fish Poisonous Meat 1. Vomiting and Purging. 2. Colic. 3. Headache. 4. Great muscular weakness. 5. Tongue often brown. 6. Temperature raised. 7. Pulse quick. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (b) Emetic. 2. Stimulants for collapse. 3. Purgatives. 4. 'Atrophine Suphate (Hypodermic), gr. The internal administration of the Oil of Eucalyptus (' Eucalyptia ') has also been recommended in ptomaine poisoning. Snake-Bite 1. Locally-pain, swelling, inflammation. 2. Faintness, depression, exhaustion. 3. Vomiting. 4. Cold sweats. 5. Paralysis, first of limbs, then of whole body. 6. Unconsciousness. 7. Albuminuria and convulsions may occur. 1. Ligature the part above the bite. 2. Incise and cauterise. 3. (a) Inject into wound (or, if there be much swelling, at two or three spots around the wound) 'Potassium Permanganate (Hypodermic), gr. 2 ; or, (b) if case be less serious, rub ' Soloid ' Potassium Permanganate, gr. 5, powdered, thoroughly into the wound. 4. Anti-venom Serum by hypodermic or, preferably, intravenous injection. 5. °' Epinine,' °' Infundin '-hypodermically. 6. For rattlesnake bite, give olive oil freely by mouth, and rub freely into skin. * ' Tabloid ' 0 ' Hypoloid ' POISONING - SYMPTOMS AND T R E A TMENT 221 POISON SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Organic Pois Strychnine- Nux Vomica Vermin Killer Brucine on s (continued) i. Feeling of suffocation, and lividity of face. 2. Tetanic convulsions, with short intermissions, causing (a) Sweating and exhaustion. (6) Opisthotonos. (c) Risus sardonicus. (d) Staring eyeballs. (e) Fixed chest and hard abdominal muscles. 3. Hearing and sight are acute, and consciousness is retained. 4. The jaw muscles are not affected till late, and this is the feature which distinguishes this from tetanus. 1. (a) Wash out stomach with Stomach Tube, if condition of patient permit; (&) Emetic; *Apomorphine Hydrochloride (Hypodermic), gr. j^, is best in this case. 2. (a) *Tannin, gr. 20 to gr. 40, in 2 fl. oz. of water; or (6) Iodine, dr. i, in half a tumblerful of water, followed by Emetic or Stomach Tube. 3. *Potassium Bromide, gr. 30, or *Chloral Hydrate, gr. 20, in a tumblerful of water, to be repeated every quarter of an hour if necessary. 4. Inhalation of Chloroform to control convulsions. In severe cases this is the first step in treatment. 5. Artificial respiration in the stage of collapse and respiratory failure. Sulphonal Trional Methylsulphonal Veronal Barbitone 1. Pain in stomach, and vomiting. 2. Constipation. 3. Nervous symptoms-confusion of mind, ataxia and partial paralysis. 4. Pupils normal and react to light. 5. Hamatoporphyrinuria, and, later, suppression of urine. 6. Profound collapse and unconsciousness. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (6) Emetic. 2. Stimulants. 3. Warmth to extremities. 4. (a) *Strychnine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. 35 to gr. • or (b) *Digitalin (Hypodermic), gr. TJ0. 5. Artificial respiration. 6. Recumbent position to be maintained. Turpentine 1. Turpentine odour in breath. 2. Respiration stertorous. 3. Pupils contracted. 4. Tetanic convulsions, and coma. 5. Irritability of bladder, urine having odour of violets. Has resemblance to opium poisoning. 1. (a) Stomach Tube, or (6) Emetic. 2. Magnesium Sulphate, 1 oz., in half a tumblerful of water, as a purge. 3. *Morphine Sulphate (Hypodermic), gr. J. 4. Demulcent drinks. *' Tabloid.' 222 Scales of Equivalents (Imperial and Metric Weights and Heights) 170 lb.- 160 lb. 150 lb.- 140 lb.- 130 lb.- 120 lb. no lb. 100 lb.- 90 lb. - 80 lb.- 70 lb.- 60 lb.- 5° lb.- 40 lb. ■ 30 lb. ■ 20 lb.- 10 lb.- 9 lb. 8 lb. 7 lb. 6 lb.- 5 1b.- .lib. 3 lb.- 2 lb.- 1 lb.- Weights 77'Tio kgm. 72-574 kgm. 68 039 kgm. 63-503 kgm. 58-967 kgm. 54'431 kgm. 49-895 kgm. 45-359 kgm. 40-823 kgm. 36-287 kgm. 3i-75i kgm. 27-215 kgm. 22-680 kgm. 18-144 kgm. 13-608 kgm. 9-072 kgm. 4-536 kgm. 4-082 kgm. 3-629 kgm. 3-175 kgm. 2-722 kgm. 2-268 kgm. 1-814 kgm. 1-361 kgm. 0-907 kgm. 0'454 kgm. Heights 6 ft.- 5 ft- 4 ft. 3 ft- 2 ft. ■ I ft.- ir in.- 10 in. ■ 9 in. 3 in.- 7 in.- 6 in.- 5 in.- 4 in.- 3 in.- 2 in.- i in. 3 in.- J in.- J in.- ■1828'8 mm. 1524-0 mm. 1219*2 mm. ■ 914-4 mm. ■ 609-6 mm. - 304*8 mm. ■ 279*4 mm. • 254*0 mm. 228*6 mm. • 203-2 mm. • 177-8 mm. 152-4 mm. 127-0 mm. 101-6 mm. 76-2 mm. 50*8 mm. 25*4 mm. 19*0 mm. 12*7 mm. 6*4 mm. The metric equivalent of any weight in pounds is obtained from first scale either directly or by simple addition of two equivalents, e. g-i 126 lb. = 120 lb. + 6 lb., whence equivalent in kgm. is easily obtained. The metric equivalent of any height to 6 feet is obtained by finding metric equivalent of number of complete feet at head of second scale, then equivalent of remaining inches and fractions of an inch at foot of column, and adding. D i et Tables The following directions for the diet and general regulation of life in certain diseases mav be useful for reference. Such directions are, of course only general, and need careful modification for each case :- (This dietarv is especially intended for cases of Bright's disease, but with modification, it may be used in cases of functional albuminuria.) A 11 owed .-A liberal diet of readily assimilable food. Soups, thickened with arrowroot, vermicelli, rice or barley. Fish, fowl, pigeon, game, lamb, tripe, sweetbread, calf's head, cow-heel, bacon (in moderation), butter, cream, cheese ; eggs (in moderation) ; green vegetables, celery, onions, salads, mushrooms, artichokes, cauliflower, turnips, peas, broad beans ; milk (plain, treated with ' Tabloid ' Sodium Citrate, or peptonised), skim milk, whev, koumiss, milk, diluted with rice water or barley water: farinaceous foods, such as bread (stale), toast, rice, tapioca, vermicelli, arrowroot, sago, macaroni ; tea, cocoa and coffee (in moderation) ; soda- water, Seltzer, Vichy (Hauterive), Vais, Ems, Salutaris, plain water (unless hard) ; in certain cases a little old whisky, freelv diluted, or red wine in small quantity and freely diluted with water or suitable mineral water. Forbidden .-New bread, butcher's meats, especially of the brown kinds ; beef-tea, meat essences and jellies, strong soups ; re-cooked meats, stews, hashes : highly-spiced foods, pickles and sauces ; rich foods such as hare, duck and goose ; potatoes, except in great moderation ; every form of alcohol (with the occasional exception of those previously named). ALBUMINURIA General Directions:- I. A quiet life, without worry or excitement. 2. A warm, dry house, on gravel for choice, protected from N. or N.E. winds. 3. A warm, dry, equable climate. 4. Woollen clothing next the skin, night and dav, all the year round. 5. Be sure that the boots are sound, that a body belt is worn, and that every possible care is taken to avoid " catching cold." 6. Hot-air, vapour or Turkish baths; daily tepid sponging, with skin friction. Avoid hot and cold baths, but warm baths may be taken. 7. Regulate daily exercise, always stooping short of fatigue. 8. Maintain a free, regular action of the skin, kidneys and bowels. ANEMIA Allowed .-A full generous diet containing relatively much albumin ; soups (unless there be dyspepsia, when the quantity should be verv small) ; fish : meat of all kinds (except veal and pork), scraped, pounded, or minced, when necessary, and, for preference, underdone ; poultry, game, sweetbread, calf's head, tripe ; bacon, toasted or well boiled (never fried) ; eggs in any form except hard boiled ; all farinaceous foods, including wholemeal bread ; ' Kepler ' Malt Extract ; vegetables of all kinds ; all fruits, especially prunes ; milk (plain, treated with ' Tabloid ' Sodium Citrate, or peptonised), koumiss, whey, cream and butter ; red wine, beer, stout or porter ; chalvbeate waters and mineral waters generally ; tea. coffee, cocoa. Salt in abundance. Fluids generally in abundance. Fo r b i d d en Pork, veal, highly-spiced foods, all re-cooked foods, vinegar and pickles. 224 DIET TABLES General Directions:- 1. Abundant rest, especially in well-ventilated rooms (sunny, if possible), in the open air, and in the sunshine. 2. Moderate exercise gradually increased, but always stopping short of fatigue. It should be taken preferably in several short walks rather than one long one. Patients suffering from anaemia, and invalids generally, often bear better the exercise taken after noon. 3. Regular daily skin friction, preceded by tepid or rapid cold sponging. Very few anaemic patients can take cold baths. 4. Be sure that the teeth are in good condition and well used. 5. Meals should be frequent, not at long intervals. Some nourishment-■ hot or cold milk, with or without a little brandy, or tea made with milk instead of water-should be given half-an-hour before rising. 6 An insufficient quantity of fluid is a frequent cause of constipation in anasmia. It is a common experience that no remedies help the anaemia so long as the constipation (often its cause) lasts. Anasmic patients should be instructed to take not less than two and a half to three pints of fluid daily. By this, and other means if necessary, any constipation must be relieved. Allowed .-Clear soups ; fish ; meat of all kinds except veal or pork ; poultry, game, ham, bacon ; bread-white, brown or wholemeal ; choose the coarser breads with bran or wholemeal when possible. The bread should be taken in fairly large quantities, and the kinds varied from time to time. It should never be new. The crust also should be eaten. Toast with plenty of butter or dripping is good. Gingerbread often acts well. Nuts are usually contra-indicated, but in some cases Brazil nuts or dry walnuts, well masticated, appear to help. Oatmeal, crushed oats with sugar and milk, or golden syrup, or old-fashioned treacle ; cabbage, broccoli, cauliflower, sprouts, French beans, endive, celery, spinach, salads with abundant oil; onions and Spanish onions ; apples, stewed or baked ; figs, prunes, dates, Normandy pippins or pears, stewed; oranges, grapes, bananas, strawberries, gooseberries, currants, etc. ; jam, marmalade, preserved fruits ; hot or cold water ; tea, always freshly made and never strong or taken with meat; coffee, thin cocoa ; beer ; waters, such as Vichy, Vais, St. Galmier, Kissingen, Carlsbad, Marienbad; ' Kepler ' Malt Extract and ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. Forbidden .•-New bread and pastry ; eggs, except in moderation and lightly cooked (the best form is "scrambled " eggs), peas, broad beans, new potatoes, rice, tapioca, etc. (unless with fruit or jam or honey) ; boiled milk, except in small quantities or mixed with Vichy or similar waters ; sherry. CONSTIPATION General Directions: - i. Insist upon the patient taking a full quantity of fluid-for an adult at least two and a half to three pints daily. Many women suffering from constipation will be found to take only one to one and a quarter pints daily. Their constipation often depends upon this alone, and yields when a sufficient quantity of liquid is taken. 2. This fluid may well include a tumblerful of water, cold or hot, immediately on getting out of bed in the morning, and a tumblerful of hot water at bedtime. Where hot water, with or without a saline aperient, is ordered to be taken in the morning, the effect is often enhanced if it be slowly sipped while dressing. 3. Absolutely forbid taking meat with tea ; insist upon fruit or jam, or honey, or treacle with farinaceous foods (e. g., blancmange or rice), and order every night or early morning a full quantity of such fruit as stewed figs, baked apples, Normandy pippins, bananas, prunes, etc. DIET TABI. ES 225 4. The body should be warmly clothed to avoid the skin getting chilled, and the feet kept warm and dry by thick boots, with a cork or asbestos or brown paper sock. 5. Tepid or cold sponging, followed by sharp friction with a rough towel and flesh glove, daily, to secure a vigorous action o f the skin. 6. Abdominal massage for ten minutes before rising, every morning. This (which can readily be done by the patient), followed by the cold or hot water on rising, is often sufficient to produce a speedy evacuation. 7. Regular exercise, especially of those kinds which bring the abdominal muscles into play, such as golf and fencing. Skipping is also excellent. 8. Insist upon the habit of a regular hour every morning at which to solicit the bowels to act, whether there be desire or not. Allowed .-All clear soups and broths; fish of all kinds (except cod's liver), including shell-fish (with plain butter only, melted) ; meats of all kinds ; eggs in all forms ; cream, butter, cheese ; gluten, bran and almond breads and biscuits; greens, spinach, broccoli, turnip- tops, watercress, mushrooms, mustard and cress, cucumber, lettuce, tomatoes, celery (sparingly), endive; French beans, cauliflower and asparagus (the green part), all in great moderation ; strawberries, goose- berries, raspberries, currants, peaches and nectarines in some cases, in very small quantity and occasionally only ; oranges and lemons ; nuts of all kinds (except chestnuts) and especially cocoanut, either in the form of oil used in cooking, or of finely powdered nut included in cakes ; pickles, olives vinegar, oil, jelly (sweetened, if preferred, with ' Tabloid ' ' Saxin ') ; whipped cream, custards ; koumiss, milk (in great moderation) ; tea, coffee, cocoa nibs ; claret, hock, dry sauterne, Chablis, Burgundy, brandy or whisky when indicated in certain cases, soda-water, Apollinaris, Seltzer, Contrexeville, Vichy, Vais or St. Galmier waters. ' Tabloid ' ' Saxin ' as a sweetening agent. Any alcohol should be ordered in great moderation. Fo r b i d d e n.-Sugar and starch in any form ; bread and biscuits (unless in small quantity when specially directed) ; rice, tapioca, sago, vermicelli, arrowroot, cornflower, oatmeal; potatoes, peas, broad beans, parsnips, beetroot, carrots, Spanish onions ; pastry and puddings of all kinds ; fruits of all kinds, fresh or preserved, except those named (in moderation only) ; milk (except in small quantity), ale, stout, porter, port, champagne, liqueurs and cider. No flour should be used in the frying of food for diabetic patients. DIABETES General Directions: - i. Regular daily exercise is extremely important, but fatigue should be avoided. 2. Flannel clothing next the skin always, most carefully guarding against " catching cold." 3. A calm, equable, regular life, with good hours, and without worry or excitement or overwork. 4. Regular action of the skin should be encouraged by tepid sponging, followed by skin friction, by warm bathing, massage and Turkish baths. It is usually the better practice gradually to lessen the carbohydrate foods until the sugar has disappeared, and afterwards tentatively re-introduce them, noting the effect of each addition. D1ARRHCEA Allowed .--Cold milk (boiled for preference), plain, treated with ' Tabloid ' Sodium Citrate, or peptonised, alone or with lime water or barley water ; koumiss, whey, white wine whey, albumin water, rice water ; soups (without vegetables) thickened with arrowroot, rice, sago, tapioca, and with or without brandy in addition ; raw meat, pounded meat, scraped meat, sweetbread, tripe ; calf's-foot jelly ; eggs lightly boiled or poached, or beaten up with brandy ; plain biscuits, rusks, gruels; brandy or port wine,whisky and water, or whisky and a natural mineral water such as Apollinaris or Seltzer. 226 DIET TABLES Forbidden .-Rich soups and meat essences; green vegetables, acid fruits, nuts, potatoes, brown bread, wholemeal bread, all hard foods, or hard meats, or rich fat meats, especially veal and pork ; beef-tea, malt liquors and wines. Broadly, all foods should be avoided which leave a large or irritating residue in the bowel. General Directions:- 1. Warmth and absolute rest in bed. 2. Warm clothing, especially to the abdomen. 3. The food should be given in small quantities, frequently ; it is usually better given cold. 4. During convalescence, the food should be increased cautiously. The conditions under which the digestion of food becomes inefficient or difficult are so many, and have such widely varying causes, that no general diet rules can be drawn up. Those foods which are usually found " digestible " and " indigestible " are indicated below, but it is imperative that the diet be carefully chosen for each case. Allowe d.-Soups (clear, and in very small quantities only, if at all); fish of any kind (boiled), except mackerel, salmon, crab, lobster, anchovies and eel; chicken, fowl, pigeon, game (not " high "), lamb, mutton, beef (roasted) ; toasted or well-boiled ham and bacon (never fried) ; eggs, poached or lightly boiled ; tripe, sweetbread, cow- heel, calf's head ; dry toast, carefully prepared, or (better) plain rusks, stale bread ; other farinaceous foods with caution, and in moderation only ; ' Kepler ' Malt Extract; potatoes (with caution), spinach, green vegetables generally in small quantities only ; celery, French beans, vegetable marrow ; fruit (without pips, core or skin) in small quantities ; milk, plain, treated with ' Tabloid ' Sodium Citrate, peptonised, or diluted with Vichy, Vais, or Seltzer ; butter in moderation ; koumiss ; hot or cold water, tea, freshly- made, not strong ; coffee in moderate quantity and not strong ; thin cocoa. Stimulants, when considered necessary, should be expressly ordered for each case. Forbidden.--New bread, wholemeal bread (usually), muffins, crumpets, buttered toast, pastry and sweets generally ; hard long-fibred meats, veal, pork and beef; sauces, curries, pickles and condiments ; all fried or re-cooked meats ; all salted, cured, tinned, preserved and highly- seasoned fish and meat; sausages, liver, kidneys, duck, goose and eels ; green vegetables generally, save in small quantities for those whom they are known to suit; soups and broths except in small quantity ; foods generally which leave a large residue, or which are in their nature irritating (discard seeds, kernels, rinds, skin and stalks) ; acid or unripe fruits, sour wines ; tea with meat, and otherwise unless of moderate strength and freshly infused ; usually coffee, chocolate, lemonade and ginger beer. DYSPEPSIA General Directions:- i. Be sure the teeth are sound, and in such number and condition as to ensure complete mastication. One or more tender teeth, on which the owner dare not bite, may alone lead to bolting of food and consequent " indigestion." It is essential in every case to see not only that the teeth are sound, but that they are regularly used. Unused teeth usually get furred, coated and discoloured. 2. All food should be eaten slowly, and completely masticated, and little or no fluid taken with meals. 3. Meals should be taken at regular hours (arranged for each case), and when possible, in pleasant company, without haste and under conditions free from hurry, worry or excitement. Each meal should, when possible, be preceded and followed by a short period of rest. 4. All food should be so cooked and served as to stimulate appetite and digestion. DIET TABLES 227 5. When tea, coffee, tobacco and stimulants are allowed, explicit instructions should be given as to the kind and quantity, and when and how they shall be taken. For example, freshly-made tea and mild tobacco may be harmless, where " stewed " strong tea and strong tobacco would be injurious. 6. Air, exercise, skin friction. Turkish baths, suitable clothing, the avoidance of fatigue, and care as to the bowels, are essentials in the rational treatment of dyspepsia. Allowed .-All fresh vegetables freely (with exceptions named) ; fish (with exceptions named) ; eggs in moderation, lightly boiled or poached; meats (those of the lighter and whiter kinds), in great moderation ; rice, sago and tapioca ; fresh ripe fruits (with exceptions named) ; vegetable soups ; toast or stale bread, potatoes, salad, celery and green vegetables (with exceptions named) ; milk, skimmed, diluted with Apollinaris, Vais, Vichy or Seltzer water; lime juice, freely diluted ; China tea, freshly infused and not strong ; coffee, which should be taken only in moderation, and not at night; cocoa ; tobacco in moderation. In small quantities only.-Bread, plain biscuits, potatoes, asparagus, tomatoes, haricot beans, broad beans, peas and lentils ; eggs ; whisky or brandy (not to exceed two ounces in the twelve hours) ; unsweetened gin, claret or hock, freely diluted ; butter and cheese. Forbidden.-Fats and rich foods, re-cooked foods, sauces, rich gravies and made dishes ; the harder or richer meats, beef, pork or veal; smoked, dried or pickled fish, pork or other meat; pastry, jellies, sugar, meat essences and strong soups ; rhubarb, gooseberries, currants ; strawberries, except in moderation ; oysters, mullet, mackerel, salmon, herring, eel, lobster, crab ; duck, goose, hare ; mushrooms, truffles, pickles and spices ; preserved fruits; ale, porter, stout, port (usually), champagne (nearly always), Burgundy, sherry, Madeira and all liqueurs. GOUT General Directions:- i. Moderation in animal food, liberality in vegetables. The proportion of these must be adapted to each case. 2. Abundant fluid, of which plain hot water (for preference slowly sipped), night and morning, may form an important part. 3. Regular exercise. A gouty patient should walk daily not less than from three to four miles, unless there be reason to the contrary in the individual case. Gout, however, is not uncommon in those who take exercise freely, and the degree and kind of exercise must be carefully prescribed in each case. 4. Warm baths, tepid or cold sponging, skin friction, massage and Turkish baths. 5. Free action of the skin, kidneys and bowels, regular hours, warm clothing, and the avoidance of fatigue are essential. OBESITY Allowed ,-Clear soups in small quantity only ; broths, not thickened or containing such ingredients as rice or barley ; fish and lean meat (with exceptions named) ; poultry ; game ; eggs ; fruit; green vegetables ; stale bread, toast, rusks and biscuits in great moderation, or gluten or almond bread or biscuits ; butter ; junket; custard; water (hot or cold) ; milk (in great moderation), diluted with Vichy, Vais, Seltzer, or other natural water ; tea or coffee, with ' Tabloid ' ' Saxin ' instead of sugar; natural mineral waters; claret, hock, Chablis, whisky or brandy, in moderation, in some cases. Forbidden.-Thick soups; eels, mackerel, salmon, herrings, sardines with oil; pork, duck, goose ; rice, tapioca, macaroni, oatmeal, sago, arrowroot; potatoes, peas, broad beans, parsnips, carrots, beetroot; pastry 228 DIET TABLES and sweets ; ices ; sugar ; crystallised fruits ; starchy cocoas ; cream and milk, except in great moderation ; ale, porter, stout, port, cider, ginger- beer, champagne and liqueurs. General Directions:- 1. An active life, with full occupation, short hours of sleep and the most vigorous exercise compatible with the physical condition. Cycling, horse exercise, skipping and fencing are especially valuable, but the form and amount of exercise must be carefully adapted to each case. 2. Free action of the bowels and skin, with regular Turkish baths. 3. Massage. 4. The entire quantity of liquid taken, of all kinds, should be moderate. The diet, as to quantity and quality, and as to time, frequency and method of administration, must necessarily vary widely, according to the stage of the disease and the condition of the appetite and of the digestion. Allowed.-All soups, broths, meat essences and juices; eggs, preferably raw ; fish, poultry, game ; meat, scraped, pounded or minced when necessary ; all vegetables, in moderate quantities ; all fruits ; milk, koumiss, cream, cheese, tea, coffee, cocoa, chocolate; alkaline mineral waters ; beer, wine or spirits when indicated ; ' Kepler ' Malt Extract, ' Kepler ' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract. Forbidden .-Veal, pork, hard or salt meat, re-cooked foods and pickles. PULMONARY TUBERCULOSIS General Directions:- The method of feeding in phthisis is as important as the quantity and quality of the food. All food should be appetisingly cooked and daintily served. The greatest variation possible, even in the matter of serving milk, should be introduced. i. A. On waking, milk, hot or warm, gradually increasing in quantity to ten or twelve ounces. It may contain a little sodium phosphate to help the bowels, or sodium bicarbonate or sodium citrate to render it more easy of digestion. B. If preferred, there may be given, as a morning stimulant, a breakfastcupful of tea made with milk instead of water. C. Breakfast, one hour later, should be substantial. It is better taken in bed before washing and dressing. D. One hour and a half after breakfast (so as not to spoil the appetite for luncheon), one raw egg, or two if possible, broken into a glass and swallowed whole, with pepper and salt, or beaten up with a little milk ; or raw meat, alone or in sandwich. E. Midday, a substantial meal. When stimulants are allowed, explicit instructions should be given as to the kind and quantity, and when and how they should be taken. F. One hour and a half after luncheon, milk, raw egg or raw meat. G. In the afternoon, tea made with milk, or milk with raw egg, or raw meat and abundant bread and butter. H. At 7 or 7.30 p.m., a substantial meal. I. At bedtime, milk, and, if possible, a raw egg in it or with it. 2. Every hour possible should be spent in the open air and sunshine, or in airy, sunny rooms. 3. All rooms should be bright, and kept well ventilated, night and day. 4. Clothing should be light and loose. It should be woollen, night and day, winter and summer. The boots should be thick and sound, and contain a cork or other sock to keep the feet not only dry but warm Chilled feet may be as harmful as wet feet. DIET TABLES 229 5. Every night the whole body should be sponged with warm water, or, where the patient can bear it, with cold water (rapidly) followed by friction with a rough towel and a flesh glove. The regular, long- continued attention to the action of the skin forms one of the most important factors in the hygenic treatment of phthisis. It should be carried out in a warm room, under conditions which prevent chill; it is better done for, than by, the patient. When there are night sweats, it may be necessary regularly to precede the skin friction by a soap and water cleansing. 6. Regular exercise carefully adapted to each case, regular hours and the avoidance of fatigue. RHEUMATISM (ACUTE) Allowed.-I. During the stage of fever and joint inflammation: fluids only, milk, diluted with soda-water or lime water, or treated with ' Tabloid ' Sodium Citrate, or peptonised ; fruit jellies, thin oatmeal gruel barley water, fresh lemonade, ' Kepler ' Malt Extract; weak China tea. The patient may be allowed to partake freely of a drink prepared by mixing a pint of milk with a pint of boiled water, adding 30 to 40 grains of sodium bicarbonate and 10 to 20 grains of common salt, and cooling with a lump of ice. II. After the febrile stage is over: light clear soups and broths flavoured with fresh vegetables and herbs ; a little pounded chicken, light puddings and bread and milk. III. In ten to fourteen days after the temperature has fallen to normal: bread and butter, eggs, white fish, chicken, pounded lean meat, mutton, veal; stewed celery, mashed potatoes, spinach, sea-kale, asparagus and pulp of fresh fruit. Forbidden in all stages,-Beef-tea, meat extracts, pastry, sugar, sweets and alcohol. Occasionally a little red wine may be allowed in convalescence. TYPHOID FEVER I. During the febrile stage : fluids only, consisting chiefly of milk, of which at least three pints should be taken in the twenty-four hours. The feeds should be given every two hours, one or two feeds being omitted during the night if the patient be asleep. The milk may be peptonised, treated with ' Tabloid ' Sodium Citrate, diluted with water, soda-water, lime water, barley water or rice water. Arrowroot or cornflour may be used to thicken it. Isinglass may be added so as to make a milk jelly. Tea, coffee, chocolate, vanilla, cinnamon, almond or lemon may be added as flavouring agents. When the milk is not digested, or tympanites is present, whey may be substituted. To vary the milk feeds, meat juices may be given, such as beef-tea, chicken broth, strained mutton broth, clear soups, raw meat juice, and calf's foot jelly. Albumin water, made by beating up the whites of two eggs with half-a-pint of water, and adding sugar and lemon and ice, makes a pleasant nutritious drink. Whisky or brandy may be given, but only if definitely indicated. II. After the temperature has been normal for ten to fourteen days, solids may gradually be added, beginning with bread and milk, baked custard, and thin bread and butter ; and later, boiled sole, minced chicken or lamb, boiled chicken, roast chicken, roast lamb or chops. All food given in typhoid fever should be so dilute as to remain liquid in the intestines. Milk may with advantage be diluted with twice the quantity of water. Pure water may be given without stint. The strictly fluid diet, mainly milk, hitherto usually ordered in typhoid fever, is now considered by many physicians unduly and unnecessarily restrictive. A more abundant diet (including bread, gruel, boiled eggs, milk, meat, chicken, soup and milk pudding) is often ordered. It is claimed that the results are so good as at least to raise the suspicion that the strict, orthodox diet may, in some cases, be unnecessarily severe. 230 average Weights and measurements of adult human organs Heart.-Weight: male, 10 oz. to 12 oz. ; female, 8 oz. to 10 oz. Measurements : 5 in. long, 3I in. broad, 2| in. thick. Lungs,-Weight: right, 23 oz. ; left, 19 oz. : very variable. Stomach.-Weight: 4I oz. to 5 oz. Measurements: 10 in. to 12 in. long, 4 in. to 5 in. wide. Liver.-Weight: 45 oz. to 60 oz. Measurements: transverse, 10 in. to r2 in., antero-posteiior, 6 in. to 7 in. Pancreas.-Weight: 3 oz. Measurements: 6 in. to 8 in. long, 1 j in. broad. Spleen.-Weight: 5 oz. to 7 oz. Measurements : 5 in. long, 3 in. broad, ij in. thick. Kidney.-Weight: 4^ oz. to 5 J oz. Measurements: 4 in. long, 2| in. broad, ri in. thick. Brain .-Weight: male, 50 oz. ; female, 44 oz. The average weight and size of all these organs are less in the female than in the male. DENTITION. TABLE The following Table shows the order in which the milk-teeth and permanent teeth appear, and the average age at their eruption. There are wide variations as to time, and great irregularity in the order of their appearance. Milk-Teeth .-The first dentition begins at the sixth or seventh month, and is completed by about the second year. Central incisors (1) lower, 6th month ; (2) upper, 7th month Lateral incisors (1) upper, 9th month ; (2) lower, roth month First molars 12th month Canines 18th month Second molars 2nd year (often later) The full primary dentition is 20 teeth ; 10 in each jaw. Permanent-Teeth First molars ... ... ... ... 6| years Lower central incisors ... ... ... ... 7 „ Upper central incisors 8 ,, Lateral incisors ... ... ... ... ... 9 „ First bicuspid ... ... ... ... ... 10 „ Second bicuspid ... ... ... ... ... 11 „ Canines ... ... ... ... ... ... 12 „ Second molars ... ... ... ... ... 13 „ Third molars (wisdom) ... ... ... ... 17 to 25 years -or at an}' later period The full permanent dentition is 32 teeth ; 16 in each jaw. When possible, the specimen examined should be a portion of the mixed urine passed in 24 hours. If only one sample be obtainable, it should be from urine passed about three hours after taking a meal. The urine should be placed in a tall glass cylinder, covered over and left for a few hours in a cool place ; it is then most suitable for examination, as any suspended or precipitated substances will have settled to the bottom. If immediate analysis be required, filtration, will remove suspended matter. The ' Soloid ' Brand Urine Test Case, No. 510, provides a compact and convenient pocket-case, for making an examination of urine at the bedside. A complete analysis of the urine necessitates its examination : (1) physically, (2) chemically, (3) microscopically and spectroscopically. Urinalysis I. Quantity.-This can be decided only when the total amount passed in 24 hours is available. A healthy man passes normally about 50 fluidounces (1-5 litres) of urine in 24 hours ; women pass a few ounces less ; children up to 15 years pass still less. More urine is secreted and passed during the day then at night. Deviation from this is abnormal. In health, the daily amount may be increased by (a) excessive ingestion of food and drink ; (6) exposure to cold, and diminution of sweat. Decrease may result from the opposite conditions. In disease, the daily amount shows increase (1) in some forms of renal disease; (2) when arterial tension is high; (3) in diabetes mellitus and insipidus ; (4) in the excretion of exudates like dropsical effusions ; (5) in hysteria. Decrease occurs (1) in acute nephritis ; (2) when arterial tension is low; (3) when there is obstruction to the venous return; (4) in fevers; (5) in certain neuroses ; (6) in diarrhoea. II. Colour.-Normal urine is the colour of amber or pale sherry, the colouring matter being the pigment urochrome ; urobilin is also present in small amount. Acid urine is always darker than alkaline. The colour is pale when the amount of urine is excessive, or when the urinary pigment is lessened, both of which occur in diabetes insipidus. Urine is usually darker when the daily amount is lessened. A reddish or orange-brown tint may indicate blood, bile or the use of drugs such as rhubarb, senna or chrysophanic acid. Greenish or greenish- black urine may be due to bile, or to the use of carbolic acid or other drugs. A yellowish tint may be caused by bile, pus or fat, the latter two giving a milky appearance. The urine may appear blue in typhus fever, or from methylene blue, and may be opalescent from the presence of bacilli of suspended matter. III. Consistence.-Normal urine is a thin water-like fluid. Bile and sugar make it less mobile, pus gives it a ropy consistence, whilst fibrin causes it to set like a jelly. IV. Odour.-Normal urine is described as aromatic. Diacetic acid, from which acetone is developed imparts to urine a fruity smell. The administration of turpentine confers a violet-like odour, and some other drugs, such as sandal wood oil, can be detected in urine by their characteristic smell. Diabetic urine is said to have an odour like new-mown hay ; decomposing urine is ammoniacal, and urine containing the Bacillus coli has a fishy smell. V. Density.-The specific gravity of normal urine, which largely depends on the urea, is 1-015 to 1-025, but has a wide range without necessarily indicating disease. The specific gravity may be taken by the urinometer, employing a large test-tube. If the amount of urine be excessive the specific gravity may be low. PHYSICAL EXAMINATION 232 URINALYSIS A low specific gravity with abundant urine may indicate diabetes insipidus or chronic renal disease. Persistence of such specific gravity, even without albumin, is a grave sign of failure in the aged. A high specific gravity may be due to excess of urea, or to the presence of sugar. An abundant urine with such a specific gravity is characteristic of diabetes mellitus, in which disease the specific gravity may reach 1-075, but generally ranges from 1-030 to 1-045. Sugar may, however, be present in urine with a specific gravity considerably below 1-020. It is important, therefore, that every sample of urine should be examined for sugar as well as for albumin. The amount of solids may be determined by evaporating a known quantity of the urine to dryness on a water-bath, and weighing the residue. For ordinary purposes the amount of solids in normal urine may be approximately calculated by doubling the last two or three decimals denoting the specific gravity. Thus, 1000 parts of urine with a specific gravity of 1-020 contain about 40 parts of solids, or 4 per cent. The percentage multiplied by 4-375 = the number of grains per fluidounce = in this case, 17-5. To find the quantity of solids passed each day, the entire urine passed in 24 hours should be collected, and the proportion of solids present in a sample of the mixed bulk estimated. The daily average of normal solid constituents of urine is 60 to 70 grammes, or about 2 to 2$ ounces. VI. Deposit.-On standing some time, normal urine shows a woolly- looking cloud of mucus, which, unless the urine be of high specific gravity, usually settles to the bottom of the glass. The exact composition of the mucus has not been determined. Normal urine may contain (1) deposits of free uric acid and urates, which are usually reddish or dark brown (" cayenne pepper " and " brick dust ") and dissolve on heating ; (2) earthy phosphates (calcium and magnesium), colourless, flocculent, insoluble on heating, soluble in dilute acids; (3) oxalates, a scanty deposit insoluble in dilute acids. Abnormal ingredients, such as pus, may be deposited. Microscopical examination of the urinary deposit may be made. CHEMICAL EXAMINATION I. Reaction Test by litmus paper. Normal urine is generally acid, due to acid salts, principally acid sodium phosphate. Urine may be alkaline after meals, when the di-sodium phosphate may replace the acid salt; before meals, urine is usually more acid. If large amounts of this di-sodium salt, as well as the acid salt be present, the urine may be amphoteric, i. e., the reaction is alkaline to red litmus paper, and acid to blue litmus paper. This is not important clinically. In febrile diseases, especially in acute rheumatism, the reaction may be strongly acid. Urine which has stood some time undergoes fermentative changes and becomes alkaline and ammoniacal. In certain pathological conditions of the genito-urinary tract, the urine may be passed in this state. 2. Normal Constituents Urea is clinically the most important constituent of normal urine. Quantitative Estimation of Urea (i) From specific gravity.-An approximate estimation of the percentage of urea may be obtained by dividing the last two of the three decimals denoting the specific gravity by io, e. g., if the specific gravity be 1-025, the urine contains 2-5 per cent, of urea. The value of this method is greatly diminished (a) in very feverish patients ; (b) where the urine contains sugar or much albumin. (2) By employing a ureometer, an instrument which indicates the amount of nitrogen given off on treating urine with sodium hypobromite. This salt decomposes urea and liberates its nitrogen. Under ordinary conditions of temperature and pressure, 1 gramme of urea yields 372 c.c. of nitrogen. URINALYSIS 233 3. Abnormal Constituents (A) Proteins.-Certain proteins, e. g., mucin, are present in very small amounts in healthy urine. Clinically, the term " albuminuria " means the presence in urine of serum-albumin and serum-globulin, and by " albumin " both proteins are generally meant. In all cases before an examination for albumin, filter the urine ; if alkaline, the urine before filtration should be acidified with ' Soloid ' Citric Acid. If filtration does not render the urine clear, the turbidity may be due to bacteria ; these may be precipitated by shaking with a little barium carbonate, when, on filtering, a clear urine is obtained, which may be tested as follows :- (1) Heat.-Boil some urine in a test-tube. If the reaction be acid and the urine remain clear, no albumin is present; opacity or precipitate indicates phosphates or albumin. Add one ' Soloid ' Citric Acid. If the urine become clear, phosphates are denoted ; if it remain turbid, albumin is present. (2) Nitric Acid Test.-Pour 4 c.c. of pure nitric acid into a test-tube ; with a pipette, allow a few drops of urine to flow down the side of the tube on to the surface of the acid, without mixing. If after half-a-minute no opaque white ring appear at the junction of the liquids, no albumin is present; if a ring form, it may be due to albumin or albumose. These may be differentiated by the picric acid test (see below}. Note.-(a} With concentrated urine, nitric acid may produce a cloudi- ness, due to urea nitrate or acid urates. This disappears on heating, and is prevented by previous dilution of the urine with twice its volume of normal saline solution, which is readily made with ' Soloid ' Sodium Chloride. (b) Resinous bodies, e. g., copaiba resin, may, with nitric acid, produce a white cloud which disappears on heating or on the addition, of alcohol. (3) Picric Acid Test.-Make a saturated solution of picric acid by dissolving in 5 c.c. of distilled water, one ' Soloid ' Picric Acid. To the urine in the test-tube add this solution drop by drop. If no cloud form, no albumin is present; cloudiness may be due to albumin, albumose, peptone or alkaloids. If the cloudiness persist on heating, albumin is indicated. (4) Potassium Ferrocyanide Test.-Make a concentrated solution of potassium ferrocyanide by dissolving in 2 c.c. of distilled water, one ' Soloid ' Potassium Ferrocyanide. To some clear urine add one ' Soloid ' Citric Acid ; if turbidity results, filter the urine ; to the filtrate add a few drops of potassium ferrocyanide solution. If the urine remain clear, no albumin is present ; a cloud may be due to albumin or albumose. These may be distingusihed by the picric acid test (see above). (5) Salicyl-Sulphonic Acid Test.-Dissolve in 1 c.c. of water, one ' Soloid ' Salicyl-Sulphonic Acid; add this solution to 8 c.c. of urine. Turbidity indicates the presence of albumin. Qualitative Examination for Albumin Quantitative Estimation of Albumin An accurate quantitative estimation of albumin may be made by means of Esbach's albuminometer, a thick glass tube graduated from o to 7. It is important to note the specific gravity of the urine, and if this be 1-oio or more, the urine should be diluted to bring the specific gravity down to 1 -008. The degree of dilution must be allowed for in the result. Make a saturated solution of picric acid by dissolving two ' Soloid ' products in 10 c.c. of distilled water. Fill the albuminometer to the mark U with urine, and add the picric acid solution to the mark R. Mix the fluids by gently reversing the tube several times ; then allow to stand upright for 24 hours. After that period read off on the scale the height of the precipitate. It is important to keep the temperature constant, as the amount of precipitate varies with the temperature. Each degree of precipitate corresponds to 234 URINALYSIS o-i per cent, of albumin in the urine, as the figures on the scale represent grammes of albumin per litre of urine ; the percentage multiplied by 4'375 = grains of albumin per fluidounce of urine. If the urine has been diluted, say to three times its bulk, the result must be multiplied by the degree of dilution ; in this case, three. Note.-If the level of the coagulum be above the graduation mark 4, another sample of urine must be further diluted, and the process of estima- tion repeated. In an ordinary case of albuminuria, about 8 grammes, or 120 grains, of albumin are excreted daily, equal to £ per cent, of albumin. Albumoses and Peptones Tests for these are mostly complicated and difficult to apply (c. g., with phospho-tungstic acid). The following are comparatively simple Albumoses.-Any albumin present in the urine must be coagulated by boiling with ' Soloid ' Citric Acid and removed by filtration (see first test for albumin). Make a cold saturated solution of salicyl-sulphonic acid by adding a few drops of water to two ' Soloid ' Salicyl-Sulphonic Acid in a test-tube. To this, add some of the clear urine ; a precipitate indicates the presence of albumoses. Peptones.-After removing any albumin, as indicated above, the clear urine should be saturated with ammonium sulphate. Filter or decant, then, to the clear solution, add a solution made by dissolving one ' Soloid ' Salicyl-Sulphonic Acid in i c.c. of water. A precipitate which dissolves on warming and reappears on cooling, indicates the presence of peptones. (B) Blood and its Derivatives.-Urine containing blood appears red or smoky-brown. Haimaturia is the term applied to the presence in urine of blood as a whole ; if blood pigment without corpuscles appear in the urine, the condition is known as haemoglobinuria. Microscopic examination for blood-cells is required to differentiate these appearances, as the other tests given below for blood can only prove the presence of blood pigment. (r) Guaiac Test.-For the success of this test, the requisites are tincture of guaiac freshly prepared from unoxidised resin, and ozonic ether containing in solution hydrogen peroxide of 30 volume strength. To 4 c.c. of urine in a test-tube add two drops of guaiac tincture ; then add 4 c.c. of ozonic ether without shaking. If blood pigment be present, a blue colour appears at the lower level of the ether. Caution.-(a) Potassium iodide in urine gives a blue colour with the guaiac test, but in this case the blue colour appears much more slowly than with blood, and appears simultaneously all through the fluid. (b) Pus gives a greenish-blue colour with guaiac alone, which disappears on heating. (c) Saliva and nasal mucus give the guaiac reaction. (2) Heller Test.-To 10 c.c. of urine in a test-tube add liquor potassii hydroxidi till the mixture is strongly alkaline. On boiling, if blood pigment be present, the deposit of earthy phosphates is brownish-red, owing to admixture with hasmatin from the blood, whilst the fluid is bottle-green. (3) Spectroscopic examination is necessary to determine exactly the presence of oxyhaemoglobin and other blood derivatives such as methiemo- globin and haematoporphyrin, and also of urobilin. Urobilin shows a band in the green part of the spectrum between the lines b and F. A full description of the spectroscopic appearances of urine containing haemoglobin, methaemoglobin and haematoporphyrin may be obtained from various text-books dealing with clinical work. (C) Bile.-Bile pigment and bile acids may occur in urine, the pigment being the more abundant. Bile gives a greenish or yellow tint to. urine, and makes it less mobile. On shaking urine containing bile, the froth formed on the top is also greenish, and more permanent than usual. Such urine can be distinguished from that containing salol by noting that in the case of the latter the froth is not green. URINALYSIS 235 (1) Gmelin Test.-Allow drops of urine and of fuming nitric acid to trickle together on a white porcelain dish. If bile pigment be present, a play of colour results :-green, blue, violet, red. yellow. Note.-A green colour should always be produced if bile be present. Dilution of the nitric acid with three volumes of water causes the green colour to appear more distinctly. (2) Methyl Violet Test.--Make a solution of methyl violet by dis- solving, in 10 c.c. of water, one ' Soloid ' Methyl Violet. To ensure a satisfactory result, this solution should then be diluted with water about five hundred times (5 minims to 5 fluidounces, or 1 drop to 25 c.c.). Pour some of the diluted solution down the side of a test-tube containing 10 c.c. of urine ; if bile pigment be present, a bright carmine-red ring appears at the junction of the two liquids. Note.-(a) This test is unaffected by the presence of albumin or blood. (b) Chrysophanic acid gives this reaction. (D) Sugars.-Glucose (dextrose or grape sugar) and lactose (milk sugar) are the only sugars of clinical importance in urine analysis. Glucose is the variety of sugar most commonly found in the urine, and its occurrence is generally spoken of as " Glycosuria." Lactose may occasionally be found in appreciable quantity in the urine of nursing women. It is maintained that normal urine contains glucose, but it is in amounts too small to be detected by the common reagents. A positive result with any test may therefore be regarded as indicating a pathological condition. Before examination for sugar, any albumin in the urine should be coagulated by boiling with ' Soloid ' Citric Acid and removed by filtration (see first test for albumin). With any urine, filtration is recommended. Test for Bile Pigment Qualitative Examination for Sugar Certain of the tests depend on the reducing power of certain sugars, and since both glucose and lactose give a positive result, these tests are not conclusive of the presence of glucose ; other substances such as glycuronic acid also act as reducing agents. Lactose and glycuronic acid' rarely occur in urine. (x) Fehling Test.*-First boil the solution made with ' Soloid ' Fehling Test, then add the diluted urine (see note below) drop by drop, and again heat. If no action result, continue adding the urine until an amount equal to the volume of Fehling solution is reached. If sugar be present, a reddish-yellow precipitate of suboxide of copper is rapidly produced. When suspended in the liquid this precipitate appears to range in colour from light-green to yellow, or to a reddish-brown, according to the quantity of sugar present. Note.-Uric acid in excess and extractive bodies in the urine may lead to the reduction of the oxide of copper, if the urine be concentrated. It should, therefore, be diluted before using the Fehling Test. Since chloroform and other drugs may also reduce the oxide of copper, it is better in any case of doubt to confirm by other tests. (2) Phenylhydrazine Test.-Half fill a test-tube with urine, add a few grains of phenylhydrazine hydrochloride and about twice as much of crystallised sodium acetate. Place the tube in a bath of boiling water for 30 minutes, and shake frequently until the reagents are dissolved. Then transfer the tube to cold water until the solution is cool, when, if sugar be present, yellow acicular crystals will be deposited ; if the sugar be glucose, the crystals consist of phenyl-glucosazone ; lactose gives phenyl- lactosazone. The two may be distinguished by microscopical examination. The crystals of the former are needle-shaped, of a bright yellow colour, and tend to arrange themselves in stars or fans ; the crystals of phenyl- lactosazone are shorter and broader, pointed at both ends, and have less tendency to form stars. * If preferred, ' Soloid ' Benedict Test may be employed (see Urine, page 140). 236 URINALYSIS (3) Indigo Test.-Mix o-6 c.c. of urine with 10 c.c. of water. Then add one ' Soloid ' Indigo Test (Sodium Nitrophenylpropiolate, gr. J [0-016 gm.]), and boil. If sugar be present, the liquid becomes of a bluish colour, owing to the formation of indigo blue. The change of colour may occur quickly, or after the lapse of four or five minutes, so that the liquid should be boiled, if necessary, for five minutes before deciding upon the result of the test. Note.--This reaction is produced both by glucose and lactose, but is unaffected by the presence of uric acid, creatinine, glycuronic acid indican or bile pigment or by the action of drugs upon the urine. (4) Johnson Test.-To 8 c.c. of urine, add an equal quantity of a saturated solution of ' Soloid ' Picric Acid, and two ' Soloid ' Alkaline Tartrate, previously dissolved in 4 c.c. of water. Boil for a minute, and if the liquid appear of a bright red colour when the test tube is held up to the light, no sugar is present. If the liquid become almost black, sugar is indicated. The foregoing tests give a positive result with glucose and lactose. Most probably glucose is the sugar present, but to distinguish glucose from lactose the following test may be performed :- (5) Fermentation Test.-This is a certain test for glucose, which is the only fermentable substance found in the urine. Before proceeding with the test, the urine should, if necessary, be acidified by adding ' Soloid ' Citric Acid, and should be boiled for 10 minutes to expel any air. The urine is now shaken up with some fresh active yeast in a specially devised fermentation tube, or in an ordinary test- tube inverted in a bath of mercury. All air bubbles must be excluded. Set aside the tube in a warm place ; if, after a few hours, a distinct bubble show at the top of the tube, a fermentable substance, i. e., glucose, must be present. Caution.-(a) To make certain that the yeast is active, it should first be tested with a solution of glucose. (b) Some of the yeast should be added to a control-tube full of normal urine, since yeast itself is liable to give off some gas. Acetone and Diacetic Acid In some cases of glycosuria the urine contains acetone or diacetic acid. The presence of acetone may be detected by the following test:-- Add to urine an equal quantity of liquor potassii hydroxidi and a few drops of a strong solution of sodium nitro-prusside. The solution of sodium nitro-prusside is best prepared as required by dissolving a few crystals in a small quantity of water in a test-tube. The colour will gradually become reddish-brown, and turns to deep red on adding dilute acetic acid. Diacetic acid is detected by the following test: Add to the urine a few drops of Liq. Ferri Chloridi and a deep red colour will be produced. The following method of estimating the amount of sugar in urine is based on the Fehling reduction test :- First prepare a standard test solution by dissolving four ' Soloid ' Copper Sulphate in about 2 c.c. of distilled water, and in this solution also dissolve four ' Soloid ' Alkaline Tartrate, then adjust to 4 c.c. at 15° C. Each c.c. corresponds to 0-005 gramme of anhydrous glucose. It may be found more convenient to dilute the above measure of 4 c.c. with an equal volume of water, when each c.c. of diluted test solution will correspond to 0-0025 gramme of anhydrous glucose. The reducing power of lactose compared with that of glucose is as 7 to 10, therefore each c.c. of diluted test solution corresponds to 0-0036 gramme approximately of lactose. Make a rough estimation by adding the urine to a definite volume of the boiling test solution, in such quantity that after boiling and allowing the precipitate to subside, the blue colour of the reagent is just discharged. Now dilute the urine, if necessary, till it contains 0-5 to 1 per cent, of sugar, and make an accurate estimation with the diluted urine. Quantitative Estimation of Sugar URINALYSIS 237 The percentage of sugar in urine, weight for volume, calculated in grains per fluidounce, is shown in the following table :- Per cent. Grains in one fluid- ounce Per cent. Grains in one fluid- ounce Per cent. Grains in one fluid- ounce o-i 0'44 2-75 12-03 6'75 29'53 0*2 o-88 3-00 13-13 7'00 30-63 03 I-3I 3'25 14-22 7'25 31-72 0'4 i-75 3'50 15-31 7'50 32'79 0'5 2-19 3'75 16-41 7-75 33-89 o-6 2'63 4-00 17-50 8.00 35'00 o-7 3-06 4'25 18-59 8-25 36-09 o-8 3'50 4'50 19-69 8-50 37-19 o*9 3'94 4'75 20-78 8-75 38-28 1*0 4'38 5'00 21-88 900 39-38 1-25 5'47 5'25 22'97 9-25 40-47 i-5o 6-56 5'50 24-06 9'50 41-56 i-75 7-66 5'75 25-16 9'75 42-66 2*00 8-75 6-oo 26-25 10'00 43'75 2'25 9-84 6-25 27-34 2'50 10-94 6-50 28-44 (E) P u s.-Generally detected by physical examination. The following tests may be performed:-(1) add liquor potassii hydroxidi to the deposit; if pus be present, urine becomes ropy. (2) Pus with tincture of guaiac gives a green colour, which disappears on heating. 4. Erlich's Diazo Reaction Prepare two fresh solutions : (i) A saturated solution of sulphanilic acid in 5 per cent, of hydrochloric acid ; (a) A J per cent, solution of sodium nitrite. To 5 c.c. of urine, add an equal quantity of solution (r) ; then add a few drops of solution (2) and shake till frothy ; add ammonia till alkaline. A positive result is indicated if the liquid acquire a port wine colour, and the froth at the same time be red. This reaction has a significance in certain diseases. (a) It is most generally present in typhoid cases during the second or third week : if the case be very mild the reaction may be absent. (b) In cases of tuberculosis where the disease is very active, the reaction is very constantly present. (c) A positive result is more general in cases of measles than in German measles (Rbtheln). The deposit should first be separated by means of a centrifuge. Clinically, the important deposits are those of abnormal constituents :- (I) Red Blood Corpuscle si-These are present in hasmaturia, and the microscopic appearance distinguishes this condition from that of hmmoglobinuria. As corpuscles are apt to swell up and disappear in alkaline urine, the examination should be made as soon as possible after the specimen is available. The corpuscles may appear yellowish, or colourless, and may be bi-concave or bi-convex, and of regular or irregular outline. (2) White Blood Corpuscles, Pus Cells, or Globules of Fat may appear. (3) Tube Cast s.--These may be cellular, granular, or amorphous. Their presence may indicate a serious pathological condition. (4) Certain Parasites, «. g., echinococcus and ova of bilharzia. (5) Pathogenic Bacteria, such as the gonococcus and the tubercle bacillus. These may be stained with ' Soloid ' Microscopic Stains. MICROSCOPICAL EXAMINATION TRADE MARK ' S O L O I D ' BRAND MICROSCOPIC STAINS " Give excellent results, and the aniline dyes used arc evidently of the highest quality."-PUBLIC HEALTH. [The methods and results here indicated represent the practice of the workers in the Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories. It will no doubt occur that others working under different conditions (tempera- ture, etc.), and introducing a different personal factor, will get varying results. Such workers will naturally use the stains in accordance with their own experience.] Most of the operations described can be completed by means of the ' Soloid ' Brand Bacteriological Case, No. 505, or the ' Soloid ' Brand Blood Test Case, No. 506, which are fitted with ' Soloid ' Microscopic Stains. With the aid of the ' Soloid ' equipments the practitioner himself can carry out conveniently the investigations usually referred to laboratory workers. The ' Soloid ' outfits keep together, in compact form and in small space, the essentials for such work. Measurements of ' Soloid ' Bacteriological Case : 5 x 3| x if in. ; of ' Soloid ' Blood Test Case : 4 J x 3I X li in. (See also Price List at end.) PREPARATIONS OF STAINING SOLUTIONS The tendency of solutions of the aniline dyes to decompose has always been a source of trouble in microscopic work. The ' Soloid ' Microscopic Stains contain aniline dyes of the highest quality, and enable solutions to be prepared in small quantities when required. By their use, waste is avoided and correct results are assured. Various stains are employed in alcoholic solution, and the different alcohols commonly used may here conveniently be described. Absolute alcohol contains not less than 99 per cent, by weight of pure ethyl alcohol, CoHg'OH. Alcohol of a stated percentage, e. g., 50 per cent, alcohol, means a mixture with water which contains the stated percentage, i. e., 50 per cent., by volume, of ethyl alcohol. Methanol is a pure substance, CH:!-OH,'prepared by the purification of commercial wood spirit. Commercial methanol, which is impure, must not be employed in preparing Eosin-Azur, Louis Jenner stain, or Leishman, Wright or other modification of the Romanowsky stain. Methylated alcohol, or methylated spirit, which may be used instead of pure ethyl alcohol in preparing solutions of various percentages of alcohol, is a mixture of 19 parts of ethyl alcohol and 1 part of commercial methanol. This is known as industrial methylated spirit, and differs from that ordinarily sold in shops, which is composed of 9 parts of ethyl alcohol and 1 part of commercial methanol, and, in addition, contains f per cent, of mineral naphtha. For washing films, methylated spirit may be used, except in the stage immediately preceding the use of xylol or cedar wood oil, when absolute alcohol must be employed. The amounts of distilled water and absolute alcohol respectively required to produce saturated solutions of certain dyes in common use ,are indicated MICROSCOPIC STAINS 239 in the following table. In all cases, the ' Soloid ' product should be thoroughly powdered before it is shaken up in the solvent:- - ' Soloid ' product of o'i gm. of dye Water (c.c.) Alcohol (c.c.) Bismarck Brown, pure ... I 7 7 Fuchsine (Basic), „ I IO 2'5 Gentian Violet, ,, I 7 7 Haematoxylin, „ I Methyl Violet, ,, I 2 I Methylene Blue, ,, I 7 7 'Ihionin Blue, „ I 5 IO Aqueous dilutions of the above, containing 5 to 10 per cent, of these saturated solutions, are well adapted for ordinary staining purposes. Various other solutions, ready for immediate use, may be prepared from ' Soloid ' Microscopic Stains according to the following directions :- Eosin To obtain a solution of eosin suitable for general staining, one ' Soloid ' product may be dissolved in 20 c.c. of 50 per cent, alcohol. This gives a 0-5 per cent, solution. Loeffler Alkaline Methylene Blue Dissolve one ' Soloid ' Methylene Blue in 7 c.c. of absolute alcohol, and add 25 c.c. of distilled water to which one drop of Liquor Potassii hydroxidi, U. S. P., has been added. Neisser Methylene Blue Powder one ' Soloid ' Methylene Blue and add to 2 c.c. of 96 per cent, alcohol. Then add 100 c.c. of 5 per cent, acetic acid (5 c.c. glacial acetic acid to 95 c.c. water). Bismarck Brown for Neisser Stain Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product in 50 c.c. of distilled water. This gives a o-2 per cent, solution. Aniline Gentian Violet Dissolve one ' Soloid ' Gentian Violet in 7 c.c. of absolute alcohol, and add 63 c.c. of a freshly filtered saturated solution of aniline oil in distilled water. Carbol Gentian Violet Dissolve one ' Soloid ' Gentian Violet in 7 c.c. of absolute alcohol, and add 63 c.c. of a 1 per cent, aqueous solution of carbolic acid. Ziehl Carbol Fuchsine Thoroughly powder one ' Soloid ' Fuchsine (Basic) in 3 c.c. of absolute alcohol, add 22 c.c. of a 5 per cent, aqueous solution of carbolic acid, shake well, and filter before using. Gram Iodine Solution Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product of reagent A in 10 c.c. of distilled water, add one of reagent B, and, when solution is complete, dilute to 15 c.c. with distilled water. Carbol Thionin Blue Dissolve one ' Soloid ' Thionin Blue in 100 c.c. of a 5 per cent, aqueous solution of carbolic acid. Borax Methylene Blue Dissolve one ' Soloid ' Borax Methylene Blue in io c.c. of distilled water. 240 MICROSCOPIC STAINS Eosin-Azur (for Giemsa staining) Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product in 5 c.c. of a mixture of equal parts of glycerin and pure methanol. Eosin-Meth yle n e Blue (Louis Jenner stain) Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product in 10 c.c. of pure methanol. Romanowsky Stain (Leishman Modification) Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product in 10 c.c. of pure methanol. Romanowsky Stain (Wright Modification) Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product in 10 c.c. of pure methanol. Biondi-Ehrlich- Heidenhain Triple Stain Dissolve one ' Soloid ' Ehrlich Triple Stain in 25 c.c. of distilled water, one ' Soloid ' Acid Fuchsine in 2 c.c. of distilled water, and mix. The mixture is ready for use and keeps well. H ae 111 a 1 u m Each ' Soloid ' product contains Haematein, 0-005 gm., and Ammonia Alum, 0-25 gm. To prepare the stain one product is ground up with 5 c.c. of distilled water, and boiled for a few minutes. A clear solution is thus obtained. Toison Blood Fluid For the preservation and counting of blood corpuscles. Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product in 3 c.c. of glycerin and 16 c.c. of distilled water. The solution should always be filtered immediately before use. It acts as a simple diluent, prevents clotting, and preserves the natural appearance of the red corpuscles. At the same time the nuclei of the white corpuscles are faintly tinted, so as to facilitate their recognition and counting; but no means, is afforded for discriminating between the different varieties. N.B.-In the case of Loeffler alkaline methylene blue, aniline gentian violet and Ziehl carbol fuchsine, the solutions obtained as above are only approximately equivalent to those prepared according to the original formulae. The figures avoid small fractions in measurement, enabling the solution to be prepared more readily without diminishing the efficiency of the stain. Blood Films .-The blood is generally obtained from the lobe of the ear. The part being thoroughly cleansed and dried with absorbent cotton, the skin is pricked with a sterile surgical needle, and a drop of blood obtained. Asepsis is essential if the examination be for micro-organisms, but such precautions are not generally observed when films are taken to examine only the blood corpuscles. Touch the blood with the middle of one of the narrow ground edges of a microscopic slide, and place the end with the blood on a second slide,free from grease and dust. To ensure this, slides,after being cleansed with soft soap, should be heated in the flame of a spirit lamp, and afterwards preserved in alcohol until used. When the blood has spread out in the angle between the two slides, push the first slide rapidly along the second (see illustration). Dry the film as rapidly as possible by waving in the air. An evenly distributed film will thus be obtained. When the stain is dissolved in methanol (as in the Jenner or Leishman processes), the addition of the stain acts also as a fixative, so that no other fixing is required. Thick Films .-Thick blood smears may be used with advantage for the discovery of filarias. Several drops of blood are put on the middle of a slide, and mixed into one drop about f in. square with the needle. When dry, the slide is placed upright in water so that the hemoglobin, as it dissolves, sinks to the bottom. When finished, the slide can be dried and stained in the ordinary way, or the stain, ready mixed with water, poured on while the slide is still wet. If the latter method be adopted the subsequent washing must be done in a beaker, and not under a tap. PREPARATION OF SPECIMENS BLOOD MICROSCOPIC STAINS 241 Blood Sample.-A specimen of blood, for estimation of the agglutinating value to an organism or of the opsomic index, may be collected from the lobe of the. ear in one of the capillary pipettes contained in the ' Soloid ' Bacteriological Case. The end of the pipette, which must be broken off for the purpose, is then re-sealed in the flame of the spirit-lamp. Pus .-Pus can be manipulated in the same manner as blood. If it be very thick, previous dilution with water will give a thinner and more uniform film. Sputum .-Transfer a small quantity of sputum to a glass slide (in examining for the tubercle bacillus, the specimen of sputum on the slide should contain, if possible, one or more of the small yellowish masses, should such be present) ; cover this with a second slide and rub the two together until the sputum is thoroughly broken up and mixed. Draw one side of a clean cover-slip across one of the slides to cause a thin film to adhere to it ; allow it to dry in the air, and fix by passing, with the film upwards, three times through the flame of a spirit-lamp or Bunsen burner. The film is now ready for staining. Sputum may also be prepared for staining on an ordinary microscopic slide, if care be taken to spread a thin, even film. This renders many of the necessary manipulations easier to carry out. Smear Preparation of Throat Exudate.-This may be obtained by means of the swab of sterilised absorbent cotton included in the ' Soloid ' Bacteriological Case. Such a swab can be prepared by holding, with sterile forceps, a piece of absorbent cotton or sponge under boiling water for a few minutes. A film of the exudate is obtained by smearing a slide or cover-slip with the swab, and manipulating as in the case of sputum. Film from an Organ or other Tissue.-Collect a little material from a freshly-cut surface by scraping with the end of a microscopic slide. Then continue as if the material collected were blood, with the exception that the inclined slide should be drawn, not pushed, along the horizontal slide (see illustration). The slide should be labelled by writing on a clean portion of it, with a grease pencil, the initials, name or number of the patient. Blood smears may be labelled more per- manently than with a grease pencil by making a larger smear than is required, and writing on the film at one end with an ordinary lead pencil before staining. After examination, the name of the parasite found may be written at the other end if desired. Lines should be drawn with a grease pencil right across the slide at both ends of the film, or even through the film itself if very large. This prevents the stain from spreading where it is not required, and lessens- the amount of stain used and the risk of drying by evaporation. TISSUE methods of staining Gram Method (for cover-slip preparations).-After drying the film, pour a few drops of absolute alcohol upon it, and gently agitate for two minutes. Drain what remains of the alcohol upon blotting paper, and pour several drops of aniline gentian violet or carbol gentian violet upon it. Again gently agitate for half-a-minute, drain upon blotting paper, and place in the iodine solution for one minute. Remove the film from the iodine solution, drain upon blotting paper, and wash in alcohol until no more stain comes away. At once wash away the alcohol by moving the slip gently in a beaker of water, and dry between blotting paper. Counterstain for half-a-minute in a 0-5 per cent, solution of eosin in 50 per cent, alcohol, or for half-a-minute in a saturated aqueous solution of Bismarck Brown. Nicol le Modification of Gram Method.-Prepare the film as in Gram method, and stain in carbol gentian violet for five minutes, then drain and place in the iodine solution for half-a-minute. 242 MICROSCOPIC STAINS Decolorise in acetone one part and alcohol two parts, till no more colour comes away, then wash in water for a few seconds. Counterstain with eosin or Bismarck brown as above. An organism which retains the gentian violet stain when treated by Gram method is said to be " Gram-positive." Familiar examples are Streptococcus (including Pneumococcus), Staphylo- coccus. B. diphtheria, B. anthracis, B. tetani and Actinomyces. Organisms which are decolorised by the alcohol and show only the colour of the counterstain are " Gram-negative," e. g., Gonococcus, Meningococcus, B. typhosus, B. coli, B. cholera, B. pestis and Micrococcus melitensis. Preliminary Staining and Examination of any Smear preparatio n.-A very convenient and useful method is to mount it, when fixed, in a drop of Loeffler methylene blue, and remove all surplus stain round the cover-glass with blotting paper. Bacteria, cell nuclei, etc., take up the stain very readily, and show up well although mounted in the dye itself, which, in such a thin film, appears almost white by contrast. Tubercle Bacillus.--Prepare and fix a film of sputum as described above. Now place the cover-slip, film upwards, and with an edge projecting, on the end of a strip of metal about half-an-inch wide and eight to ten inches long, then carefully drop carbol fuchsine solution upon the film so as to cover it without running over on the metal. Place the metal in the flame at such a distance from the cover-slip that the stain just steams gently ; continue this heating for quite five minutes, but carefully avoid boiling. Then remove the cover-slip with forceps, drain off the surplus stain on blotting paper, wash well under a tap or in a large beaker of water, and place for ten seconds in 25 per cent, hydrochloric acid. Wash well in methylated alcohol until no more red colour comes away ; rinse in water and, still holding the cover-slip with the forceps, drop an aqueous solution of methylene blue upon the film, allowing it to stain for thirty seconds. Drain off the stain, wash rapidly in water ; press gently between folds of blotting paper, and allow to dry in the warm air above the flame at such a height that the hand can easily be held there. Mount in xylol balsam. Tubercle bacilli will be stained red by the fuchsine ; all other organisms likely to be found in sputum will be coloured blue. {See also Sputum, page 241.) Diphtheria B a c c i 1 u s.-This organism stains readily with many of the aniline dyes, Loeffler methylene blue being very commonly employed. Neisser Diagnostic Stain is applied as follows :-From a young culture on blood serum or Loeffler medium, a film is made and fixed by heat in the ordinary way. Stain with Neisser Methylene Blue Solution {see page 239) for two or three seconds. Rinse in water. Counterstain for half-a-minute with a o-2 per cent, aqueous solution of Bismarck Brown (see page 239). The granules of the diphtheria bacillus are stained an intense blue, the protoplasm faint brown. This appearance is said to be of value in distinguishing from other diphtheroid bacilli. Gonococcu s.--Make a film of the pus upon a clean slide; dry and fix in the manner already described for Blood Films. The film must then be stained by the Gram method given on page 239. After washing with alcohol it is stained for five minutes in an aqueous solution of Bismarck Brown. Gonococci do not retain the stain in Gram method, but retain the Bismarck Brown. On drying the film, and examining with an oil-immersion lens, gonococci, if present, will be seen as brown cocci within the pus cells, whereas streptococci or staphylococci will appear violet, being " Gram-positive." Pneumonia. (Diplococcus pneumonia).-A thin film of sputum, saliva or blood may be examined for the pneumococcus. The film is dried and fixed by heat. Gram stain may then be applied, or the film may be treated with the Welch capsule stain in the following manner. When the film has cooled, a few drops of glacial acetic acid are poured on and instantly drained off; this is followed at once, without washing, by aniline gentian violet stain, repeated several times. Finally, the preparation is washed with a 1 per cent, sodium chloride solution and examined wet, or allowed to dry and mounted in balsam. The coccus is deeply stained, with a faint violet capsule surrounding it. MICROSCOPIC STAINS 243 Influenza (Bacillus influenza).-A smear preparation of the sputum, or a film made from a culture on Loeffler serum medium, may be stained for half-a-minute with carbol fuchsine diluted with ten times its volume of water. The bacilli are found as small polar-stained bodies, mostly in the cytoplasm of the leucocytes. Tetanus (Bacillus tetani).-A film of the pus is made and stained with any acqueous aniline dye, with all of which the bacilli stain well. The bacilli also stain by the Gram method. Anthrax (Bacillus anthracis).-In cases of suspected malignant pustule, film preparations of the exudate or of scrapings from the tissue should be stained with Loeffler Methylene Blue, and also by the Gram method. The bacilli are large, have a granular appearance, with square and sometimes slightly concave ends, often occur in chains, and retain the Gram stain. Cerebro-spinal Meningitis (Diplococcus Meningitidis intracellularis).-Films are prepared in the same manner as in the case of blood, from fluid obtained by lumbar puncture. They may be stained by carbol thionin blue, and also by the Gram method, proceeding as in the case of the gonococcus. This is a Gram-negative coccus, as is also the Micrococcus catarrhalis. For description of the latter, see British Medical Journal, August 26, 1905. Cholera (Spirillum cholera or Comma bacillus).-One of the white mucus fragments, found in the feces, is spread out evenly on a glass slide and allowed to dry. The film is then fixed by heat (as described for blood and sputum), stained with a dilute watery solution of fuchsine or methyl violet for about five minutes, well washed in water, dried and mounted in balsam. Plague .-Make a smear from the material obtained by gland puncture or from sputum, fix as usual, and stain with any ordinary aniline dye. Polar staining is well demonstrated by over-staining with carbol fuchsine and washing out part of the stain with methylated spirit. Relapsing' Fever (Spirillum obermeieri).-The spirilla may be stained in blood films by Louis Jenner, Leishman, or Giemsa methods, or, after fixation in alcohol, by any dilute aqueous stain. Gram stain is not retained by these organisms. Malaria (Plasmodium malaria).-Blood or pus films may be stained by the Leishman process (see page 240). Treponema pallidum. - This organism, which occurs in various syphilitic lesions, may be demonstrated with Leishman stain. Films are made of the fluid or exudate obtained from the lesion, or a blood film may be examined. This stain may be employed according to the Leishman method, or may be modified as described in the Lancet, August 19, 1905, page 522. The malarial parasite and the Treponema pallidum may also be stained by the Giemsa method, which is carried out most easily and conveniently by means of ' Soloid ' Eosin-Azur. Having prepared the solution according to the directions on page 240, dilute it with distilled water in the proportion of 1 to 4. The film should be fixed in absolute alcohol and stained, film side down, in a flat-bottomed dish for a quarter of an hour, the slide resting on thin glass rods. Then wash in distilled water, drain with filter paper, dry, and mount in Canada balsam. Nuclear and malarial bodies will stain an intense red or violet colour, and the Treponema pallidum, a paler reddish-purple. Ring w o r m .-Soak the portions of hair in ether or chloroform for three to five minutes, to remove all fat, and fix their distal ends on a slide by means of a little melted paraffin. Scales of epidermis, after being soaked in ether, may be fixed with a little egg albumen in the same way as for sections. A few drops of 10 per cent, caustic potash are now poured on the slide, and allowed to remain five to ten minutes. Next, very carefully wash with ether, mount in a 50 per cent, glycerin solution, and examine under a high power 244 MICROSCOPIC STAINS for mycelial threads and spores. If it be desired to stain the preparation, the potash should not be employed. After freeing from grease, stain by Gram method, modifying the time to five to ten minutes in the carbol gentian violet, and to half-a-minute in the iodine. Wash with the aniline oil and xylol mixture, then in pure xylol, and mount in balsam. Blood and Pus Films. -Films prepared in the manner already described may be stained in a variety of ways :- i. EOSIN AND METHYLENE BLUE Treat the films with a 0-5 per cent, eosin solution for a minute, wash in water, dry between folds of blotting paper, and finally stain for a few seconds with Loeffler Methylene Blue. Both these operations are con- veniently carried out by holding the cover-slip with forceps, and moving it about gently in a sufficiently large quantity of the stain contained in a watch-glass, or better still, in a wide-mouthed shallow bottle. 2. COMBINED EOS IN-METHYLENE BLUE METHOD (Romanowsky) Louis Jenner Process.-Allow the film to dry in the air, and, without fixing, drop the stain on it, and cover with a watch-glass. Allow the stain to act for five minutes, wash in distilled water (or filtered rain water if distilled water be not available) till all the green colour of the film has been replaced by a pinkish tint, dry between blotting paper, then in air, and mount in Canada balsam. Leishman Process.-The solution of the eosinate of methylene blue in methanol is used as a combined stain and fixative. A few drops are run on to the film, and allowed to remain one minute. Then double the volume of distilled or rain water is added to the staining fluid, the two' mixed, and the mixture allowed to remain on for a further five minutes, after which the film is washed with distilled or rain water and dried in the air. It can be examined at once under an oil immersion lens, the cedar wood oil being dropped directly on the film. If mounted in balsam the specimen becomes decolorised rather easily unless special neutral balsam is used. In staining for Treponema pallidum or Treponema pertenue, the mixed stain and water should be left in contact with the film for at least half-an-hour. In hot weather, staining is best carried out by putting the slide in a Petri dish containing at the bottom a piece of damp blotting paper. When the mixture of stain and water has been made on the slide the cover of the dish is put on and the whole left the necessary time. 3. BIONDI-EHRLICH-HEIDENHAIN TRIPLE STAIN Prepare films in the usual manner, and fix them by heating to no°-i2o° C. for thirty minutes. An air oven can be conveniently dispensed with by using a strip of stout sheet copper, and heating one end. The place on the copper for fixing the films at this temperature will be found by dropping a little xylol on the copper, and placing the preparation, film side downwards, near the spot at which the xylol just boils. Preparations thus fixed are then stained for two to ten minutes, washed and dried. Care should be taken to use neutral Canada balsam or cedar wood oil as a mounting medium. In well-fixed and successfully stained specimens, the colour, to the naked eye, is orange or orange-red ; in under-heated specimens, the colour is dark red or reddish-brown ; and in over-heated specimens, the colour is pale lemon-yellow. In specimens thus prepared the erythrocytes should be coloured orange; the granules of the neutrophile polymorphonuclear Cells and of the neutro- phile myelocytes should have a violet, and the acidophile granules of the polymorphonuclear cells a brick-red colour. The nuclei of the above cells are coloured greenish-blue of varying shades ; while the basophilic granules of mast cells are unstained, and surround a pale green nucleus. In the lymphocytes the nucleus is stained a pale greenish-blue ; but the cytoplasm takes a faint pink or grey colour. In morbid blood, the nuclei of the erythroblasts are stained a greenish-black. No. 1 No. 1. Bacillus Tuberculosis in Lung Stained by the Ziehl-Neelsen method ['Soloid' Fuchsine (Basic) and 'Soloid' Methylene Blue] Magnification 1000 diameters No. 2 No. 2. Streptococci in Lung Stained by Gram method ('Soloid' Gentian Violet and 'Soloid' Gram Iodine Solution) Magnification 1000 diameters No. 3 No. 3. Meningococcus in Cerebro-spinal Fluid Stained by Leishman method ['Soloid' Romanowsky Stain (Leishman Powder)] Magnification 1000 diameters Reproductions in Actual Colours of experi- mental Preparations stained with 'Soloid' Microscopic Stains No. 4. Parathyroid Gland Stained by Ehrlich-Biondi method ('Soloid' Ehrlich Triple Stain) Magnification 50 diameters No. 5 No. 5 Thyroid Gland Stained with Eosin and Tbionin ( Soloid' Eosin and 'Soloid' Tbionin Blue) Magnification 50 diameters No. 6. Pituitary Body posterior and anterior lobes Stained with Heemalum and Eosin ('Soloid' Hsemalum and 'Soloid' Eosin) Magnification 50 diameters REPRODUCTIONS IN ACTUAL COLOURS OF EXPERI mental Preparations stained with 'Soloid microscopic Stains CULTURE MEDIA 245 Demonstration of micro-organisms without staining (Burri Indian-ink method). A film is made in the ordinary way on a slide and allowed to dry. A small drop of Indian-ink is placed at one end of the film and is spread evenly over it in a thin film by drawing the edge of another slide lightly along it. Alternatively a drop of the fluid to be examined may be mixed with a drop of Indian-ink on the slide and a film made in the ordinary way from the mixed drop. In either case the preparation is allowed to dry in air. The organisms are seen white on a dark background. M o u n t i ng Stained Preparations •-In those cases where it is of importance to preserve the colour of stained preparations, acid mounting media are unsuitable, and pure liquid paraffin or ' Paroleine ' has been found very useful for this purpose. After mounting, the cover-glass should be ringed with a neutral cement. ' Paroleine ' has also been recommended as an immersion oil in preference to the usual cedar wood oil. It does not become turbid, keeps in any climate, is non-volatile and is readily removed from objectives, on which it has no injurious effect.* PREPARATION OF CULTURE MEDIA The preparation of bacteriological culture media on a small scale has always been tedious and unsatisfactory. The time necessary to prepare a few tubes of a given medium is practically as much as would be needed for the preparation of a large bulk, while the loss in filtering small quantities is proportionately very large. Experiments in the Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories have shown that many of the ordinary culture media can be dried, and kept in this condition for long periods, regaining their original consistency and appearance on being re-dissolved in the requisite amount of water. Chiefly to meet the needs of the physician or bacteriologist who requires to use a few culture tubes only, and at wide intervals, the ' Soloid ' Culture Media have been introduced. These products are dry and portable, will keep indefinitely under proper conditions, and render it possible to prepare a tube or plate of the required medium within an hour, without laboratory apparatus. These products should, on this account, be specially suitable for physicians who have not the resources of a laboratory at their disposal. Medical officers of health in rural districts will also find them useful, and for medical expeditions and camps in the Tropics, they will meet a decided want. To prepare a culture tube, all that is required is a clean test-tube, a plug of absorbent cotton, water, and ' Soloid ' products. Put one ' Soloid ' product of the required medium into a test-tube, add the indicated proportion of water (preferably but not necessarily distilled), plug the tube with absorbent cotton sterilised by flaming, and immerse in a water bath of boiling water to a level above that of the water in the tube and allow boiling to continue for at least thirty minutes. Rotate the tube occasionally to assist solution of the product. Solution is accelerated by powdering the product before its introduction into the tube. Boiling for thirty minutes will kill all organisms except resistant spores, and will be sufficient for purposes of ordinary diagnosis, etc. When it is essential to guarantee a perfectly sterile medium, the tube should be heated for twenty minutes in boiling water on each of three successive days. The tubes of solid media can be allowed to set in inclined or vertical planes, or plates can be poured from them in the ordinary way. The following products are issued for the preparation of nutrient media * Journal of Pathology and Bacteriology, XIII, 1908 246 ENUMERATION OF BLOOD CORPUSCLES 'Sol oid' Nutrient Broth.-This is a fluid medium which may be incubated at any temperature required for the cultivation of the micro-organisms under investigation. It is useful for the cultivation of bacteria which it is desired to examine in the living stage by the " hanging-drop " method. All the common organisms, both pathogenic and non-pathogenic, grow well in this medium. Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product in 5 c.c. of water (preferably distilled) in a medium-sized test-tube, and then proceed as described above. 'Soloid' Nutrient Agar-Aga r.-This is a very important medium, and all the common pathogenic and non-pathogenic organisms grow well in it. It is prepared by adding agar-agar (a carbohydrate obtained from Japanese sea-weed) to peptone-beef-broth. This medium, though perfectly clear and transparent when fluid, becomes slightly opaque on solidifying. Dissolve one ' Soloid ' product in about 5 c.c. of water in a test-tube. Then allow to cool, keeping the tube in any desired position. To make plate cultures, the agar in the fluid condition is cooled to 450 C., inoculated and then poured on the plates. This is done because organisms exposed to a temperature higher than 450 C. may be killed. 'Soloid' Bile Salt Agar-Agar (MacConkey).-This is a very useful solid medium for the isolation of intestinal bacteria, such as B. coli, and the organisms of typhoid and dysentery from water, milk, faeces, urine, etc. It contains bile salt, peptone, lactose and neutral red. The bile salt inhibits the growth of most bacteria other than those of intestinal origin. Colonies of B. coli are red, but colonies of B. typhosus and B. dysenterice are colourless. The temperature of incubation recommended by MacConkey is 420 C. List of 'Soloid' Brand Microscopic Stains (see Price List at end). In order to count the corpuscles, it is necessary to work with an accurately- prepared dilution of blood. At present there is no readier or more accurate method of obtaining a measured amount, and at once diluting this to a given degree, than that employed with the Thoma-Zeiss apparatus. It may here be explained that the depth of the cavity, under the cover-slip, when this is in position, is o-i millimetre ; and that the 16 large squares marked on the slide, cover an area of one square millimetre. Each of these squares is divided into 25 smaller squares ; hence, when the cover-glass is in position, each of the smaller squares contains x x or cubic millimetre. Therefore the number of corpuscles per cubic millimetre is ENUMERATION OF BLOOD CORPUSCLES A = number of corpuscles counted B = number of small squares counted C = number of times blood is diluted A x C x 4000 " B ' where DETERMINATION OF THE OPSONIC INDEX The process is rather complicated and needs considerable practice before reliable results can be obtained. It may be described in the following stages :- 1. Collecting the blood to be tested.-Several opsonic indices are taken together if possible, to save time. The blood is obtained by pricking the finger or the lobule of the ear and is drawn into a Widal tube or Wright capsule; the ends are sealed off with sealing wax. One capsule of normal blood is also drawn off. The capsules are numbered with a grease pencil for identification, and the blood left until the serum separates out; or, to save time, it may be centrifuged. DETERMINATION OF THE OPSONIC INDEX 247 2. Preparing the washed leucocytes.-A few drops of blood from the finger are run into a small tube containing sodium citrate solution i| per cent., to the proportion of about f citrate solution and i blood ; the contents should be gently mixed, not shaken, and centrifuged for two or three minutes, until all the corpuscles are at the bottom of the tube : the supernatant fluid is drawn off, normal saline solution added to the corpuscles and the whole gently mixed as before. The centrifuging is repeated and the supernatant fluid again pipetted off, so that only the layers of red and white corpuscles remain in the tube ; with a glass pipette all these corpuscles are gently mixed and are then ready for use. 3- Preparing the bacterial emulsion.-This is usually prepared beforehand. The growth of the organism on agar is removed and emulsified in salt solution. In some cases the culture has to be ground up to emulsify it and to break up the clumps ; this is especially necessary in the case of the tubercle bacillus. It is then centrifuged to get rid of any clumps, and the supernatant emulsion pipetted off into a separate tube and thoroughly mixed ; this should be examined as an ordinary smear preparation to make sure of its freedom from clumps. The salt solution used for the emulsion is 0-85 per cent, saline, except in the case of tubercle bacilli and the non-Gram-staining cocci, for which a per cent, saline is used. 4. "Putting up the test."--The three constituents having now been obtained, the next step is to " put up the test." A pipette having a long stem is taken, and into this are drawn equal quantities of washed leucocytes, bacterial emulsion and the serum to be tested, in the order named. These contents are then expressed on a slide, and thoroughly mixed ; after drawing the mixture up into the pipette again, the end of the pipette is sealed off in the flame, talcing care that the mixture is kept away from the heated end, and the whole is incubated at 370 C. For most bacteria, the period of incubation should be fifteen to twenty minutes, but in the case of certain organisms, such as those of typhoid and cholera, which are liable to rapid bacteriolysis, incubation for eight to ten minutes is preferable. 5- Preparing the film.-The opsonising pipettes are removed from the incubator, the sealed ends broken off and some of the contents expressed on a slide, and well mixed. A drop of the mixture is then placed on another slide. By using the slightly concave edge of a broken slide, a film is made in which all the white corpuscles are swept to one end of the film which is fixed and stained with the appropriate stain. 6. Counting .-The number of micro-organisms in 100 polymorpho- nuclear leucocytes is counted. The average number of organisms per leucocyte gives the phagocytic index. The thickness of the emulsion of bacteria should be so arranged as to give an easily countable number of micro-organisms in each leucocyte ; thus, in the case of a tubercle emulsion an average of 1-5-2 bacilli per leucocyte is usually aimed at-in the case of staphylococci, 3-8. The number of organisms in 100 leucocytes in the patient's blood, divided by the number in 100 leucocytes in the normal blood, gives the opsonic index. THE SERUM DIAGNOSIS OP TYPHOID FEVER BY THE WIDAL TEST The following method of carrying out the test has been described :- A throttled pipette with a long stem is used. On this, a mark is made about one centimetre from the extremity. Normal saline solution is then drawn into the pipette up to the mark. This is repeated seven times. The solution is then expressed on to each of seven clean slides. Two volumes of the serum to be tested are then taken up into the pipette. The first is discharged on a separate clean slide. The second is mixed on the slide on which a volume of normal saline has been expressed. The serum on this slide thus becomes diluted to i in 2. One volume of this dilution is then drawn up into the pipette and this is discharged into, and thoroughly mixed with, the next of the series of volumes of normal saline solution 248 DIAGNOSIS OF TYPHOID FEVER which becomes a 1 in 4 dilution of serum. This process is repeated through the series with the exception of the seventh. One volume of the last dilution of serum must be discarded. There is now in order on the slides one volume of undiluted serum, a series of equal volumes of dilution of serum from 1 in 2 to x in 64, and one volume of normal saline which is used as a control. Eight separate volumes of a thick emulsion of typhoid bacilli, taken from an agar culture, are now drawn up into the pipette and discharged into, and well mixed with, the fluids on each of the eight slides, beginning with the volume of saline solution. The addition of an equal volume of emulsion reduces the concentration to one-half, so that what was before undiluted serum becomes a x in 2 solution, and so on. The series of volumes beginning with the control are now aspirated in order into the pipette, separated by an air bubble in each case, and the end is sealed in the flame. The reaction is positive if complete agglutination occur immediately in the 1 in 2 dilution and within half-an-hour in the 1 in 64 dilution. The reaction is doubtful if agglutination occur only in the 1 in 32 dilution in half-an-hour. Agglutination is shown by the aggregation of the organisms into clumps as observed by the naked eye. Clumping must be distinguished from mere sedimentation. In the latter condition, the organisms, on inverting the pipette, will diffuse throughout the fluid, rendering it turbid and opalescent, whereas in the former case they will sink through the column of fluid as a clump or clumps, without showing any turbidity. This is a bio-chemical reaction based on Ehrlich's recent work on humoral pathology and cytolysis. The method of utilising the reaction in the diagnosis of typhoid fever will be described, but the same principles hold good for many other conditions also. Five substances are required to form the test. i. Typhoid Antigen.-This consists of an emulsion of killed typhoid organisms. 2. Serum from typhoid fever patient.-This should be heated to a temperature of 55-56° C. for half-an-hour, to destroy any complement that may be present. This contains the typhoid amboceptor. 3. Blood Serum from a guinea-pig.-This is used for providing the complement. The guinea-pig is chosen because its blood is particularly rich in complement. 4. Hajmolytic Serum.-This is obtained by immunising a rabbit with the red corpuscles of another animal, e. g., the sheep. The rabbit's serum will then be able to cause haemolysis of sheep's corpuscles in vitro. The serum is heated to destroy complement. 5. A suspension of sheep's corpuscles in normal saline. The first three elements are placed in a dry sterile test-tube, and may be represented as shown in Fig. A, page 249. They are well shaken up and are placed in an incubator at 370 C. for one hour, and at the end of this time the complement will have united firmly to the typhoid amboceptor, and to the typhoid antigen, here represented by the emulsion of typhoid organisms. (Fig. C, page 249.) The next step consists in adding to the above mixture haemolytic serum suitably diluted, and sheep's corpuscles. This is diagrammatically represented in Fig. B, page 249. All five elements are now well shaken, and a red opaque fluid results. The tube is then exposed for about two hours in an incubator at a temperature of 37° C. The red corpuscles will be found to have sunk to the bottom of the tube and to have undergone no haemolysis, the supernatant fluid remaining quite colourless. (Fig. C, page 249.) THE BORDET-GENGOU REACTION BORDET-GENGOU R E A C T I O N 249 Diagrammatic Representations of the Bordet-Gengou and Wasser mann Reactions Fig. A Fig, B Red Corpuscles (Sheep's) Heemolytic Serum Complement Amboceptor Antigen Guinea-pig complement Typhoid Amboceptor in Typhoid Serum Antigen (Emulsion of Typhoid Organisms) Fig. C 1 ) 2 3 4 5 Fixation of Complement No Hemolysis Reaction with Infected Serum (Typhoid or Syphilitic) Fig. D 1 4 5 Antigen Unattached Hemolytic System Control reaction with normal Serum Key to parts of diagrams i. Antigen-typhoid (consisting of emulsion of typhoid organisms), or syphilitic (consisting of lipoid substance) 2. Typhoid or syphilitic amboceptor 3. Complement (from guinea-pig) 4. Haemolytic amboceptor (in haemolytic serum) 5. Sheep's corpuscles 250 BORDET-GENGOU REACTION A control is made by preparing another tube, replacing the serum of the typhoid patient by that of a normal individual. The same incubation is carried out, but in this case it will be noticed that the fluid becomes completely laked and the red corpuscles appear to be destroyed, so that the tube is now filled with a transparent red solution. In this case, haemolysis has been complete because the complement unanchored to the typhoid amboceptor and typhoid antigen is free to fix itself to the haamolytic serum and red corpuscles, thus constituting a haamolytic system. (Fig. D, page 249.) Wassermann Reaction The Bordet-Gengou reaction has been applied by Wassermann to the diagnosis of syphilis. The syphilitic antigen is obtained by grinding up the liver or spleen of a syphilitic fcetus which is rich in treponemes. The syphilitic amboceptor is in the serum obtained by withdrawing a little blood or cerebro-spinal fluid from a patient suffering from syphilis, not only in the primary, secondary, or tertiary stages, but also in the parasyphilides, e. g., tabes, tabo-paresis and general paralysis. The remaining elements of the test are of the same order as those described by Bordet and Gengou, viz., complement, haemolytic serum and red corpuscles-in fact, the complete haemolytic system. The original method for the diagnosis of syphilis described by Wassermann and Meier* is as follows :- The material for the antibody is the serum or cerebro-spinal fluid of the individual to be tested. This is deprived of its complement, i. e., inactivated by heating to 56° C. The antigen is prepared from the liver of a syphilitic fcetus. The organ should be as fresh as possible. As the source of the complement, fresh guinea-pig serum is used. For the haemolytic serum, the serum of a rabbit immunised by successive injections of sheep's red blood corpuscules is used. This serum should be inactivated, i.e., heated to 56° C. The blood corpuscles are obtained from the sheep, and are suspended in normal saline, having previously been freed from serum by repeated washing and centrifugalising. The blood must be fresh, in order that the haemoglobin may not of itself leave the red cells. The test is carried out in the following way :- Antigen li. e., extract from syphilitic liver), antibody (serum to be tested) and complement (serum of guinea-pig) are mixed together in proper proportions and incubated. The blood corpuscles from the sheep and the immune serum from the rabbit, are also mixed together. The two mixtures are then brought together, kept in the incubator for two hours, and observed from time to time. A control experiment is at the same time carried out, using normal instead of syphilitic serum. If the case for diagnosis be really a case of syphilis, then no haemolysis will occur because the extract of syphilitic virus, i. e., the antigen, has combined with the immune body present in the patient's serum, fixing at the same time the complement from the guinea-pig's serum, so that there is no complement left over for bringing about haemolysis. (Fig. C, page 249.) In the control experiment there will be complete haemolysis as there is plenty of free complement to combine with red cells and amboceptor in immune serum. (Fig. D, page 249.) Various modifications of the Wassermann Reaction have been introduced, but none is so satisfactory as the original. * Berliner Klin. Woch., 1907, No. 51. THE DIAGNOSIS OF TUBERCULOSIS 251 THE DIAGNOSIS OP TUBERCULOSIS Koch's Old Method This depends on the febrile reaction produced by the hypodermic injection of Old Tuberculin. In cases of suspected tuberculosis, a dose of 0-0002 c.c. Old Tuberculin should be given by hypodermic injection. For children above five, half this quantity ; and a quarter of the dose, or less for children under five. If the patient be tuberculous, a reaction will follow within forty-eight hours, shown by rise of temperature, r-2° F., malaise and constitutional disturbances. Should no reaction follow, a second dose of o-oor c.c. is given on the third day. A third injection of 0-005 c.c. may be given if no reaction has followed the second dose, and, in the continued absence of any reaction, it may be concluded that the condition is not tuberculous. The following newer methods have been introduced :- 1. The Cutaneous Reaction (von Pirquet).-If the skin of a tuberculous subject be gently scarified as for ordinary vaccination, and tuberculin be applied to the scratched surface, a reaction will occur within twenty-four hours, shown by the appearance of a vivid red papule. Occasionally a larger area becomes infiltrated, or a vesicular eruption occurs round the primary area. These signs disappear in a few days, leaving a small area of pigmentation which may remain for weeks. Von Pirquet recommends the use of Koch's original tuberculin for this test. 2. The Cutaneous Reaction (Moro).-For this reaction an ointment consisting of equal parts of " Old Tuberculin " and lanoline is used. About gm. of this ointment is rubbed into the skin of the chest or abdomen, and in tubercular cases an eruption of small red papules or large nodules appears within 24 to 48 hours. In some cases there is also a diffuse dermatitis. The eruption disappears in a few days. 3- The Ophthalmic Reaction (Wolff-Eisner and Calmette).-This is an adaptation of the cutaneous reaction. If a minute quantity of dilute tuberculin be instilled between the eyelids, a marked reaction occurs on the conjunctiva in tuberculous subjects within six hours. The eye becomes red and some degree of swelling of the lids appears. In some cases there is a more oedematous swelling, and there may be a fibrinous exudate. Calmette recommends a solution prepared by precipitating tuberculin in alcohol. The precipitate is dried, and of this, 10 mgm. are dissolved in 1 c.c of sterile water or normal saline solution. Others recommend a solution of only half this strength, or even less. Cases have occurred where the instillation of tuberculin in the eye has caused serious symptoms ; severe conjuctivitis, corneal ulcerations and permanent opacities having resulted from its use. This method cannot, therefore, be regarded as free from risk. The test should never be applied if the patient has any disease of the eyes, conjunctivae or eyelids. Second applications of the tests should not be made, as the results are fallacious and occasionally dangerous. INFECTIOUS DISEASES •♦Incubation period Day of the definite illness on which the eruption *Quaran- tine or Obser- vation Period from latest ex- posure to infection ♦Period of infectivity Appears ! Begins j to fade Asiatic Cholera Chicken Pox Diphtheria Erysipelas German Measles (Rotheln) Influenza i to 6 days Average 12 to 14 days (may ex- tend to 21) 2 to IO days 3 to 10 days 7 to 20 days 1 to 4 days Usually 7 to 14 days (bacterio- logical examin- action). Until every scab has fallen off. So long as viru- lent organisms are present in discharges (2 negative swabs and toxicity tests). During persis- tence of rash or desquamation. Not less than 10 days from appearance of the rash. During persis- tence of morbid discharges. 1st day and 3 following days 1st day 2nd to 4th day About 4th 4th to 7 th 5 days 8 days (? 18 days) Depends on bacte- riological examina- tion 12 days (?) 7th to 22ndday for non- immunes 5 days (in spe- cial cir- cumstan- ces) 7th to 16 th day for non- immunes 22 days for non- immunes Measles Mumps Plague 7 to 18 days (usually 14 days) 10 to 22 days 4th day. The patient is highly infec- tious for 2 days before the rash appears 5 th to 7th ... During persis- tence of morbid discharges. 1 week after subsidence of swelling (mini- mum 3 weeks). Bubonic A and 1 Septicae- | mic 1 Pneumonic 2 to 8 days usually 2 to 8 days ... 5 days 10 days 5 days| Until convales- cence is well established. For duration of Puerperal Fever Ringworm Scarlet Fever usually 3 to 10 days 1 to 8 days (usually 3 to 5 days) 2nd day ... 5th 21 days 10 days the disease. During persis- tence of dis- charge. So long as the parasite persists. During persis- tence of morbid discharges, but never less than 4 weeks. Figures shown thus :-| are those agreed upon by the International Sanitary Convention. * Abstracted from " Barrier Charts for Health Officers," by S. H. Daukes, O.B.E., M.B., D.P.H., D.T.M. & H., published for the Wellcome Bureau of Scientific Research by Bailliere, Tindall& Cox (London, Eng.). *Incubation period Day of the definite illness on which the eruption * Quaran- tine or Obser- vation Period from latest ex- posure to infection * Period of infectivity Appears Begins to fade Smallpox Average 12 to 14 days (may ex- tend to 21) 3rd or 4th day 9th or 10th Success- ful vac- cination ori6days (possibly 23inspec- ial cases) Until every scab has fallen off. Typhoid Group 5 to 23 days (usually 12 days) 8 th or 9th day 21st Indefinite (de- pends on bac- teriological ex- amination). I YPHUS 5 to 20 days (usually 10 to 14 days) 5th day 14th 16 days subse- quent to eradicat- ion of lice Indefinite, but covers febrile period at least. Whooping Cough 7 to 14 days The character- ristic whoop- ing may not appear for 3 weeks, al- though the patient is in- fectious be- fore then 16 days for non- immunes 4 weeks from on- set of catarrhal symptoms. Yellow Fever 3 to 6 days usually 1 5 to 6 I 1 days 1 18 days During first 4 days of disease. Figures shown thus:- | i are those agreed upon by the International Sanitary Convention. *Abstracted from " Barrier Charts for Health Officers," by S. H. Daukes, O.B.E., M.B., D.P.H., D.T.M. & H., published for Wellcome Bureau of Scientific Research by Bailliere, Tindall & Cox (London, Eng.). The above-named quarantines can be considered safe only if thorough disinfection be carried out at the commencement of the quarantine period. This should be done under the guidance of the medical attendant. It is important also to note that the quarantine period can begin only from the date of the latest exposure. A special adaptation to food is seen in all the digestive secretions, and is well shown in the salivary glands. A copious watery secretion is evoked by the presence of dry food in the mouth, but a thick mucoid secretion is passed out on moist particles of tasty food : an example of the purposive nature of the secretion. The watery saliva moistens dry food, the mucoid secretion welds the food into a bolus, preparatory to its being swallowed. The character and nature of the gastric secretion also depend on the nature of the food. A rapid secretion of effective juice is poured out on flesh, a scanty secretion on bread, and a delayed flow of gastric juice on milk. The delayed secretion in the case of milk is due to the fat contained therein. Fat inhibits gastric secretion. The secretion evoked by the ingestion of milk is found to be the weakest gastric juice of all, and, in addition, the pancreatic juice secreted is the least in amount. That is, when an equivalent quantity of nitrogenous food is given as flesh, bread or milk, the least secreting activity is evoked in the case of milk. The secretion poured out on milk is effective, but at the same time economic. The importance of milk as a food is apparent from this, and particularly when economy of digestive gland activity is important. EFFECTS OF FOOD ON DIGESTIVE GLANDS 254 The Metric System of Weights and Measures The initial unit of the Metric System is the Metre, or unit of length, which was intended to represent one ten-millionth part of the earth's quadrant, or one forty-millionth part of the circumference of the earth around the Poles. In reality the U. S. A. Standard Metre is the distance at a temperature of o° C., between two fine lines on a bar of iridio-platinum in the possession of the National Bureau of Standards, Washington. Multiples and sub-divisions are obtained by the use of decimals. The multiples are designated by Greek prefixes : deka = 10 ; hecto = 100 ; kilo = 1000 ; myria = 10,000; the sub-divisions by Latin prefixes : deci = 1/10 ; centi = 1/100 ; milli = 1/1000. Thus, for measures of length we have the expressions given in the following table, which also shows the abbreviations employed and the equivalents in U. S. A. standard measurements :- 1 Myriametre Mym. = 10 ooo-o M. = 6-2137 miles 1 Kilometre Km. = 1 ooo-o M. = 0-6214 mile 1 Hectometre Hm. = ioo-o M. = 109-361 yards 1 Dekametre Dkm. = ro-o M. = 32-8084 feet 1 Metre M. = r-o M. = 39-3701 inches 1 Decimetre dm. = o-i M. = 3'937 ,, 1 Centimetre cm. = o-or M. = 0-3937 inch 1 Millimetre mm. = o-ooi M. = 0-0394 „ 1 Micron p. = o-oooooi M. = 0-000039 » 1 Micromillimetre/z^. = o-ooooooooi M. = 0-00000004 „ The unit mass in the metric system is the Gramme. This was derived from the metre and represented the weight of one cubic centimetre of distilled water, at its maximum density, 40 C. (39-2° F.). It is now officially defined as the one-thousandth part of the cylindrical iridio-platinum standard kilogram weight in the possession of the National Bureau of Standards. The relative values of the gramme, and its multiples and sub-divisions, as compared with U. S. A. weights, may be seen fromt he following table: - r Myriagram Mygm. = 10 ooo-o Gm. = 22-0461 pounds 1 Kilogram Kgm. = 1 ooo-o Gm. = 2-2046 „ 1 Hectogram Hgm. = roo-o Gm. = 3-5274 ounces avoir. 1 Dekagram Dkgm. = io-o Gm. = 154-3236 grains 1 Gramme Gm. = i-o Gm. = 15-432 „ 1 Decigram dgm. = o-i Gm. = 1-5432 „ 1 Centigram cgm. = o-or Gm. = 0-1543 grain 1 Milligram mgm. = o-ooi Gm. = 0-0154 >> From the unit of mass (the gramme) is derived the unit of the measure of capacity, or Litre. It is represented by the capacity at o° C. of a cylindrical brass measure in the possession of the National Bureau of Standards. This Litre measure at 0° C. has a capacity corresponding to the volume at 40 C. of a kilogram of distilled water, the weighing being made in air but reduced by calculation to a vacuum. The multiples and sub- divisions of the Litre, with their equivalents in U. S. A. fluid measure, are :- i Myrialitre Myl. = io ooo-o L. =2641-7 U.S.A.gallons* 1 Kilolitre KI. = 1 ooo-o L. = 264-17 „ „ 1 Hectolitre Hl. = roo-o L. = 26-417 „ „ 1 Dekalitre Dkl. = ro-o L. = 2-642 ,, „ 1 Litre L. = r-o L. = 33-814 „ fluidounces 1 Decilitre dl. = o-r L. = 3-3814 „ „ 1 Centilitre cl. = o-oi L. = 0.3381 ,, fluidounce 1 Millilitre (Mil.)ml. = o-ooi L. = 0-0338 „ „ 1 Decimil dml. = o-ooor L. = 1-623 » minims 1 Centimil cml. = o-oooor L. = 0-162 „ minim The most commonly employed measures of capacity are the litre, milli- litre and cubic centimetre. For all ordinary purposes of calculation the *The U. S. A. gallon (eight pints) contains 231 cubic inches, and the U. S. A. pint 16 fluidounces. metric system of weights and measures 255 cubic centimetre may be taken as equivalent to the millilitre, the actual difference being that 1 c.c. = the volume of 1 gm. of water at 15-5° C.(6o° F.), 1 millilitre = the volume of 1 gm. of water at 40 C. (39'2°F.). The relation of the cubic centimetre to the millilitre is as 1 : 0-99984. In comparing some of the more frequently employed expressions of the two systems, the following may be found convenient for reference :- Length- 1 mm. (millimetre) = 1/25 of an inch 1 cm. (centimetre) = 2/5 of an inch 1 inch = 25 -4 millimetres or centimetres Mass- 1 mgm. (milligram) = 0-01543 grain (or approx. 1/64 grain) 1 gm. (gramme) = 15-432 grains 1 kgm. (" kilo " or kilogram) = 2 lb. 3-1/4 oz. avoirdupois 1 pound avoirdupois = 453-592 grammes 1 ounce avoirdupois = 28-35 grammes 1 grain = 0-0648 gramme or 64-8 milligrams Capacity- i centimil = o-x6 minim (approx.), U. S. A. measure i decimil = x-6 minims (approx.), U. S. A. measure i c.c. (cubic centimetre) or one mil = 16-23 minims, U. S. A. measure 1 L. (litre) = 33-814 fluidounces (33 fl. oz.. 391 min.), U. S. A. measure 1 fluidounce. U. S. A. measure = 29-57 cubic centimetres 1 pint, U. S. A. measure = 473.179 cubic centimetres 1 gallon, U. S. A. measure = 3-785 litres, or 8-33 lb. avoirdupois. Factors for Converting from one Scale to the other To convert grammes into grains X 15 -432 ,, ,, „ ounces, avoirdupois X 0-03527 „ kilograms into pounds x 2-2046 „ grains into grammes X 0-0648 ,, avoirdupois ounces into grammes X 28-35 ,, troy ounces into grammes X 31-104 „ cubic centimetres into U. S. A. fluidounces x 0-0.338 ,, litres into U. S. A. fluidounces x 33-814 ,, fluidounces into cubic centimetres X 29-57 „ pints into litres X 0-4732 „ metres into inches X 39'37 „ inches into metres X 0-0254 The following tables give metric equivalents of U. S. A. measures of mass and capacity :- Equivalents of U.S.A, and Metric Measures of Mass Fractions of a Grain U. S. A. Metric gr. 1 0-065 gm. gr. 3/4 °-°49 gm. gr. 2/3 0-043 gm. gr. x/2 0-032 gm. gr. x/3 0-022 gm. gr. 1/4 0-0x6 gm. gr. 1/5 0-013 gm. gr. 1/6 o-oxx gm. gr. 1/7 0-009 gm. gr. 1/8 0-008 gm. gr. x/10 .0-0065 g|n. gr. 1/12 0-0054 gm. gr- 1/15 0-0043 gm. gr. 1/16 0-004 gm. From 1 grain to 1/1000 of a grain U. S. A. Metric gr. 1/20... ..0-0032 gm. gr. 1/24 0-0027 gm. gr. 1/25 0-0026 gm. gr. 1/30 o-oo22 gm. gr. 1/32 o-oo2 gm. gr. 1/40 0-0016 gm. gr- 1/50 0-0013 gm. gr. 1/60 o-ooio8gm. gr. 1/64 o-oor gm. gr. 1/70 0-00093 gm. gr. 1/75 0-00086 gm. gr. 1/80 o-ooo8igm. gr. 1/96 0-00067 gm. gr. 1/100 ...0-00065 gm. U. S. A. Metric gr. 1/120 ...o-ooo54gm. gr. 1/130 ...0-0005 gm. gr. 1/150 ...0-00043gm. gr. 1/180 ...0-00036 gm. gr. 1/200 ...o-ooo32gm. gr. 1/240 ...0-00027 gm. gr. 1/250 ...o-ooo26gm. gr. 1/300 ..0-00022 gm. gr. 1/400 ...o-oooi6gm. gr. x/500 ...0-00013gm. gr. 1/600 ...o-oooii gm. gr. 1/640 ...o-oooi gm. gr. x/750 ...o-oooopgm. gr. i/xooo...o-oooo6gm. 256 METRIC SYSTEM OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES Multiples of a Grain From 1 grain to 1 ounce U. S. A. Metric gr. 1 0-065 gm. gr. rj 0-081 gm. gr. ij 0-086 gm. gr. ij 0-097 gm. gr- It 0-113 gm. gr- 2- 0-13 gm. gr. 25 0-162 gm. gr. 3 0-194 gm. gr. 3J 0-227 gm. gr- 4 0-259 gm. gr. 4I 0-292 gm. gr. 5 0-324 gm. U. S. A. Metric gr. 6 0-389 gm. gr. 7 0'454 gm. gr. 8 0-518 gm. gr. 8| 0-567 gm. gr- 9 0-583 gm. gr. 10 0-648 gm. gr. 12 0-778 gm. gr. 15 0-972 gm. gr. 18 i-i66gm. gr. 20 1-296 gm. gr- 25 1-620 gm. gr- 3° 1-944 gm. U. S. A. Metric gr. 35 2-268 gm. gr. 4° 2-592 gm. gr. 5° 3-24 gm. gr. 60 3-89 gm. gr. 80 5-184 gm. gr. 120 7-78 gm. oz. 1/8 3-54 gm. oz. 1/4 7-08 gm. oz. 1/2 r4'i7 gm. dr. 4 15-55 gm. oz. 1 28-35 gm. dr. 8 301 gm. Equivalents of U. S. A. and Metric Measures of Capacity U. S. A. Metric min. -J 0-007 c.c. min. J 0-015 c.c. min. A 0-03 c.c. min. J 0-044 c.c. min. 1 0-062 c.c. min. 2 0-123 c.c. min. 3 0-185 c.c. min. 4 0-246 c.c. min. 5 0-308 c.c. min. 6 0-370 c.c. From one-eighth minim to 1 fluidounce U.S.A. Metric min. 7 O'43i c.c. min. S 0-493 c-c. min. 9 o-554 c.c. min. 10 0-616 c.c. min. 12 0'739 c.c. min. 15 0-924 c.c. min. 20 1-232 c.c. min. 25 1-54 c.c. min. 30 1-848 c.c. min. 35 2-156 c.c. U.S.A. Metric min. 40 2-464 c.c. min. 50 3-08 c.c. min. 60 3-70 c.c. min. go 5-54 c.c. min. 120 7-39 c.c. min. 180 n-og c.c. min. 240 1479 c.c. min. 300 18-48 c.c. min. 360 22-18 c.c. min. 480 29-57 c.c. In prescribing on the Continent of Europe, a smaller quantity than half a cubic centimetre is usually expressed in drops, which, in dispensing, are dropped from the shop bottles into the cubic centimetre measure. Formetric measures suitable for American prescribing, see pages 254 and 255. Metric U. S. A. i c.c.... t6 (16-23) min. 2 C.c. ...32J min. 3 c.c.... 48^ min. 4 c.c. ...1 fl. dr. 5 min. 5 C.C....I fl. dr. 21 min. 6 c.c.... 1 fl. dr. 37 min. 7 c.c.... 1 fl. dr. 54 min. 8 c.c. ...2 fl. dr. 10 min. 9 c.c. ...2 fl. dr. 26 min. >o c.c. ...2 fl. dr. 42 min. J2-5 C.C..3 fl. dr. 23 min. 15 c.c....4 fl. dr. 4 min. Approximate U. S.A. Equivalents of Metric Measures of Capacity Metric U. S. A. 20 c.c. ...5 fl. dr. 25 min. 25 c.c. ...6 fl. dr. 46 min. 30 c.c.... 1 fl. oz. 7 min. 40 c.c. ...1 fl.oz.,2 fl,dr., 49 min. 50 c.c.... 1 fl. oz.,5 fl.dr., 32 min. 75 c.c. ...2 fl.oz., 4 fl.dr., 17 min. 100 C.C....3 fl.oz.,3 fl.dr., 3 min. Metric U. S. A. 125 C.C...4 fl.oz.,i fl.dr., 4g min. 150 C.C...5 fl.oz.,o fl.dr., 35 ™in. 200 C.C...6 fl.oz.,6fl.dr., 6 min. 300 c.c... iofl.oz.,ifl.dr., g min. 500 c.c... 16 fl.oz.,7fl.dr., 15 min. 1 litre...32 fl.oz.,6fl.dr., 31 min. Approximate U. S. A. Equivalents of Metric Measures of Mass Metric U. S. A 1 mgm. ..-A gr- 2 mgm. . ,X gr. 3 mgm. .Jygr. 4 mgm. ...^gr. 5 mgm. .. gr. 6-5 mgm. ..i gr. 8 mgm. .. J gr. 1 cgm. ... i gr. 2 cgm. .. | gr. 3 cgm. ... S gr. 5 cgm. ... | gr. 6-5 cgm. ...1 gr. 10 cgm. ...ijgr. Metric U. S. A. 15 cgm.... 2} grains 20 cgm.... 3 grains 26 cgm.... 4 grains 30 cgm.... 42 grains 40 cgm..., 6 J grains 50 cgm.... 7I grains 75 cgm.... ni grains 1 gm. ... I5i(i5-432)gr. 2 gm. ... 30g grains 3 gm. ... 46^ grains 4 gm. ... 613 grains 5 gm. ... 77 J grains 7-5 gm. ...1153 grains Metric U. S. A. iogm...i54J grams 15 gm...231^ grains 20 gm...308g grains 30 gm...1 oz. 25jgrains 40 gm...1 oz. 179g grains 50 gm...1 oz. 334 grains 75 gm...2 oz. 282J grains 100 gm...3 oz. 230^ grains 150 gm...5 oz. 127J grains 250 gm...8 oz. 358 grains 500 gm...1 lb. 1 oz. 278 gr. 750 gm...1 Ib.iooz. 200 gr 1 kgm.. 2 lb. 3 oz. 120 gr. 257 AVERAGE WEIGHTS AND HEIGHTS The following tables give the average weights and heights of males and females at different ages. It should be borne in mind that these averages are calculated from tables of the weights and heights of a large number of persons, and, though accurate as a general guide, are not necessarily true for each person. Having regard to the widely varying range in the height and weight of healthy people, it is obvious that the individual may not conform to such average standard, and a deviation of 15 per cent, in either direction from such standard is not seriously regarded. Of more importanc e than the actual weight is the proportion between height and weight. Great care should be taken that patients who are being weighed periodically should always be weighed on the same, or reliable, scales, and under precisely corresponding conditions (so far as possible) of clothing, food, etc., etc. Further reference may be made to Roberts' Manual of Anthropometry, Treves' Physical Education and Quetelet's Tables. Table A.-Average weight of the healthy male child during the first year of life lb. Kgm. Weight at birth 6-8 3-o8 „ one month 7'4 3'36 ,, two months 8'4 3-8i „ three „ 9-6 436 „ four „ ro-8 4'90 „ five „ u-8 5'35 „ six „ I2'4 5'63 lb. Kgm. Weight at seven months 13'4 6-o8 „ eight „ 14'4 6'53 „ nine „ 15'8 7'17 „ ten „ 16-8 7-62 „ eleven „ 17-8 8-07 „ twelve „ 18.5 8-39 It should be noted that some slight loss of weight commonly occurs during the first few days after birth. Table B.-Average height, without shoes, and average weight, with clothes, of all classes (town and country) of the general population of Great Britain. This table shows some facts uniformly observed, but not sufficiently borne in mind :-(1) Growth is most rapid during the first five years of life, the rate of growth being about the same in both sexes, girls being a little shorter and lighter than boys. (2) From 5 to 10, boys grow more rapidly than girls. (3) From 10 to 15, girls grow more rapidly than boys. At ill t° 141 they are actually taller, and from 12I to 15I actually heavier, than boys. (4) From 15 to 20, boys begin again to increase more rapidly than girls, and complete their growth at about 23. (5) after 15, girls grow more slowly, and practically reach their full height and weight at 20. During childhood and adolescence, increase in weight is more marked in the winter, and increase in height in the summer. Age last birthday Height Weight ft. in. mm. lb. Kgm. I 2 749 i84 8'39 2 2 8* 826 3zj 14'74 3 2 II 889 34 15-42 4 3 I 940 37 16-78 5 3 4 1016 40 18-14 6 3 7 1092 444 20-19 7 3 IO 1168 49t 22-57 8 3 II 1194 55 24-95 9 4 if 1264 60J 27'44 IO 4 3i 1314 674 30-62 II 4 54 1359 72 32-66 12 4 7 1397 76J 34-81 13 4 9 1448 824 37'42 Males Age last birthday Height Weight ft. in. mm. lb. Kgm. I 2 31 699 18 8-17 2 2 7 787 251 u-45 3 2 IO 864 3il 14'29 4 3 0 914 36 16-33 5 3 3 990 39 17-69 6 3 6 1066 4il 18-94 7 3 8 1117 471 21'55 8 3 ioi 1180 52 23'59 9 4 o| 1238 551 25-18 10 4 3 1295 62 28-12 II 4 5 1346 68 30-85 12 4 71 1410 76J 34'70 13 4 9t 1467 87 39-46 Females 258 AVERAGE WEIGHTS AND HEIGHTS Males Females Age last birthday Height Weight ft. in. mm. lb. Kgm. 14 4 111 1505 92 41'73 15 5 21 1581 I02f 46-61 16 5 41 1632 119 53-98 17 5 61 1683 131 59'42 18 5 7 1702 1371 62-37 19 5 71 1708 1391 1431 63-28 20 5 71 1715 64-98 21 5 71 1715 145 65.77 22 5 71 1715 147 66-68 23 5 71 1715 1471 66-91 24 5 71 1721 148 67-13 25 A to [■ 30 J 5 71 1721 1521 69-06 31-1 to . 5 8 1727 160 72-58 35 * Age last birthday Height Weight ft. in. mm. lb. Kgm. 14 4 nf o 1518 96$ 43-89 15 5 1 1549 io6f 48-20 16 5 if 1568 113 51-26 17 5 2^ 1588 n5l 52'39 18 5 2| 1588 121 54-89 19 5 2t 1594 124 56-25 20 5 3 1600 i23i 56-02 21 5 3 1600 122 55'34 22 5 3 1600 1231 56-02 23 5 3 1600 124 56-25 24 5 2f 1594 121 54-89 to} 30 J 311 t0 35 । 5 2 1575 120 54'34 5 1 1549 121 54-89 Table C.-Average weight for height, with chest measurement, of a man, dressed, age 30. The weight tends in middle life to increase with age, so that about three-quarters of a pound (0-34 Kgm.) should be deducted for each adult year under the age of 30, and added for each year above that age:- Height ft. in. mm. Weight Chest Circum- ference lb. Kgm. in. mm. 5 o 1524 112 50-80 331 851 5 1 1549 116 52-62 34 864 5 2 1575 126 57'15 35 889 5 3 1600 133 60-33 35 889 5 4 1626 139 63-05 36 9I4I 5 5 1651 142 64-41 37 940 5 6 1676 145 65-77 371 953 Height Weight Chest Circum- ference. ft. in. mm. lb. Kgm. in. mm. 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 io 5 ii 6 o 6 i 1702 1727 1753 1778 1803 1829 1854 148 155 162 169 174 178 182 67-13 70-31 73-48 76-66 78-93 80-74 82-56 38 38J 39 39i 40 401 41 965 978 991 1003 1016 1029 1041 The average weight of the clothing is 1/24 of the male body. Table D.-Average weight for height of a woman dressed Height ft. in. mm. Weight lb. Kgm. Height ft. in. mm. Weight lb. Kgm. Height ft. in. mm. Weight lb. mm. 4 io 4 II 5 o 5 i 1473 1499 1524 1549 98 102 105 IIO 44'45 46-27 47-63 49'90 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 1575 1600 1626 1651 114 121 128 135 5i- 7i 54-89 58-06 61-24 5 6 5 7 5 8 1676 1702 1727 139 148 158 63-05 67-13 71-67 The average weight of the clothing is of the female body. Up to about 5 ft. 7 in. (1702 mm.) it will be seen that women tend to weigh less for their height than men. Above this height, they weigh usually as much or more, and in late middle life not uncommonly very much more. 259 OBSTETRIC TABLE The calculation is made from the first day of the last menstrual period. January October i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 io n 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 January November February November 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 February December March December 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 March January April January 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 April February May February 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 May Marc h June March 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 June April July April 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 July May August May 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 August June September June 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 September July October July 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 October August November August 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 November September December September 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 December October MARCH G 4'iili8l25 M 5 k 1QI26 Tu 61I3 20127 W 7 14I21 28 Th 8{15 22 29 F 2 9 16 23 3c S 3 IO17|2431 JUNE M 3 IO ii 17 Tu 5 12 19:26 W 6 13 20 27 Th 7 14 21'28 F 8 12 22 29 S 2 9 10 23|3° SEPTEMBER s 2 9 16 23 M 3 IO 17 24 Tu 4 II 18 25 W 5 12 19 26 Th F 6 7 13 14 20 21 S 18 i5 22 29 DECEMBER s 2 9 1623 30 M 3 10 1724 3* Tn 4 ii 1825 W 5 12 19 26 Th 6 13 20(27 F 7 14 21128 S i 8 15 22(29 Good Friday April 6 Whit Monday May 28 s 6 13 20)27 M 7 i*l 21 28 Tu 8 15 22 29 w 2 9 ib 23 E Th 3 10 *7 F 4 ii 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 .. % 5 12 19 26 M 6 13 20 27 Tu 7 14 21 28 W 8 IS 22 Th F 2 3 9 IO 16 17 23 30 s ii 18 25 3r 1928 <5 5 12 19'26 M 6 13 20:27 Tu 7 14 21 28 W 8 15 22 29 Th 2 9 16 23 .. F 3 10 17 24 .. s 4 IT 18 25 FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER $ M 5 ii 12 19)26 Tu 6 13 20127 AV 7 14 21 28 Th 8 15 22 29 F 2 9 16 23So S 3 IO 17 24l" S i 8 15 22 29 M 2 9 IO 23 30 lu 3 IO 17 24 31 W 4 ii 18 25 Th 5 12 19 2b F 6 13 20 27 s 7 14 21 28 JANUARY M Tu 2 3 8 9 10 15)22 16123 J7|24 29 30 AV ii is;25 Th 5 12 I9I26 F 6 13 2027 s 7 14 21 28 JULY M 2 815 9 16 22 23 29 30 Tu 3 10 17 24 3i W 4 11 18 25 Th 5 12 19 26 F 6 13 20 27 S 14 21 28 OCTOBER s 7 14I21 28 M I 8 1 ^22 29 Tu 2 9 i6ta 30 W 3 IO I7|24 31 Th 4 II 18125 F 5 12 19 26 s 6 13 2OI27 APRIL 6 13 20 27 M .. 7 i4 21 28 Tu i 815 22 29 AV 2 Q l6 23 30 1 h 3 10 17 24 31 I' 4 II l8 25 s 5 12 19 20 MARCH JUNE M Tu w Th F S i 2 3 4J 5 6 7 8 9 io ii 12119)26 1320)37 14 21 28 15.22.29 16 23 30 *7 24 •• 1825I.. SEPTEMBER M Tu & f • •1 4IIT . . 5 I2 053 •• 7^4 1 8:15 2 9 10 3po|i7 x8|25 19 26 2027 21 28 22;29 A3 3° DECEMBER M 4 5 xx]i8 12 IQ Tn 6 13 20 27 W 7 x4 2i 28 Th X 8 I5|22 29 F 2 9 16 >3 30! s 3 10 X7j24 3*1 Good Friday April 15 Whit Monday ... ... ... June 6 s 6 13 20 27 M 7 14'21 28 Tu I 8 l=i22 AV 2 9 16 23 Th 3 IC 17124 F 4 1118)25 s 5 I2II9I26 FEBRUARY M i! 8 [15 [22)29 2 9 16 23 30 Tu 3 10 17 24 31 w 4 11 18 251.. Th 5 12'19 26 .. F 6 13(20 [27.. s 7[x4|zx|z8|.. . . 7 X421 28 M I 8 15 22 2Q Tu 2 9:162330 w 3 xo 17 24 3x Th 4 II.18 25 .. F Z 12 19 26 . . S 6'l3j2O 27 . . 3 M Tu W Th F S i 2 3 s 6 13 20 27 7 14 21)28 8 15 22 2g 9 1623 3° xo 17 24 . . xi;I8 25 .. xzjig^e-.. 1927 MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER $ . 2' 91623'30 M . 3 to 17 24 31 Tu .Hjti t8 25,.. W . 5112 IQ 26 . . Th . 6 13 20 27 .. F . 7 .4 ft 28 .. S 1 8 tg 22^29 .. JANUARY APRIL £5 •■1 3io 17)24 Al • • 4|ii|x8|25 Tit .. 5 12 19 26 w .. 6 13 20 27 Th . . 7 14 2i 28 F 7, SjlJ 22.29 S 2: 9/6 23 30 JULY s 1)111 •3 10 1724 31 M . 4'11'18 2g( . . Tu . 5 12 ro 26 .. W . 6 13 20 271 Th . 7 14 21 28 F iai5;22 29.. 2_ z^ifijzslso!.. OCTOBER M Tu W Th F S 2 I S 9II6J23 10 17 24 II18 25 12,19 2$ 13 20 27 14 21 28 Ig 22 29 3O 31 MARCH $ .. 7 i4 21 28 M 8 i5 22 29 Tu 2 9 16 23 30 W 3 10 17 24 3' Th n 18 25 F 5 12 19 26 s 6 13 20 27 JUNE s .. 1 6II3I20I27 M .. 7114,-1 28 Tu 1 815'22 29 W 2 9116 23 311° 17 24 4I111825 5 12 1926 30 Th s SEPTEMBER s 5 12 I9I26 M 6 13 20 27 Tu 7 14 21 28 w 8 15 22 29 Th 2 9 16 23 30 i • 3 10 17 24 .. S ii 18 25 .. DECEMBER s 12119 26 M 6 13120 27 Tu 7 14'21 28 W I 8 IS 22 29 Th 2 9 16)23 30 F 3 10 17124 3' s 4 ii I« 25 Good Friday... ... ... ... April 2 Whit Monday ... ... ... May 24 FEBRUARY s 7 14 21 28 M 8 i5 22 Tu 2 9 16 23 W io 17 24 Th ii 18 25 F 5 12 i9 26 s 0 13 20 27 £ • 2 9162330 M . 3 10 17 24I31 Tu . *4! 11118 25].. W . 5jl2 19 26| . . Th . 6' 13(201271.. I' • !? 14211=8,.. s i|8 15 22129 • • M • Tn W Th F S 2 I 6 7 8 1522 9 1623 10 T7 24 i* 1825 T2j 19126 13 20.27 I4|2I28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER s .7I14I21I28 M i 8 15(2229 1 u 2 9; 10:23.30 w 3 10 i? =4|.. Th 4 11 18 25 .. F 540 19,261-• S 6jl3|20l27|.. 1926 MAY AUGUST JANUARY 5 1. 3 IO 17 24 3T M . 4 II 18 25 Tu 1 0 12 19 26 w 1 6 13 20 27 Th 1. 7 14 21 28 £ 22 29 5 k 9 16 23 30 APRIL 4 II 18 25 M •• 5121926 Tu 61320:27 AV .. 7 14 21 28 Th ll 8II5I22I29 2! 9 '16 24 40 s 3|i°i17 H" JULY s -tlriiisUs Al 5 12I1926 Tu 6 132027 W 7ll4 21 28 Th i 8>5 22 29 F 2 9110 23I30 S 3 1017 24137 OCTOBER 3;io 4 ii 5>i2 £ 17:24'31 18:25 .. 19.26 .. 20l?7 . . 21 281.. 22 29;.-. 23 30I. ■ Historical 'Tabloid' Medicine Chests The significance of the 'Tabloid' Cases shown on the next page is a two-fold. one. Besides marking the intrepidity of the U.S.A, airmen, and the wonderful physical endurance of the Everest parties, these Cases bear testimony to the valuable aid rendered to such high adventures by medical science. It is not too much to say that the consistent success which has attended exploration in all its fields has been, in no small measure, due to the foresight shown in the choice of the medical equipments. That these should invariably be supplied by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. is not mere coincidence. Each succeeding order for these Cases is merely a tribute to the efficiency of the last. The American World Flight The credit of being the first to circumnavigate the globe through the air belongs to Lt. Lowell H. Smith and his companions of the U.S.A. Army Air Service. Each plane carried as its sole medical equipment a 'Tabloid' Medicine Case. One of these Cases, autographed by the successful airmen, was presented to Burroughs Wellcome & Co. as a souvenir of the flight (see illustration overleaf). It was accompanied by a very favourable official report. In 1921, an altitude of 23,000 feet above sea level was reached ; in 1922, this was increased to 27,300 feet ; and, in 1924, the recorded altitude of 28,200 feet was attained-less than 1000 feet from the estimated summit. The 'Tabloid' Medicine Chest (see illustration overleaf) accompanied all three Expeditions, and Major Kingston, I.M.S., the Medical Officer of the 1924 Expedition, reported as follows :-■ " I am having returned to the Mount Everest Committee the 'Tabloid' Chest of Medicines and appliances which your firm has supplied to successive Mount Everest Expeditions. The Chest has been most successful. It has served with three successive Expeditions, and, though subjected to much ill-usage through transport, it is still fit to do duty with a fourth. "I have some experience ot the requirements of medical equipment both on Himalayan Expeditions and on active service, and I know nothing which combines efficiency and portability better than does your 'Tabloid' Chest." The Mount Everest Expeditions TWO HISTORICAL 'TABLOID' MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS TRADE MARK BRAND See descriptive matter on previozis page One of the 'TABLOID' MEDICINE CASES carried round the world on the U. S A. Army Air Service World Flight. The 'Tabloid' Medicine Chest which served the Mount Everest Expeditions of 1921, 1923 and 1924. ILLUSTRATIONS OF Medicine Chests and Cases At all times Burroughs Wellcome & Co. have devoted great attention and not a little ingenuity to supplying the ever- increasing demands for a series of medicinal outfits at once reliable, compact and sufficiently complete to meet the emergencies of general practice, military exigency or residence remote from institutional aid. Ashore or afloat, one type or other of the series will be found an indispensable part of the physician's armamentarium. 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Equipments have won universal commendation, proving themselves under the most searching tests of hard usage and long service in extreme climatic conditions. Typical examples of these ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand Cases of hypodermic, ophthalmic and general medica- ments are illustrated on this and the following pages, whilst a full description of their contents and prices will be found on pages 279-299 of the Price List. Application for fuller particulars and illustrations in actual coloursis cordially invited. The assistance which Burroughs Wellcome & Co. are able to give in the choice of suitable equipments is always freely at the disposal of those who are called upon to select outfits for soldiers, travellers, missionaries and others proceeding to remote parts of the world. No, 93 'Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Ophthalmic Pocket-Case Exceptionally complete and compact. Fits easily into the vest pocket. If the contents be removed, the case may readily be sterilised. Nickel-plated Metal. No. S3 'Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Ophtba.mic Pocket-Case Measurements : yg X X g in ,approx.) Fur detailed list and price, see page 282 261 ILLUSTRATIONS OF MEDICINE CHESTS AND CASES TRADE MARK •TABLOID' BRAND Hypodermic Pocket-Cases Provide complete equipments for hypodermic work in the smallest possible space. The metal cases may readily be sterilised on removal of their contents. No. 7 'Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case Fitted with detachable nickel-plated aseptic frame with rack carrying tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products and holders for syringe and needles Aluminium and Solid Silver. No. 7 ' Tabloid ' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case Measurements • 3J X 3j X -Jin. (approx.) No. 40 ' I" a b I o i d ' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case (" The Mussel Shell") Component parts held in metal clips and rack, ensuring maximum security. Nickel-plated Metal, complete with soft leather cover. No. 40 'Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket'Case Measurements : X if X 1 in. (ar pros.) For detailed list and prices, see pages 280 and 282 262 ILLUSTRATIONS OF MEDICINE CHESTS AND CASES 'TABLOID' BRAND Medicine Chests and Cases TRADE MARK 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Chests and Cases have earned a reputation for convenience, portability and efficiency which places them in a class by themselves. A very neat and durable case with the contents arranged so as to be instantly available for use. No. 211 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case Morocco Leather or Cowhide. No. 211 'Tabloid' Braud Medicine Case Measurements: nJ X X in (approx.) No. 223 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case An ideal case for the physician's carriage or motor- car. Cowhide. No. 223 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case Measurements: 15j X llj X 5| in. (approx.) For detailed list and prices, see pages 288 and 289 263 ILLUSTRATIONS OF MEDICINE CHESTS AND CASES No. 231 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case An excellent equipment for missionary, expeditionary, or itinerant, use. Black Japanned Metal. No. 231 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case Measurements : 11 X 8 X 3jin. (approx.) No. 258 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case (" The Settler's") A compact and useful case for settlers' or travellers' use, and for stations, farms, or camps in out- of-the-way places. Black Japanned Metal. No. 258 'Tabloid* Brand Medicine Case Measurments : 8^ X 5^ X 4$ in. (approx.). For detailed list and prices, see pages 290 and 291 264 ILLUSTRATIONS OF MEDICINE CHESTS AND CASES No. 261 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case (" The Orient") An elegant, compact and well fitted Case, specially de- vised and arranged for service in the East. A reliable companion that will provide efficient aid on the spot. Aluminised Metal. No. 261 ' Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case Measurements: ?f X 4^ X 2 in. TRADE MARK 'SOLOID' BRAND Portable outfits containing apparatus and reagents for the analyses of urine, water, sewage, etc., and equipments providing, in small compass, the essentials for the bacterio- logical examination of blood, pus, sputum, etc. Analysis and Test Cases No. 505 'Soloid' Brand Bacteriological Case Owing to its small size and light weight this case can readily be carried into the sick chamber, to obtain a blood specimen or a throat swab. Nickel - plated Metal, with soft leather cover. No. 505 ' Soloid ' Brand Bacteriological Case Measurements: 5 X 3j X If in. (approx.) For detailed list and prices, see pages 292 and 298 265 ILLUSTRATIONS OF MEDICINE CHESTS AND CASES No. 510 'Soloid' Brand Urine Test Case Compact and easily rendered aseptic. Contains the means of applying to urine qualitative and quantitative tests for albumin, sugar, etc. N i c k e 1 - p 1 a t e d Metal, with soft leather cover. No. 510 ' Soloid' Brand Urine Test Case Measurements : 5j X X 1J in. (approx.) TRADE MARK 'TABLOID' brand First-Aid Compact, comprehensive outfits of dressings, first-aid accessories, etc. No. 702 'Tabloid' Brand First-Aid Contains 'Tabloid' Bandages and Dressings, 'Vaporole' Iodine, 'Vaporole' Aromatic Ammonia, 'Borofax,' 'Hazeline'Cream, tourniquet, scissors, etc., and eight tubes of 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Brand products. Red, Royal Blue, or Imperial Green Enamelled Leather. No. 702 ' Tabloid' Brand First-Aid Measurements: 7j X X 3 in. (approx.) For detailed list and prices, see pages 294 and 299 266 The 'Wellcome' Materia Medica Farm Every physician knows that in order to obtain satisfactory results, the drugs supplied to his patient must be of the highest possible purity. When one considers that the drug harvest is left, for the most part, to itinerant herb-gatherers who, intentionally or otherwise, frequently adulterate their collection, the difficulty of obtaining reliable supplies is at once apparent. By the establishment of the ' Wellcome ' Materia Medica Farm, Dartford, Kent (Eng.), where every stage from seed-time to harvest is under expert supervision, Burroughs Wellcome & Co. have done much to solve the problem of obtaining absolutely reliable herbs for the ' Wellcome ' brand Galenicals. On the experimental side, the work carried on at the Farm has been very fruitful, and has comprised investigations on such points as the following:- i. The medicinal plants, indigenous or otherwise, which may be grown to the best advantage upon the various types of soil. 2. The selection and production of strains best suited to the locality. 3. The discovery of those strains of a plant which are most active, and give the best pharmaceutical preparations. 4. The influence of fertilisers upon plants, particu- larly as regards yield of active ingredient. 5. The effect of climate and weather conditions upon crops, and the amount of active ingredient. 6. The period in a plant's life-history at which the maximum activity is established. 7. The importance, or otherwise, of harvesting rapidly. 267 T HE 'WELLCOME' MATERIA MEDIC A FAR M From the manufacturing point of view, very marked advantages have been found to arise from the close inter-relation of farm and works. The practical application, in the cultivation of staples, of the results obtained in experimental work ensures a regular supply of herbs of uniformly excellent quality. In addition, adulteration, accidental or intentional, can easily be prevented to an extent which is impossible in the case of wild herbs. Again, on the 'Wellcome' Materia Medica Farm no time is lost in conveying the cut plants from the field to the Works, so that they can be dried, worked up or otherwise dealt with, immediately after collection if necessary, thus preventing deteriorative changes from being set up. All this tends greatly to facilitate the production of galenical preparations which satisfy the stringent demands of the 'Wellcome' Standards (see page 271). The greater part of the ' Wellcome ' Materia Medica Farm is devoted to staple crops. Belladonna-with which extensive experiments have been carried out-is largely cultivated, and fields of Aconite, Datura (Datura metel) and Hyoscyamus are successfully grown. Digitalis, required for the preparation of 'Wellcome' Brand Concentrated Tincture of Digitalis and ' Tabloid ' Digitalis Leaf is grown at Dartford, Kent (Eng.), with the result that remarkable uniformity is attained in the leaves used for these preparations, while faulty and untrue specimens are entirely eliminated. With regard to Belladonna, experiments made in the culture of this plant have shown that variations in climatic conditions affect the yield of alkaloid to a greater extent than do alterations in any other environ- mental factor. The knowledge thus gained goes to confirm the theory that the acknowledged superiority of English belladonna leaves in alkaloidal content is chiefly due to the climate of the country. It will readily be recognised that the successful control of the 'Wellcome' Materia Medica Farm enables Burroughs Wellcome & Co. to supply to physicians medicinal products prepared from freshly-gathered herbs of the finest growth and quality. It is unnecessary to enlarge on the importance of the advantages possessed by such products, but emphasis is laid on the fact that not only are the finest quality plants used in every instance, but that, wherever possible, the finished product is also standardised, either chemically or physiologically. 268 the 'Wellcome' materia m e d i c a farm Reduced facsimile Digitalis Leaf (Digitalis purpurea) Second year's growth 'Wellcome' Materia Medica Farm DIGITALIS (Digitalis purpurea) IN FLOWER 'Wellcome' Materia Medica Farm From direct colour photographs developed with 'Tabloid' 'Rytol' 'Wellcome' Tincture of Digitalis, U.S.P. (Physiologically Standardised) TRADE MARK BRAND Facsimile reproduction, actual size of bottle containing one fluidounce the label of which bears an expiration date 4W ELLCOME' brand Chemicals and Galenicals TRADE MARK In the production of ' Wellcome' brand Chemicals and Galenicals full advantage is taken of the collabora- tion between the Wellcome Chemical and Physiological Research Laboratories and the Experimental Department of the 'Wellcome' Chemical Works, and the circle r. . _ of scientific endeavour is completed by utilising standard to the fullest extent the resources of the of Purlty ' Wellcome' Materia Medica Farm, Dartford (Eng.). The result of this ideal association of pioneer research work with the most extensive scientific equipment and natural resources is to produce a series of Chemicals, Galenicals and Alkaloids possess- ing a uniform standard of purity and excellence which is unique. 'Wellcome' brand Chemicals are required to conform to standards which, in many cases, ensure a much higher degree of purity than that demanded officially. 'Wellcome' brand Galenicals have uniformity assured by chemical tests, or, where such tests , . . . , , . , . , Standardised have proved inadequate, by physiological Chemicals methods. In addition, they are standardised, ^.n<? ' 'Galenicals wherever possible, according to the amount of the most important active principle and not of the total alkaloids. Some instances of medicinal products of particular and topical interest, with the introduction of which Burroughs Wellcome & Co. have been prominently associated, appear on page 4 (facing title page). Noteworthy among these are 'Moogrol' Brand Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaulmoogric Series, for use in leprosy; 'InFUNDIN'; 'Ernutin'; 'Bicreol' Brand Bismuth Cream and 'Hypoloid' Brand Bismuth Metal, the ideal pre- parations of metallic bismuth for the treatment of syphilis. 'Neostam' Brand Stibamine Glucoside, a new antimony compound, i/zoth the toxicity of antimony tartrate, for the treatment of Leishmaniasis and Schistosomiasis. 'Ethidol' Brand Ethyl Iodo-ricinoleate and 'Iodicin' are two preparations of iodine, specially designed to meet those cases where intensive iodine treatment is necessary. 269 'WELLCOME' BRAND CHEMICALS AND GALENICALS CHEMICALS, 'WELLCOME' BRAND 'Wellcome' Brand - ,, Atrooine (Pure Alkaloid), U.S.P. ,, Atropine Sulphate, U.S.P. ,, Bismuth Subsalicylate, U.S.P. (Physiologically Pure) ,, Bismuth Subcarbonate, U.S.P. ,, Bismuth Subgallate,U. S. P. ,, Bismuth Subnitrate, U. S.P. ,, Chloroform, B. P. ,, Chrysarobin, U. S. P. ,, 'Ergamine' Acid Phosphate ,, Emetine (Pure Alkaloid) ,, Emetine Bismuthous Iodide ,, Emetine Hydrobromide ,, Emetine Hydrochloride, U.S.P. ,, Ether, Pure, U.S.P. ,, Ethyl Chloride, U.S.P. ,, Haemoglobin ,, H omatropine (Pure A Ikaloid) „ Homatropine Hydrobromide, U.S.P. ,, Hyoscine Hydrobromide (Scopolamine Hydrobromide,), U.S.P. ,, Hyoscyamine (Pure Alkaloid) ,, Hyoscyamine Sulphate ,, Iron and Ammonium Citrate, B.P. 'Wellcome' Brand - ,, Iron Glycerophosphate ,, Iron Hypophosphite (Soluble) ,, Iron Phosphate (Soluble) U.S.P. ,, Iron Pyrophosphate (Soluble) ,, Mercuric Potassium Iodide (Soluble) ,, Mercurous Chloride, U.S.P. (Calomel) ,, Mercury Iodide, Red, U.S.P. (Mercuric Iodide) ,, Mercury Oxide, Yellow. U.S.P. ,, Physostigmine (Pure A Ikaloid) ,, Physostigmine Hydrobro- mide ( Eserine Hydrobromide) ,, Physostigmine Salicylate (Eserine Salicylate), U.S.P. ,, Physostigmine Sulphate (Eserine Sulphate) ,, Pilocarpine Hydrochloride, ,, Pilocarpine Nitrate, U. S. P. ,, Quinine Sulphate (Large Flake), U.S.P. ,, Sodium Salicylate (Flake), U. S. P. (Physiologically Pure) ,, Sodium Salicylate (Powder), U. S. P. (Physiologically Pure) ,, Strophanthin, U.S.P. LIQUID EXTRACTS, WELLCOME' BRAND Cascara Sagrada, Aromatic Liquid Extract of, 'Wellcome' Brand Cascara Sagrada, U.S.P., Fluidextract of, 'Wellcome' Brand Ergot, B.P., Liquid Extract of, 'Wellcome' Brand (made from ergot physiologically tested in the Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories, London [Eng.]) PHYSIOLOGICALLY-STANDARDISED TINCTURE 'WELLCOME' BRAND Physiological standardisation is carried out by those methods which, in the light of our present knowledge, are best calculated to give accurate and reliable results. Digitalis, U.S.P., Tincture of, 'Wellcome' Brand (Physiologically Standardised) Prices on application 270 The paramount importance of the highest obtainable degree of purity of medicinal chemicals has always been insisted upon by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. The standards in use at the time of publication of this Price List are given below; but, unlike official standards, those for 'Wellcome' Brand Chemicals and Galenicals are under constant revision as the results of investigation prove such a course desirable or practicable. 'WELLCOME' STANDARDS Standard Atropine (Pure A Ikaloid), U. S. P. Atropine Sulphate, U. S.P. Bismuth Subsalicylate, U.S.P. ... Bismuth Subcarbonate, U.S.P. ... Bismuth Subgallate, U.S.P. Bismuth Subnitrate, U.S.P. Chloroform, B.P ' Ergamine' Acid Phosphate Emetine (Pure Alkaloid) Emetine Hydrochloride, U.S.P. Ether (Pure), U.S.P. Haemoglobin Homatropine (Pure Alkaloid) ... Homatropine Hydrobromide, U.S.P. Hyoscyamine (Pure Alkaloid) ... Hyoscyamine Sulphate ... Iron Hypophosphite (Soluble) ... Iron Pyrophosphate (Soluble) ... Mercurous Chloride, U.S.P. (Calomel) Physostigmine (Pure AIkaloid)... Physostigmine Hydrobromide (Eserine Hydrobromide) Physostigmine Salicylate (Eserine Salicylate), U.S.P. Physostigmine Sulphate (Eserine Sulphate) Pilocarpine Hydrochlor., U.S.P. Pilocarpine Nitrate, U.S.P. Quinine Sulphate (Large Flake), U.S.P. Sodium Salicylate, U.S.P. ( Physiologically Pure) Cascara Sagrada, Aromatic, (Liquid Extract) Digitalis, U.S.P., Tincture of ... Ergot, B.P., Liquid Extract of... Product M.p. 116°; optical rotation for a 10 per cent, solution in a 2 dem. tube not exceeding-0-1° M.p. 196° (after drying); optical rota- tion for a 10 per cent, solution in a 2 dem. tube, not exceeding -0-1° Affords 63-65 per cent, of BiaOs ; free salicylic acid not exceeding 0-1 per cent. White, uniform lightness. Nitrate present not exceeding 0-15 per cent, of NgOg Uniform lightness ; affords about 53 percent. ofBigO;; Uniform lightness B.p. 60°-62°; meets all the official requirements and contains an un- varying amount of ethyl chloride Colourless crystals m.p. 133° M.p. 68°-69° Water of crystallisation 11-15 percent. Free from cephaeline Sp. gr. 0-710at 25°; b.p. 34-5°. Answers all other recognised tests Comoletely soluble in water M.p.' 99-100° M.p. 217 -218°; m.p. of base from salt f9-100° M.p. 107-109°' M d-21° M.p. 205°-206° Readily soluble in water ; contains about 12 per cent, of iron Contains 11-13 per cent, of iron Uniform micro-physical characters Crystals; m.p. 105"-106" M.p. 224"-226° M.p. 186-187° M.p. 145°-146° (after drying) M.p. 203-204° M.p. 175°-176° 5 c.c. of a saturated aqueous solution at 15°, prepared from the equi- valent of 2 grammes of the fully- hydrated salt and 20 c.c. of water, require not more than 6 c.c. of 10 per cent, ammonia to effect a clear solution. Bright colourless solution in water (25%), which should not darken within 24 hours; m.p. of regene- rated acid 158°-159° Miscible with water Physiological Standard . Physiological Standard 271 WELLCOME BUILDING NINE AND ELEVEN EAST FORTY-FIRST STREET NEW YORK CITY 272 Burroughs Wellcome & Co (U.S.A.) INC. General Offices and Exhibition Rooms To provide more extensive accommodation to meet the requirements of the steady- development in the firm's business, the very desirable site at 9 & 11, East Forty first Street, New York City, was secured, and the steel-framed twelve-story fire- proof building, depicted in the illustration opposite, was erected thereon. This building, of unique refined character and distinction, was designed by an eminent architect in pure Gothic style and executed in a beautifully-toned light grey limestone. The location is in the very heart of the most central and select business district of the city. Directly opposite the Public Library and just off Fifth Avenue, it is easily accessible from every quarter. (See Zone Map, overleaf.) A cordial invitation is extended to members of the medical, dental, and pharmaceutical professions to visit the Exhibition Rooms on the street level of this building and to inspect the fine Chemicals, Galenicals, Medical Equipments, 'Tabloid' and other products there displayed. 273 GrandCentral Station FORTY-SECOND St./ 9'11 EAST FORTY-FIRST ST. PUBLIC Library E.4OTH ST. " In the Centre of Things-" This bird's-eye view shows at a glance the ideal location of our General Offices and Exhibition Rooms. This building is literally in the very heart of New York's most central and select business district and enjoys the advantage of the best transit facilities in the City. Burroughs Wellcome & Co. (U.S.A.), Inc. ZONE MAP 'Wellcome' Chemical Works. Tuckahoe, New York Terms BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. (U.S.A.) INC. NEW YORK LIST PRICES NET NEW ACCOUNTS .-Orders must be accompanied by remittance in full payment, or satisfactory references (preferably New York references) should be furnished. In no case can goods be sent C. O. D. unless the order is accompanied by Cheque, Draft or Post Office Order for an amount to cover at least the cost of carriage. PAYMENT.--Strictly net monthly account, without exception. Remittances should be made by Bank Draft, Post Office Order or Express Money Order. As prices are based upon cash in New York, all remittances should cover any expenses which will be incurred in exchange. CARRIAGE AND PAC KI N G .-Carriage to be paid by consignee in all cases, except in New York City, Brooklyn and Jersey City, where no charge is made for delivery. Method of despatch should be advised when ordering. In the absence of instructions, goods will be sent by such route as we consider best, all expenses being charged to the customer. Packing-cases are charged at cost and are not returnable. BREAKAGE, LOSS, etc. -Goods are despatched at consignee's risk. Every care is taken in packing, and we are not responsible for damage or loss during transit. Should either occur, however, we will do all in our power to assist customer to obtain redress. PARCEL POST.-It is our custom to insure all mail packages which in value amount to or exceed $1.00. Prices are subject to alteration without notice 276 Price List OF Fine Products Burroughs Wellcome & Co.(U.S.A.) Inc. 9 & 11, east Forty-first Street NEW YORK CITY New York Telephone Number-"VANDERBILT 2070" Cable and Telegraphic Address-"7 A BLOID, N EW YORK" A B C, Lieber and Marconi Telegraphic Codes used Hours of Business in New York: 8 A . Al. TO 5 P . At. Saturdays-8 a.m. to 1 p.At. Prices in New York subject to alteration without notice IT IS respecteui.lv requested that the following W HOLESA1. E P R I C E S B E N O T M E N T I O N E L) T O P A T I E N T S 277 NOTE.-Prices quoted are those ruling at the time of going to press. They are, at present, liable to unusual variation, and in some cases may have undergone considerable modifi* cation before publication PRICES TO THE MEDICAL PROFESSION Subject to alteration without notice Products marked (N) throughout this Price List are Narcotics and require U.S. Internal Revenue Order Form Prices in Absorbent Cotton between Gauze, Compressed, New York ' Tabloid ' Brand (see Dressing's, page 300} S ' Alaxa ' ( Trade Mark) Aromatic Elixir of Cascara Sagrada- Each fluidrachm contains ' the equivalent of twenty-four minims of Fluidextract of Cascara Sagrada. Bottles containing 4 Imperial fl. oz.... ... ... per bottle 1.40 Ammonium Chloride Inhaler, ' Vaporole ' Brand (see page 350) Analysis and Test Cases, ' Soloid ' Brand (see pages 297-299) Antiseptic Cases, ' Soloid ' Brand (seepage 297) ' Aoi' (Trade Mark), 1 Tabloid ' Brand (seepage 332) Atomisers, ' Paroleine ' (Trade Mark) Naso-Pharyngeal ' Paroleine ' Atomiser ... ... ... each 1.30 Bacteriological Case, No. 505, 'Soloid ' Brand (seepage 298) Bandages, Pleated, Compressed, ' Tabloid ' Brand (see pages 300 and 301) Benedict Test, ' Soloid Brand' (seepage 7,2%) ' Bicreol ' Brand Bismuth Cream- ( Trade Mark) J oz. pots each 1.00 2 ,, ,, ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ,, 2.20 Bismuth Gauze, 'Tabloid ' Brand (seepage 300J ' Bivo ' ( Trade Mark) Beef and Iron Wine- Restorative and stimulant. Possesses exceptional qualities which distinguish it from ordinary beef wines. Each fluidounce contains the equivalent of one grain of metallic iron. Bottles containing 8 Imperial fl. oz. ... ... .. each 1.75 „ ,, 16 Imperial fl. oz. ... ... ... ,, 3.10 ' Borofax ' (Trade Mark) Brand Boric Acid Ointment-A protective antiseptic and sedative dressing which never becomes rancid. Collapsible tubes ... ... ... ... ... ... each 0.20 „ ,, (large) ... ... ... ... ... ,, 0.40 ,, „ J oz. tubes (with Ophthalmic Nozzle) ,, 0.15 'Brockedon' Product s- Burroughs Wellcoine & Co. succeeded to the sole proprietorship of the business of Brockedon, who, in 1842, ORIGINATED COMPRESSED MEDICINES in the shape of bi-convex discs-yissued under the designation of "Compressed Pills." ' Brockedon' Brand Compressed Pure Bi-Carbonate of Soda ' Brockedon ' Brand Compressed Pure Bi-Carbonate of Potass ' Brockedon ' Brand Compressed Pure Chlorate of Potass Boxes, each $0.40, $0.70 and $1.30 Cables and Radiotelegrams-"Tabloid, New York" 278 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Prices in New York PRICE LIST OF B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Calomel Cream, 'Wellcome ' Brand- $ Containing 5 per cent, of Calomel, 2 oz. bottles ... per bottle 1.55 (See also Mercurial Cream, page 318) Carron Oil (Solidified)- Collapsible tubes per tube 0.12 » ,, „ (large) ,, 0.25 Chemicals and Galenicals, 'Wellcome' Brand (see Special Price List) Chenopodium Oil, 'Wellcome' Brand - Bottles of 100 c.c. ... ... ... ... ... each 19-50 CHESTS AND CASES, 'TABLOID' BRAND For illustrations, see pages 261-266 Hypod ermic Hypodermic Pocket-Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand These Cases contain complete Hypodermic outfits, consisting, in most instances, of syringe and needles, and from 5 to 15 tubes of 'Tabloid' Brand Hypodermic products. The Cases are prepared in gold, silver or nickel-plated metal and in aluminium ; also in a great variety of fancy leathers. The metal Cases may readily be sterilised. No. 3. 'Tabloid' Brand Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Each Measurements: 3-1/4 X 2-3/4 X 3/4 in. Contains § an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, two regular steel needles and 12 tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products, etc. Morocco Leather or Cowhide 11.75 Pigskin or Brown or Green Seal Leather ... 14.00 Brown or Green Crocodile Leather ... ... 25-25 ,, 5. ' Tabloid ' Brand Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Measure- ments : 3-3/4X 3-1/4X 1-1/4 in. Fitted as No. 3 Case. Morocco Leather ... 19.50 Brown or Green Seal Leather ... .. ... 21.50 Crushed Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... 25.25 Brown or Green Crocodile Leather ... ... 25.25 Telephone Number-"Vanderbilt 2070" 279 Cases, Hypodermic, ' Tabloid ' Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 7. Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Each Measurements: 3-1/2 X 3-1/8 x 7/8 in. Contains $ an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, two regular steel needles, steel exploring needle, and 12 tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products, etc., in detachable nickel-plated aseptic frame Aluminium ... ... ... ... ... ... 11.00 Solid Silver 42.75 ,, 10. ' Tabloid ' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Measurements : 2-1/2 x 1-3/8 x 1 in. Contains an 'Agla' Aseptic Hypodermic Syiinge (each part held separately in a holdfast clip), two needles, detachable finger-grip, and five tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products in a hinged rack. Complete with soft leather cover. Nickel-plated Metal ... ... ... ... 7.co ,, 15. ' Tabloid ' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Measurements: 4 X 3 X 7/8 in. Contains an 'Agla' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe (inseparable sterilisable tray), with two platino-iridium needles, one steel exploring needle, eight tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, two ' Hypoloid ' Brand products, astoppered bottle, sterilising cup, forceps, inflammable products for sterilising purposes, etc. Complete with soft leather cover. Nickel-plated Metal ... ... ... ... 17.50 ,, 20. 'Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case- Measurements: 4-1/2 X 1-3/4 x 3/4 in. Contains an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe (each part held separately in a holdfast clip), two steel needles, finger-grip, a small glass phial, stoppered and capped, for ether, and 10 tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products. Complete with soft leather cover. Nickel-plated Metal ... .. ... ... 10.50 „ 21. ' Tabloid ' Brand Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Measure- ments : 3-7/8 X 3-1/4 X 1-1/4 in. Contains an 'Agla' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, two steel needles, nine tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products, capsule of ether, a small glass phial, stoppered and capped, for sterilised water, etc. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... 19.50 Brown or Green Seal Leather ... ... ... 23.25 Crushed Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... 27.25 Brown or Green Crocodile Leather... ... ... 27.25 *For illustration, see page 262 Cables and Radiotelegrams-'' ' Tabloid, New York " 280 .PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Prices in New York B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand fcontinued') No. 23. 'Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Each Measurements: 3-1/2 X 3-1/8 X 7/8 in. Contains S detachable nickel-plated aseptic frame and con- venient rack. Contents the same as No. 21 Case, with the addition of an exploring needle. Aluminium ... ... ... ... ... ... 11.00 Solid Silver ... ... ... ... ... ... 42.75 ,, 28. ' Tabloid ' Brand Hypodermic Pocket-case. Measure- ments: 2-1/4 X 1-3/4 X 3/4 in- Contains 12 tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products. It can be easily carried in the vest pocket Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... 5.50 Brown or Green Seal Leather ... ... ... 5.90 Brown or Green Crocodile Leather ... ... 9.70 ,, 29. ' Tabloid'Brand Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Measure- ments : 2-1/4 X 2-1/S X 3/8 in. Contains eight tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products in removable tray. Nickel-plated Metal... ... ... ... ... 3.90 „ 33. 'Tabloid' Brand Silver Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Measurements: 4-1/4 X 3-1/8 X 7/8 in. Contains an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, two silver-mounted platino-iridium needles, two capped and stoppered bottles, one tube of ' Soloid ' Mercuric Potassium Iodide and 14 tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products. The needles are enclosed in a separate compartment which effectually protects them from injury. Solid Silver 155.00 ,, 35. 'Tabloid' Brand Gold Hypodermic Pocket-Case. Measurements: 3-7/8 X 2-1/2 X 7/8 in. Contains a B. W. & Co. Solid Gold Hypodermic Syringe (min. 20), with two gold-mounted platino-iridium needles, two capped and stoppered bottles, mortar and pestle, one tube of ' Soloid ' Mercuric Potassium Iodide and 15 tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products in hinged rack. The needles are enclosed in a separate compartment which effectually protects them from injury. Solid Gold, exquisitely wrought ... ... ... - Telephone Number-"Vanderbilt 2070" 281 Cases, Hypodermic, Tabloid' Brand remember the trade marks PRICE LIST OF Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 40.* 'Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Hypodermic Pocket-Case Each ("The Mussell Shell"). Measurements: 3-1/2 X $ 1-3/8 X 1 in. Contains an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe (each part held separately in a holdfast clip), finger-grip, two regular steel needles, one exploring needle and five tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products. Complete with soft leather cover. Nickel-plated Metal 7.80 ,, 45. 'Tabloid' Brand Quinine Injection Pocket-Case. Measurements: 5-1/4 X 2-7/8 X 1-1/4 in- Contains an All-Metal Hypodermic Syringe (min. 20), with two steel needles, two 1 oz. bottles, stoppered and capped, spirit-lamp, sterilising cup, sterilising tray, box for matches, etc., wind-shield, forceps, one tube of ' Soloid ' Corrosive Sublimate and three tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic Quinine Bihydrochloride. Complete with soft leather cover. Nickel-plated Metal ... ... ... ... ... 13.75 Hypodermic and Ophthalmic ,, 80. 'Tabloid' Brand Hypodermic and Ophthalmic Pocket-Case ("British Anny Regulation"). Measurements: 3-1/4 X 2-1/4 X 3/4 in. Contains 13 tubes of 1 Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, 10 tubes of 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic products, two camel-hair brushes, forceps, etc. Aluminium ... ... ... ... ... ... ro.50 O ph th al nt i c Ophthalmic Pocket-Case, 'Tabloid' Brand A convenient Pocket-Case, carrying a supply of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' products of mydriatic, myotic, astringent and ocular - antesthetic drugs of exceptional purity, prepared in accurate doses, adapted for immediate administration. No. 93.* 'Tabloid' Brand Aseptic Ophthalmic Pocket-Case. Each Measurements: 2-3/8 X 2-1/8 x 3/8 in. Contains $ nine tubes of 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Ophthalmic products in removable tray, mortar and pestle, vulcanite rod, solution-dropper, two camel-hair brushes and an eye-spud. Nickel-plated Metal ... ... ... ... ... 5.10 * For illustrations, see pages 261 and 262 Cables and Radiofilegrams-" Tabloid, New York" 282 puri n ACCURACY RELIABILITY B W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) Aledicine Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand These Cases contain, within a very small compass, comprehensive outfits of fine drugs, in doses of great accuracy ready for im- mediate dispensing. They provide the best medical equipments for the country practitioner, as well as for explorers, missionaries, planters, etc. They are fitted, according to the purpose for which they are required, with 'Tabloid,' 'Soloid' and other fine products, ' Agla ' Aseptic and other Hypodermic Syringes, ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, emergency dressings, etc. For ordinary use these Cases are usually bound in morocco or other fine leathers, but for hard wear or tropical climates it is advisable to have them bound in cowhide or pigskin, or to select those made of metal or wood. Pocket, Hand and Saddle No. 109. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- Each meuts : 6-1/4 X 3-1/4 X 7/8 in. Contains seven tubes of $ 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Brand products, 'Vaporole' Iodine, 'Tabloid' Bandages and Dressings, etc. Black Japanned Metal ... ... ... approx. 3.00 ,, 112. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments : 4 X 3 X 1 in. Contains five glass-stoppered bottles of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, etc. Nickel-plated Metal ... ... ... ... ,, 5.50 ,, 114. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case (" The Alpine"). Measurements: 6-3/4 x 4-1/4 x I-I/4 in- Contains four x/2 oz. phials of 'Tabloid' Brand products, also chlorodyne, cocaine and boric acid lotion, gusset pocket for dressings or papers, etc. Weight, 9-1/2 oz. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... 14.00 ,, 115. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments.: 9-1/4 X 4-1/4 X 1-1/2 in. Contains ten 1/2 oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, gusset pocket for dressings or papers, etc. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... approx. 17.50 Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 19.50 Pigskin ... ... ,, 31.00 Seal Leather ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 31.00 Crocodile Leather ,, 31.00 Prices depend upon the contents selected Telephone Number-"Vanderbilt 2070" 283 Cases, Medicine, ' Tabloid' Brand REMEMBER ThE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 116. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- Each ments : 8-7/8 X 4-3/4 X 1-1/4 in. Contains eight s 1/2 oz. and six 1 dr. phials of 'Tabloid' Brand products, gusset pocket for dressings or papers, etc. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... approx. 21.50 Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 23.25 Seal Leather ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 33.co ,, 117. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments: 7-1/2 X 4-1/2 X 2-5/8 in. Contains sixteen 1/2 oz. phials of 'Tabloid' Brand products, gusset pocket for dressings or papers, etc. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 23.25 Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 27.25 Brown or Green Seal Leather ... ... ... ,, 35.00 Pigskin ... ... ... ... ... ... ,. 40.75 Crocodile Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 40.75 ,, 122. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments: 4 x 2-1/2 x 1-3/8 in. Contains from 8 to 10 tubes of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, according to size of products. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 8.20 „ 123. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments: 4 X 3-1/2 X 1-1/4 in. Contains from to to 16 tubes of 'Tabloid' Brand products, according to size of products. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, n.75 Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, n.75 Pigskin 13.75 Seal Leather ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, - Brown or Green Crocodile Leather ... ... ,, - ,, 124. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments : 5-1/2 x 4 X 1-1/2 in. Similar in design to No. 123 Case. Contains from 16 to 24 tubes of 'Tabloid' Brand Products, according to size of products. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 14-75 Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 14.75 Pigskin... ... ... ... ... ... . ,, 17.50 Seal Leather ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 21.50 Crocodile Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 28.75 Prices depend upon the contents selected Cables and Radiotelegrams-" Tabloid, New York" 284 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Prices in Neiu York B. w. and co. products Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 125. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine-Pocket Case. Measure- Each merits: 5-1/2 X 4 X 1-1/2 in. Contains 14 tubes of $ ' Tabloid ' Brand Products, and a removable tray carrying 12 tubes of 'Tabloid' Hypodermic pro- ducts, an ' Agla ' Hypodermic Syringe and two regular steel needles. Morocco Leather approx. 21.50 Cowhide ... ... ... ... • ,, 21.50 Pigskin ... „ 24.00 Brown or Green Seal Leather ... ... ... ,, 28.00 Brown or Green Crocodile Leather ... ... ,, 35.00 ,, 126. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments: 5-1/2 x 4 X 1-1/2 in. Fitted as No. 125 Case, except that the hypodermic equipment is enclosed in a compact leather case which may be used separately. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 26.50 Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 26.50 Pigskin 31-00 Brown or Greeri Seal Leather ... ... ... ,, 35-00 Brown or Green Crocodile Leather ... ... ,, 46.00 ,, 127. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments: 5-1/2 x 4 X 1-3/4 in. Fitted as No. 126 Case, except that the ' Tabloid ' Brand products are contained in feather-weight tubes. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 38-25 Pigskin... ,, 41.00 ,, 128. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments: 6 X 3-3/4 X 1 in. Contains 14 tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, nine tubes of 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Brand Hypodermic and Ophthalmic products, an 'Agla' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, needles, etc. Metal Case covered with Black Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 21.50 ,, 131. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case (Book). Measurements: 6 X 3-1/2 x 15/16 in. Contains seven tubes of 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' Brand products, 'Tabloid' Brand Dressings, etc. Brown Leatherette ... ... ... ... ... „ 6.40 Brown Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... „ 9.30 Prices depend upon the contents selected Telephone Number-"VANDERBILT 2070" 285 Cases. Medicine, * Tabloid Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 133. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- Each ments: 6-5/8X4-1/4X1-1/4111. Contains eight r/2 oz. $ phials of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, wallet for papers, etc. Metal, covered with Morocco Leather a-pprox. 17.50 Metal, covered with Cowhide ... ... ... ,, 17.5° ,, 134. 'Tabloid'Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments: 6-1/2 X 4-1/2 x r-3/8 in. Contains eight 1/2 oz. phials of 'Tabloid' Brand products, gusset- pocket for dressings or papers, etc. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 15.50 Solid Cowhide, unlined ... ... ... ... ,, 17.50 Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 17.50 Pigskin 25.25 Brown Seal Leather ... ... ... ... ,, 25.25 Crocodile Leather ... ... ... ... ... „ 25.25 „ I35- ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments: 8-3/8 X 6-1/2 x i-i/ain. Contains sixteen 3 dr. and eight 1 dr. phials of 'Tabloid' Brand products, gusset pocket for dressings or papers, etc. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 25.25 Cowhide 27.25 ,, 136. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Saddle-Case. Measure- ments: 6-1/2 X 4-3/4 X 1-1/2 in. Contains eight 1/2 oz. phials of 'Tabloid ' Brand products, gusset- pocket for dressings or papers, etc. Solid Cowhide, unlined ... ... ... ..: ,, 17.50 Cowhide . ... .L ... ?.. ... ,, 17.50 Pigskin ,, 35.00 „ 137. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Saddle-Case. Measure- ments: 7-1/2 X 4-3/8 X 2-1/2 in. Contains sixteen 1/2 oz. phials of'Tabloid' Brand products, gusset pocket for dressings or papers, etc. Cowhide ... ... ... .... ,, 29.25 Pigskin ,, 40.75 Prices depend upon the contents selected Cables and Radiotelegrams-" Tabloid, New York'' 286 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in Neuj York Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 138. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Saddle-Case. Measure- each ments : 7-1/4 X 4-1/2 x 1-3/4 in. Fitted as No. 136 $ Case, except that the ' Tabloid ' Brand products are contained in feather-weight tubes. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... approx. 27.25 Pigskin ... „ 33.00 „ 139. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Saddle-Case. Measure- ments : 7-1/4 x 4-1/2 X 2-1/2 in. Fitted as No. 137 Case, except that the ' Tabloid ' Brand products are contained in feather-weight tubes. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... » 40.75 Pigskin „ 52.50 ,, 140. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments : 7 X 4-1/2 x 1-1/2 in. Contains seven 1/2 oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, gusset pocket for dressings or papers, and a compartment containing small boxes. Similar in design to No. 134 Case. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... ,, 19.50 ,, 141. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Pocket-Case. Measure- ments : 7-3/4 X 4-1/4 X 2-3/8 in. Contains fifteen 1/2 oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, gusset pocket for dressings or papers, and a compartment containing small boxes. Similar in design to No. 117 Case. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... „ 27.25 ,, 143. 'Tabloid'Brand Medicine Saddle-Case Measure- ments : 8 x 4-1/4 X 3 in. Contains 16 phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, etc., and a removable tray for instruments, etc. Completely dust-proof and rain-proof. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... „ 50.50 Cycle, Carriage, Car and Equipment ,, 200. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case (" Physician's Cycle Handle-bar"}. Measurements: 8-1/4 x 4-3/8 x 2-3/4 in. Contains nine 1/2 oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, minor surgical instruments, dressings, etc. Weight, about 1-1/2 lb. Black Enamelled Cowhide ... ... ■■• ,, 33.00 Prices depend upon the contents selected Telephone Number-"Vanderbilt 2070" 287 Cases, Medicine, 1 Tabloid 1 Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST O E Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 202. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case ("Physician's Cycle Each Stay-bar "). Measurements : io X 5 X 2-3/4 in- 8 Contains twelve 1/2 oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' Brand products, dressings and minor surgical instruments. Black Enamelled Cowhide ... ... approx. 39.00 „ 204. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case ("Yacht's Life-buoy"). Diameter, 11-5/8 in.; depth, 3-1/8 in. Contains six 1 oz. corked bottles and nine 1/2 oz. metal-screw capped bottles, minor surgical instruments, dress- ings, ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, etc. ,, - ,, 206. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Chest. Measurements: 13-1/2 X 7 X 4-1/4 in. Similar to No. 208 Chest. Contains fourteen 2-1/2 oz. stoppered bottles and five 1/2 oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand pro- ducts, minor surgical instruments, dressings, etc. Dressed and varnished Raw-hide ... ... „ 73.75 „ 208.. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Chest. Measurements: 15-1/2 X 9 X 5-1/4 in. Contains fourteen 4 oz. stoppered bottles and five 1/2 oz. phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, minor surgical instruments, dressings, etc. Dressed and varnished Raw-hide ... ... ,, 81.50 „ 209. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: 10 x 6-1/2 x 5-1/4 in. Contains 46 phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, 12 tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, two regular steel needles, medicine measure, etc. Morocco Leather or Cowhide ... ... ... „ 100.75 Pigskin ,,124.00 „ 211. * 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: 11-1/2 x 5-3/4 x 5-1/2 in. Fitted as No. 209 Case, except that it contains 45 phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products and ■ has the contents differently arranged. Morocco Leather or Cowhide ... ... ... ., 139.50 * For illustration, see page 263 Prices depend upon the contents selected Cables and -Rddiotel^rams-" Tabloid, New York" 288 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Prices in Netu York B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 216. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements : Each 10-1/4 x 5-3/4 X 3-7/8 in. Contains 33 phials of 8 ' Tabloid ' and 'Soloid ' Brand products, etc. Morocco Leather or Cowhide ... ... approx. 85.25 „ 218. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine . Case. Measurements : 10 x 6 x 4-1/2 in. Contains 33 phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, etc. Cowhide or Levant Morocco Leather ... ... „ 77.50 Pigskin „ 89.25 ,, 219. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements : 13-1/2 x 6-1/4 x 6 in- Contains eight stoppered and 40 corked phials fitted with ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, 12 tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypo- dermic Syringe, two steel needles, etc. Morocco Leather ... ... ... ... ... „ 124.00 ,, 220. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: 13-3/4 x 9-I/4 x 5-3/4 in. Contains eight stoppered and 42 corked phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, two needles, 12 tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, etc. Morocco Leather or Cowhide ... ... ... ,, 116.25 „ 221. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: 14 x 9-1/2 X 6 in. Fitted as No. 220 Case, with the addition of nine 2 dr. phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, and a glass-stoppered and capped ether bottle. Extra finish Morocco Leather or Cowhide 209.25 Pigskin ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 248.00 Extra finish Crocodile Leather ... ... 248.00 „ 222. 1 Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: !3_3/4 x 8 x 6 in. Contains 59 phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe, two regular steel needles, 12 tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, etc. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... „ 279.00 ,, 223.* ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: 15-1/4 x 11-1/4 x 5-1/4 in. Fitted as No. 222 Case, but with contents differently arranged, and with the addition of a stoppered and capped ether bottle. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... „ 294.50 ^For illustration, see page 263 Prices depend upon the contents selected Telephone Number-"Vanderbilt 2070" 289 Cases, Medicine, Tabloid ' Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued} No. 227. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: Each 6-1/2 x 3-3/4 X 3-1/4 in. Contains 46 tubes of $ ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products. Made of metal, covered with leather. Weight, about 2 lb. 6 oz. Cowhide ... ' ... ... ... ... approx. 58.25 Pigskin ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 62.00 ,, 229. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: 8-1/2 X 5-1/4 X 3-3/4 in. Contains forty 4 dr. phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products. Made of metal, covered with leather. Weight, about 4 lb. 13 oz. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ..1 ... „ 5625 ,, 231.* ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: 11 X 8 x 3-5/8 in. Contains ' Tabloid ' Brand products, minor surgical instruments, dressings, etc., based upon the recommendations of Sir. W. Moore in his Manual of Family Medicine for India. Weight, about 8 lb. Black Japanned Metal ... ... ... ... ,, 46.50 ,, 232. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case Physician's Emer- gency Case"). Measurements : 8-3/4 x 6 x 3-1/2 in. Contains ' Hypoloid ' Brand products of 'Emutin,' 'Infundin' Brand Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract, etc., ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax,' ' Ernutin ' (Oral), an ' Agla ' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe with two needles, five tubes of ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, ' Soloid ' Sodium Chloride, ' Soloid ' Corrosive Sublimate, ' Wellcome ' Brand Chloroform, apparatus for intravenous injection, stomach tube, etc. Weight, about 5-1/4 lb. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 89.25 ,, 233. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements: 7-1/2 x 3-1/2 X 1-3/4 in- Contains one 1-3/4 oz. stoppered bottle, six 1/2 oz. phials, seven medium- sized tubes, and five small tubes, of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products. Aluminised Metal 11.75 * For illustration, see page 264 Prices depend upon the contents selected Cables anti Radiotelegramp-' ' Tabloid, New York " 290 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Piices in Netu York Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 250. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Chest. Measurements: Each 15-3/4 X 10-1/2 x 8-1/4 in- Contains 36 stoppered 8 bottles of ' Tabloid,' ' Soloid ' and other B. W. & Co. fine products, minor surgical instruments, dressings, etc. Weight, about 40 lb. Japanned Sheet-Iron ... ... ... from 170.50 „ 251. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Chest. Measurements: 15 X 10-1/4 x 8-1/2 in. Contains forty 3-1/2. oz. feather-weight bottles of ' Tabloid,' ' Soloid ' and other B. W. & Co. fine products. Weight, about 27 lb. Aluminium ... ... ... ... approx. 379-5° ,, 254. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Chest f" The Indian"), Measurements : 9 x 6-3/4 X 6-1/4 in- Contains sixteen 1-3/4 oz. glass stoppered bottles and six 4 dr. phials of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, instruments, dressings, etc. Weight, about 12 lb. Japanned Metal ... ... ... ... ... „ 52.50 ,, 255. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Chest. Measurements: 9-3/4 X 7-3/4 x 5-1/2 in. Contains eighteen 3-1/2 oz. glass-stoppered bottles of ' Tabloid,' ' Soloid ' and other B. W. & Co. fine products, dressings, etc. Black Japanned Metal ... ... ... ... „ 66.00 ,, 256. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Chest. Measurements: 10-1/4x7-5/8x5-3/410. Contains eighteen 3-1/2 oz. featherweight bottles and tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, etc. Aluminium ... ... ... ... ... ... „ 155.00 Aluminium ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Chests kept in stock. Special designs to order. Fitted complete. Prices depend upon the contents selected „ 258. *' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case (" The Settler's"). Measurements : 8-1/4 X 5-3/4 X 4-3/8 in. Contains twelve 1-1/2 oz. bottles of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Hazeline ' Cream, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, etc. Weight, 5-1/4 lb. Black Japanned Metal ... ... ... ... 21.50 For illustration, see page 264 Telephone Number-^ Vanderbilt 2070" 291 Cases- First-Aid, Tabloid Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST O E Chests and Cases. 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 260. 'Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case (" The Safari"). Each Measurements: 9-3/4 x 7-7/8 x 5-1/2 in. Contains $ 17 bottles of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Borofax,' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, minor surgical instruments, etc. Complete with canvas cover and strap. Black Japanned Metal ... ... ... ... 81.50 , 261.* ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case ("The Orient"). Measurements: 7-5/8 X 4-1/4 x 2 in. Contains 15 tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, ' Menthofax,' ' Sketofax,' ' Tabloid ' Bandages and . Dressings, Carron Oil (solidified), Castor Oil, ' Opa ' Tooth Tablet, Menthol Snuff (B. W. & Co.), sponge, scissors, and a First-Aid folder containing jaconet, court plaster, adhesive plaster, camel-hair brush, safety-pins, etc. Aluminised Metal ... ... ... ... ... 12.50 ,, 300. ' Tabloid ' Brand Antidote Case. Measurements: 12 x 6-1/8 x 3 in. Contains eighteen 1/2 oz. phials and three tubes of ' Tabloid ' Brand Antidotes, ' Vaporole ' Amyl Nitrite, stomach syphon-tube, catheter, an All-Metal Hypodermic Syringe, two needles, ' Tabloid ' Hypodermic products, etc. Polished Mahogany ... ... ... ... 37.00 ,, 360. ' Tabloid ' Brand Tuberculin Dilution Case. Measure- ments : 8-3/8 X 5-1/2 x 2-1/2 in. The contents comprise a glass pipette (with mouthpiece and rubber tube) graduated in hundredths of a c.c. from o-oi c.c. to 01 c.c. and also at 1 c.c. ; one 1 c.c. and six graduated 10 c.c. glass bottles (for primary and higher dilutions respectively), rubber-corked and with sanded fronts on which to write strengths of dilutions ; a 4 oz. rubber-corked bottle for saline solution, graduated at 100 c.c., a 1/2 oz. bottle of antiseptic soap solution, a 1 oz. packet of ' Tabloid ' Absorbent Cotton, two tubes of ' Soloid ' Sodium Chloride, a supply of ' Soloid ' Hexamethylenamine (Methenamine) products, one or more of which can be burned to provide a flame for sterlising purposes. The bottles are held in position in the sterlisable metal rack by means of spring clips. Aluminised Metal ... ... ... ... ... 25.25 * Tor illustrations, see page 265 Cables and Radiotelegrams -" Tabloid, Neiv York" 292 .PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Prices in New York H . W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. * 601. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements : Each 8-3/4 X 4-1/8 x 2 in. Contains six regular bottles $ of ' Tabloid ' Brand products. Metal case, japanned black or aluminium-bronzed outside, enamelled white inside. Complete from ... ... ... ... ... 7.40 If desired, the Cases are supplied empty ... $ 3.00 „ * 602. ' Tabloid' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements : 8-3/4 X 8 x 2 in. Contains 12 regular bottles of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products. Metal Case, japanned black outside, enamelled white inside. Complete from ... ... ... ... ... 14.00 If desired, the Cases are supplied empty ... $ 4.70 ,, * 603. ' Tabloid ' Brand Medicine Case. Measurements : 6-5/8 X 3-1/8 x 2 in. Contains six regular bottles of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products. Aluminised Metal. Complete from ... ... ... ... ... 3.10 If desired, the Cases are supplied empty ... S 1.20 * These Cases shall be used as containers for the Burroughs Wellcome & Co. products only. The assortment of ' Tabloid ' Brand products may be varied as required (prices to correspond). Prices depend upon the contents selected First-Aid First-Aid, 'Tabloid' Brand - These Equipments provide compact, complete outfits of emer- gency medicines, dressings and first-aid accessories. Portable and convenient, they form ideal equipments for motorists, cyclists, airmen, yachtsmen and explorers. Comprehensive outfits suitable for offices, theatres, factories, mines, etc., are also supplied. When ordering, please specify colours required Telephone Number--"Vanderbilt 2070" 293 Cases- First-Aid, ' Tabloid ' Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. * 702. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid. Measurements : 7-1/4 Each x 5-1/4 x 3 in. Contains eight tubes of 1 Tabloid ' 5 and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, 1 Hazeline ' Cream, sal volatile, Carron oil (solidified), ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, tourniquet, jaconet, castor oil, plaster, protective skin, scissors, pins, etc. Red, Royal Blue or Imperial Green Enamelled Leather ... ... ... ... ••• 35-oo ,, 704. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid. Measurements: 8-3/4 X 6-5/8 x 3-1/4 in. The contents of this equipment are similar to those of No. 723 'Tabloid' First Aid, and the case is made absolutely dust-proof. Red or Royal Blue Morocco Leather ... ... 85.25 „ 706. 'Tabloid' Brand First-Aid ("The Aviator's"). Measurements : 3-1/2 X 3 x 3/4 in. Contains a ' Tabloid ' Bandage, ' Tabloid ' Boric Gauze, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, adhesive plaster, court plaster, jaconet, pins, etc. Aluminium ... ... ... ... ... ... 7.00 ,, 707. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid. Measurements : 6-5/8 x 3-1/8 x 2 in. Contains seven tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, Carron oil (solidified), jaconet, castor oil, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, plaster, protective skin, etc. Aluminised Metal ... ... ... ... ... 5.90 „ 708. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid (" The Nurse's "). Measurements: 6-5/8 x 3-1/8 x 2 in. Contains two tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, Carron oil (solidified), jaconet, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, plaster, protective skin, pins, etc. Aluminised Metal ... ... ... ... ... 3.90 When ordering, please specify colours required * For illustrations, see page 266 Cables and Radiotelegrams-" Tabloid, New York" 294 puritt ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 709. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid (" The Boy Scout's "). Each Measurements: 6-5/8 x 31/8 x 2 in. Contains $ ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, Carron oil (solidified), jaconet, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, plaster, protective skin, camel-hair brush and pins. Aluminised Metal ... ... ... ... ... 3.90 Special Webbing Holder for attaching No. 707, No. 708 or No. 709 First-Aid to waist-belt or cycle handle-bar, extra ... ... ... ... ... 0.35 „ 710. ' Tabloid ' Braud First-Aid. Measurements : 4 x 3-1/8 x 5/8 in. Contains ' Tabloid ' Bandage, ' Tabloid ' Dressings, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, Carron oil (solidified), adhesive plaster, court plaster, camel-hair brush and pins. Scarlet Enamelled Metal ... ... ... ... 1.55 „ 715. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid. Measurements : 7-5/8 X 4-1/4 X 2 in. Contains eight tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, sal volatile, Carron oil (solidified), ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, jaconet, plaster, protective skin, scissors, pins, etc. Red, Royal Blue or Imperial Green Enamelled Metal, or in Aluminised or Black Japanned Metal ... ... ... ... ... ... 9.70 ,, 716. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid (" The Auto Kit "). Specially designed for the Automobilist. Measure- ments : 7-5/8 x 4-1/4 x 2 in. Contains three bottles of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, tourniquet, plaster, scissors, safety- pins, etc. Weight, about 1-1/2 lb. Japanned Metal with Khaki Covering ... ... 8.50 When ordering, please specify colours required Telephone Number-" Vanderbilt 2070" 295 Cases, Analysis, Soloid' Brand REMEMBER THE trade marks PRICE LIST OF Chests and Cases. 'Tabloid' B r a n d 'continued) No. 722. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid. Measurements: 6-3/4 Each X 4-3/4 x 2-3/8 in. Contains eight tubes of'Tabloid' $ and ' Soloid ' Brand products. ' Vaporole ' Iodine. ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, ' Hazeline' Cream, sal volatile, Carron oil (solidified), 'Tabloid' Bandages and Dressings, tourniquet, jaconet, castor oil, plaster, protective skin, scissors, pins, etc. Red, Royal Blue or Imperial Green Enamelled Metal, or in Aluminised Metal ... ... 14.75 ,, 723. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid. Measurements: 8 x 5-1/2 X 2-3/8 in. Contains nine tubes of ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' Brand products, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, ' Hazeline ' Cream, sal volatile, Carron oil (solidified), ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, tourniquet, jaconet, plaster, protective skin, scissors, pins, etc. Red, Royal Blue or Imperial Green Enamelled Metal, or in Aluminised Metal ... ... 17.50 ,, 730. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid //or Offices, Theatres, Assembly Halls, etc.). Measurements : 16-3/4 X 10-1/2 X 2-1/2 in. Mahogany, with glass panel front ... ... 42.75 ,, 740. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid (for Factories, Mines, etc.). Measurements : 21 x 16 x 7-1/2 in. Black Japanned Metal ... ... ... ... 426.00 Teak or Mahogany ... ... ... ... 526.75 ,, * 742. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid (for Factories, and Workshops). Measurements : 7 x 8-3/4 X 4-3/4 in. Contains ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, Iodine (half strength), Boric Acid Solution, Castor Oil, Vaseline, Bicarbonate of Soda, six splints, six wooden tongue depressors, six wooden applicators, tourniquet, camel-hair brushes, thumb forceps, medicine glass, scissors, safety-pins, etc. Japanned Metal (with handle) ... ... ... 17.50 * This Outfit complies with the requirements of the Industrial Compensation Rating Schedule, 1923. Cables and Radiotelegrams-"Tabloid, New York" 296 PURITY ACCU RA GY RELIABILITY Prices in New York B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Chests and Cases, 'Tabloid' Brand (continued) No. 744. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid (Wall Case for Factories Each and Workshops). Measurements: 13-1/4X12X $ 2-1/4 in. Contents similar to No. 742 First-Aid, with the addition of a 'Tabloid' Triangular Bandage. Japanned Metal (with handle and hooks) ... 17.50 „ 745. ' Tabloid ' Brand First-Aid. Measurements: 7-3/4 x 7-1/2 X 2-3/4 in- Contains ' Tabloid ' Bandages and Dressings, ' Borofax ' Brand Boric Acid Ointment, ' Vaporole ' Aromatic Ammonia, ' Vaporole ' Iodine, six wooden tongue depressors, six wooden applicators, Carron oil (solidified), plaster, medicine glass, camel-hair brushes, thumb forceps, scissors, safety-pins, etc. Japanned Metal (with handles and hooks) ... 9.50 Refills for any of the foregoing- First-Aid Equipments are supplied. Particulars and prices upon application Prices depend upon the contents selected CHESTS AND CASES, S SOLOID' BRAND Antiseptic Antiseptic Cases, 'Soloid' Brand- No. 400. ' Soloid ' Brand Antiseptic Case. Measurements: Each 6-3/4 x 5-1/2 X 2-1/4 in- Contains four feather- $ weight tubes of ' Soloid ' Brand products. Solid Cowhide, unlined ... ... ... approx. 14.75 Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ...- ,, 17.25 „ 401. 'Soloid' Brand Antiseptic Case. Measurements: 7-3l4 X 5-1/2 X 2-1/2 in. Contains five feather- weight tubes of ' Soloid ' Brand products. Cowhide ... ... ... ... ... ... 21.50 „ 410. ' Soloid ' Brand Antiseptic Case. Measurements : 9-3/4 x 7-3/4 x 5-1/2 in. Contains eighteen 3-1/2 oz. glass-stoppered bottles of ' Soloid ' Brand products, and tray for minor surgical dressings, etc. Black Japanned Metal ,, 48.50 Analysis and Test Analysis and Test Cases, 'Soloid' Brand- Compact, portable Cases, fitted with the necessary reagents and apparatus for conducting analyses of water, sewage, or urine. The No. 505 and No. 506 ' Soloid ' Brand Cases provide, in small compass, the apparatus and materials necessary for carrying out ordinary bacteriological examinations and blood-tests. Telephone Number-" Vanderbilt 2070 " 297 Cases, Analysis, Tabloid ' Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST Of Chests and Cases, 'Soloid' Brand {continued) No. 500. ' Soloid ' Brand Water Analysis Case. Measurements : Each 12-1/2 x 10-1/2 x 4-1/2 in. Contains a nickel $ evaporating dish, Erlenmeyer flask, tripod, spirit-lamp, 100 c.c. and other graduated cylinders, together with ' Soloid ' Brand products for water analysis. Non-warping, seasoned wood with mahogany finish ... ... ... ... ... ... 40.75 In case of breakage, the whole or any single piece of the apparatus can be obtained separately. The supply of ' Soloid ' Reagents may also be renewed (see page 329). „ 501. 'Soloid ' Brand Water Analysis Case f" 7'he British Army Regulation "). Measurements, including cover: 13-1/4x11-1/2x5 in. Contains apparatus and ' Soloid ' Brand products as in the No. 500 Case, with the addition of test-tubes, and a copy of Thresh's Water Analysis, etc. Complete with waterproof canvas cover and all necessary straps for transport. Non-warping, seasoned wood with mahogany finish, well screwed together; green baize-lined ... 69-75 „ 502. ' Soloid ' Brand Water and Sewage Analysis Case. Measurements : 18-1/2 x 12-1/4 x 5-1/4 in. Contains ' Soloid ' Brand products and apparatus, specially adapted for the examination of water and sewage effluents, and including a special distillation outfit for the estimation of ammonia. Non-warping, seasoned wood with mahogany finish 68.00 ,, 505. " Soloid' Brand Bacteriological Case. Measure- ments : 5 x 3-1/4 x 1-5/8 in. Contains a compre- hensive outfit of ' Soloid ' Microscopic Stains ; three stoppered bottles for absolute alcohol, methanol, distilled water ; a rod-stoppered bottle of Canada balsam ; microscopic slides ; cover-slips ; capillar}' pipettes for blood collecting ; sterile throat swab ; graduated pipette ; cover-glass forceps ; dissection forceps ; spirit-lamp ; watch-glasses ; glass funnel; filter papers; a metal case of needles (straight No. 9), etc. Complete with soft leather cover. Nickel-plated Metal ... ... ... ... ... 21.50 *For illustrations, see page 265 Cables and Radiotelegrams-" Tabloid, Neto York " 298 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. A N D CO. PR O D U C 'I1 S Prices in New York Chests and Cases, 'Soloid' Brand f continued) No. 506. 'Soloid' Brand Blood Test Case. Measurements: Each 4-1/4 x 3-1/2 X 1-1/2 in. Contains 'Soloid' Brand $ Romanowsky Microscopic Stain (Leishman Powder), 20 c.c. drop-bottle containing distilled water, two 10 c.c. glass-stoppered and capped phials for methanol, 1 c.c. pipette, grease-crayon, glass rod, camel-hair brush, vaseline, haemoglobinometer scale, absorbent paper for use with scale, a vest-pocket case containing a Hagedorn needle in carbolised alcohol, and six microscopic slides. Complete with soft leather cover. Nickel-plated Metal ... ... ... ... ... 11.00 .. 510. *' Soloid ' Brand Urine Test Case. Measurements: 5-3/4 x 2-3/4 x i-r/4in. Contains 'Soloid' Brand products, urinometer, Esbach's albuminometer, graduated measure, analysis charts, pipette, test- tubes and stand, spirit-lamp, etc. Complete with soft leather cover Nickel-plated Metal ... ... ... ... ... 13.75 h'or illustration^, see page 266 The following apparatus can be obtained separately-* Esbach's albuminometer ... ... ... ... 1.30 Urinometer... ... ... ... ... ... 1.40 30 c.c. Graduated Tube ... ... ... ... 0.80 Immersion Tube ... ... ... ... ... 0.10 Test-Tube, Large ... ... ... ... ... 0.10 ,, ,, Small ... ... ... ... ... 0.07 The above set complete ... ... ... 3.70 ,, 511. 'Soloid' Brand Urine - Sugar Test Case. Measurements : 5 x 4-1/2 x 1-1/4 in. Contains ' Soloid ' Brand Alkaline Citrate, ' Soloid ' Copper Sulphate (for Benedict Test), medicine dropper and rubber bulb, two test-tubes graduated at min. 30, a supply of ' Soloid ' Hexamethylenamine (Methe- namine) products for burning ; small piece of asbestos, and a wire test-tube holder. Fawn Board ... ... ... ... ... 2.10 Chloroform, ' Vaporole ' Brand (see ' Vaporole ' Brand Products, page 350) Chloroform, ' Wellcome ' Brand (see ' 'Wellcome ' Chemicals Price List) Cod Liver Oil, ' Kepler' (seepage 317) Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract, ' Kepler ' (seepage 318) Compound Menthol Snuff (B. W. & Co.) (see page 318) Telephone Nmnber-^Nmimwit 2070" 299 Dressings Elixoiu ' 1 Enule ' REMEMBER THE Suppositories trade marks PRICE 1. I S T o r DRESSINGS. PLEATED, COMPRESSED 'TABLOID' brand Pleated, Compressed Bandages and Dressings were originated and introduced by Burroughs Wej.i.come & Co. This series provides surgical accessories which are superior to the ordinary varieties in every particular. They are extremely compact and convenient, and are made from materials of the finest quality. TRADE MARK Steril- Dressing's, Surgical, 'Tabloid' Brand - Each ised Each Absorbent Cotton between Gauze, Compressed, ' Tabloid ' Brand- $ $ 2 oz. packets Bandages, Pleated, Compressed, 'Tabloid ' Brand- 0.30 - Open Wove, i in, x 6 yds. 0.14 - ,, „ 2-1/2 in. x 6 yds 0.25 - „ ,, 3 in. x 6 yds. 0.30 - Triangular (Pictorial) Cotton, Compressed, ' Tabloid ' Brand-• 0.45 - Absorbent, J oz. in packets of 4 0.30 - „ | oz. packets .0.16 - ,, I oz. ,, 0.25 - Boric, .1 oz. „ 0.14 - ,, I oz. ,, 0.18 -■ Double Cyanide, 3%, J oz. packets 0.17 - „ 3%, 1 oz. „ Gauze, Pleated, Compressed, ' Tabloid ' Brand- 0.25 -• Absorbent, in packets of 1 yd. 0.25 - >. » „ 3 yds 0.60 - Bismuth, *1 in. x 1 yd., in cartons of 6 (Sterilised) ... - 1.20* „ *1 in. x 1 yd. ,, „ „ 6 ,, -- 1.20 ,, *2 in. x 1 yd. „ „ 6 „ - i-75. ,, *3 in. x 1 yd. „ ,, ,, 6 „ - 2.30. „ in packets of 1 in. x 6 yds. 0.50 - ,, „ 2 in. x 6 yds. 0.80 - ,, „ 3 in. x 6 yds. 1.00 - ,, „ 36 in. x 3 yds. 0.90 -_ Boric, in packets of 3 yds. 0.65 - Double Cyanide, 3%, in packets of 1 yd. 0.35 - „ „ 3%> >. 3 yds 0.75 - Iodoform, „ 1 yd o-45 - » „ 3 yds 1.10 - >> „ 1 in. x 6 yds. .... 0.55 - Sal Alembroth, 1%, ,, 3 yds. 0.75 - * These Dressings are not Pleated Compressed Cables and Radiotelegrams-"Tabloid, New York" 300 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Dressings, Surgical, 'Tabloid' Brand Steril ( continued) Each ised Each Head Dressing, Adjustable Compressed, ' Tabloid ' Brand- $ $ Ordinary size in packets 0.65 - Large ,, (for major operations'} ... „ 0.85 - Lint, Compressed, ' Tabloid ' Brand-- Plain, | oz. packets 0.18 ■-• ,, I oz. ,, 0.25 - Boric i oz. „ 0.15 - >, i oz. „ 0.25 - ' E L I X O I D ' brand PRODUCTS The word 'Elixoid' is a trade mark or brand TRADE MARK 'Elixoid' Brand products provide agreeably flavoured, elegant and acceptable fluid preparations of drugs. 'EL IXO1D' BRAND $ „ Formates Compound, bottles of 4 Imperial fl. oz. per bottle 0.80 „ Glycerophosphates, bottles of 4 Imperial fl. oz „ 0.80 ,, Phosphates of Iron, Quinine and Strychnine- Bottles of 8 Imperial fl. oz. ... ... ... per bottle 1.45 „ 16 „ ,, ... ... ... „ ,, 2.50 „ Pine Tar Compound, bottles of 4 Imperial fl. oz... ,, ,, 1.00 Also various other preparations issued under the 'EUxoid' Brand $ ' Empirin ' Brand Acetylsalicylic Acid, in 1 oz. cartons ... per carton 0.30 (Trade Mark) „ ,, >» ,, 4 OZ. „ ••• „ „ I«O5 n „ » » OZ. ,, ... „ ,, 3.60 'ENULE' brand RECTAL SUPPOSITORIES The word 'Enule' is a trade mark or brand In 'Enule' Rectal Suppositories the active principles are evenly diffused throughout the mass hy a special process. Each 'Enule' product is enclosed in a sheath of pure tinfoil. Each kind is packed in containers of a dozen (of one strength') In prescribing or ordering, it will be sufficient to quote the distinguishing number, for instance:-"E 'Entile' Brand Rectal Suppositories, No. 30." PharmacopcriaJ preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 301 • Enule' ' Epinine,' ' Ernutin ' • Etijidol' REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF 'Entile' Brand Rectal Suppositories (continued) ' E N U L E ' BRAND- Per box of 12 No. $ ,, 9 Bismuth Subgallate-gr. 10 [0.648 gm.] ... .. ... 0.90 ,, 30 ' Epinine ' Hydrochloride (3 : 4-dihydroxyphenylethyl- (TradeMark) methylamine), o-oi gm. [gr. 1/6] ... ... 1.00 1 Glycerin (Anhydrous)-95 /, Children's size, per hot. $0.60 -rr 2 ,, ,, ,, Adults'size ,, $0.60 ('Enule' Glycerin Suppositories are issued in screw-capped glass pots) ,, 5 'Hazeline' Compound ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.90 ( Trade Mark) (See also 1 Hazeline' Suppositories, non-staining, page 304) „ 3 Meat, Predigested-Children's size ... ... ... ... 1.05 .,, 4 ,, ,, -Adults'size ... ... ... ... 1.05 ,, 6 Milk, Predigested-Children's size ... ... ... ... 0.90 ,, 7 ,, ,, -Adults'size 0.90 „ 13 Quassin, Amorphous, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] ... ... ... 0.90 ,, 8 Quinine Bisulphate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ... ... ... ... 1.20 ,, 21 Santonin, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] ... ... ... ... ... 3.60 ,, 23 Soap Compound ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.90 Also various other products issued under the 'Entile' Brand ' Enule' Brand Rectal Suppositories must be kept in a. cool, dry place TRADt MARK ' E P I N I N E brand PRODUCTS The word ' EPININ E' is a trade mark or brand 'Epi nine' (3:4-dihydroxyphenylethylmethylamine) is a synthetic haemostatic discovered by investigations in the Laboratories of the 'Wellcome' Chemical Works, London (Eng.). It possesses the characteristic physiological action of the extract of the suprarenal gland, being approx- imately one-tenth as active as the suprarenal active principle, according to measurements of their effects on the blood- pressure of the cat. Since it is a synthetic substance forming -Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. tinless otherwise stated- 302 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Pi-ices in New York B . W . AND CO. P R O D U C T S 'Epinine' Brand Products (continued) crystalline salts, its purity can be chemically guaranteed. 'Epinine' solutions may be sterilised by boiling in a hard glass or suitable metal vessel. 'Epinine' should not be prescribed with alkalis. $ 'Epinine' Hydrochloride, in tubes of 1 gm. ... ... per tube 1.55 ' Epinine,' 1 in 100, in amber-coloured stoppered bottles- Bottles of 10c.c. ... ... ... ... ... per bottle 0.55 „ ., 25 c.c. ... ... ... ... ... ,, 1.00 (See also ' E.nale' 'Epinine' Hydrochloride, page 302; 'Hypoloid' 'Epinine,' page 315; 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic 'Epinine,' page 320; ' Soloid' Ophthalmic Zinc Sulphate Compound, page 320; and ' Tabloid ' 'Epinine' Compound without Acetomorphine, page Ergot (see ' Valoid' Brand, page 34g; also 'Wellcome' Chemicals Price List) 'RADE MARK ' E R N U T I N ' bra^d PRODUCTS The word 'Erniitin' is a trade mark or brand 'Ernutin' presents the active therapeutic principles of Ergot--Ergotoxine, 'Tyramine' and 'Ergamine'-in stable solution and in a state of chemical purity. ' Ergamine ' and 'Tyramine' are prepared synthetically at the 'Wellcome' Chemical Works, Dartford (Eng.), by methods originated in the firm's laboratories, while Ergotoxine is prepared directly from ergot. $ ' Ernutin ' (Oral), bottles containing 30 c.c. ... ... per bottle 1.00 ,, „ ,, ,, 4 fl. oz. ... ... ,, 3.co. ,, ,, „ ,, t6 fl. oz. ... ... ,, 0.70 ' Ernutin,' ' Hypoloid ' Brand (seepage 315) Also various other products issued under the 'Ernutin' Brand 1 Ethidol ' Brand Ethyl Iodo-ricinoleate, bottles containing 1 oz. (Trade Mark) per bottle 1.20 >> ,, >> >> >> 4 Oz. per bottle 4.10 ' Eucalyptia ' (Trade-Mark), Pure Oil of Eucalyptus, bottles containing 2 Imperial fl. oz. ... ... ... ... per bottle 0.80 First-Aid, 'Tabloid' Brand (sec pages 293-297) Gauze, 'Tabloid' Brand (see Dressings, page 300) Pharmacopccialpreparations are U.S. P. unless otherwise stated 303 Hazeline ' Products Hypodermic Apparatus REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF S ' HA Z E LIN E ' PRODUCTS Hazeline' (Trade Mark) Brand,Hamamelis virginiana- Presents the volatile active principles of the bark of the fresh young twigs. $ Bottles containing 4 Imperial fl. oz. ... ... ... per bottle 0.55 „ ,, 16 Imperial fl. oz. ... ... ... ,, 1.75 'Hazeline' Cream-An elegant preparation of 'Hazeline' Hamamelis virginiana- Glass pots ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... each 0.40 Jars containing 1 lb. ... ... ... ... ... ... „ 2.80 Collapsible tubes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 0.20 » ,, (large) „ 0.40 Vulcanite Nozzles, for attaching to collapsible tubes when injecting into the nose, rectum, etc. (seepage 351J ' Hazeline ' Soap, boxes of 3 tablets .. per tablet 0.40 "'Hazeline' Snow''--The pioneer non-greasy preparation ( Trade Mark) for the skin and complexion. Glass pots ... ... ... ... ... ... ... each 0.40 Jars containing 1 lb. ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 2.80 ' Hazeline' Suppositories-• Astringent and soothing. Contain ' Hazeline ' Hamamelis virginiana, and do not stain linen. Boxes containing 12 ... ... ... ... ... ...per box 1.10 (See also ' Enule ' ' Hazeline ' Compound, page 302) Also uaiious other preparations issued under the 'Hazeline' Brand HYPO DERMIC APPARATUS Aseptic Hypodermic Syringes, The 'Agla' The 'Agla' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe-Sectional view Barrel, piston and nozzle consist entirely of glass The solid piston (B) glides easily and evenly within the barrel (A). The nozzle (C) fits into the barrel (A) by means of a perfect plug joint, and takes a needle (D) of the usual pattern. Leather, rubber, or other packing substances liable to be affected by hypodermic solutions, or by boiling, are absent, and the desired solution can be made in the Syringe itself. Pharmacopaial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 304 B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS Prices in New York Hypodermic Apparatus (continued) $ Min. 15, complete with two regular steel needles ... each 2.70 Min. 20, ,, ,, ,, ,, ... „ 2.70 1 c.c. „ ,, ,, ,, ... ,, 2.70 Min. 40, with two steel needles ... ... ... ... ,, 4.30 Min. 60, „ „ ,, ... ... ... ... ,, 5.20 Without Needles, the above Syringes are $ 0.20 less each The above Syringes are also supplied fitted with nozzles suitable for use with Plug-in Needles, but the parts are not interchangeable. Detachable Finger-Grip, 'Tabloid' Brand, Nickel-plated, for the min. 15, min. 20, or 1 c.c. Syringes ... ... ... each 0.16 Detachable Sheath-Grip, 'Tabloid' Brand, for the min. 15, min. 20, or r c.c. Syringes ... ... ... ... ... each 0.50 Finger-Grip Adapter, 'Agla' Brand- In Cardboard Box ... ... ... ... ... ... each 0.80 Ditto, in Cardboard Box, with 1 c.c. or min. 20, ' Agla ' Syringe, with two rustless needles ... ... ... ... ... „ 3.50 Metal Needle Adapter.-For the ' Agla ' Hypodermic Syringe ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... each 0.20 Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe (h Pattern), The ' Agla '- For intramuscular injection- Min. 20, complete with two intramuscular steel needles ... each 2.70 Min. 40, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ... . ,, 4.30 Insulin Syringe, t c.c. graduated in ^ths- Cardboard Box, with two rustless needles .. each 4.00 Nickel-plated Metal Case „ ,, ... ... ... ,, 4.80 Nickel-plated Metal Cases, with removable rack, for the 'Agla' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringes-■ For the min. 40 Syringe ... ... ... ... ... ... each 1.20 ,, ,, min. 60 ,, ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 1.40 Nickel-plated Metal Case, containing movable tray with grips to hold the 'Agla' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe (min. 15, min. 20 or 1 c.c. sizes), in separate parts... ... ... each 0.65 Dental Syringe, All Metal, 'Tabloid' Brand Min. 30, with finger-grip, two needle-attachments, two steel needles and a tube of mountless needles- Cardboard Box ... ... ... ... ... ... each 11.70 Mercury Succinimide Outfit, The B. W. & Co. For treatment with Mercury Succinimide. Contents.-The 'Agla' Aseptic Hypodermic Syringe (H pattern), min. 20; two platino-iridium needles, and two tubes of'Tabloid' Hypodermic, No. 98, Mercury Succinimide, gr. 1/5 [0-013 gm. ] $ Metal Case, complete ... ... ... ... each 15.00 Telephone Number-" VANDERBILT 2070'' 305 Hypodermic- Apparatus- Needles REMEMBER THE IRAOE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Hypodermic Apparatus (continued) Serum Syringe, The 'Agla' Aseptic - The working parts are made entirely of glass. The needle may be attached to the nozzle by a flexible rubber joint which guards against fracture through sudden movement. The parts are easily separable for sterilisation. Complete with two steel needles and rubber connection, in metal case 2 c.c. ... each § 5.So 3 c.c. ... „ S 5.70 5 c.c. ... each $ 7.30 10 c.c. ... „ $ 9.80 NOT E.-If desired, platino-iridium needles can be fitted at increased prices. The above Serum Syringes are also supplied, fitted with nozzles suitable for use with Plug-in Needles, but the parts are not interchangeable. The prices remain the same, except for a slightly increased charge for the Needles. 25 c.c. each $ 13.50 Tuberculin Syringe, The 'Agla' Asiftic- The 'A gt. a' Aseptic Tuberculin Syringe. Approximately one-half actual size The barrel and piston are elongated to about double the length of the ordinary Hypodermic Syringe. The barrel is graduated in 0-05 c.c. divisions, and the piston, as well as the nozzle, is in blue glass to enable its position to be readily perceived. 1 c.c. (divided into 0-05 c.c. graduations) with two regular steel needles, in $ Cardboard Box ... ... ... ... ... ... each 5.20 Nickel-plated Metal Case ... ... ... ... ,, 6.00 Without Needles, the above Syringes are $ 0.20 less each Hypodermic Syringe, The B. W. & Co.- Nickel-plated. Min. 20, with two regular steel needles- Cardboard Case ... ... ... ... ... ... each 2.20 Metal Case ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 2.60 Serum Syringe Case Covers, in soft leather, for metal cases containing the 1 Agla' Serum Syringes-■ For 5 c.c. Syringe ... ... ... ... ... ... each 1.00 ,, 10 c.c. ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, 1.20 For list of Needles suitable for use with the above Syringes, see below and pages 307-310 When ordering Needles, simply quote the distinguishing numbers Cables and lladiotelegrams-"Tabloid, New York" 306 Prices in New York B. W.. ANU CO. RE«E«BER THE TRADE MARKS Hypodermic Apparatus (.continued) HYPODERMIC AND OTHER NEEDLES Note-A.W.G. means American Wire Gauge Each (b'or illustrations see pages 308 and 309) No. Regular ¥ 3. Steel, fine, 20 mm. (4/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 26 ... ... 0.15 203. ,, ,, Rustless, 20 mm. (4/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 26 ... 0.25 6. „ ,, medium length, 30 mm. (1-1/5 in. approx.), A. W.G. 26 0.15 206. ,, ,, ,, ,, Rustless, 30 mm. (1-1/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 26 c.25 4. ,, medium bore, 25 mm. (t in. approx.), A. W.G. 22 ... 0.15 204. ,, ,, ,, Rustless, 25 mm. (t in. approx.), A. W.G. 22 0.25 5. ,, ',, ,, small, 23 mm. (9/to in. approx.), A.W.G. 24 0.15 205. ,, ,, ,, „ Rustless, 23 mm. (9/10 in. approx.), A.W.G. 24 0.25 7. ,, „ ,, medium length, 30 mm. (r-1/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 0.15 207. ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, Rustless, 30 mm. (1-1/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 0.25 214. „ „ „ ,, „ Rustless, 12 mm. (1/2 in. approx.), A.W.G. 26 0.25 21. Piatino-iridium, 25 mm. (t in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 ... ... 2.70 22. ,, „ fine, 23 mm. (9/10 in. approx.), A.W.G. 24 ... 1.80 28. ,, ,, with solid silver mounts, 25 mm. (1 in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 3.55 Regular Exploring 11. Steel, 63 mm. (2-1/2 in. approx.), A.W.G. 18 ... ... ... 0.25 211. ,, Rustless, 63 mm. (2-1/2 in. approx.), A.W.G. 18... ... 0.30 25. Piatino-iridium, 63 mm. (2-1/2 in. approx.), A. W.G. 18 ... 8.75 Intramuscular 13. Steel, H Pattern, 31 mm. (1-2/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. at ... 0.15 213. „ ,, ,, Rustless, 34 mm. (1-2/5 in. approx.), A. W.G. 21 0.25 26. Piatino-iridium, H Pattern, 34 mm. (1-2/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 2t 4.25 27. ,, ,, very stout, 45 mm. (t-4/5 in. approx.), A. W.G. 18 9.00 33. Steel, silver-plated, 50 mtn. (2 in. approx.), A.W.G. 18 ... 0.65 When ordering Needles, simply quote the distinguishing numbers Telephone Number-"Vanderbilt 2070" Aural 307 Hypodermic App aratus- Needles REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE L IS T O F Hypodermic and other Needles (Actual Size) 6 For list and prices^ see pages 307 and 310 REGULAR 3 Steel Steel 7 Steel 4 Platino-Iridium 21 Steel I5 22 Platino • Iridium 28 Platino-Iridium, with Silver Mount EXPLORING 1 1 Steel 25 Platino- Iridium INTRAMUSCULAR i13 steel 26 Platino-Iridium Platino- Iridium 27 AURAL Steel, Silver-plated 33 11'hen ordering Needles^ simply quote the distinguishing numbers Cables and Radiotelegrams-" Tabloid, New York" 308 Hypodermic Apparatus - Needles B. W. AND CO. P R O D U C T S REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS Hypodermic and other Needles (Actual Size) (continued)- For list and prices, see pages and 310 DENTAL Steel 1 30 2 Steel 20 Steel Platino-Iridium 30 Gold-plated Steel Gold-plated LACHRYMAL 105 32 Steel, mountless Solid Gold For 5 c.c., 10 c.c. and 25 c.c. 'AG LA' Serum Syringes Steel 9 Steel 1 0 23 Platino Iridium 24 Platino- Iridium For 2 c.c. and 3 c.c. 'AGla' Serum Syringes 34 Platino-Irldium Platino-Iridium 35 Steel 12 When orderins Needles, simply quote the distinguishing numbers Telephone Number-"VANDERBILT 2070" 309 Hypodermic Needles Hypodermic Products remember the trade marks PRICE LIST OF Hypodermic and other Needles (continued) Each No. D E N TAL § i. Regular, steel, fine, 14-5 mm. (3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 26 ... 0.15 201. ,, ,, ,, Rustless, 14-5 mm. (3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 26 0.25 2. ,, ,, ,, medium bore, 14'5 mm. 3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 0.15 202. ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, Rustless, 14-5 mm. (3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 0.25 30. Bent, steel, gold-plated, 18 mm. (7/10 in. approx.), A.W.G. 21 0.65 20. Straight, platino-iridium, 14-5 mm. (3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 1.80 105. Steel, mountless, 12 mm. (1/2 in. approx.) in tubes of 6, $ 0.40 32. Bent, solid gold, 30 mm. 1-1/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 ... 1.25 Lachrymal For the 5 c. c., 10 c. c. and 25 c. c. 'A gt a' Serum Syringes 9. Steel, fine, 40 mm. (1-3/5 in. approx.), A. W.G. 20 ••• 0.25 20g. „ ,, Rustless, 40 mm. (1-3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 20 ••• o. 30 10. „ medium bore, 50 mm. (2 in. approx.), A.W.G. 17 ... 0.25 210. „ ,, „ Rustless, .50 mm. (2 in. approx.), A.W. G. 17 0.30 23. Platino-iridium, 30 mm. (1 1/5 in. appro*.), A.W.G. 20 ... 4.25 24. ,, „ long, 40 mm. (1-3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 20 ... 4.50 For the 2 c. c. and 3 c. c. ' A g l a ' Serum Syringes 12. Steel, fine, 41 mm. (1-3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 20 ... 0.25 212. „ „ Rustless, 41 mm. (1-3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 20 ... 0.30 34. Platino-iridium, 30 mm. (1-1/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 20 ... 4.25 35- » >> long, 40 mm. (1-3/5 in. approx.', A.W.G. 21... 4.50 For the ' A g l a ' Hypodermic Syringe PLUG-IN NEEDLES 54. Steel, short, 25mm. (1 in. approx.). A.W.G. 22 0.25 57. ,, medium length, 30mm. (1-1/5 in. approx.), A. W.G. 22 ... 0.25 71. Platino-iridium, 25 mm. (1 in. approx.), A.W.G. 22 2.70 59. Steel, 40 min. (r-3/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 20 0.35 73. Platino-iridium, 30 mm. (1-1/5 in. approx.), A.W.G. 20 ... 4.25. For the ' A g l a ' Serum Syringe When ordering Needles, simply quote the distinguishing number Cables and Radiotelegrams-" Tabloid, New York" 310 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York HYPODERMIC P R O D U CTS, X''T A B LO I I) ' BRAND The word 'TABLOID' is a trade mark or brand 'Tabloid' Hypodermic products contain exactly the stated weight of pure medicaments. They are rapidly' soluble, of uniform activity, and do not deteriorate on keeping. In prescribing or ordering, it will be sufficient to quote the distinguishing number, for instance-"R 'Tabloid' Brand Hypodermic, No. 36. ! Per Per pack- 'TABLOID' BRAND Per tube: tube of 5°: age of 500: No. (Hypodermic)- $ 5 $ „ 36. Aconitine Nitrate gr. 1/640 [o-ooor gm.] °-35 0.80 7.00 ,, 71. *AnsestheticCompound, A (N) 0.60 2.40 21.25 ,, 70. ' ,, ,, B (N) 0.60 2.40 21.25 ,, 80. * ,, ,, c ,. 19. Apomorphine 0.45 r-75 16.50 Hydrochloride (N),gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.] 1 Arsenic Trioxide gr. 1/30 [0-0022 gm.] | 0.50 1.15 ro-75 " rJ1- p'errous Citrate gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] 1 0.30 0.65 5-9° ,, 139. Atropine Sulphate, gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.]... 0.30 0.65 5.Q0 ., 15. ,, ,, gr. 1/150 [0-00043gm.]... 0.30 0-65 5-9° ,, 129. ,, ,, gr. 1/120 [0-00054gm.]... 0.30 0.65 5-9° ,, 14. ,, ,, gr. i/ioo [0-00065 gm. ]... 0.30 0.65 5-9° ,, 13. ,, ,, gr. 1/60 [0-00108 gm.J... J Atropine Sulphate gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.] 4 0.30 0.65 5-90 ( Strychnine Sulphate gr. i/ico [0-00065 gm.] / / Atropine Sulphate gr. 1/150 [0-00043 gm.] ] o-35 o-35 0.80 7.00 ■' 12 Strychnine Sulphate gr. 1/80 [0-00081 gm. ] / Benzamine {see Eucaine,/«^^ 312) .. 43. *Caffeine Sodio- salicylate gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] ... ., 23. Cocaine Hydro- o-45 r-75 16.50 chloride (N), gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.] 0.40 0.00 8.60 ,, 22. >> >> (N), gr. 1'6 [o-on gm.] 0.45 1.10 10.25 .. 54- * ,, >> (N), gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] 0-45 r-75 16. =0 ., 40. * ,, ., (N), gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] .. 44. Codeine Phosphate (N). gr. 1/4 [ooi6gm-] o-75 2.QO 25.75 0.50 7 T 5 10.75 ,, 137. Codeine Sulphate (N), gr. 1/8 [o-oo8 gm.] 0.40 0.90 8.60 ,, 138- >> >> (N), gr- 1/4 [o-oi6gm.] 0.50 I-T5 10.75 ,4 T53- j» (N), gr. 1^2 [0-032 gm.] ,, 46. Curara ... ... gr. 1/12 [0-0054 gm.] ••• 0.60 21.50 0.65 i. 55 14.00 30. Digitalm (Amorph.) gr. r/IOO[o-ooo65gm.]... ( Digitalin ) ,, 86. 4 (Amorphous) gr. i/ioo [0-00065 gm.] [ ( Strychnine Sulphategr. i/ioo[o-ooo65 gm.] ) f Digital in A (Amorphous) gr. i/ioo [0-00065 gm.] 0.30 0.30 0.65 0.65 5-9o 5-90 ,, 125. -Strychnine Sulphate gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] f Trinitrin I (Nitroglycerin) gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] J o-35 0.80 7. co * Tubes of 12. Others in tubes of 20 Pharmacopcezal preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 311 Hypodermic Products, * Tabloid ' Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Hypodermic Products (continued) 'TABLOID' BRAND Per Per tube Per pack- age (Hypodermic) - tube : of 50: $ of soo: No. $ $ 5J 130- *Emetine Hydrochloride gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] 0.60 2.40 21.25 ,, 136. * „ ,, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm'.] 0.90 3-50 32-75 >> 140- t „ „ gr. 1 [0-065 gm-1 0.90 - - „ 362- Erganiine' Acid Phosphate (Trade Mark) 0-003 gm. [gr. 1/22] o-35 i-3° rr-75 „ 38. Ergotinine Citrate gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.]... 0.40 0.90 8.60 37- ,, ,, gr. 1 /100 [0*00065 1 • • • 0.40 0.90 8.60 ( Ergotinine Citrate gr. i/ioo[o-ooo65 gm.] ] r-95 18.75 ,, 92. 1 Morphine Sulphate gr. 1/6 [o-on gm. j „ 81.* (Ergotinine Citrate... gr. 1 /too [0-00065 gm-) 1 0.40 \ Strychnine Sulphategr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] J ,, 116. ♦Ergotoxine ... gr. 1/000 [0-00065 gm.] 0.40 1-55 14.0b ,, 119.* (Ergotoxine ...gr. 1/100(0-00065 gm.] 1 ,N) ( Morphine Sulphate gr. 1/6 [o-on gm.] f ' ' 0.70 2.60 23-25 120.* (Ergotoxine gr. 1/100(0 00065 gm.]] 1 StrychnineSulphate 0.40 i-55 14.00* » 79-* gr.1/20 [0-0032 gm.] J Eserine (see Physostigmine, page 353) Eucaine Hydrochloride gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.]... 0.35 1.30 rr-75 „ 78.* „ „ gr. 1 [0 065 gm.]... 0.60 - 21.25. „ 112.* Eucaine Lactate, gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] o-35 1.30 xi-75 „ U3-* „ „ gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 0.60 - 21.25; 47- Homatropine Hydrochloride gr. 1/250 [0-00026 gm.] 0-35 0.80 7.00 „ 49- Hydrargyri Succinimidi (see Mercury Succinimide, page 313) Hyoscine Hydrobromide gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.]... o-35 0.80 7.00 ,, 100. „ „ gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.]... 0.40 0.90 8.60 „ 48. * ,, „ gr. 1/75 [0-00086 gm.]... 0.40 i-55 14.00 „ 95- (See also ' Hypoloid ' Scopolamine, page 316) ♦Hyoscine Compound, A (N)... 0.60 2.40 21.25 „ 96- * „ B (N) 0.60 2.40 21.25 3i- ♦Hyoscyamine Sulphate gr. 1/80 [0-00081 gm.] ... 0.30 1.00 9-3° » 4i- * „ » gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] 0.35 1.30 11-75 29. Mercuric Chloride gr. 1/60 [0 00108 gm.] ... 0.30 0.65 5-9° „ 28. „ „ gr. 1/30 [0-0022 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90- * Tubes of 12. t Tubes of 6. Others in tubes of 20 Pharmacopeeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated' 312 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Hypodermic Products (continued) Per Per pack- 'TABL 0 I D' BRAND Per tube age (Hypodermic)- tube : of 50 : of 500: No. $ $ $ „ 124. Mercury Succinimide gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.]... 0.30 0.65 5-9° „ 98. „ „ gr. 1/5 [0 013 gm.] ... 0-30 0.65 5-9° ,, 66. Morphine Hydrochloride (N), gr. 1/6 [o-on gm.j 0.40 0.90 8.60 „ 55- „ „ (N),gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] o-45 1.10 10.25 „ 90. „ >. (N), gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] 0.50 i-i5 10.75 » 9i. * >> „ (N), gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] 0.50 1.90 17-75 „ 132. Morphine Hypo- phosphite (N), gr. 1/4 [0 016 gm.] 0-45 1.10 10.25 >> 133- „ „ (M), gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] 0.50 1.15 10.75 134- * ,, » (N), gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] 0.50 1.90 17-75 „ 135. * „ „ (N), gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 0.80 3-io 28.00 „ 6. Morphine Sulphate (N), gr. 1/12 [0-0054 gm.] 0-35 0.80 7.00 „ 5- „ „ (N), gr. 1/8 [0-008 gm. 0.35 0.80 7.00 » 4- ,, , (N), gr. 1/6 [o-ongm.] 0.40 0.90 8.60 „ 3- „ „ (N), gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm/ o-45 1.10 10.25 „ 2. ,, „ (N), gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.' 0.50 i-t5 10.75 „ I. * ,, „ (N), gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] 0.50 1.90 17-75 „ 76. * » „ (N), gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 0.80 - 28.00 „ 88. Morphine Tartrate (N), gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] o-45 1.10 10.25 „ 141- „ „ (N), gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] 0.50 1.15 10.75 „ 74.*^ 'Morphine A Hydrochlor, gr. i/6[o-ii gm.] mN) 0.40 i-55 14.00 l_AtropineSulph.gr. 1/70 [0-0009 gm. J Morphine Sulph. gr. 1/12 [0-0054 gm. ] ] o-35 0.80 7.00 12 r- _AtropineSulph.gr. i/25o[o-ooo26gm.] j ' ' ii- MorphineSulph.gr. 1/8 [0-008 gm.] ] Atropine Sulph. gr. r/200[0-00032gm.] f 1 o-35 0.80 7.00 Morphine Sulph. gr. r/6[o-orr gm.] 1 0.40 0.90 8.60 10 . " lO' 1 Atropine Sulph. gr. 1/180 [0-00036 gm.] / ' ' Morphine Sulph. gr. r/4lo-ot6 gm.] 1 ,»y. °-45 1.10 10.25 o - " 9- _ Atropine Sulph. gr. 1/150(0-00043gm. ] J ' ' S. Morphine Sulph. gr. 1/3(0-022 gm.] Atropine Sulph. gr. i/izo[o-ooo54gm. ] j ' ' 0.50 i-i5 10.75 „ 85. J Morphine Sulph. gr. 1/3(0-022 gm.] | Atropine Sulph. gr. 1 /60 [0-00108 gm. ] j ' ' 0.50 i-i5 10.75 * f Morphine Sulph. gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] \ (N- " '' (AtropineSulph.gr. i/ioo[o-ooo6sgm.] / ' ' 0.50 1.90 17-75 Morphine Sulph. gr. 1/4(0-016 gm.] ) Strychnine (N) ,, 89. o-45 1.10 10.25 Sulph. gr 1/60 [o-ooro8gm.] ' * Tubes of 12. Others in tubes of 20 Pharthacopceial preparations are U.S.P. tmless otherwise stated 313 Hypoderm ic Products, Hypoloid ' Brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST O F Hypodermic Products (continued) 'TABLOID' BRAND Per tube : $ Per tube of 50 : $ Per pack- age of 500: $ No. ( Hypodermic)- >> 39- Nitroglycerin (see Trinitrin, below) Physostigmine (Eserine) Salicylate gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90 „ 84. Picrotoxin ... gr. 1/60 [o-ooi08 gm.] 0-35 0.80 7.00 » 34- Pilocarpine Nitrate gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.] ... 0.40 0.90 8.60 „ 64. ,, „ gr. 1/6 [o-oii gm.] ... 0-45 1.10 10.25 >> 33- * „ „ gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] ... o-55 r-95 18.75 ,, 32. „ 82. „ 83. * » „ gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] ... * Potassium Permanganate gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ... *Quinine Bihydrochloride (Acid Quinine Hydrochloride) gr. 1 [0-065 gm.]... 0.75 0.30 0-35 2.90 1.00 25-75 930 ri-75 „ 73- * „ „ gr. 3 [0-194 gm.]... 0.40 - - >, 97- * „ » gr. 5 [0-324 gm.]... 0.50 - - „ 103. *Quinine Bisulphate gr. 5 [0-324 gm.]... 0-45 - -• » 42 ♦Quinine Hydrobromidegr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.]... 0-35 - n.75 „ 56. ♦Sparteine Sulphate gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.]... 0-35 1-30 ir-75. ,, 52. Strophanthin gr. 1/500 [0-00013 gm.] o-35 0.80 7.00 „ 146. „ 109. gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] Strychnine Hydro- chloride gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.] 0-35 0.30 0.80 0.65 7.00 5-9° ,, IIO. ,, ,, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90 „ 128. „ „ gr. 1/60 [0-00108 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90 „ in. „ „ gr. 1/30 [0-0022 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-9° „ 62. Strychnine Nitrate gr. 1/15 [0 0043 gm.] 0-35 0.80 7.00 ,, 61. „ „ gr. 1/10 [0 0065 gm.] 0-35 0.80 7.00 „ 18. Strychnine Sulphate gr. 1/150 [0 00043 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90 „ ^7- „ ,, gr. 1/100 [0 00065 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90 „ 16. „ ,, gr. 1/60 [0 00108 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90 „ 104. „ „ gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90 » 99- „ ., gr. 1/40 [0-0016 gm.J 0.30 0.65 5-9° „ 75- „ „ gr. 1/30 [0-0022 gm.] 0.30 0.65 5-90 „ 123. „ 126. „ 65. „ „ gr. 1/20 [0 0032 gm.] , Strychnine . Sulphate gr. 1/50 [0 0013 gm.] I 0.30 0.65 5-90 1 Trinitrin (Nitro- \ glycerin) gr. 1/100 [0 00065 gm.] I Trinitrin (Nitro- glycerin) gr. 1/250 [0 00026 gm.] 0.30 0.30 0.65 0.65 5-9° 5-9° „ 115. „ 361. „ ( „ ) gr. 1/100 [0 00065 gm.] ♦'Tyramine' Acid Phosphate (Trade Mark) 0-02 gm. [gr. 1/3 approx.] 0.30 0.60 0.65 2.40 5-90 21.25 Also other Hypodermic Products issued under the 'Tabloid' Brand Hypodermic Veterinary Products, ' Tabloid ' Brand (see page 351) * Tubes of 12. Others in tubes of 20 Pharntacopccial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 314 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Prices in New York B . W. AND CO. PRODUCTS HYPODERMIC PRODUCTS TRADE MARK 'HY POLO ID' BRAND The word 'HYPOLOID' is a trade mark or brand Each contains the stated weight of medicament, dissolved in water or suspended in a fluid vehicle, sterilised, and ready for immediate hypodermic or intramuscular injection. Unless otherwise stated, the contents of each are sufficient to enable 1 c.c. (approx, min. 16) to be injected. Issued in hermetically-sealed containers 'HYPOLOID' BRAND - Per box of xo No. $ 521. Apomorphine Hydrocbloride(N),0-005 gm. [gr. 1/13 approx. ] 1.20 ,, 556. Bismuth Metal, in Sterile Isotonic Glucose Solution, 0-2 gm. [gr. 3 approx.], in 1 c.c. Rubber-capped bottles of 5 c.c. per bottle 0.70 „ 557- Bismuth Metal, in Sterile Isotonic Glucose Solution, 0-2 gm. [gr. 3 approx.], in 1 c.c. Rubber-capped bottles of 10c.c. per bottle 1.30 , 559. Bismuth Metal, in Sterile Isotonic Glucose Solution, 0-2 gm. [gr. 3 approx.], in 1 c.c. Rubber-capped bottles of .25 c.c. per bottle 2.90 ,, 502. Caffeine Sodio-benzoate, 0-25 gm. [gr. 3-3/4 approx.] ... 1.30 „ 507. Calomel, 0-05 gm. [gr. 3/4 approx.]. Suspension in a neutral fatty basis, with Creosote and Camphor... ... 1.30 ,, 516. Camphor, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2 approx.]. In Olive Oil ... 1.05 Boxes of 100, per box $ 8.90 ,, 542. „ o-2 gm. [gr. 3 approx.]. In Olive Oil ... 1.05 Boxes of 100, per box § 8.90 , 503. Digitalin (Crystalline), o-ooor gm. [gr. 1/640 approx.] ... x.20 , 504. Emetine Hydrochloride, 0-02 gm. [gr. 1/3 approx.] ... 1.45 ,,512. ,, ,, 0-03 gm. [gr. 1/2 approx.] ... 1.65 , 529. ,, ,, 0-065 gm. [gr- 1 approx.], boxes of 6, per box, 5 1.55 , 517. 'Epinine' (3: 4-dihydroxyphenylethylmethylamine), (Trade Mark) 1 in ioo ... 1.20 , 558. ' Ernutin,' o-6 cat. [min. 10 approx.], boxes of 6, (Trade Mark) per box, $ 1.30 , ,, ,, „ boxes of ioo, per box, $ 15.50 , 505. Grey Oil. Suspension of Mercury, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2 approx.], in a neutral fatty basis ... ... ... ... 1.30 , 508. Hyoscine Hydrobromide, 0-0005 gm. [gr. 1/130 approx.] 1.40 (See also Scopolamine, page 316} ^harjnacopaial preparations are U.S.F. unless otherwise stated 315 * Hypoloid ' Products Inhalers ' Kepler ' Malt REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS P R I CE LIST OF Hypoloid' Products (continued) ■ H Y P O L O I D ' BRAND - Per box of io ^O. ... $ „ 561. 1 Infundin ' Brand Pituitary (infundibular) Extract (Trade Mark) (Original Strength, 10 International Units per c.c.), 0-5 c.c., boxes of 6, per box, $1.75 Boxes of 100, per box, $ 23.25 ,, 562. Infundin' Brand Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract (Trade Mark) (Original Strength, 10 International Units per c.c.), 1 c.c. boxes of 6, per box, $ 2.75 Boxes of too, per box, $ 44.25 >> 563- ' Infundin ' Brand, Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract (Trade Mark) (5 International Units per c.c.),0-5 c.c., boxes of 6, per box, $ 1.45 i! 5^4- * Infundin 1 Brand Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract (Trade Mark) (- International Units per c.c.), 1 c.c., boxes of 6, per box, $ 2.20 NOTE. - 'Infundin' (Original Strength) is always supplied unless the lower potency is specified. ,, 527. Iron and Arsenic 1.00 ,, ,, ,, ... boxes of too, per box, $8.00 Bi Ferri Citratis Viridis, 0-05 gm. fer. 3/4 approx.] Sodii Arsenatis Exsicc., 0-002 gm. [gr. 1/32 approx.] Aquani, ad 1 c.c. ,, 510. Mercury Salicylate, without Creosote, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2 approx.] 1.10 ,, ,, „ boxes of 100, per box, $ 9.00 „ 51g. Morphine Hydrochloride (N), o-ot gm. [gr. 1/6 approx.]... 1.20 » 523- ' >, „ (N), o-o2 gm. [gr. 1/3 approx.]... 1.20 „ 511. Nuclein, 0-03 gm. [gr. 1/2 approx.] ... ... ... ... 1.20 ,, Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract (see 'Infundin,' above) „ 560. Pituitary Extract (both Lobes), o-or gm. [gr. 1/6 approx.] 1.55 » 552. „ „ „ 0.02 gm. [gr. 1/3 approx.] 1.55 >> 537- Scopolamine Hydrobromide, 0-00043 gm. [gr. 1/150 approx.], in 0-5 c.c. 1.20 >> 541- » 0-00014 gm. [gr. 1/450 approx.], in 0-5 c.c. 1.20 (See also Hyoscine, page 315) n 535- Sodium Cacodylate, 0-05 gm. [gr. 3/4 approx.], 1.00 ,, ,, ,, boxes of too, per box, § S.00 „ 54°. >> » 0-2 gm. [gr. 3 approx.], r.co ,, ,, ,, boxes of too, per box, S 8.00 >> 554- „ ■ > gr- 5 [0-324 gm. ] i.xo ,, ,, ,, boxes of too, per box, $ 9.50 ,,555- >> >. gr. 7 [0-454 gm.] 1.20 ., ,, ,, boxes of 100, per box, $ 10.25 >> 536- Strophanthin, 0-00065 gm. [gr. i/ico approx. ] ... ... 1.2c ,, 514. Strychnine Sulphate, o-oor gm. [gr. 1/64 approx.] ... ... 1.20 ,, 533; ,, ,, 0-002 gm. [gr. 1/32 approx.]... ... 1.20 Also other H ypodermic products issued under the 'Hypoloid ' Brand Fharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 316 purity ACCU RACY RELIABILITY B . W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Inhaler s- Ammonium Chloride Inhaler, ' Vaporole ' Brand (For Price and Accessories, see page 350J $ Menthol Pocket Inhaler (B. W. & Co.J ... ... ... each 0.80 ' Pinol-Eucalyptia ' Dry Inhaler (B. W. & Co.) ... ... ,, 0.80 'Kepler' Cod Liver 0 i 1- ( Trade Mark) Bottles of 4 fl. oz per bottle 0.55 „ „ 8 fl. oz. ... ... ... ... ... ... ,, ,, 0.95 „ ,,r6fl. oz. ... ... ... ... ... .. ,, u, 1.60 KEPLER' MALT PRODUCTS SPECIAL C A U T I O N .-Many attempts are made to imitate 'Kepler' Malt Products, and it is necessary to take precaution against substitution, as malt preparations vary greatly in dietetic value. Always insist on obtaining 'KEPLER' Products 'Kepler' Malt Extract and Combinations 'Kepler' Malt Extract presents all the valuable principles of the finest barley-malt in an active condition. It provides the best vehicle for the administration of cod liver oil. $ 'Kepler' Malt Extract per bottle 0.85 Ditto ditto (large bottles) ,, 1.40 Ditto with Beef and Iron ... ... ... ... ,, 1.05 Ditto with Cascara Sagrada ... ... ... ... ,, 1. 10 Ditto with Chemical Food fPhosphates Compound) ,, r.ro Ditto with Glycerophosphates... ... ... ... ., 1.10 Ditto ditto (large bottles) ... ... ... ... ,, 1.90 Ditto with Haemoglobin ... ... ... ... „ 0.90 Ditto with Hypophosphites ... ... ... ... ,, 1.10 Ditto ditto (large bottles) ... ... ... ... ,, 1.90 Ditto with Iron ... ... ... ... ... ... „ 0.90 Ditto with Iron and Quinine Citrate... ... ... ,, 1.10 Ditto with Iron Iodide ... ... ... ... .. ,, 0.90 Ditto with Iron, Quinine and Strychnine Phosphates ,, t.io Ditto with Olive Oil ... ... ... ... ... ,, 0.85 Ditto ditto (large bottles) ... ... ... ... „ 1.35 Ditto with Pepsin ... ... ... ... ... ,, 1.00 Ditto with Phosphorus ... ... ... ... ... ,, 0.00 Ditto with Yerba Santa ... ... ... ... ,, t.co Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 317 ' Kepler ' Lanoline Ophthalmic Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIS T Q F 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract- Presents the finest cod liver oil with 'Kepler' Malt Extract. The vitalising food for bone, body, brain and muscle. $ 'Kepler' Cod Liver Oil with Malt Extract per bottle 0.85 Ditto ditto (large bottles) ... ... ... ... ,, 1.40 Ditto ditto with Creosote ... ... ... ... „ 0.90 Ditto and Hypophosphites ... ... ... ... ,, i.to Ditto ditto (large bottles) ... ... ... ... ,, 1.90 Ditto and Iron Iodide ... ... ... ... ... ,, 0.90 Ditto ditto (large bottles) ... ... ... ... ,, 1.50 Ditto and Phosphorus ... ... ... ... ... ,, 0.90 Also uarious other preparations issued under the 'Kepler' Brand Lanoline, Toilet, 'Wellcome' Brand- Collapsible tubes... ... ... ... ... ... ... each 0.20 ,, >, (large) ,, 0.40 Glass jars containing 1 lb. ... ... .. ... ... ,, 2.80 ' Laxamel' (Trade Mark). A jelly-like preparation of 'Paroleine' for internal use in the treatment of constipation, etc. Large glass jars ... ... ... ... ... ... ... each 0.60 ' Lubafax ' Surgical Lubricant. (Trade Mark) Collapsible tubes containing 2 oz. ... ... each 0.50 'Menthofax' Brand Compound Methyl Salicylate Ointment, (Trade Mark) B. P.C. Tubes containing J oz. ... ... each - ' Menthofax ' Brand Compound Methyl Salicylate Oint- (Trade Mark) ment, B.P. C. Collapsible tubes ... ... each 0.45 Menthol Snuff, Compound (B.W. & Co.). Enamelled tins ... each 0.25 Mercurial Cream, Blue, 'Wellcome' Brand, containing roper cent, of metallic mercury. Bottles containing 2 oz. per bottle 1.55 (See also Calomel Cream, page 279J Mercury Salicylate Cream, without Creosote, 10 per cent., ' Wellcome ' Brand. Jars containing 2 oz. ... ... per jar 1.30 Mercury Salicylate Cream, without Creosote, 20 per cent., ' Wellcome ' Brand. Jars containing 2 oz per jar 1.30 Mercuric Potassium Iodide (see ' Soloid ' Products, page 327 ; and ' Tabloid ' Products,page 341) Mercury Succinimide Outfit (see page 305) Methanol (Pure), for use in Microscopic Staining- Hermetically-sealed glass phials, each containing 15 c.c. (approx. 1/2 fl. oz.) ... ... ... ... per phial 0.55 Glass-stoppered bottles containing 100 c.c. ... per bottle 2. ap Pharmacopaial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise slated 318 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York ' Moogrol' Brand Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaulmoogric $ (Trade Mark) Series. Bottles of 25 c.c. ... ... ... each 1.55 1 Moogrol' Brand Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaulmoogric (Trade Mark) Series. Bottles of 100 c.c. ... ... ... each 4.70 ' Moogrol' Brand Mixture of Esters of Acids of the Chaulmoogric (Trade Mark) Series. Bottles of 1 litre ... ... ... each 43.50 Mucin (in Scales). Bottles containing 1 oz. ... ... per bottle 3.90 (See also 1 Tabloid ' Mucin Compound, page 341) Nasal Attachment for 'Vaporole' Ammonium Chloride Inhaler (see page 350) 'Neostam' Brand Stibamine Glucoside- ( Trade Mark) Hermetically-sealed phials of 0-05 gm. ... ... ... ... 0.60 ,, ,, ,, o-1 gm. ... ... ... ... 0.70 ,, ,, ,, o-2 gm. ... ... ... ... 0.80 >> ,, ,, 0-5 gm, 1.35 ,> ,, >, 1 gm. 2.40 ' Nizin ' (Trade Mark)-A zinc salt of sulphanilic acid- Bottles containing 1 oz. ... ... ... ... per bottle o.;o ,, „ 4 oz. ... ... ... ... ,, 1.40 ,, ,, 16 oz. ... ... ... ... ,. 4.80 (See also ' Soloid' Brand 1 Nizin,' page tyf) Nozzles, Vulcanite, for collapsible tubes (see page 351) ' Opa' Liquid Dentifrice.-Aromatic, antiseptic and refreshing- ( Trade Mark) Bottles containing 2 Imperial fl. oz. (with sprinklers)-per bottle 0.S5 >> ,, 4 .. ,, ,, 1-50 OPHTHALMIC products TRADt MARK TABLOID' AND ' S O L O I D ' MARK BRA N DS The words 'Tabloid' and 'Soloid' are trade marks or brands 'Tabloid' Ophthalmic products are minute in size, and as thin as notepaper ; they contain exact quantities of pure drugs, prepared with a perfectly innocuous and rapidly soluble basis. In prescribing or ordering-, it will be sufficient to quote the distinguishing- letter; for instance-" li 'Tabloid' Brand Ophthalmic 'T.'" 'TABLOID' BRAND Per tube of 25 : (Ophthalmic) - S „ T Alum ... ... ... ... gr. 1/250 [p,-ooo26 gm.] ... 0.40 ,, x Atropine Sulphate ... ... gr. 1/600 [o-ooon gm.] ... 0.40 „ a ,, ,, ... ... gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm-] ... 0.40 B / Atropine Hydrobromide ... gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.] ] 0 " ]_Cocaine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.] J ' ' J Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 319 Ophthalmic Products Pastilles Photographic remember the trade marks PRICE LIST OF Ophthalmic Products (continued) 'TABLOID' BRAND (Ophthalmic) - Per tube „ aa Cocaine Hydrochloride (N) ... gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm.] ... 0.50 „ c * „ „ (N) ... gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] ... 0.50 ,, Dionin (see Ethyl-Morphine Hydrochloride, below} „ AC X l Epinine ' Hydrochloride ... 0-0075 gm. [gr. 1/9 approx.] 0.40 ( Trade Mark) „ ah Ethyl-Morphine Hydrochloride (N) 0-0005 gm. [gr. 1/130 approx.] ... 0.50 ,, ag * „ „ „ (N) 0-005 gm. [gr- 1/13 approx.] ... 0.50 „ y *Euphthalmine Hydrochloride gr. 1/40 [o-ooi6gm.] ... 0.40 ,, z *Fluorescein ... ... ■ ■■ gr. 1/250 [0-00026 gm.] ... 0.40 ,, H Homatropine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/400 [o-cocr6 gm.] ... 0.40 ,, E * „ „ ... gr. 1/40 [o-ooi6gm.] ... 0.40 Homatropine Hydrochloride .. gr. 1/240 [0-00027 gm.] | " (Cocaine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/24 [0-0027 gm. ] j J°-5° Homatropine Hydrochloride... gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm.J ] " " ( Cocaine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm. ]/ ' -'o,5° ,, u Hyoscine Hydrobromide ... gr. 1/600 [c-ooongm.] ... 0.40 ,, ad Physostigmine Salicylate ... gr. 1/4000 [0-000016 gm.] ... 0.40 ,, GG ,, ,, ... gr. 1/2000 [0-000032 gm. J ... c.40 ,, F ,, ,, gr. 1/600 [000011 gm.] ... 0.40 ,, ae Pilocarpine Nitrate ... ... gr. 1/3000 [0-000022 gm.] ... 0.40 ,, K ,, ,, ... ... gr. 1/400 [o-ocoi6gm.] ... 0.40 J Pilocarpine Nitrate ... ... gr. 1/500 [0-00013 gm.] \ " (Cocaine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.]) '°'50 ,, Scopolamine (see Hyoscine, above) ,, r Zinc Sulphate ... ... ... gr. 1/250 [0-00026 gm.] ... 0.40 * / Zinc Sulphate ... ... gr. 1/250 [0-00026 gm.] 1 , " (Cocaine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/20 [00032 gm.]] ■ 0-5 Also other Ophthalmic Products issued under the 'Tabloid' Brand 'SOLO1D' BRAND (Op h t h a 1 m i c ) - Per tube ,, j Corrosive Sublimate (Hydrarg. Chlor. Corrosiv.), $ gr. t/1000 [0-000065 gnl-] 0.40 ,, af *Zinc Sulphate Compound ... ... ... ... ... 0.50 For other ' Soloid' products suitable for Ophthalmic use, see pages 325-328 'Paroleine' Brand Liquid Paraffin-An odourless, colourless, ( Trade Mark) tasteless and perfectly stable oil- Bottles containing 4 fl. oz. ... ... ... per bottle 0.50 ,, ,, 1 lb. (18 fl. oz.) ... ... ,, 1.00 ' Paroleine ' Atomisers (see Atomisers, page 278) 'Paroleine' Spray Compound Amber-coloured bottles containing 1 fl. oz. ... per bottle 0.35 ,, ,, ,, r6 fl. oz. ,, 3. T 5 * Tubes of 12. Others in tubes of 25 Pharmacopoeia! preparations are U. S. P. unless otherwise stated 320 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Prices in Neiv York B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS PASTILLES. 'TABLOID' BRAND The word 'Tabloid' is a trade mark or brand 'Tabloid Brand Pastilles embody the latest investigations as to the best means of applying certain medicaments to the throat, and are also very suitable as a method of administration for drugs intended to produce a general effect. They are made by skilled pharmacists, and are pure, palatable and accurate. aiatauie ami accuraie. In boxes of 2 sizes Per box No. $ $ 18. Laxative Fruit [ = Extract of Senna Fruit, gr. 5] 0.70 1.40 io. Lemon Juice ... 0.60 1.20 20. Pectoral 0.60 1.20 19. Pine Tar Compound 0.60 - Also various other Pastilles issued under the 'Tabloid' Brand 'Phenofax' {Trade Mark) Brand Carbolic Acid Ointment- Presents 3 per cent, of pure Phenol in a bland basis- S Glass pots each 0.40 PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS 'TABLOID' BRAND- $ Camera ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... each 9.30 PH OTOG RAPH IC PRODUCTS, TABLOID ' BRAND 'Tabloid' Photographic Chemicals are more convenient than ordinary chemicals. Their superior quality and accurate weight ensure the best results, whilst they entirely obviate the trouble of weighing small quantities, and the disappointments occasioned by the deterioration of stock solutions. The word 'Tabloid' is a trade mark or brand I)e ve I opers Packed in cartons, each containing the 'Tabloid' Reducing Agent and the 'Tabloid' Accelerator specially prepared for use with that Reducing Agent. 'TABLOID' brand (Photographic) - $ ,, ' Rytol '(Trade Mark) Universal Developer ... per carton 0.60 ,, 'Tancol' (Trade Mark) Developer ... ... ,, 0.60 „ Amidol Developer ... ... ... ... ... ,, 0.60 „ Hydroquinone (Quinol) Developer ... ... „ 0.60 „ Metol Developer ... ... ... ... ... ,, 0.60 „ Metol-Quinol Developer ... ... ... ... „ 0.60 ,, Pyro-Metol Developer (Imperial Standard Formula) ,, 0.60 „ Pyro-Soda Developer (Ilford Formula) ... ... „ 0.60 Note.-In addition to the complete Developers as above,' Tabloid' Brand ' Rytol,' 'Tancol,' Amidol, Hydroquinone, Metol, Metol-Quinol, Pyro-Metol and Pyro-Soda are supplied without their respective Accelerators, in bottles or tubes, at § 0-45 per tube, and the Accelerators only, in bottles, at $ 0.30 per bottle. Telephone Number-Vanderbilt 2070 " 321 Photographic Products. ' Tabloid ' and ' Soloid ' REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Photographic Products (continued.) 'TABLOID' BRAND (Photographic)- Desensitiser $ ,, Desensitiser ... ... ... ... tubes of 25, per tube 0.60 ' Tabloid' Chromium Intensifier gives as great intensification in one application as any formula containing highly-poisonous mercury salts. It intensifies bromide prints as well as negatives and lantern slides. Intensifiers 'TABLOID' BRAND (P holographic)- $ „ Chromium Intensifier per bottle of 25 0.35 „ Mercuric Iodide and Sodium Sulphite ... per tube of 15 0.45 Toners 'Tabloid' Sepia Toner provides the most effective method of producing rich brown tones on bromide papers and lantern slides without the disadvantages usually associated with sulphide toning. 'Tabloid' Blue Toner tones bromide and gaslight prints and lantern slides a pleasing blue colour, specially suitable for marine and some still-life subjects ; and 'Tabloid' Green Toner similarly yields a green colour, which may be slightly varied to suit the subject. 'TABLOID' BRAND (Photograph: c)- $ „ Sepia Toner (For bromide prints and lantern slides), per carton 0.70 Each carton contains two tubes-12 products in each ,, Bleaching Compound ... ... ... ... per tube of 12 0.30 ,, Blue Toner (for bromide prints, gaslight prints and lantern slides) ... ... ... ... ... per carton 0.70 Each carton contains two tubes-12 products in each „ Brown Toner (for modifying sepia prints) per bottle of 22 0.70 „ Copper Ferrocyanide Toning Compound (for bromide prints and lantern slides) ... ... ... per tube of 15 0.50 „ Green Toner (for bromide prints, gaslight prints and lantern slides) ... ... ... ... ... per carton 0.70 Each carton contains two tubes-12 products in each. „ Platinum Toning Compound (for matt P.O. P.) per tube of 9 1.40 „ Sulphiding Compound... ... ... ... ... ,, 12 0.40 „*Gold Chloride, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.], with Sulpho- cyanide Compound (b 6) ... per carton 0.7c ,,KGold Chloride, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.], with Thiosulphate Compound {Combined Bath) (b io) ... ... ,, 0.70 * For convenience, the above formulae may be ordered by their numbers, thus : ' Tabloid ' Gold Toning B 6 or B 10. The products in each carton will make six toning baths of 5 to xo ounces or more each. Cables and Radio/clegrams-" Tabloid, New York" 322 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. A N D CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Photographic Products (continued) Accessories 'TABLOID' BRAND - (Photographic)- „ Alkali- $ ' Tabloid ' Sodium Carbonate, gr. 44 [2-852 gm.] per bottle of 22 0.35 „ Density Reducers- 'Tabloid' Ammonium Persulphate, gr. 11 [0-713 gm.] per tube of 15 0.35 ' Tabloid ' Potassium Ferricyanide, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] per tube of 22 0.35 ,, Fixer- 'Tabloid' Sodium Thiosulphate (Hypo.), Dried, gr. 28-5 [1-846 gm.]. Each represents gr. 44 of crystal hypo ... ... ... ... per bottle of 25 0.45 ,, Hardener- 'Tabloid Alum, gr. 10 [0-64 gm.] ... per bottle of 30 c.35 ,, Hardener and Clearer- ' Tabloid ' Alum and Citric Acid Compound per bottle of 25 0.35 „ Preservatives- ' Tabloid ' Potassium Metabisulphite, gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] per bottle of 25 0.45 ' Tabloid ' Sodium Sulphite, Dried, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] per bottle of 50 0.35 Each represents gr. 10 of ordinary Sodium Sulphite crystals „ Restrainers- ' Tabloid ' Ammonium Bromide, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] per tube of 30 0.35 'Tabloid' Potassium Bromide, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ,, 30 0.35 ' Tabloid ' Sodium Citrate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ,, 25 0.35 ,, Sensitiser {for carbon tissue, etc.}- 'Tabloid' Potassium Ammonium Chromate, gr. 24 [1-555 gm.] per tube of 6 0.35 For Direct Colour Photography 'TABLOID' BRAND (Photographic)- $ ,, Reversing Compound per tube of 15 0.65 „ Colour Plate Intensifier ... ... ... ... per carton 0.70 Also other Photographic Products issued under the 'Tabloid' Brand 'SOLO ID' BRAND (Photographic) - Photographic Stains, ' S o 1 o i d ' Brand s ,, Photographic Stains (Green, Red and Yellow), each colour per tube of 6 o. 30 Telephone Number-"Vanderbilt 2070" 323 Photographic Products, Tabloid' brand REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Photographic Exposure Calculator, Handbook and Diary, 192 7, 'Wellcome' This pocket encyclopedia provides a complete, compact guide and reference book for photographers. It contains a mechanical Calculator which, by a single scale, indicates correct exposure under any conditions. Ruled pages for recording exposures, etc., memoranda and diary pages. Also numerous useful articles and tables. Editions are issued annually suitable for United States of America; Northern Hemisphere and Tropics, for all countries (other than the U.S.A.) between the Arctic Circle and the Tropic of Capricorn (about 20° S.) ; and Southern Hemisphere and Tropics, for all countries south of the Tropic of Cancer (about 2OQ N.) 5 Bound in Red Cloth with Wallet and Pencil ... ... each 0.75 Photographic Outfits, 'Tabloid' Brand Complete, compact outfits for developing and fixing plates, films, bromide or gaslight papers, and for toning and fixing P.O. P. Photographic Outfit, 'Tabloid' Brand, No. 905 Measurements: 4 X 4 X 2-1/8 in. Standard contents. 'Tabloid' 'Rytol' Universal Developer, ' Tabloid ' Sodium Thiosulphate (Hypo), 'Tabloid Chromium Intensifier, 'Tabloid' Gold Chloride with Thiosulphate Compound (Combined Bath), and 'Tabloid' Sepia Toner. (Contents may be varied to order.) Royal Blue, Imperial Green or Bright Scarlet Enamelled $ Metal... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... each 3.90 When ordering, please specify colours required Photographic Outfit, 'Tabloid' Brand, No. 906 Measurements; 8-3/4 * 4-J/8 x 2 Contains a supply of 'Tabloid' 'Rytol' Developer, 'Tabloid' Hypo, 'Tabloid' Sepia Toner, 'Tabloid' Alum and Citric Acid Compound, 'Tabloid' Metol-Quinol Developer, 'Tabloid' Chromium Intensifier, ' Tabloid ' Copper Ferrocyanide Toning Compound, 'Tabloid' Potassium Bromide, gr. 1, and a copy of the ' Wellcome ' Photographic Exposure Calculator, Handbook and Diary. Metal Case, japanned black or aluminium-bronzed outside, $ enamelled white inside... ... ... ... ... each 7.60 ' Pinol' ( Trade Mark). The Volatile Oil of Pinus pumilio- Bottles of 1/2 Imperial fl. oz ... ... each 0.80 ,, 1 Imperial fl. oz. ... ... ... ... ,, 1.30 Pituitary (Infundibular) Extract (sec ' Hypoloid ' ' Infundin,' page 316) Saline Solutions for Intravenous Injection (see pages 326, 327 and 328) IV/ien ordering, please specify colours required Cables and Radiotelegrams-" Tabloid, Neto York " 324 PURITY: ACCU RACY RELIABIUI-T'Y B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Sanitary Towels, Compressed 'Tabloid' Brand- Compressed Sanitary Towels were originated and introduced by Burroughs Wellcome & Co. 'Tabloid' Compressed Sanitary Towels are made of materials of exceptional quality specially adapted for the purpose. The delicate texture of these towels ensures to the user perfect freedom from the slightest sense of discomfort. Their highly absorbent properties are particularly noteworthy. Compact, portable, convenient. Issued in four sizes, No. 4 being the largest- No. i, in cartons of one dozen towels ... ... per carton 1.55 No. 1 „ ,, „ „ ... ... „ 1.70 No. 3 „ „ „ „ „ 1.95 No. 4 „ „ „ „ „ 2.30 ' Saxin' (Trade Mark) (see 'Tabloid' Brand 'Saxin,'page 345) Serum Syringes, Needles, etc. (see Hypodermic Apparatus, pages 304-310) Sewage and Water Analysis Case, ' Soloid ' Brand, No. 502 (see page 298) ' Sketofax ' Brand Antiseptic Cream- $ (had, Maik) Collapsible tubes each 0.35 ' Soamin ' (Trade Mark) (Sodium ^-Aminophenylarsinate)- Bottles of 5 gm. (gr. 77) per bottle 1.30 » 25 gm-(gr-386) ,, 4.40 (See also ' Tabloid ' Brand ' Soamin,'page 345) TRADE HARK The word 'SOLOID' is a trade mark or brand 'SOLOID' brand PRODUCTS The series of ' S O LO I D ' Brand products provides reliable antiseptics, astringents and anaesthetics ; also convenient and accurate means of preparing stains for microscopic work, culture media for bacteriological work, and test solutions for water, sewage and urinalysis. Their portability, activity, accuracy in dosage and ready solubility, render them preferable to stock solutions. Trade Mark ' S O L O I D ' BRAND - Per bottle of 25 : Per bottle of 100: Per bottle of 500 ,, Alkaline Compound {seepage 327) $ $ „ Alum.gr. 10 [0048 gm.] - 0-65 3-co „ Alum and Zinc Sulphate 0.60 - 8.50 Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 325 'Brand' Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF ' S O LO I D ' BRAND - Per hottie of 25: $ Per bottle ofiog : Per bottle of 500: „ Alum and Zinc Compound, Strong ... 0.65 9-5° „ Antimony Tartrate Compound, No. i 0.70 „ » „ ,, No. 2 0.65 ,, Antiseptic and Alkaline Compound (seepage 327) „ Argyrol, gr. 1 [0-065 gm], tubes of 12, per tube, $0-35 „ Argyrol, gr. 5-45 [0-353 gm.], tubes of 6, per tube, $ 0.65 ., Atropine Sulphate, gr. 0-545 [°'°353 gm.], tubes of 6, per tube, § 0.80 One in one drachm of water = 1 in 100 solution (approx.) „ Benzamine (see Eucaine, page 327) ,, Black Ink... 0.40 „ Black Lotion (sec Mercurial Compound, page yip} „ Boric Acid, gr. 6 [0-389 gm.] (Scented with Otto of Rose)... o-35 4-3° ,, Boric Acid, gr. 15 [0-972 gm.] (Unscented), bottles of 50 per bottle, $ 0.45 - 2.90 ,, Boric Acid and Zinc Sulphate (Scented with Otto of Rose)... 0.40 5-3° „ Calcium Chloride Compound (for the preparation of hypertonic saline solutions), tubes of 12, per tube, $ 0.35 ,, Carbolic Acid (Phenol), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.], tubes of 25, per tube, §0.50 „ „ ,, ,, gr. 20 [1-296 gm.], tubes of 12, per tube, S 0.50 • > „ » gr. 60 [3-89 gm.], tubes of 6, per tube, § 0.55 Melting-point of Phenol employed for ' Soloid ' Carbolic Acid, 1040 F. (400 C.) ., Cocaine Hydrochloride (N), gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] 4.00 17.80 per tube of 25, § 1.15 „ ,, „ (N) gr. 1 [0-065 gm-], tubes - 6.00 27.00 of 25, per tube, $ 1.90 ,, „ „ (N) gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 7.80 130.00 ,, Corrosive Sublimate, gr. 1/1000 [0-000065 gm.] (Ophthalmic) (see page 320) „ Corrosive Sublimate (Hydrarg. Chlor. Cor- rosiv.), gr. 7-3 [0-473 gm.] 0-35 1.10 4.80 Pharmacopceial preparations are U. S. P. unless otherwise stated 326 PURITY ACCU RACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New Yorh Per bottle Per bottle Per bottle 'SOLOID' BRAND- of 25 : of 100 of 500 „ Eucaine Hydrochloride, gr. i [0-065 gm.], tubes of 25, per tube $ 0.80 $ $ „ „ „ gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 3.10 - - ,, Eucaine Lactate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ... „ 1 Eucalyptia ' Compound (see below) „ Homatropine Hydrobromide, gr.o-545 [o-o353gm. ], tubes of 6, per tube, § 1-40 „ Homatropine and Cocaine (N), tubes of 6, per tube, § 2.00 0.80 „ Lead and Opium (N) 0.40 - 5-3° ,, Lead Subacetate, gr. 11-5 [0-745 gm.] „ Mercurial Compound (for the preparation of °-35 - 4-3° Black Lotion) 0.60 - 8.50 „ Mercuric Potassium Iodide, gr. 1-825 [o-n8 gm.] - 1.20 5-30 „ gr-7'3 [°'473 gm.] ,, Nasal- 1.00 3-4° 15-25 ,, ,, Alkaline Compound o-35 1.00 4-40 ,. ,, Antiseptic and Alkaline Compound o-35 1.00 4.40 „ ,, ' Eucalyptia ' Compound 0.40 1.20 5-30 ,, ,, Phenol Compound ... 0.40 ■- 5-3° ,, „ Sodium Bicarbonate Compound ,, ,, Sodium Bicarbonate Compound, 0.30 0.80 3.60 Saccharated 0.35 1.00 4-4° „ Naso-Phayrngeal Compound (N) 0.60 1.90 8.50 ,, Naso-Pharyngeal (Eucaine) Compound (N)... o-45 1 *35 6.10 „ ' Nizin' (Trade Mark), gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] - 0.50 2.20 ,, „ „ „ gr. 20 [1-296 gm.] A zinc salt of sulphanilic acid o-95 - - ,, Paraform, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Phenol Compound (see above) __ t. 00 4-40 „ Potassium Iodide and Starch (See also ' Tabloid ' Water Steriliser, page 348) o-55 - 7.60 ,, Potassium Permanganate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] - o.35 r-45 gr- 5 [0-324 gm,.] 0.30 0.80 3-5° „ Potassium Permanganate and Alum , Quinine and Urea Hydrochloride, 0-05 gm., - 1.00 4-4° tubes of 25, per tube, $0.50 - i-45 6.60 „ „ „ „ o-5 gm i-95 6.80 3O.5O ,, Saline Compound, No. 2, tubes of 12, per tube,$0.35 - - 7.60 ,, Scarlet Ink „ Silver Nitrate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.], tubes 0(25, 0.25 - - per tube, §0.40 - 1.20 5-3° „ „ „ gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 1.20 4.10 18.5c Pharmacopaial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 327 ' Soloid' Brand Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Per bottle of 25 : Per bottle of too : Per bottle of 500 : ' S O L 0 1 D ' BRAND - ? 5 $ ,, Sodium Bicarbonate, gr. 44 [2-85 gm.] 0.60 - - ,, Sodium Bicarbonate Compound (seepage 327) Sodium Bicarbonate Compound (Saccharated) (see Nasal,page 327) „ Sodium Chloride, gr. 32 [2-1 gm.], tubes of 12 per tube, $ 0.30 ,, „ „ gr. 64 [4-15 gm.], tubes of 6, per tube, $ 0.30 ,, 'Tolamine' (Trade Mark), gr. 8-7j[o-567 gm.] „ „ » „ gr. 87-5 [5-67 gm.], tubes of 10, per tube, § t. 55 ,, Zinc Chloride (prepared with Ammonium Chloride as a vehicle), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] o-55 ,, Zinc Permanganate, gr. 1/8 [0-008 gm.] ... - 0.90 4.00 ,, Zinc Sulphate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] - 0.30 1.3° „ „ „ gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] - o-55 2. 40 ,, Zinc Sulphate Compound (Ophthalmic) (see page 320) " Zinc Sulphocarbolate (Phenolsulphonate), gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] 0.40 '■75 ,, „ • „ gr. 10 [0-648 gm.]... - 0.90 4.00 Also various other products issued under the 'Soloid' Brand FOR IONIC MEDICATION ' SO L O I I) ' B R A N D- Per bottle of 25 : $ „ Copper Sulphate, gr. 4-37 (0-283 gm.] 0.40 ,, Lithium Sulphate, gr. 4-37 [0-283 gm.] ... ... ... ... o.6o ,, Magnesium Sulphate, gr. 4-37 [0-283 gm.] ••• ... ... 0.40 ,, Mercury Succinimde, gr. 4-37 [0-283 gm.] 1.40 „ Potassium Iodide, gr. 4-37 [0-283 gm.] 0.60 „ Quinine Bisulphate, gr. 4-37 [0-283 gm.] 0.70 „ Sodium Chloride, gr. 4-37 [0-283 gm.] 0.40 „ Sodium Salicylate {Physiologically Pure), gr. 4-37 [0-283 gm.]... 0.40 „ Zinc Sulphate, gr. 4-37 [0-283 gm.] 0.40 FOR URINALYSIS 'SOLOID' BRAND - Per tube of 20 ; $ ,, Benedict Test, cartons of 24 per carton, $ 0.60 „ Citric Acid, gr. 1 [0-065 g'"-] 0.4c ,, Fehling Test, for preparing Fehling Solution, cartons of 24, per carton, § 0.60 ,, Indigo Test for Sugar (Sodium Nitrophenylpropiolate), gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.[ 0.8c „ Picric Acid, gr. 1 [0-065 g™-] 0.40 „ Potassium Ferrocyanide, gr. 1 [0-065 gm-l 0.6c ,, Salicyl-Sulphonic Acid, gr. 2 [0-13gm.], tubes of 16, per tube, $ 0.40 Also various other products issued under the 'Soioid' Brand Pharmacopaial -preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 328 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY Prices in New York B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS FOR WATER ANALYSIS Per package of 25 : $ „ Aluminium Sulphide, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2] ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Ammonium Chloride, 0-00016 gm. [gr. 1/400] ... ... ... c.40 ,, Lead Acetate, 0-0184 gm. [gr. 3/10] 0.40 ,, w Phenylenediamine Sulphate, o-or gm. [gr. 1/6] ... ... c.40 ,, Nessler Solution, in hermetically-sealed glass capsules Boxes of 30 capsules, each containing 0-5 c.c. ... per box, $ 3.00 ,, 24 ,, ,, ,, 2 c.c. ... ,, $3.30 ,, Oxalic Acid, c-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2] ... ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Potassium Chromate, 0-0065 gm. [gr. 1/10] ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Potassium Ferrocyanide, 0-013 gm. [gr. 1/5] ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Potassium Nitrate, 0-00144 gm. [gr. 1/45] ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Potassium Permanganate, 0-00395 gm. [gr. r/i6] ... ... 0.40 ,, Silver Nitrate, 0-0096 gm. [gr. 3/20] ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Soap ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Sodium Acid Sulphate, 0-324 gm. [gr. 5] ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Zinc Dust, 0-13 gm. [gr. 2] 0.40 'SOLOID' brand - FOR SEWAGE ANALYSIS 'SOLOID' BRAND- Per package of 25 : $ „ Oxalic Acid, 0-0079 gm. [gr. i/S] ... ... ... ... ... 0.40 „ Potassium Permanganate, 0-00395 gm. [gr. 1/16] ... ... 0.40 ,, Pyrogallic Acid, 0-032 gm. [gr. 1/2] ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Sodium Hydroxide, 0-13 gm. [gr. 2] ... ... ... ... 0.60 'SOLOID' BRAND - „ * Indigo-Carmine „ * Lacmoid ,, * Methyl Orange TEST INDICATORS ' S O L O I D ' BRAND- ,, * Phenolphthalein ,, * Rosolic Acid ,, Starch, 0-5 gm. Tubes of io ... ... ... per tube, $0.40 * One dissolved in io c.c. of solvent forms an indicator of the terminations of reactions in volumetric analysis, etc. MICROSCOPIC STAINS Per tube of 6 : 'SOLOID' BRAND- $ ,, Bismarck Brown, pure, o-r gm. [gr. 1-1/2] ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Borax Methylene Blue ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Ehrlich Triple Stain ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.60 ,, Eosin, pure, o-rgm.[gr. 1-1/2J ... 0.40 ,, Eosin-Az.ur (for Giemsa staining), 0-038 gm. 0.60 ,, Eosin-Methylene Blue (Louis Jenner Stain), 0-05 gm. ... ... 0.40 ,, Fuchsine (Basic), pure, o-1 gm. [gr. 1-1/2] 0.40 Pharmacopeeial preparations are USS-P. unless otherwise stated 329 ' Soloid ' Products Strophanthus REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF MICROSCOPIC STAINS (continued) ' S O L O 1 D ' BRAND - Per tube of 6 : $ ,, Gentian Violet, pure,o-ig.m. [gr. 1-1/2] ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Gram Iodine Solution, 15C.C. ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Haemalum ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.40 „ Haematoxylin, pure, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2] ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Methyl Violet, pure, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2] ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Methylene Blue, pure, o-1 gm. [gr. 1-1/2] 0.40 ,, Neutral Red, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2] 0.40 „ Romanowsky Stain (Leishman Powder), 0-015 gm. ... ... 0.40 ,, ,, ,, (Wright Modification), 0-015 gm. ... ... 0.40 ,, Thionin Blue, pure, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2] 0.40 ,, Tolson Blood Fluid ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.40 ,, Toluidine Blue, o-i gm. [gr. 1-1/2] ... ... ... ... ... 0-40 Methanol (Pure) (see past 518) ' S O L O I D ' BRAND- Per tube of 6 : $ ,, Bile Salt Agar-Agar (MacConkey) 0.60 ,, Nutrient Agar-Agar ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 0.60 ,, Nutrient Broth 0.60 CULTURE MEDIA Splint Outfit, 'Tabloid' Bran d- A compact reliable equipment answering in the minutest details the requirements of practitioners. It consists of four narrow and four broader metal sheets, each with its two opposite edges raised and grooved in such a manner that the end of one splint can be slid into that of another. Special wrist and foot attach- ments are contained in each Outfit. $ Complete in Cardboard box ... each 9.30 ,, Japanned Metal box ... ... ... ... ,, 13.25 Strophanthin, 1 Hypoloid ' Brand (see 'Hypoloid' Products, page 316) Strophanthus, 1 Tabloid' Brand (seepage 346) Strophanthus Tincture (B. W. & Co.)- (P hysiologically Standardised, Wellcome Physiological Research Laboratories ) Prepared in accordance with the United States Pharmacopoeia (Tenth Revision) from carefully-selected strophanthus seeds. $ Bottles containing t fl. oz. ... per bottle 0.45 ,, „ 4 fl. oz ... ,, 1.65 ,, ,, 8 fl. oz. ... ... ... ... ,, 3.00 ,, ,, 16 fl. oz. ... ... ... ... ,, 5.50 Suppositories, 'Enule' (see pages 301 and 302; and ' Hazeline ' Suppositories, page 304) Syringes, Dental, Hypodermic, Serum and Tuberculin (seepages 304-306) Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 330 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York TRADE MARK 'TABLOID' BRAND PRODUCTS The word 'TABLOID' is a trade mark or brand. The sale of articles of any other manufacture, when the word 'Tabloid' is used in ordering, is an infringement and unlawful 'Tabloid' Brand products, the excellence and the advantages of which are so universally recognised, are prepared under the supervision of specially-trained and qualified druggists and pharmacists of many years' experience. They contain only the finest drugs, so that therapeutic activity is secured ; they are accurate in dosage, are readily carried, and keep well in any climate. For the convenience of the Medical Profession, the preparation of private formulae of medical men, of drugs and combinations of drugs, is undertaken, provided the formulae are suitable for issue as compressed products. Plain, in quantities of 1000 and upwards ; sugar-coated, in quantities of 5000 and upwards. N.B.-When ordering, the greatest care should be exercised to specify the 'Tabloid' Brand. Many, moreover, adopt the extra safeguard of adding the initials "B.W. & Co." or the full name 'Burroughs Wellcome & Co." Any cases of substitution should be reported. 'Tabloid Brand Products are supplied plain (where both are listed) unless sugar-coated is soeciallv mentioned when ordering. Per bottle of 25: Per bottle of 100: Per bottle of 500: TABLOID' BRAND - $ $ § Acetanilide (sec Antifebrin, page 332] „ Acetphenetidin, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.35 0.95 4-30 Acetphenetidin Compound 0.40 I.2O 5-3° ,, Acetphenetidin and Quinine Compound - 1.10 5-oo „ Acetphenetidin and Salol ,, Acetylsalicylic Acid (see 'Empirin,' 0.35 o-95 4-3° page 337) „ Aconite, each containing the solid in- gredients of Tincture of Aconite min. 1 [0-06 c.c.] ,, Aconite, each containing the solid in- - 0.50 2.20 gredients of Tincture of Aconite, min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] - 0.50 2.20 ,, Aloe and Iron, sugar-coated - 0.55 2.50 „ Aloe and Myrrh,plain or sugar-coated ... - o-55 2.50 „ Aloin, gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm-] - 0.40 i-75 ,, „ gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.], sugar-coated 0.25 0.60 2.70 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 331 ' Tabloid ' Brand Products REMEMSER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Per Per Per TABLOID' BRAND- bottle of 25 : 5 bottle of 100: bottle of 500: $ „ Aloin Compound, plain or sugar-coated 0.18 0.50 2.20 „ Ammoniated Quinine, sugar-coated o-55 1.70 7.60 „ Ammoniated Quinine with Cinnamon (Cap- sule), boxes of 25 ... per box § 0.70 ,, Ammonium Bromide, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.50 2.20 ,, Ammonium Carbonate, gr. 3 [0-194gm.] - 0.60 2.70 „ Ammonium Chloride, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 „ Ammonium Chloride and Licorice ... 0.25 0.60 2.70 „ Ammonium Chloride Compound 0.35 1.00 4-40 „ Aniline Dyes (see Green, page 337 and Violet, page 348) „ Antifebrin (.Acetanilide), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.35 1.00 4-40 „ Antifebrin Compound - 1.20 5.30 „ Antimony Compound Pill (Plummer Pill), N.F., gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] 0.35 I.OO 4-4° „ Antimony and Potassium Tartrate (Tartar Emetic), gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm-l - 0.50 2.20 ,, Antipyrine (Phenazone), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.40 1.20 5-30 ,, Antipyrine Compound 0.40 1.20 5-30 „ 'Aoi' (Trade Mark), 0-3 gm. [gr. 4-1/2] (Capsule), boxes of 50, per box, $ 1.75 A derivative of Santalum album ,, Arsenic Trioxide (Arsenous Acid), gr. 1/too [0-00065 gm.] 0.50 2.20 ,, ,, ,, gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm.] - 0.50 2.20 „ ,, ,, gr. r/zo [0-0032 gm.] - 0.50 2.20 „ Arsenical Compound, sugar-coated - 0.55 2.50 „ Arsenous Iodide and Mercuric Iodide - 0.60 2.70 „ Asafetida and Opium Compound (N) - i-3o 5-7o ,, Atropine Sulphate, 0-0005 gm. [gr. 1/130]... 0.30 - 4.00 ,, Belladonna Extract, each containing the solid ingredients of Tincture of Bella- donna Leaves, min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] - 0.35 t-45 ,, Benzoic Acid, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 2.40 to.50 ,, Benzo-naphthol, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ... - 1.40 6.10 ,, Beta-naphthol, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] - 0.70 3-io ,, Beta-naphthol Compound, gelatin-coated... 0.40 1.20 5-30 „ Bismuth Beta-naphtholate Compound (N)... - 1.30 5-7° ,, Bismuth Subcarbonate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ... 0.50 t-45 6.60 ,, Bismuth Subsalicylate (physiologically pure), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.60 1.90 8.50 „ Bismuth Subgallate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.60 1.90 8.50 „ Bismuth Subnitrate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.50 i-45 6.60 „ ,, ,, gr. to [0-648 gm.] - t-95 8.80 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 332 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Per Per Per bottle bottle bottle 'TABLOID' BRAN D- of 25 : of 100: of 500 ,, Bismuth and Dover Powder (N) $ s - 0.80 3.60 „ Bismuth and Soda - 0.80 3-50 „ Bismuth Subsantonate Compound Made "With a Chocolate basis 7.00 26.75 H7-75 „ Bismuth, Rhubarb and Soda „ Blaud (Pil. Ferrugin), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.], representing 20% of Ferrous Carbonate, 0.40 1.20 5-3° sugar-coated „ Blaud (Pil. Ferrugin.), gr. 10 [0-648 gm.], representing 20% of Ferrous Carbonate, - 0.35 i-45 sugar-coated - 0.40 1.80 „ Blaud Pill and Aloin, sugar-coated „ Blaud Pill and Arsenic, sugar-coated ... ,, Blaud Pill, Arsenic and Strychnine, - 0.45 0.40 2.10 1.65 sugar-coated... 0.50 0.40 „ Blaud Pill and Cascara, sugar-coated ... ,, Blaud Pill, Nux Vomica and Cascara, - 2.20 1.65 sugar-coated „ Blaud Pill Compound, sugar-coated - 0.50 0.50 2.20 „ Blaud Pill Compound (half strength') sugar-coated... - 0.50 2.20 » Blue Pill, gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] 0.30 0.80 3-50 ,, Blue Pill, Colocynth and Hyoscyamus o-35 0.95 4.30 ,, Blue Pill and Rhubarb Compound ... 0.80 3.60 ,, Blue Pili, Squill and Digitalis,sugar-coated „ Bone Medulla, gr. 5 [0-324 gm. [ (Capsule). - 0.80 3-50 boxes 0(50 per box $ 1-40 ,, Borax (Sodium Borate), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.]... 0.20 0.50 2.20 „ Boric Acid, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Bromides Compound (see Sodium Bromide - 0.50 2.20 Compound, page 383, and Three Bromides, Effervescent,^^ 347) ,, Butyl-Chloral Hydrate and Gelsemine 0.55 i-75 7.80 „ Caffeine, Citrated, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ,, Caffeine Compound - 1.20 5-3° (see Antipyrine Compound, page 370) ,, Calcium Carbonate Compound ,, Calcium Iodo-ricinoleate, 0.35 0.95 4-3° (see ' lodicin,'page 339) ,, Calcium Lactate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Calcium Sulphide, gr. r/to [0-0065 gm.], 0.30 0.80 3.60 su oar-coated - 0.40 r-75 » » >, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] ,, - 0.40 1-75 » >> » gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] „ - 0.50 2.20 » >> gr- 1 [0-065 gm-] „ - 0.60 2.70 ' Tabloid ' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described. Phannacopwialpreparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 333 Tabloid ' BranJ Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Per bottle of 25: Per bottle of 100: Per bottle of 500 •TABLOID BRAND - „ Calomel (Hydrarg. Chlor. Mit.), 5 ? $ gr. r/io [0-0065 gm. - 0.30 1.20 „ „ „ gr- 1/6 [o-ongm.] - 0.30 1.20 „ „ „ gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm. ] - 0.30 1.20 „ „ „ gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] - 0.30 1.20 „ ,, ,, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] - o-35 1-45 „ „ „ gr- 2 [0-13 gm.] - 0.50 2.20 „ „ gr-3 [0-194 gm.] - o-55 2.4O „ „ » gr- 5 [0-324 gm.] Prepared with pure sublimed mercurous chloride. Calomel, Rhubarb and Colocynth 0.65 2.90 Compound, plain or sugar-coated „ Calomel, Rhubarb and Colocynth 0.40 1.20 5-30 Compound (half-strength) - 0.85 3-8o „ Calomel and Creosote - 0.60 2.70 „ Calomel and Jalap „ Calomel and Piperine, of each, - 0.55 2.40 gr.1/2 [0-032 gm.] ,, Calomel, gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.], and Sodium - 0.90 4.00 Bicarbonate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ... ,, Calomel, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.], and Sodium 0.16 0.40 1.80 Bicarbonate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] „ Calomel, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm. |, and Sodium 0.16 0.40 1.80 Bicarbonate, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] „ Calomel, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.], and Sodium O.2O 0.50 2.20 Bicarbonate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] , Capsicum, each containing the solid ingredients of Tincture of Capsicum, 0.25 0.60 2.70 min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] „ Capsules- (See Ammoniated Quinine with Cinnamon, page 332; 'Aoi,' page 332; Bone Medulla, page333 ; Carbolic Acid, page 335 ; Castor Oil, page 375; ' lodicin,' page 339; Phenol and Menthol Com- pound, page w ; Sandal Wood Oil, page 345 ; Terebene, page 346 ; Tur- pentine Oil, Rectified, page 347 ; and Worm Capsules, page 348. ,, Carbolic Acid (Phenol), for the throat. 0.50 2.20 gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] 0.40 1.20 5-3° „ „ » „ gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm. ] „ „ „ gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] (Capsule), boxes of 24 ... ... per box, $0.60 0.40 1.20 5-3° 1 Tabloid ' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopoeial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 334 PURITY ACCU RACY RELIABILITY B. w. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Per bottle of 25 : Per bottle of 100: Per bottle of 500: 'TABLOID' BRAND - $ $ S „ Carbolic Acid with Slippery Elm „ Carlsbad Salt Effervescent, Artificial, N.F., tubes of 25 ... per tube, $0.60 „ Cascara Sagrada (Dry Extract), plain or sugar-coated 0.65 2.10 gr. 1 [0-065 gm. ] 0.16 O.4O 1.80 ,, „ » gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] 0.18 0.50 2.20 ,, „ „ „ gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] 0.25 0.75 3-20 „ „ „ „ gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] 0.30 0.80 3.60 „ „ „ „ gr. 5 [0-324 gm. ] o-35 0.95 4-3° Cascara Compound, plain or sugar-coated 0.25 0.75 3-20 „ Cascara and Belladonna, sugar-coated „ Cascara and Gentian Compound, sugar- 0.30 0.90 4.00 coated ... „ Castor Oil, min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] (Capsule), boxes of 50 per box, $ 1.20 0.25 0.75 3-20 ,, Cathartic Compound, plain or sugar- coated ... 0.25 0.75 3-20 „ Cerebrin, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0.80 3.60 ,, Cerium Oxalate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 5-3° „ Charcoal (Pure Willow), gr.5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Chloralformamide (Chloralamide), O.2O 0.50 gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - i-55 „ Chloral Hydrate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 1.20 5-30 ,, ,, „ gr. to [0-648 gm.] ,, Chlorinated Lime (see 'Tabloid' Water Steriliser,page 348) „ Chocolate, gr. 60 [3-89 gm.], boxes of 12, per box, $ 1.40 2.20 9.60 ,, Citric Acid, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] „ Cocaine Hydrochloride (see 'Soloid' Brand Products,page 326) 0.80 3-50 ,, Codeine (N), gr. 1/4 [o-ot6 gm.] 0.65 i-95 8.80 „ „ (N), gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] ,, Codeine and Benzoic Acid Compound (N), 1.30 3-90 17.60 7.70 without Cocaine o-55 1.70 ,, Codeine and Nux Vomica (N) 1-35 4-70 21.20 ,, Codeine Sulphate, gr. x/8 [0-008 gm.] - 1.15 5-25 ,, „ „ gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] - 1.85 8.25 ,, „ „ gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] ,, 'Coffee-Mint' - 3.60 16.20 0.18 0.50 2.20 ,, Colchicine Salicylate, gr. 1/32 [0-002 gm.] ... 0.50 i-45 6.60 ,, Colchicine and Nux Vomica Compound ... 0.40 1.20 5-3° 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopeia' preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 335 1 Tabloid ' Brand Products remember the TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Per Per Per 'TABLOID' BRAND - bottle of 25 : bottle of 100 : bottle of 500: „ Colocynth and Hyoscyamus (N.F. Pill), $ $ $ plain or sugar-coated ,, Colocynth Compound (N.F. Pill), plain - 0.80 3.60 or sugar coated „ Corrosive Sublimate (see Hydrarg. Perchlor., page 338) - 0.80 3.60 „ Cubeb and Belladonna, Effervescent - 0.80 3.60 ,, Cubeb Compound 0.35 1.00 4.40 ,, Dentifrice „ Didymin (Orcliitic Substance), - 0.80 - 5 gr. [0-324 gm.] ,, Digitalin (Amorphous), - 0.95 4-3® gr. 1/100 [0*00065 gm.] ,, Digitalin (Crystalline), 0.80 3-50 gr. 1/250 [0-00026 gm.] ,, Digitalis, each containing the solid in- gredients of Tincture of Digitalis, o-55 1.80 min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] Prepared from Physiologically-Standardised Tincture. - 0.60 2.70 Digitalis Leaf, gr. t/2 [0-032 gm.] - - - ,, „ ,, gr 1 [0-065 gm.] ,, Donovan Solution (see Arsenous Iodide and Mercuric Iodide, page 332) ,, Dover Powder (see Ipecac and Opium Powder, page 339) ,, Easton Syrup (see Iron, Quinine and Strychnine Phosphates, page 340) „ Effervescent Products- (See Carlsbad Salt, page 335; Cubeb and Belladonna, above; Lithium Citrate and Sodium Sulphate, page 340 ; Magnesium Sulphate, page 340 ; Seltzer Salt, page 345 ; Sodium Phosphate, page 345 ; Sodium Salicylate, page 346 ; Sodium Sulphate, page 346 ; Sodium Sulphate Compound, page 346 ; Three Bromides, page 347 ; Vichy Salt, page 348). o-35 1.00 4-5° ,, Elaterin, gr. 1/40 [0-0016 gm.] ,, Emetine Bismuthous Iodide, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.]; bottles of 36, per bottle$3.50 ,, Emetine Hydrochloride, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.], 0.60 8.50 keratin -coati d i-95 - - 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise slated 336 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Per bottle of 25 : Per bottle of 100: Per bottle of 500 : 'TABLOID' BRAND- „ 'Empirin' Acetylsalicylic Acid, $ ? $ {Trade Mark) gr. I [0-065 gm.] - 0.40 1.80 ,, ,, ,, g>- 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.25 0.75 3-40 ,, 'Empirin' Compound ... ,, 'Epinine' Compound without 0.40 1.20 5-3° Acetomorphine Hydrochloride ,, Ergotin (Extractum Ergotse, P.B., 1914) gr. 1 [0-065 gm.], 0.30 0.80 3.6c sugar-coated „ ,, ,, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.], sugar-coated „ ,, ,, gr- 3 [o-i94 gm.], sugar-coated 0.40 1.20 5-3° 0.60 1.90 8.50 0.75 2.4O 10.50 ,, Ergotin and Strychnine, sugar-coated ... „ Erythrol Tetranitrate (Tetranitrin), gr. 1/4 - 2.50 II.00 [0-016 gm.] ,, Erythrol Tetranitrate (Tetranitrin) gr. t/2 0.80 2.80 - [0-032 gm. J „ Erythrol Tetranitrate (Tetranitrin), gr. 1 [0-065 gm-]> bottles of 12, per bottle $ 1.30 ,, Fellis Bovini Purificati (see Ox Bile, page 342) ,, Fellis Porcini Purificati (see Pig Bile, page 342) ,, Ferri Reducti (see Reduced Iron, page 344) ,, Ferri Sulphatis Exsiccati {see Iron Sulphate [Dried], page 340) ,, Ferruginous (see Bland Pill, page 333) ,, Ferrum (see Iron, page 340) 1.30 4.60 ,, ' Gingament ' (Neutralising Compound') (Trade Mark) „ Ginger, each containing the solid in- gredients of Essence of Ginger (i in 2), 0.25 0.60 2.70 min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] ,, Ginger, each containing the solid in- gredients of Essence of Ginger (r in 2), - 0.60 2.70 min. 10 [o-6 c.c.] „ Glycerophosphates Compound, - 0.60 2.70 dr. 1/2 [i-8c.c.], sugar-coated .,, Green Dye, Aniline, gr. 30 [1-944 gm.], tubes of 12 ... ... per tube, $0.45 Gregory Powder {see Rhubarb Compound Powder, page 344) 0.50 i-45 6.60 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopaial preparations are U.S.T. unless otherwise stated 337 Tabloid ' Brand Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS 1' R 1 c E LIST OF Per Per Per 'TABLOID' BRAND - „ Grey Powder (Hydrarg. cum Creta), gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] bottle of 25 : $ bottle of 100: ? 0.25 bottle of 500: $ 1.10 „ „ „ „ gr. 1/3 [0-022 gm.] - 0.25 1.10 „ „ „ „ gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] - 0.25 1.10 » » „ „ gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] - 0.30 1.20 ,, » „ „ gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] - o-35 i-45 „ gr- 3 [0-194 gm.] - 0.40 1.80 „ » >. „ gr- 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0.55 2.40 ,, Grey Powder and Dover Powder (N), of each, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] o-35 i-45 „ Grey Powder and Dover Powder (N), of each, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 0.40 1.80 „ Grey Powder and Opium (N) - 0.40 1.80 „ Grey Powder, Opium and Quinine (N) - 1.10 5-oo „ Guaiac, gr. 5 [0-324 gm. ] 0-35 1.00 4-40 ,, Guaiac and Sulphur o-35 1.00 4-40 ,, Guaiac and Quinine Compound - 1-30 5-70 „ Guaiacol Camphorate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ... 1.60 5-5o - „ Guaiacol Carbonate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0-35 o-95 4-30 „ Haemoglobin, gr. 5 [0-324gm.], sugar-coated - 1.20 5-30 „ Hexamethylenamine (see Methenamine, 341) „ Hexamethylenamine with Sodium Acid Phosphate (see Methenamine with Sodium Biphosphate, page 341) ,, Hexamethylenamine and Methylene Blue (see Methenamine and Methylene Blue, page 34i) ,, Hydrarg. et Colocynth. et Hyoscy. (see Blue Pill, Colocynth and Hyoscyamus, /«^ 333) „ Hydrargyri Chloridi Mitis and com- binations (see Calomel, page 334) „ Hydrarg. cum Creta and combinations (see Grey Powder and combinations above') „ Hydrargyri lodidi Flavi, gr. 1/8 [0-008 gm.] sugar-coated 0.25 0.60 2.70 ,, „ ,, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] sugar-coated 0-2.5 0.60 2.70 ,, Hydrargyri lodidi Rubri, gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 „ „ „ „ gr. 1/16 [0-004 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 „ Hydrargyri lodidi Viridis, gr. 1/8 [0-008 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 „ Hydrargyri Perchloridi (Mercuric Chloride), gr. i/ioo [0*00065 gm.] - 0.40 i-75 „ Hydrargyri Perchloridi (Mercuric Chloride), gr. 1/16 [0-004 gm.] - 0.40 i-75 ' Tabloid ' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Phartnacopa'ial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 338 PURITY A'CCURACY REL1ABILI/FY B . W . AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Per Per Per TABLOID BRAND - ,, Hydrargyri Perchloridi, gr. 1/32 [0-002 gm.] et Potassii lodidi, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm. J bottle of 25: $ bottle of 100: $ 1.00 bottle of 500 $ 4-40 „ Hydrargyri Perchloridi, gr. 1/16 [0-004 gm. ] et Potassii lodidi, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 1.40 6.10 „ Hydrastine Hydrochloride, gr. 1/4(0-016 gm.] 1.85 6.40 28.50 ,, Hydrastine Compound, plain or sugar- coated 2.80 10.25 45-75 „ Hyoscyamus, each containing the solid ingredients of Tincture of Hyos- cyamus, min. io[o-6c. c.] 0.60 2.70 „ Hypodermic Products (see pages 350-354) „ Hypophosphites Compound, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm. ]> plain or sugar-coated 0.25 0.65 2.90 „ Hypophosphites Compound, gr. 3 [o-194 gm. ], plain or sugar-coated 0.35 0.95 4-30 ,, Hypophosphites Compound and Creosote... - . r-55 7.00 ,, Ichthamol, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.], coated with keratin, or keratin overlaid with sugar 0.40 I.2O 5-30 „ Ink - 0.80 3-50 ' lodicin ' (Calcium Iodo-ricinoleate], gr. 3 ( Trade Mark} [0-194 gm.], (Capsule), boxes of 50, per box, $ 1.55 ,, 'lodicin' (Calcium Iodo-ricinoleate), 0-03 gm. {with chocolate base) 0.45 1.25 5-70 „ Ipecac Powder, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - r-75 7.80 » ,, „ gr- 5 [0-324 gm.] keratin-coated - i-75 7.80 „ Ipecac deprived of its Emetic Principles, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 1.20 5-30 „ Ipecac with Antimony and Potassium Tartrate, of each, gr. 1/100(0-00065 gm.] - O.4O i-75 ,, Ipecac Extract, each containing the solid ingredients of Wine of Ipecac, min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] O.4O 1.80 , Ipecac and Opium Powder (N) (Dover Powder), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.25 0.75 3-20 „ Ipecac with Squill (N), plain or sugar- coated 0.80 3.60 „ Iron Carbonate, Saccharated, gr. 5 [0-324 gm. ] - 0.65 2.90 ,, Iron Glycerophosphate, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] ... 0.40 1.20 5-30 „ Iron and Quinine Citrate, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.], plain or sugar-coated 0.40 1.10 5-oo ' Tabloid ' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 339 1 Tabloid ' Brand Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Per Per Per bottle bottle bottle 'TABLOID' BRAN D- of 25 : of 100: of 500: „ Iron, Reduced (see Reduced Iron, page 344) S 5 $ „ Iron Sulphate, Dried, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] ... ,, Iron Valerate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm-], sugar- - 0.80 3-50 coated ,, Iron and Strychnine Phosphates, sugar- - I.2O 5-3° coated 0.40 1.20 5-30 „ Iron, Arsenic and Digitalin ... ,, Iron and Arsenic Compound, plain or 0.40 1.20 5-30 sugar-coated ... „ Iron, Quinine and Strychnine Phosphates (Easton Syrup) - 1.10 5-oo dr. 1/2 [i-S c.c.], sugar-coated 0.30 0.80 3.60 ,, ,, ,, dr. 1 [3-6 c.c.], sugar-coated ,, Iron Pill (see Blaud, page 333) 0.40 1.20 5-3° ,, Jalap, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0.80 3-50 ,, Kidney Substance, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Kino Compound Powder (N), N. F., - 1.00 4-4° gr- 5 [0-324 gm.] „ Laudanum {sec Opium, Granulated, page 380] „ Lactose {see Milk Sugar, page gd) ,, Laxative Vegetable, plain or sugar- 0.65 2.90 coated ,, Lithium Benzoate Compound, plain or sugar-coated 0.30 0.80 3.60 „ Lithium Carbonate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm. J „ Lithium Citrate and Sodium Sulphate, Effervescent, tubes of 25, per tube, $0.90 - *•75 0.60 7.90 2.70 ,, Lithium Hippurate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ,, Livingstone Rouser {see Quinine and Rhubarb Compound,page 382) - 1.40 6.10 „ Lymphatic Gland, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 2.40 - „ Magnesium Carbonate Compound ... ,, Magnesium Sulphate, Effervescent, gr. 60 [3-89 gm.], tubes of 25, per tube, $ 0.60 ,, Magnesium Sulphate Compound, Effer- vescent, tubes of 25, per tube, $ 0.60 „ 'Manios' (Trade Mark') {formerly known as ' Tabloid ' Mammary 0.30 0.80 3-5° Gland), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Manganese and Iron Citrate {Soluble), - 1-30 5-7o gr. 3 [0-194 gm.], sugar-coated ...... „ Manganese and Iron Citrate {Soluble) 0.40 1.20 5-30 gr. 5 [0-324 gm.], sugar coated 0.50 1.45 6.60 ' Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 340 PURITY ACCU RACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Per bottle of 25 : Per bottle of 100: Per bottle of 500: 'TABLOID' BRAND - $ $ § „ Manganese Peroxide, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ,, Medulla (see Bone Medulla, page 333) 0.25 0.60 2.70 ,, Menthol, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] 0.40 1.20 5-30 ,, Menthol Compound „ Mercuric Chloride (see Hydrargyri Per- chloride, page 338) „ Mercuric Potassium Iodide, 1.20 5-30 gr. 1/6 [0 on gm.] „ Mercury Combinations and Salts (see Hydrarg., pages 338 and 339) O.4O 1-73 ,, Methenamine, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] 0.25 0.65 2.90 „ „ gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Methenamine with Sodium Biphosphate, of 0.25 0.75 3-20 each, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Methenamine and Methylene Blue, sugar- 0.30 0.90 4.10 coated „ Methylene Blue, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.], sugar- 0.40 I-I5 5.20 coated - 1-35 6.10 „ Milk Sugar, gr. 3 [0194 gm.] ,, Methylthionine Chloride (see Methylene Blue, above} „ Mineral Water Salts (Effervescent, A rti/icial} (see Carlsbad, Seltzer and Vichy) 0.40 i-75 „ Mixed Glands, No. 1 (Male} - 1.45 6.65 ,, ,, ,, No. 2 (Female} - 1.65 7-5° „ Morphine Sulphate (N), gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] - 0.95 4-30 „ „ „ (N), gr. 1/8 [0 008 gm.] - 1.10 5-oo „ „ „ (N), gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] - 1.60 7.20 „ Morphine and Emetine (N) ... - 1.30 5-7o ,, Morphine, Strychnine and Belladonna (N) 0.40 1.20 . 5-3° ,, Mucin Compound „ Nitroglycerin (see Trinitrin, page 347) 1.40 4.80 21.50 „ Nucleo-Lecithin Compound ... o-55 1.70 - „ Nux Vomica Compound, sugar-coated ... „ Nux Vomica, each containing the solid ingredients of Tincture of Nux Vomica, 0.40 1.20 5-3° min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] ,, Nux Vomica, each containing the solid ingredients of Tincture of Nux Vomica, - 0.50 2.20 min. 10 [o-6 c.c.] „ OphthalmicProducts (see pages 319 a»a?32o) ,, Opium (N), Granulated, each containing the solid ingredients of Tincture of 0.50 2.20 Opium (Laudanum), min. 5 [0 3 c.c.] - 0.50 2.20 ' Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described PJiannacopxial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 341 ' Tabloid ' Brand Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Per Per Per bottle bottle bottle TABLOID' BRAND - of 25 : of 100: of 500: „ Opium (N), Granulated, each containing the solid ingredients of Tincture of $ ? $ Opium (Laudanum), min. io [o-6 c.c.] ... „ Ovarian Substance (see ' Varium,' page 347) ,, Ox Bile (Purified) (Fellis Bovini Purificati), gr. 4 [0259 gm.], keratin-coating, 0.65 2.90 overlaid with sugar ,, Pancreatin (see ' Pepana,' belozv) - i-75 7.90 „ Papain, gr. 2 [o-r3 gm.] ,, Parathyroid Gland, gr. 2/5 [0-026 gm.] (equivalent to grain 1/10 desiccated 0.60 1.90 8.50 gland) ,, Pastilles (see page 321) 1.30 - - „ Pelletierine Tannate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] 2.70 -; 45-75 ,, 'Pepana' (Trade Mark), sugar-coated. ... 0.50 1.45 6.60 ,, Pepsin, Saccharated, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0.80 3-50 ,, Pepsin and Strychnine 0.50 r-45 6.60 ,, Pepsin, Bismuth and Charcoal ... 0.60 1.90 8.50 ,, Pepsin, Bismuth and Strychnine ,, Phenazone (see Antipyrine, page 332) ,, Phenol (see Carbolic Acid, page 335) ,, Phenol and Menthol Compound (Capsule), boxes of 25 ... ... per box, $ 1.00 ,, Photographic Products (see pages 321-324) ,, Pig Bile (Purified) (Fellis Porcini P urificati) gr. 4 [0-259 Sm-L keratin-coating 0.65 2.10 9-5° overlaid with sugar - I.40 6.10 ,, Pilocarpine Nitrate, gr. r/10 [0-0065 gm.] ... 0.50 - 6.60 ,, Pituitary Gland, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] - I.OO 4-50 ,, „ „ (Posterior Lobe), gr. 1/2 [0 032 gm.] - 4.80 21-75 ,, Pituitary Gland, gr. 1 [0 065 gm.] - i-75 7.80 „ „ „ gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] - 3-20 14-25 ,, ,, ,, (Anterior Lobe), gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ,, Plummer Pill (see Antimony Compound Pill, page 332) - i-3° 5-90 ,, Podophyllin, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] - 0.50 2.20 ,, Podophyllin Compound, gelatin-coated - 1.20 5-4° ,, Potassium Bicarbonate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ... O.2O 0.50 2.20 ,, Potassium Bromide, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0.40 r-75 ,, „ „ gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] - 0.65 3-oo „ Potassium Chlorate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ... Bottles of 40 ... per bottle $ 0.20 In graven white-metal boxes, each containing 40, per box, $ 0.20 0.40 r-75 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopaial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise staled 342 PURITY ACCU RACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRO D U C T S Prices in Neto York Per Per Per bottle bottle bottle of 25 : of 100: of 500: TABLOID' BRAND- 5 $ $ ,, Potassium Chlorate and Borax - 0.40 r-75 Bottles of 40 ... per bottle ? 0.20 In graven white-metal boxes, each containing 40, per box, $ 0.20 ,, Potassium Iodide, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 0.80 3-50 [Prepared luith a demulcent base) ,, Potassium Iodide, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] - 1.00 4-40 „ » „ gr-5 [0-324 gm.] - r-3o 5-70 ,, Potassium Nitrate (Sal Prunella), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0-35 i-45 ,, Potassium Permanganate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm-] - o-35 r-45 „ , » gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] - 0-45 2.10 „ „ „ gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] keratin-coated - 1.00 4-40 ,, Prostate Gland, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] - r-55 7.00 „ Quinidine Sulphate, 0-2 gm. [gr. 3 approx.] - 2.40 - Quinine, Ammoniated (see Ammoniated Quinine, page 332) ,, Quinine, Ammoniated, with Cinnamon (see page 370) „ Quinine Bihydrochloride (Acid Quinine Hydrochloride), gr. 2 [0-13 gm.], plain or sugar-coated 0.40 1.20 5-30 „ Quinine Bihydrochloride (Acid Quinine Hydrochloride), gr. 3 [0-194 gm.], plain or sugar-coated 0.55 1.70 7.60 ,, Quinine Bihydrochloride (Acid Quinine Hydrochloride), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.], plain or sugar-coated 0.75 2.40 10.50 ,, Quinine Bihydrochloride (Acid Quinine Hydrochloride), gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] 1.30 4-50 20.00 „ Quinine Bisulphate, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.], plain or sugar-coated 0.19 0-45 2.10 , „ „ gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 0.30 0.70 3-ro „ „ „ gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] 0-35 1.00 4-40 „ „ „ gr. 3 [o-i94 gm.] 0-45 1-3° 5-70 „ „ gr- 4 [0-259 gm.] 0.50 r-55 7.00 ,, „ ,, gr. 5 [o-324 gm.] 0.60 1.90 8.50 „ ,, „ gr. 10 [0-648 gm.], plain only 1.00 3-40 15-25 ,, Quinine Hydrobromide, gr. 1 [0 065 gm.], plain or sugar-coated 0.30 0.80 3-50 „ „ „ gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] „ 0.40 1.20 5-30 „ „ „ gr. 3 [O-I94 gm.] „ 0.55 1.70 7.60 „ „ „ gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] „ 0.65 2.10 9-50 „ » „ gr- 5 [0-324 gm.] „ 0.80 2.80 12.25 'Tabloid' Brand products are plain unless otherwise described Pharniaoppceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 343 Tabloid ' Brand Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Per Per Per bottle bottle bottle 'TABLOID' BRAND - of 25 : of 100: of 500: „ Quinine Hydrochloride, gr. I [0-065 gm.], plain $ 5 $ or sugar-coated 0.30 0.70 3-io ,, „ ,, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] 0-33 I.IO 4.80 „ gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] 0.50 i-45 6.60 ,. ,, „ gr. 4 [0-259 gm.] 0.60 1.90 8.50 „ „ „ gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Quinine Salicylate [physiologically pure), 0.70 2.30 10.00 gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ,, Quinine Salicylate [physiologically pure}, 0.30 0.80 3-50 gr- 3 [o-i94 gm.] ,, Quinine Salicylate [physiologically pure), 0.55 1.70 7.60 gr- 5 [o-324 gm.] ,, Quinine Sulphate, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.], gr. 2 [0-13 gm.], gr. 3 [0-194 gm.], gr. 4 [0-259 gm.], and gr. 5 [0-324 gm.], plain only, may be had at same prices as ' Tabloid ' Quinine Bisulphate. ,, Quinine Valerate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.], 0.75 2.40 10.50 sugar-coated - 1.95 8.80 ,, Quinine and Camphor 0.35 1.00 4-4° ,, Quinine and Strychnine 0.40 1.20 5-30 ,, Quinine, Arsenic and Strychnine - 1.00 4-4° ,, Quinine, Belladonna and Camphor ... 0.30 0.80 3.60 ,, Quinine, Camphor and Aconite 0.30 0.80 3.60 ,, Quinine Compound ,, Quinine and Rhubarb Compound [well known for many years as ' Tabloid ' 0.35 0.95 4-3° Livingstone Rouser) 0.40 1.20 5-3° „ Red Gum 0.40 1.20 5-30 ,, Reduced Iron, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] - 0.65 2.90 ,, Reduced Iron Compound... 0-35 0.95 4-3° „ Reduced Iron and Rhubarb Compound 0-35 0-95 4-3° ,, Residuum Rubrum, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Resina Podophylli [see Podophyllin, page 342) - 1.00 4-40 ,, Rhubarb, gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] ... ., Rhubarb and Soda, plain or sugar- 0-35 1.00 4.40. coated „ Rhubarb Compound Pill, plain or sugar- o-35 1.00 4.40 coated ,, Rhubarb Compound Powder (Gregory 0.25 0.75 3.20 Powder), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.30 0.80 3-50 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopoeia! preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise statedt 344 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Per bottle of 25 : Per bottle of 100: Per bottle of 500: TABLOID' BRAND- $ $ ? ,, Rhubarb, Soda and Magnesia 0.30 0.90 4.00 ,, Salicin, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Salicylic Acid {physiologicallypure), 0.65 2.10 9-50 gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] - 0.65 3-oo „ » „ gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 1.00 4.00 ,, Salol (Phenyl Salicylate), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Sandal Wood Oil, min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] (Capsule), boxes of 25, per box, $ 1.55 ,, Sandal Wood Oil, min. 10 [o-6 c.c.] (Capsule), boxes of 20, per box, S 2.20 0.35 1.00 4-40 ,, Santonin, gr. 1/2 [0 032 gm.]... I.2O 4.10 18.50 „ „ gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 2.10 7-40 33-25 „ „ gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] 3-90 14-75 65-5O „ „ gr. 3 [O-I94 gm.] 5-8o 22.0 98.25 ,, Santonin and Calomel 2.40 8.80 39-25 ,, 'Saxin' (Trade Mark), gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] ,, „ bottles of 200 ... per bottle, $ 0.80 ,, Seltzer Salt, Effervescent, Artificial, tubes of 25 ... ... ... per tube, $0.70 0.45 1.85 ,, Slippery Elm ... ,, ' Soamin' {Trade Mark) (Sodium £-Amino- 0.60 1.90 8.50 phenylarsinate), gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ,, ' Soamin ' {Trade Mark) (Sodium/>-Amino- - 1.70 7-70 phenylarsinate), gr. 3 [0194 gm.] 0.95 3-20 14-50 ,, Soda-Mint {Neutralising) ... ,, Sodium Acid Phosphate {see Sodium Biphos- phate, below) 0.16 0.40 1.80 ,, Sodium Bicarbonate, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.17 0.40 1-75 ,, „ „ gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] - 0.50 2.20 ,, Sodium Biphosphate, gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] „ Sodium Borate {see Borax, page 333) 0.30 0.80 3.60 ,, Sodium Bromide, gr. 5 [0 324 gm.] - 0.50 2.20 ,, ,, „ gr. 10 [0-648 gm.] - 0.80 3-50 ,, Sodium Bromide Compound - 0.80 3-50 ,, Sodiun Cacodylate, gr 1/4 [0 016 gm.] - 1.00 4-40 „ Sodium Citrate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] - 0.55 2.40 „ » » gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.30 0.80 3-50 ,, Sodium Nitrite, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 „ Sodium Nitrite Compound ,, Sodium Phosphate, Effervescent, gr. 60 [3-89 gm.], tubes of 25, per tube, 5 0.75 0.95 3-30 - ' Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopceial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise slated 345 ' Tabloid ' Brand Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST OF Per Per Per bottle bottle bottle of 25 : of 100: of 500 TABLOID' BRAND - $ $ 5 ,, Sodium Salicylate (Natural) 0.50 6.60 gr. 3 [0-194 gm.] - „ „ gr- 5 [o-324 gm.] 0.70 - 10.00 ,, Sodium Salicylate (physiologically pure), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Sodium Salicylate (physiologically pure), 0.25 0.65 2.90 gr. 10 [0-648 gm.], Effervescent, tubes of 25 per tube, 5 0.75 ,, Sodium Salicylate and Potassium Bicar- bonate, of each, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] Sodium Sulphate, Effervescent, gr. 60 0.40 1.20 5-3° [3-89 gm.], tubes of 25, per tube, $ 0.70 „ Sodium Sulphate Compound, Effer- vescent, tubes of 20 ... per tube, $ 0.70 Sodium Sulphocarbolate (Phenolsulphon- 0.65 3-oo ate), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] ,, Sparteine Sulphate, gr. 1 [0 065 gm.] 0.65 - - ,, Spinal Cord Substance, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] - 1.40 6.10 ,, Spleen Substance, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 1.40 6.10 ,, Splint Outfit (secpage 3 30] ,, Strontium Bromide, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0.80 3-5° ,, Strophanthus, each containing the solid ingredients of Tincture of Strophanthus, B. W. & Co. (prepared in accordance with the process of the U.S.P.), 0.60 min. 5 [o-3 c.c.] - 2.70 ,, Strychnine Sulphate, gr. 1/60 [0 00108 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 ,, ,, ,, gr. 1/30 [0-0022 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 ,, „ gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 „ „ „ gr. 1/15 [0-0043 gm.] - . 0.60 2.70 ,, Sugar of Milk (see Milk Sugar, page 341) „ Sulphonal, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] 0.60 1.90 8.50 ,, Sulphur Compound 0.30 0.90 4.00 ,, Sumbul Compound (sugar-coated) ... - 2.70 12.00 ,, Suprarenal Gland, gr. 1 [0 065 gm.] - 0.60 2.70 „ „ gr. 5 [0 324 gm.] - r-45 6.40 ,, Tannin, gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] - 0.70 3-ro ,, Tar, gr. 1 [0 065 gm.] 0.30 0.80 3-50 ,, Tar and Codeine (N) ... ,, Tea (see page 337) ,, Terebene, min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] (Capsule), 0.55 1.70 7.60 boxes of 50 ... ... per box, $ 1.40 „ Tetrauitrin (see Erythrol Tetranitrate, page 375) ,, Thirst Quencher 0.35 1.00 4-40 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopadal preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 346 PURITY ACCURACY RELIABILITY B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS Prices in New York Per bottle of 25 : Per bottle of 100: Per bottle of 500 'TABLOID' BRAND - „ Three Bromides, Effervescent, tubes of io ... ... per tube, $0.50 „ Three Bromides, Effervescent, tubes of 25 per tube $ 0.85 $ $ $ „ Three Glands ... - 1.60 7.10 ,, Three Valerates, sugar-coated 0.65 2.10 9-5° „ Thymol, gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 0.40 - 5-30 „ „ gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] 0.60 - 8.50 „ „ gr- 5 (0324 gm.] - 2.40 10.50 ,, Thymus Gland, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 0.95 4-30 „ Thyroid Colloid, gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] ,, Thyroid Gland (Standardised) - 2.20 9.60 ,, gr. 1/100 [0-00065 gm.] - 0.35 i-45 ,, gr. 1/10 [0-0065 gm.] - 0.35 r-45 ,, ,, ,, gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] - o-35 r-45 ,, ,, „ gr. 1/2 [0 032 gm.] - 0-35 r-45 ,, gr- 1 [0-065 gm.] - 0.40 1.65 ,, „ ,, gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm.] - 0.50 2.20 ,, ,, „ „ gr- 2 [0-13 gm.] - 0.55 2.40 „ „ „ „ gr. 2-1/2 [0-162 gm.] - 0.65 2.90 „ „ „ » gr- 5 [0 324 gm.] - 1.10 5-oo ,, Thyro-Varium ,, Tinctures- (See Aconite, Belladonna, Camphorated Opium, Capsicum, Digitalis, Ginger and Hyoscyamus, Nux Vomica, Opium and Strophanthus) 1.65 7-5° ,, Tonic Compound, plain or sugar-coated ,, Trinitrin (Nitroglycerin), 0.45 1.40 6.10 gr. 1/200 [0-00032 gm.] 0.25 0.60 2.70 gr. 1/100 [0 00065 gm.] 0.25 0.60 2.70 gr. 1/50 [0-0013 gm.] 0.25 0.60 2.70 ,, Trinitrin Compound ... o-35 1.00 4-4° „ Trional, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] „ Turpentine Oil, Rectified, min. 10 [o-6 c.c.] (Capsule), boxes of 20, per box, $ 0.70 „ Urotropine (see Methenamine, page 341) „ 'Varium' (Trade Mark) [formerly known as ' Tabloid ' Ovarian Sub- 0.65 2.20 10.00 stance), gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] - 1.50 6.80 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described Pharmacopoeia! preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 347 ' Tabloid ' Brand Products REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE L I S T OF Per Per Per bottle bottle bottle TABLOID' BRAND - of 25 : of 100: of 500 ,, Vegetable Laxative (see Laxative Vegetable, page 340) $ $ 5 „ Veronal, gr. 5 [0-324 gm.] „ Viburnum Prunifolium Extract, 0.50 i-55 6.90 gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] „ Vichy Salt, Effervescent, Artificial, N.F., tubes of 25 ... per tube, ? 0.50 ,, Vichy Salt, Effervescent, Artificial, and Lithium, N.F., tubes of 25, per tube, S 0.65 „ Vinum Ipecacuanhas (see Ipecac Extract, page 339) ,, Violet Dye, Aniline, gr. 30 [1-944 Sm-L tubes of 12 ... ... per tube, $1.55 ,, Water Steriliser, in cartons ... each $ 0.60 Each carton contains : ' Tabloid ' Chlorinated Lime, equivalent to gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] of Chlorine and 'Tabloid' Sodium Thiosulphate, gr. 6 [0-389 gm.] -25 of each. For use in testing- ' Soloid ' Potassium Iodide and Starch, (seepage 327) „ Worm Capsules (for Fox Pups) Boxes of 25, per box, $ 0.70 „ ,, ,, (for Foxes) Boxes of 20, per box, $ 1.00 1.40 6.10 ,, Zinc Oxide, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ... ,, Zinc Sulphate, etc. (see ' Soloid ' Brand Products, page 327) „ Zinc Valerate, gr. 2 [0-13 gm.], sugar- 0.40 1-75 coated „ Zinc Valerate and Asafetida Compound, - 1.40 6.10 sugar-coated - 1.20 5.30 ,, Zinc Valerate Compound, sugar-coated ,, Zinc Valerate with Iron and Arsenic, - 1.20 5-30 sugar-coated „ Zingiber (see Ginger, page 337) - I.4O 6.10 Also various other products issued under the ' Tabloid' Brand 'Tabloid' Brand Products are plain unless otherwise described ' Tabloid ' Brand Products, Hypodermic (see pages 311-314) „ „ „ „ for Veterinary use (see page 351) ,, „ „ Ophthalmic (see pages 319 and 320) „ ,, „ Photographic (see pages 321-324) Pharmacopatial preparations are U.S.P. unless otherwise stated 348 PURITY ACCU RACY RELIABILITY Prices in New York B. W. AND CO. PRODUCTS 'Tabloid' Brand Tea.-The most convenient, portable and effective means of quickly preparing tea of uniform strength. $ Pure Tea, in tins containing 100... ... ... ... per tin 0.30 „ „ ,, ,, 200... ... ... ... „ 0.45 Special Blend, in tins containing too ... ... ... ,, 0.45 Terebene, Pure (B. W. & Co.)-• Bottles containing 1 Imperial fl. oz. ... ... per bottle 0.60 ,, „ 2 „ „ ... ... ... ,, 0.80 Test Cases, ' Soloid ' Brand (seepages 297 and 299) Towels, Sanitary, Compressed, ' Tabloid ' Brand (see Sanitary Towels, page 325) Urinalysis, 'Soloid ' Brand Products for (seepage 328) Urine Test Case, ' Soloid ' Brand, No. 510 (see page 299) TRADE MARK 'V A LO1D' brand PRODUCTS The word 'Valoid' is a trade mark or brand 'Valoid' products provide extracts of definite standard strength for making tinctures, syrups and other official and unofficial preparations. The strength of each 'Valoid' preparation is indicated on the label. 'VALOID' brand - ,, Aromatic Cascara Sagrada, bottles containing 4 Imperial fl. oz., $ per bottle 1.00 „ Ergot, bottles containing 4 Imperial fl. oz „ 1.55 Also various other preparations issued under the 'Valoid' Brand m*ce The word 'Valule' is a trade mark or brand 'VALULE' BRAND PRODUCTS 'Valule' products are adapted for the easy administration of accurate doses of pure medicaments. 'VALULE' brand - ,, Bone Medulla, flexible capsules, each representing gr. 5 $ [o 324 gm.] of fresh substance. Bottles of too ... per bottle 3.to (Sec also 1 Tabloid' Bone Medulla, page 333) Also various other products issued under the 'Valule' Brand Pharmacopoeia! preparations are U. S. P. zmless otherwise stated 349 ' Vaporole ' Products, Veterinary- Pi oducts REMEMBER THE TRADE MARKS PRICE LIST O F TRADE MARK VAPOROLE' brand PRODUCTS The word 'VAPOROLE' is a trade mark or brand For A ural Use Issued in thin glass capsules, surrounded with absorbent material and enclosed in silken netting 'VAPOROLE' BRAND- $ „ Chloroform, min. 3 [o-i8 c.c.]. Boxes of 12 ... per box 0.80 Issued in thin glass capsules, surrounded with absorbent material and enclosed in silken netting For Inhalation 'V APOROLE' BRAND - Per box of 12 $ „ Amyl Nitrite, min. 3 [0-18 c.c.] 0.95 >, „ „ min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] 1.10 ,, Aromatic Ammonia, for use as " Smelling Salts " 0.60 ,, Chloroform and Ethyl Iodide Compound, boxes of 6, per box, $ 1.20 Chlqro(ormi, min. io [o-6 c.c.] ^thylis lodidi, min. 5 [0-3 c.c.] Mentholis, gr. 1/8 fo'oo8 g-m.] Por External Application Issued in thin glass capsules with pointed end enclosed with absorbent material and silken netting 'VAPOROLE' BRAND- ,, Iodine $ Containers of min. 20 [1-2 c.c.]. Boxes of 6 ... per box 0.65 „ J fl. oz. [14-8 c.c.], in wooden box ... each 0.55 Par Hypodermic and Intramuscular Use (See under Hypodermic Products, 'Hypoloid' Brand, pages 315 and 316J VAPOROLE' BRAND AMMONIUM CHLORIDE INHALER TRADE MARK 'VAPOROLE' brand - „ Ammonium Chloride Inhaler, complete with a supply of $ ' Vaporole ' Acid and ' Vaporole ' Alkali each 2.90 „ Acid, for use in above Inhaler,boxes of 12 ... per box 0.70 ,, Alkali „ „ ,, 12 ... ... „ 0.70 Nasal Attachment, for use with above Inhaler, in cartons each 1.00 Also various other products issued under the 'Itaporole' Brand VETERINARY PRODUCTS 'ENULE' AND 'TABLOID' S BRANDS TRADE MARK In order to avoid confusion between these products and those for human use, it is necessary to specify Veterinary, or Vet., or to quote the distinguishing- numbers. VETERINARY BOUGIES. ' E N U LE ' BRAND 'ENULE' BRAND - No. Veterinary Bougies- Per box of 12: 100 Corrosive Sublimate (Hydrarg. Chlor. Corrosiv.) $ gr. Jg [0-0026 gm.] 0.80 Pharmacopoeial preparations are U. S. P. unless otherwise stated 350 PURITY A'CCU RACY RELIABILITY Prices in New York B. W. AND C O. I'RO DU C T S VETERINARY HYPODERMIC PRODUCTS S 'TABLOID' BRAN D 'Tabloid' Veterinary Hypodermic products are supplied in tubes containing 12, with the exception of Physostigmine Hydrobromide, gr. 1 (No. 220), which is in tubes of 6 In prescribing or ordering, it is sufficient to quote the distinguishing number, for instance -"R 'Tabloid' Hypodermic, No. 2or " 'TABLOID' BRAND (Veterinary Hypodermic)- Per tube No. $ „ 201. Atropine Sulphate ... ... gr. 1/2 [0-032 gm.] ... 0.80 ,, 205. Cocaine Hydrochloride (N) ... gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ... 2.20 ,, 207. Coniine Hydrobromide ... gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 0.75 ,, 209. Ergotinine Citrate gr. 1/20 [0-0032 gm.] ... 0.85 ,, 210. Hyoscyamine Sulphate ... gr. 1/8 [0-008 gm.] ... 0.45 ,, 211. Morphine Sulphate (N) ... gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ••• 0.80 „ 212. ,, „ (N) ... gr. 2 [0-13 gm.] ... 1.50 (Morphine Sulphate gr. 2 [0-13 gm. 1 " 3" ( Atropine Sulphate ... ... gr. 1/2 [o-o32gm.] f ' ' " ,, 220. Physostigmine Hydrobromide gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ... 2.80 ,, 215. Pilocarpine Nitrate gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] 1.20 ,, 216. Sodium Arsenite ... ... gr. 1-1/2 [0-097 gm.] ... 0.40 „ 217. Strychnine Sulphate ... ... gr. 1 [0-065 gm.] ••• 0.40 „ 218. Veratrine Hydrochloride ... gr. 1/4 [0-016 gm.] ... 0.40 A Iso various other products issued under the ' Enule' and ' Tabloid ' Brands Vulcanite Nozzles, curved or straight ... ... ... each $0.30 For screwing on collapsible tubes of ' Hazeline ' Cream Wassermann Reaction Products 'WELLCOME' brand - $ „ fWassermann Antigen (Alcoholic Extract of Sheep's Heart with Cholesterol) phials of I c.c. 0.50 „ fHasmolytic Serum (Glycerinated), for Sheep's Corpuscles (for use in the Wassermann and other complement-deviation tests), bottles of 1 c.c. 1.00 t Supplied, in bottles of 10 c.c. to special order Water Analysis Cases, ' Soloid ' Brand (see pages 297 and 298) Water Analysis, A Simple Method of (9th Edition) $ by J. C. Thresh, M.D., D.Sc., etc. ... each, net 1.00 Pharmacopceialpreparations are US.P. unless otherwise stated 351 Canadian Official Investigation of Malt Extracts Proves how Important it is to Specify 'KEPLER' MALT EXTRACT In a Bulletin issued by the Government it is recorded that Inspectors of the Canadian Inland Revenue Department purchased in the ordinary way, in various places throughout the Dominion, 152 samples of Malt Extract. The Government Analyst reported that only 10 were satisfactory Malt Extracts in every respect. Of these, no less than 7 were ' KEPLER ' Malt Extract (Burroughs Wellcome & Co ). Every sample of ' Kepler ' Malt Extract came up to the Government standard. In fact, the Analyst used specimens of ' Kepler ' Malt Extract as standards for comparison of " constants." In the above Diagram each of the 152 cubes represents a Malt Extract examined ; the black cubes represent the approved samples. Those marked K represent all the ' Kepler ' Malt Extracts examined, all of which were approved. Of the remaining 142 samples, 6, although passed as genuine Malt Extracts, were weak in digestive power or contained alcohol, 128 were condemned, 3 contained a high percentage of alcohol, whilst 5 were medicated extracts purchased in error. 352 The Trade Mark 'TABLOID' The word TABLOID' is a registered Trade Mark. The word 'TABLOID' denotes a Burroughs Wellcome & Co. product, and is applied to many classes of products. The word 'TABLOID' on a package, wherever purchased, ensures supreme and uniform quality. The word TABLOID' on your prescription secures for your patient a product of the same composition and activity always and everywhere. The word 'TABLOID' may not be used except with reference to a Burroughs Wellcome & Co. product. BEWARE OF IMITATIONS Offenders are prosecuted rigorously in the interests of prescribers, dispensers, patients and the owners of the Trade Mark 353 Bismuth Metal, MARK 'HyPOLOID' brand ' Hypoloid' Bismuth Metal is a finely-divided suspension of pure metallic bismuth in a sterile isotonic glucose solution. It is for intramuscular injection only, and is issued in special bottles with rubber caps which can be pierced by the needle of the syringe, allowing the latter to be filled without the contents being contaminated by the air. (See pages 21 and 315 ) TH ADE MARK 'Paroleine' brand Liquid Paraffin Intestinal lubrication as a remedy for certain types of constipation has won universal medical approval, provided the lubricant is pure and is of proper specific gravity and viscosity. ' Paroleine ' is such a lubricant. ' Paroleine ' is a pure, colourless, tasteless and odourless liquid paraffin, specially prepared for internal use. The specific gravity and viscosity agree with the standards laid down by clinicians as those best suited for an internally-administered paraffin. (See pages 102 and 3 20 J A Zinc Salt of S u l p h a n i l i c Acid TRADE 'NiZIN' MARK The problem of an efficient, but non-irritating and non-toxic, antiseptic for genito-urinary and ophthalmic work long baffled specialists. A great part of their work, they found, was discounted by the irritant antiseptics in common use. The introduction of 'Nizin ' happily removed the difficulty. <Seepages 93, 319 and 327 J 354 At every great International Exhibition at which the Burroughs Wellcome & Co. products have been exhibited they have received the greatest number of Competitive Highest Awards for Scientific Excellence The total number of Competitive Highest Awards received now exceeds 2 7 0 including Two Grand Prizes at the International Congress of Medicine London, 19 13 355 Explanation of The Use of Test Types The figures over the respective types indicate in metres the distance at which a normal eye can read. Thus No. 1 should be read by each eye separately at | metre, No. 3 at 1 metre, and so on. A normal-sighted person can read, with each eye separately, No. 5 at 6 metres (about 20 feet) and No. 6 at 9 metres, provided the test is well illuminated. Vision is then said to be §. If he be unable to do this, he should approach the type until he can. His distance from the type should then be measured ; this becomes the numerator of the fraction, the number over the type being the denominator. Thus if No. 5 be read at only 3 metres, vision = i.e., half normal vision. If looking through a pinhole in a piece of card improves distant vision, astigmatism may be suspected. Myopia is generally indicated if the near types Nos. r to 4 can be read only at a nearer distance than that stated. Thus, if No. 3, which ought to be read at one metre, cannot be read farther from the eye than 25 cm., this is the patient's far point, and a myopia of or 40 is indicated. Such a person would probably read No. 5 with -40. If a person's distant vision be normal, but he cannot read No. 1 type at 22 cm. (Donders), presbyopia is probably present, if the patient be over 40. Hypermetropia hastens, and myopia delays, the advent of presbyopia. N.B.-These tests are supplied with the object of enabling medical men who have no sight-testing apparatus at hand to form a rough idea of the condition of a patient's sight The capability of passing these tests is no proof of the absence of refractive errors. Hypermetropia and astigmatism may both be present, but concealed by accommodation, which may be paralysed for purposes of examination in various ways, as indicated below. Low errors of astigmatism, which are so constantly the cause of eye-strain, can never be properly diagnosed without the use ofacvcloplegic. METHODS OF' Paralysing the Accommodation i. In patients under fifteen (below the age of puberty), one ' Tabloid' Ophthalmic product of Atropine and Cocaine (B) should be placed on the inner surface of each lower lid twice every day for three days previous to the examination. 2. In patients over twenty-five, one ' Tabloid ' Ophthalmic product of Homatropine and Cocaine (W) should be placed on the inner surface of each lower lid one hour before examination. 3. In patients between the ages of fifteen and twenty-five, the first- named method is better, but the preparation need be used only two or three times, about twenty-four hours before the examination. The effect of the atropine, however, even in these cases, takes some days to pass off, and where it is desired to avoid this inconvenience, homatropine may be used instead, in the following way : Place one ' Tabloid ' Ophthalmic product (W) on the inner surface of each lower lid, and after an interval of twenty minutes use a second, examining the patient one hour after the second application. The effect of the ' Tabloid ' preparation (W) passes off entirely in from twenty-four to thirty-six hours, while the effect of atropine generally takes a week or even longer to disappear completely. 356 D.=O.5O N9 1 D.-O75 N9 2. LEE COD FEE ODD ELL TOD LET COD ELF COT EEL LOO FOE TOO ELL DOE Read i ng .Type. D'l OO FELL DOTE FLED COLD TOLL FOOL LOLL FOOD DELL TOLD CELT DOFF N9 3. D.-2.OO TOE DOD LOT OFT ODE FED N94 D.-6.OO N?5. L D T Disran r Type. □'900 F B Z N?6